SearsPortraitStudios

AbouttheAuthorBorn in 1972, Luis Minero graduated with honors in chemistry from FloridaInternational University. He has been studying and developing paranormalphenomenasincehisadolescence.Hebecameavolunteerinconscientiologyin1995 in Miami, Florida. He has been giving classes on OBEs, paranormalphenomena, and spiritual growth since 1996, including at the college level(Miami-DadeCollege)from1997to2002.Since he speaks English, Spanish, Portuguese, and German, Minero has

lecturedonvarioustopicsrelatedtotheout-of-bodyexperienceinEurope,NorthAmerica, and South America, and has helped thousands of individuals todeveloptheirownskills.Because of his experience, Minero has been invited to speak at several

internationalconferencesintheUnitedStates,Portugal,andBrazil.Hehasalsobeenfeaturedonanumberoftelevisionandradioprogramsaroundtheworld,aswell as being the subject of interviews by magazines, newspapers, andperiodicalsofglobaldistribution.As a researcher, Minero has published several papers and has developed

researchlinesinthesciencesofprojectiologyandconscientiology.Severalofhis

workshavebeenpublishedinthescientificJournalofConscientiology.Also,heis responsible for the translation and revision of over half a dozenconscientiologicalbooksfromPortugueseintoEnglishandSpanish.Minero has developed courses on assistance, universalism, experience,

intuition, and evolutionary intelligence. He was the director of the FloridaInternationalAcademyofConsciousness(IAC)from1999to2001,andhasbeenthe executive director of the IACCalifornia center since 2003. From 2006 to2012,hewastheadministrativedirectoroftheIACglobally,andsince2012hasbeentheeducationdirectorofIACglobal.VisithimatLearnOBEs.com.

LlewellynPublicationsWoodbury,Minnesota

CopyrightInformation

DemystifyingtheOut-of-BodyExperience:APracticalManualforExplorationandPersonalEvolution©2012byLuisMinero.Allrightsreserved.Nopartofthisbookmaybeusedorreproducedinanymatterwhatsoever,includingInternetusage,withoutwrittenpermissionfromLlewellynPublications,exceptintheformofbriefquotationsembodiedincriticalarticlesandreviews.

Asthepurchaserofthise-book,youaregrantedthenon-exclusive,non-transferablerighttoaccessandreadthetextofthise-bookonscreen.Thetextmaynotbeotherwisereproduced,transmitted,downloaded,orrecordedonanyotherstoragedeviceinanyformorbyanymeans.

Anyunauthorizedusageofthetextwithoutexpresswrittenpermissionofthepublisherisaviolationoftheauthor’scopyrightandisillegalandpunishablebylaw.

Firste-bookedition©2012E-bookISBN:9780738736990

Coverart:Earthandsun:iStockphoto.com/PaulPaladinAbstractcirclebackground:iStockphoto.com/RomanOkopnyCoverdesignbyEllenLawsonEditedbyAndreaNeffInteriorillustrationsbyMaryAnnZapalac(pp.5,7,32,69,70,77,97,124,127,129,152,189,190,195,221)andtheLlewellynArtDepartment

Theauthorhasgraciouslytransferredtheauthor’srightstothiseditiontotheInternationalAcademyofConsciousness(IAC).RevisionsbyMartinAzambuya,RodrigoMedeiros,TatyanaOvcharova,VeronicaSerrano,PatriciaSousa,AnalauraTrivellato,andEduardoVicenzi.

LlewellynPublicationsisanimprintofLlewellynWorldwideLtd.

LlewellynPublicationsdoesnotparticipatein,endorse,orhaveanyauthorityorresponsibilityconcerningprivatebusinessarrangementsbetweenourauthorsandthepublic.

AnyInternetreferencescontainedinthisworkarecurrentatpublicationtime,butthepublishercannotguaranteethataspecificreferencewillcontinueorbemaintained.Pleaserefertothepublisher’swebsiteforlinkstocurrentauthorwebsites.

LlewellynPublicationsLlewellynWorldwideLtd.2143WooddaleDriveWoodbury,MN55125www.llewellyn.com

ManufacturedintheUnitedStatesofAmerica

Toallwell-intentionedindividualswhoareseriouslyconsidering

theevolutionoftheirconsciousness.

Contents

ListofFiguresForeword:AMultidimensionalWorldbyWagnerAlegretti

PrefaceIntroduction

IconsAcknowledgments

CHAPTER1:FundamentalConceptsCHAPTER2:Bioenergy

CHAPTER3:OutandAboutCHAPTER4:How-To

CHAPTER5:ExtraphysicalConsciousnessesCHAPTER6:ConscientialMaturityCHAPTER7:PlanningaLife

GlossaryBibliography

InternationalAcademyofConsciousness(IAC)IACResearchCampus

ConscienciocentricOrganizations(COs)

ListofFigures

1.1:DisconnectionduringNormalSleep1.2:Self-Bilocation

1.3:Holosoma:TheVehiclesofManifestationoftheConsciousness2.1:Thosene

2.2:TwoRiversDepictingtheInteractionsofHolothosenes2.3:TanksofWaterDepictingHolothosenicCapacitiesandExchanges

2.4:RelativeHolothosenicLevels2.5:TenMainChakras2.6:AuricCoupling

2.7:VoluntaryEnergeticLongitudinalOscillation(VELO)3.1:TypicalOBESensations

3.2:ExtraphysicalSphereofEnergy3.3:ExtraphysicalLucidityScale3.4:Dimensions’ThosenicQuality

3.5:PartialProjection3.6:JointProjection

3.7:DirectandIndirectProjectionoftheMentalsoma4.1:DorsalPosition

5.1:FirstDesoma(DeactivationoftheSoma)5.2:SecondDesoma(DeactivationoftheEnergosoma)5.3:ThirdDesoma(DeactivationofthePsychosoma)

5.4:HolothosenicQuality5.5:AssistancetoanIntraphysicalConsciousness

6.1:HolosomaticMaturityProjectarium

[contents]

Foreword:AMultidimensionalWorldbyWagnerAlegretti

ItisindeedanhonorandapleasuretowritetheforewordforLuisMinero’sfirstbook, and I think that contextualizing this meritorious contribution toconscientiologyandconsciousness studies ingeneralcanhelp readers tograspthedepthandpossiblebenefitsofthiswork.Conscientiologywasformallyproposedwith thepublicationof thebook700

Conscientiology Experiments in 1994 in Brazil by the medical doctor WaldoVieira. This work followed the publication a few years earlier of the treatiseProjectiology: A Panorama of Experiences of the Consciousness Outside theHumanBody,whereinVieiradisseminatedhisstructuringofstudiesonout-of-bodyexperiences.Due to his personal experiences with psychic and paranormal phenomena

starting at the age of nine, Vieira strived to include non-ordinary humanmanifestations within the scope of science under a new paradigm: theconsciential paradigm.By the timeProjectiologywas published, he andmanyother collaborators, myself included, founded the International Institute ofProjectiologyandConscientiology(IIPC)topromoteresearchandeducationofthesenewsciences.In 1994,when conditionsweremature for amore international exposure of

conscientiology, a new phase started during which some of the researchers-instructors left Brazil to establish the conscientiological and projectiologicalworkabroad.ThisledtoindividualsgoingtoLisbon,Portugal,andtoNewYorkandMiamiintheUnitedStates.Motivatedby thecertaintymywife and I have about the reality of all these

phenomena, sincewe’dhadourownout-of-bodyexperiences sincechildhood,wemovedtoMiami,whereweworkedashardasthehumanbodycanbearinorder to continue in our goal: educating anyone interested on themultidimensionalnatureoflifeandtheuniverse.Operating internationally under the name of the International Academy of

Consciousness(IAC),ourfirstchallengewastoadapt theBraziliancurriculumand the dynamics of the courses to an American audience, focusingmore onpractical,directexperiences.Thisallowedforawiderandmorepragmaticusewith great benefits including studies and techniques.Based on our experienceand the help of other colleagues,we devised theConsciousnessDevelopmentProgram (CDP), aiming to deliver it in the right proportion of theory andpractice, for consciousness evolution and personal growth, with philosophicalcontentandpracticaltoolsforeverydaylife.ItwasduringthisinitialphaseofourworkthatLuisMineroshowedupinour

classes in 1995, still a university student, interested in gaining a betterunderstandingofhisout-of-bodyexperiencesandenthusiastic about producingthem at will. A few weeks later he became our first seriously dedicatedvolunteer, a commitment he highly honors to this day. In no time he showedinterestinbecominganinstructor.Afteronlyfourmonths(astandingrecord to thisdate)hewasreadytooffer

conscientiology classes, having learned enough Portuguese to read the entire1,517-pagebookProjectiologyandotherrequiredliterature.DuringtheprocessofcoachingandpreparingLuistobecomeaninstructor,weunderstoodwhyhewasanhonorstudentattheuniversity.Werecognizedthatwehadaninvaluablecolleague,manifesting a rare combination of strong traits such as neophilia, averygoodmemory,multimodalintelligence,polyglotism,quicklearning,ahighlevel of adaptability, and charisma.But the rarest of all of Luis’s strong traitswas (and still is) hiswillingness to adjust his life to be able tomaximize hisavailabilitytoteachsomethingthatheandwebelieveisessential toone’slife:thetoolsthatmayallowotherstoreachtheirownconfirmationthatwearemorethanaphysicalbody.Ourdedicationtodisseminatingtheknowledgeassociatedwith self-awareness of the nonphysical world lies in the conviction, which isconfirmed regularly in our classes, that awareness and understanding of themysteriesoflifeanddeathcanalleviateone’sinsecuritiesorfearsandencouragematurity. In this broader context, our studies, as you will find in this book,considertheethicalandpracticalconsequencesofsuchknowledge.Indeed, the openness to clarify the nonphysical reality and the wish to

empowerreaderstohavetheirownfirsthandexperiencesarethemotivationsof

thiswork.Through all these years, regardless of his life’s circumstances,Luishas always put the endeavors of assisting people and accomplishing this taskaheadofhispersonalinterests.This book fills a very important niche. Since the beginning of our work in

Miami, students have been asking for amore accessible book, one that couldcomplement the Consciousness Development Program as a textbook. Dr.Vieira’sbookscanbedauntingtosomepeople,inpartbecauseoftheirsheersizeand in part because of their particular style and terminology. Luis decided toembrace this project and wrote this book based on Dr. Vieira’s material, histrainingwithus,andhisexperienceasalongtimeconscientiologyinstructor.Thisbookachieveswhat is themostdifficult challengeof all in anyareaof

science: itmakes thematerial digestiblewithout losing its essence and depth.Thiscanbedoneonlybythosewhoreallyunderstandtheissuebeingdiscussed.AsEinsteinoncestated,youdonotreallyunderstandsomethingunlessyoucanexplainittoyourgrandmother.Whether you browse this book by jumping pages to follow a particular

sequenceofideasorreaditfromcovertocover,youwillfindenoughmaterialtogetanintroductiontotheconscientialparadigm;thestudyofconsciousnessasaprinciple independent from the physical body; themultidimensional nature ofconsciousness; the techniques and practical applications of out-of-bodyexperiences (OBEs); as well as the ethical consequences of this knowledge.Evenifyoudon’twanttoleaveyourbody,youwilllearnaboutbioenergy(chi,prana, orgone, vital energy) in away thatwill empower you to transcend thenormal capabilities of the physical body. In addition, the discussions aboutconscientialmaturityandconsciousnessevolutionareabreathoffreshair inatimewhenaconsiderablenumberofexistingstudiestendtobemoresuperficialandrepetitive.You will also see that we have not—so far—found a way to prove the

objectiverealityofOBEsbeyondanyreasonabledoubt;i.e.,inawaythatcanbereplicatedbyindependentresearchers.Butwhileweworkonthat,peoplecanbetaughttoproducetheirownexperiencesandrepeatthemtothepointofhavingtheirownpersonalcertaintyofthisreality.Ifasignificantpercentageofhumanbeingswereabletoleavetheirbodieswithenoughlucidityandrecollection,the

needforaformalproofwouldbe transcended; justasnobody,sofar,hasseentheneed toprove the existenceof dreams.Buthowmuchwould a significantpercentageofhumankindbe?Perhaps10percentwouldbeenoughtowarmupthearena.LuisMineroiscontributingtotheachievementofthisgoal.Knowledgeisthebestvaccineagainstfear,whichisstillthemostcommonand

important factorworking against the direct experience ofmultidimensionality.More than folkloric fearsofbeingattackedorgetting lostoutsideof thebody,therealfearmostpeoplehavewithoutrealizingitisthefearofchange.Peoplewanttogrowandevolvewithoutchanging,whichisimpossible.Weareresponsibleforthecosmoethicaluseoftheknowledgewehave,orfor

notusingit.Ihopeyoudaretoevolve.IpersonallylookforwardtoLuisMinero’snextbook.

WagnerAlegrettiElectricalengineerAuthor of the bookRetrocognitions: An Investigation into Memories of PastLivesandthePeriodsbetweenLivesPresidentoftheInternationalAcademyofConsciousness(IAC)

[contents]

Preface

Astheworldkeepsdevelopingandinformationcontinuestoaccumulate,fieldsofknowledgestart touncoverareas thatpreviouslywereobscure.Leaving thebody, paranormal phenomena, vital energies, evolution, and reincarnation,amongothers, are ideas thatmost people haveheardof at somepoint in theirlives.Manypeopledonotpaytoomuchattentiontothisinformationanddiscardit as irrelevant or as fantasy. Others find the information interesting but, likemanyother intriguing ideas,simplydonotgive it thenecessaryattention.Stillothersnotonlyfindthisinformationinterestingbutarealsowillingtogiveitthenecessaryattentionbecause theyunderstandthatmanybenefitscancomefromit. Some individualsmight be scared or concerned to read the information onthese pages, others might be indifferent, and yet others might be delighted.However,asevolutioncontinues, this information—and thenumberof reports,cases, and accounts of phenomena and experiences that expand one’sconsciousness—cannolongerbecastaside.Thetopicsdiscussedinthisbookhavehistoricallycausedmuchconfusionand

have generally been rejected by the masses, much like science was rejectedduring the Middle Ages. Back then, people were burned, stoned, and killedbecausetheywere“different”orhadparanormalabilities.Theycouldnothide,deny,or ignore thesecapacities, even thoughnoteven theyknewhoworwhythey had them. My main intention with this book is to bring all of thisinformation to the forefront and to share it in a clear, logical, and systematicmanner. I also seek to help interested individuals to develop their capacity toleavethebodyandtoextractallthepossiblebenefitsfromtheseexperiences.Thisbookcoversavastamountofmaterialrangingfromthefundamentalsof

out-of-body experiences to advanced conclusions based on extraphysical(beyondthephysical,orout-of-body)observations.Myhighestaspirationisforittobeanintroductorytextbook.Itisbasedonthesciencesofprojectiologyandconscientiology, which were first proposed by Dr.Waldo Vieira in his booksProjectiology (2002) and 700 Conscientiology Experiments (1994). Thus, this

volumeseekstointroduceandpresentthemainideasofthesetwonewscientificfields.AnotherreasonIwrotethisbookwastocreateaworkthatwouldallowindividuals living in cities far away from centers where conscientiology andprojectiologyclassesaregiven(seethe“IAC”sectionattheendofthisbook)toaccessthisinformation.Studentswhohavealreadytakentheseclassesalsohaveasked throughout theyears for a book that presents the ideas in amoredirectway.An important source of information for this work is the experience I have

shared with many researchers and instructors of conscientiology. Certainly itmust be noted that I’m standing on the shoulders of giants. This book ispermeated with influences from colleagues’ lectures, examples, and heuristicdevices; informal and formal discussions with colleagues; other books on thesubject;and,naturally,myownexperience,bothinsidethebody(yearsofgivingclassesonOBEs)andoutsidethebody(lucidprojections).Thus,manyexamplesusedtoclarifycertainaspects inthebookwereoriginallyusedbysomeofmycolleagues. Therefore, much is owed to the conscientiological researchcommunityinthisregard.In a 1994 speech, Caltech professor David Goodstein noted that estimates

indicatethat90percentofallscientistswhohaveeverlivedarealivetoday.Thispercentage is even higher with regard to projectiology and conscientiology,whicharerelativelynewsciences.Directexperiences(OBEs)shouldbethefirststep toward the understanding and study ofOBEs.While a picture isworth athousandwords,anexperienceismadeupofandisworthathousandpictures.Consensusamongresearchersshouldbe thesecondstep inthedevelopmentofthestudyofOBEs.Thus, thisvolumepresentsmuchof theconsensus thathasbeenreachedthusfarbytheseacademics.Thisbookisnotonlyaveryinstructivevolumebutisalsoahow-tomanual.It

providesmanyexercisesandtechniquesforleavingthebody.Thetechniquesinchapter 4, many of them new, will enable you to progressively develop yourcapacities.Forthebestresults,thereadershouldrefertotheentirebookandnotonlytothepracticalexercises.Itistheunderstandingofwhereideascomefrom,and where they will lead us, that allows us to extract more benefit from thepracticaltechniques.

Readerswhoconsiderthemselvestoalreadyhaveafairamountofknowledgein thisareawouldalsodowell to read theentirebook.Allchaptershavenewand relevant information as well as new concepts that help explainmany oldphenomenainthebestandclearestpossiblefashion.Readershavelikelyneverreadsomeofthisinformationanywhereelse,anditwillhelptoorganizetheseaofmaterialinthisarea.Throughout the chapters you will find answers and explanations for many

aspects of experiences that you probably have already encountered. Afterreading the book methodically, you will be able to clearly understand howcertainconclusionswerereachedonceyougettothepracticalexercisesandlaterdiscussions.Otherwise,itcouldberelativelyeasytogetlostwithinthewealthofinformationandareasthatthevolumedrawsfrom.Itisoftheutmostimportanceforyoutopracticetheexerciseswithenergyinordertogetgoodresults.Inthiscurrentworldoffast,easysolutionsandshort-termfixes,therearestillnolong-termsubstitutesforpersonaleffort,will,perseverance,andpatience.Likewise, the book has the intention of demystifying the out-of-body

experience. Throughout time and in countless cultures,many folkloric aspectshavebeenassociatedwiththeOBE.Severalofthemhaveverylittlebearingonthe actual development and/or understanding of this natural capacity. Thus, atvariousmomentsinthebook,theseaspectswillbeclarified.Greatefforthasgoneintotryingtomakethisbookaccessibleforeverybody.

Asaresult,thebookisnotphilosophicalintonebutratheriswrittenincommon,everydaylanguage.Inthelaterchaptersandindiscussionsthataretotallynewtoreaders, the simple explanations will be much appreciated. Most individualshaveneverexperiencedabigpartofwhatiswritten,especiallyinthosepages,and therefore a more straightforward approach will help readers more easilyunderstandtheinformation.

ThePlanoftheBookThelayoutofthebookisasfollows.The “Introduction” presents the approach to this entire study on OBEs and

theireffects.“Chapter 1: Fundamental Concepts” introduces out-of-body experiences and

variousotherbasicconcepts. It alsopresents the sciencesofprojectiologyandconscientiology.Thischaptersetsthetonefortheentirebookbyexplainingtheconscientialmodelandintroducingthebodiesweuseformanifestingourselvesbothinsideandoutsidethebody.“Chapter2:Bioenergy”explains theconceptofbioenergyasacentral factor

for developing control. Discussions are presented on the types of energy, theconceptof energetic information, and thecharacteristicsof theenergeticbody.Thebasicexerciseswithenergyarelikewiseexamined.“Chapter 3: Out and About” addresses how the extraphysical (beyond the

physical) realityworks. This chapter focuses on dimensions, characteristics ofthe nonphysical body, types of projections, the scale of extraphysical lucidity,whatformsthesedimensions,projectionswithotherbodies,andothertopics.“Chapter 4: How-To” explores the stages a projector goes through while

having anOBE.Optimization tips, sensations,OBE techniques, and strategiesforabetterrecallareincluded.“Chapter 5: Extraphysical Consciousnesses” analyzes the interactions that

projectorshavewithotherindividualsoutsidethebody.Thischaptercoverstherange of personalities that may be possibly encountered, what affects theinteractions with them, and the means of communication employedextraphysically.“Chapter 6: Consciential Maturity” explores the many attributes of the

consciousness (soul, spirit, essence) andhow to reach amoremature, evolvedcondition. Several key concepts of evolution are expanded on here, such asassistancetoothers,ahigherlevelofethics,anduniversalism.“Chapter7:PlanningaLife”explains,usingtheOBEperspective, thedeath-

rebirthcycleoftheconsciousnessanditsmanytasksthroughout,aswellasthoseconceptsassociatedwiththiscondition:karma,wherewegowhenwedie,whatwedo,howwepreparefortheupcominglife,whohelpsusinthis,andhowweplanournextlifetask.Boxeswithaccountsofout-of-bodyexperienceswillbefoundatkeymoments

of the discussions to illustrate certain conditions of the extraphysical reality.PriorityhasbeengiventotheideasaboutOBEsandtheireffectsratherthantoOBE accounts themselves. Even though this is not a book solely with OBE

experiences, every chapter has at least oneOBE account; furthermore, I haveincluded someofmyownpersonal experiencesaswell, especially in the laterchapters.With the intentionofbeingas instructiveaspossible, IselectedOBEaccountsthatwouldbetterfittheinformationbeingexplained.Thus,Ialsodrewonaccountsfromseveralothercolleaguestoreachthisend.Attheendofeachchapteryouwillfindasummaryofkeypointstohelpyou

focusonthemainconcepts.Likewise,thebookissprinkledwithtextboxeswithiconsthatincludedefinitionsofterms,examples,andfurtherclarifications,someof which will help you to reflect more deeply on certain points. For anunderstandingoftheseicons,refertopagexxvii.Throughout the textyouwill seeendnotes forbibliographical referencesand

additional explanations that canhelpyou findmore informationon anyof thetopics presented. At the end of each chapter you will find the notes for thatparticularchapter.Soasnottorepeatlongbibliographicalreferencesmanytimesoverindifferentchapters,thenotesattheendofthechaptermakereferencetothe main sources listed at the end of the book in the standard abbreviatedfashion:author,yearpublished,pagenumber.Forexample:22Arakaki,2005,169–70.In certain instances, there are authorswhopublished twoworks in the same

year.Insuchcases,theformatofthenotesis:author,abbreviationofwork-title(initalics),yearpublished,pagenumber.Hereisanexample:22Vieira,700,1994,609.Withthisinformationyoucanlookuptheexactsourceinthebibliographyat

theendofthebook.Greatcarehasbeenplacedonthebibliographicalnotesandreferences, mainly to demonstrate consensus; to present the broad amount ofinformationavailableaboutthetopic,forobviousethicalreasons;andtoenableinterestedreaderstofindfurtherinformation.

Inthisbookyouwillfindclearandconciseinformationthatwill leadyoutogreater understanding; however, this is only the beginning. For furtherdocumentation the reader is encouraged to refer specifically to the two booksfrom Dr. Waldo Vieira already mentioned, Projectiology and 700ConscientiologyExperiments.

Other invaluable sources of knowledge are conscientiology courses, such asthose offered through the Consciousness Development Program (CDP) at theInternationalAcademyofConsciousness(IAC).Thisbookdoesnotinanywayreplace the value of these courses, mainly because of the richness of directexperienceitselfthatcanbegainedthroughtheenergeticexercisesandpracticesofevenmoretechniquesforproducingOBEsthanarecontainedinthisvolume.ThisbookdoesnotcoverallthematerialpresentedintheCDP.Likewise,thoughyouwillfindmuchinformationinthisbook,thereisnoway

toduplicatetheenergeticenvironmentoftheclassesandtheirveryrealeffectonthedevelopmentof theparticipants.Furthermore,during theclassesyouenjoythe benefit of discussing issues directly with instructors, not only about themechanics of some phenomena but about your own personal energeticdevelopmentaswell.I invite you to go to LearnOBEs.com to download the full glossary of

conscientiological terms, aswell as to receive a free bulletinwith informationaboutthenextCDPclassesinthecityclosesttoyou.OnthissiteyoucanevendownloadacoupontoreceiveadiscountontheCDPcourses.

[contents]

Introduction

Don’tbelieveinanything.Noteveninwhatiswritteninthisbook.

Experiment!Haveyourownexperiences.

Morethanjustafewphrases,thisisaphilosophy,astyleofapproachingalltheendeavorscontainedinthisvolume.Itisinterestingandimportanttodiscusstheideascontainedandimpliedintheabovesentences.Firstofall,“Don’tbelieveinanything.” The intention is not to appear as knowing the absolute truth abouttheseoranyothermatters.Asiswellknown,therearecertaingroups,cultures,religions,philosophies,andorganizationsthatdealwithwhatarecalledabsolutetruths,meaningtheyalreadyhaveacertainbodyofideasthatareuntouchableornotupfordiscussion.Individualseitheraccepttheseideas(believe)ornot,butthere is nodebating them.For them, these ideas are alreadyabsolute realities.However,thisisnotseenasthebestmethodforacquiringknowledge.It isbest toworkwith leading-edgerelative truths—thebest informationwe

can gather right now, at thismoment in time. It ismore effective if there arediscussions of ideas, research, experimentation, consensus, and especiallyrenewalof information.Therefore, ifnewexperimentsaredeveloped,andtheystart taking the current information in a different direction, then by allmeanstherehas tobea renewalof ideas.Keeping thisconcept inmind, it is impliedthat the information contained in this book is a collection of leading-edgerelativetruths.Consider a simple example of the relevance of information renewal. If we

neededtoundergosurgery,foranyreason,howconfidentwouldwebeifitweretobeperformedbydoctorsfromtheMiddleAges,usingonlytheequipmentandlevel of knowledge of that period? More than likely we would not feel tooconfident.Obviously therenewalof ideas inmedicine isverypositiveandhasbrought many benefits. Life expectancy today is over eighty years of age indeveloped countries, while during theMiddle Ages it was around thirty-five.

Thisisdirect,positiveevidenceoftheconstantmechanismofrenewalofideas.The same can be said about all sciences that have developed throughout thecenturies,andthisiswhytherenewalofideasissovaluable.It is especially relevant to consider this point with regard to out-of-body

experiences (OBE), paranormal phenomena, nonphysical dimensions, and soforth, sincemanyof the ideas related to these subjects are in needof renewalbecausetheyarequiteold.Sincehumanitybeganhavingawrittenhistory,therehave been accounts of people leaving the body in virtually all culturesthroughout the centuries.However, this information, especially in theWesternHemisphere, belonged historically to closed (hermetic, esoteric, occult, secret)groups,andmostof themwere(andstillare)absolutisticgroups—asreligionsare.So inmostof thesegroups the ideas that form thebasisof thegroupsareheldasabsolutetruthsandarenon-negotiable.Granted,thatmayhavebeenthebestinformationthatexistedatthetime,andwasperhapseventheleading-edgeinformation of the time. But now, through the gathering and accumulation ofdata,andtheveryrelevantassociationofideaswithothersciencesthatdidnotexistearlier,thereismuchmoreinformationtodrawfromandthustheideasaremuchimproved.Asnotedatthebeginningofthisintroduction,itisimportanttoemphasizethe

idea of experience. It is one thing to theoretically know or understand aparticular conceptor technique, and quite another to have experienced it.Onegoodexampleofthiscomesfromstudyingpeople’sreactionstowarddeath.Thevastmajorityofpeopleunderstandoratleastacceptthatthey(theiressence)willnotdiewithphysicaldeath,yettheystillbehaveasiftheydonotknowthis,asifthiswillbe theironly life.At themostbasic level, thismeans that individualscontinuetobehavedifferentlyfromwhattheytheoreticallyunderstand.Another of the main goals of this book is to offer as much information as

possiblesoindividualsdeveloptheirowncapacities,orlearntohavetheirownexperiences, independent of any type of dogma, indoctrination, attachment, ordependency (such as requiring them to come back periodically for a specificsessionortreatment).Itisimportanttopointoutthatthisbook,thesciencesofprojectiology and conscientiology, and even the many institutions that studyconscientiology have no connections to any form of politics, mystical ideas,

religions,or traditionsor toanyotherorganizationsorcountries.The intentionhas always been to study the information in an open-minded, direct, realisticfashion, without any preconceived or biased ideas or any type of dogmatic,commercial,secretive,ormanipulativeagenda.The ability to leave the body and master the bioenergies, when developed,

becomesan inherentcapacityof the individual,similar to thecapacity to read,rideabicycle,swim,andsoforth.Whenyouknowhowtoread,youcangotoanybookstoreorlibraryandsimplychoosefromallthebooksavailabletheoneyouwanttoread.Thisselectionisdonewithcompletefreedom,sinceyoucanaccessanyofthem.It is known that conventional science asks for objective, physical proof of

phenomena,somethingthatcanbemeasuredbythephysicalinstrumentsoftheresearcher. Even though certain OBEs can be objective phenomena—in thesensethattheycanbeverified—thebestwaytoconfirmthisrealityis toleavethebodyandexperienceitdirectly.CertainOBEscanbephysicallyverified,yetcertainrealitiesgowellbeyondthephysicaldimensionandarenotprovableinthe restrictive, physical sense orwith current technology. Thus, taking a trulyscientific approachmeans that it is best to keep an open and discerningmindwhendealingwiththeserealities.Oneofthekeyelementsofthisbookthatisimplied,butisveryimportantto

mention explicitly, is that it is a descriptive work as opposed to it being aprescriptivework.Descriptiveworksdescribethephenomena,whileprescriptiveworksdiscusswhatindividuals“ought”todo.Aprescriptiveapproachcouldbeconsidered“preaching”inmanyinstances.Thisbookhasdozensofinstructionson several different topics, especially when discussing practical techniques.These instructions are basedonhundreds if not thousands of experiences, andtheintentionistohelpandinformthereader.Theefficiencyofallthetechniqueshasbeenobservedtimeandtimeagain,andthatiswhytheyaredescribedinthisbook,asaguide.Nonetheless, when analyzing the information that is perceived outside the

body, the discussion may seem to turn more subjective and appear moreprescriptive.Someofthefindingsoutsidethebodycouldbeconsideredbymanyindividuals as having moral implications. Far from shying away from these

discussions(whichwouldbeeasier,safer,morecomfortableandmorepoliticallycorrect), effort is made to dive into them and clarify them (which is morechallenging and controversial). In these instances, instructions are givenregardingthebestinformationavailabletoachievespecificresults.Especiallyinthe second half of the book, many suchmoral topics naturally arise, simplybecause they do form a part of reality, including here the extraphysical, orbeyond-the-physical,reality.Onecannotstrive to integrallystudythenonphysicalrealitiesby limiting the

research.Therefore,suchmoraldiscussionsarecontainedherein.Farfrombeinginculcations, however, the indications given are a description of the attitude,technique, posture, and/or perspective that have been observed to be themostefficient, especiallywith relation to consciential evolution.Themainobjectiveofthisworkistoinform,nottoconvinceanybodyofanything.Theawareandscrutinizing reader should put everything to the test and then use all theinformationthatisconsideredvaluable.Notice as well that having lucid projections (OBEs) implies having the

opportunity toexperiencedifferent realities.Uponobservingdifferentpatterns,individuals will naturally tend to interpret them. These interpretations willbecomepartofthelifeexperienceandpartofthereferencesystemagainstwhichall subsequent life experienceswill be analyzed (whether insideoroutside thebody). Thus, these observationswill challenge our values in the same fashionthat learning about a very different culture would. Therefore, be ready to bechallengedandtogrow.Emphasisisagainplacedontheimportanceoftherenewalofinformation—in

thiscase, at an individual level.Not everything that youwill find outside thebodywillmatch the ideaswealreadyhaveabout theuniverse.Farfromit—inmanyinstances,verylittlewillbeinagreement.Naturally,asweareabletohavedifferent perspectives and in many instances observe more of reality (bothphysicalandnonphysical),andaswe incorporate theseobservations, there isaneed to refineourconcepts (inessence, this isevolution).Therefore,an initialrecommendation becomes pertinent here: If you are more conservative andtraditionalinyourvaluesanddonotwishforthemtobechallenged,thisbookor,moreimportantly,thepracticeofthisphenomenonwillprobablynotbeyour

cup of tea. Challenges arise due to the need to make sense of the realityencountered while outside the body, and in many instances they will mostdefinitely go against traditional values, and even against newer liberal, semi-establishedvalues.Itisthereforeimportanttokeepallofthisinmind.Thequestioning,analyzing,

and critiquing of everything is encouraged. In this sense, it would be greatlyappreciated if any information or reference that is incorrect is brought to myattention. The words at the beginning of this introduction are the anti-brainwashing phrases used in all conscientiology courses everywhere in theworld. It is important to mention that all the information contained herein isbased on the sound experiences of thousands of people and on consensus,debate,andmuchresearch.Yet,donotbelieveit.Byallmeans,pleasegoaheadandexperiment!Haveyourownexperiences.

[contents]

Icons

Throughout thisbook,youwill find textboxeswith icons.Theywillgiveyouadditionalinformationaboutthematerialathand.

Moreinformation.Theseboxeswillshowyouwheretogetmoreinformationaboutthetopicbeingdiscussed.

Definition.These boxes contain definitions of new concepts andwordsastheyareintroduced.

Indications. In these boxes you will find recommendations andkeypointstopayattentiontowhendoingtheexercisesandputtingtheideasinthisbookintopractice.

Example.Intheseboxesyouwillfindexamplesillustratingtheconceptsunderdiscussion.

Renewal of information. In these boxes you will find furtherclarificationsandideas,aswellas information thatwillhelpyoubecomeawareofoldinformationandhowithasbeenrenewedbynewdata.

OBEexperience.TheseboxescontainfirsthandOBEexperiencesdemonstrating the practical application of the ideas beingpresented.

Self-research.Challengingquestionsandinformationarefoundintheseboxestohelpusunderstandwherewestandwithregardtoa

specific topic,andtoshowus theconsequencesandimplicationsoftheseconcepts.

[contents]

Acknowledgments

Tomyfamily,orgroupkarma,fortheirsupport,especiallyduringmyformativeyears.Throughourgoodhumorandhealthycoexistence,wewereabletokeepourselvessaneduringtheroughtimes.Iwouldnotmindhavingyouallagaininthenextlife.

To all my evolutionary friends, colleagues, and volunteers at IAC and allconscientiologicalinstitutions,forallofthelessonswehavehelpedeachothertolearn,andforallpastandupcomingstrugglesthatkeepcatalyzingourevolution.

ToWaldoVieiraforformalizingandsharinghisexperiencesandknowledge,andforhisopportunepersonaladvice.

ToNanciTrivellatoandWagnerAlegrettifortheirlivingexamples,patience,andendless conversations—the positive and the difficult ones—and for beingimportantreferencepointsinmyexistentialprogram.

Totheextraphysicalhelpersfortheirconstantassistanceandtrustinme,andformakingitachallengeformetokeepupwithalltheevolutionaryopportunitiestheyputinfrontofme.

[contents]

CHAPTER1

FundamentalConceptsTheOut-of-BodyExperience(OBE)

OBEGeneralitiesDisconnection

TypesofProjectionsStatistics

DreamsandLucidProjectionsProjectiology

ConsensusConscientiology

TheConsciousnessAttributesoftheConsciousness

TheConscientialParadigmHolosoma:TheVehiclesoftheConsciousness

SomaEnergosomaPsychosomaMentalsoma

BasicStatesofConsciousnessIsItDangeroustoHaveanOBE?SummaryofKeyChapterPoints

ChapterNotes

Leaving thebody!This ideacertainlyprovokesdifferent reactions inpeople:curiosity,anxiety,indifference,enthusiasm,excitement,orinspiration.However,oncewestarttoconsiderthispossibilityseriously,thenextlogicalstepistostartinvestinginthedevelopmentofthisphenomenonsoastoproduceitwithgreater

frequency and control. My colleagues and I, together with findings from aninternationalsurvey,1corroboratethatthevastmajorityofpeoplewhohavelucidout-of-body experiences (OBEs) are of the opinion that these experiences arepricelessandthebenefits immeasurable.Asweshallsee throughout thisbook,this phenomenon, for most people, is positive and safe—contrary to somefolkloricnotionsofparanormalphenomena.Therelevanceof theout-of-bodyphenomenonrestsonasimpleandrelevant

idea:atthismoment,thereseemstobenootherhumanexperiencethatprovidesus with the comprehensive knowledge and experiential background about thenature of the consciousnessbeyond physical reality. As such, the out-of-bodyexperience is not considered an end in itself, but is rather an invaluable andirreplaceable tool to explore ourmultidimensional reality. In this first chapterwe will explore the fundamentals of out-of-body experiences, as well asconceptsregardingthenatureandstudyoftheconsciousness—whoweare—anditsramifications.Thiswillsetthegroundworkforthechapterstocome.

TheOut-of-BodyExperience(OBE)LetusintroduceanddefinesomebasiccharacteristicsofOBEs.

The out-of-body experience is the phenomenon wherebyindividualsproject(separate)themselvesfromtheirphysicalbody,manifesting in dimensions beyond the physical one using othersubtlerbodies,orvehiclesofmanifestation.

DuringanOBE,ourphysicalbodyremainsatrest,usually in thesleepstate,while we—the soul, spirit, or consciousness—distance ourselves from ourphysical body, exploring and experiencing other realities. We travel with avehicleorbodysubtlerthanthephysicaloneandwithquitedifferentanduniqueabilitiesfromthoseofthephysicalbody.Wecanventurefarawayfromthebodyandgainaccesstorealmsandplanesthatarenotnecessarilysimilartophysicalreality.Theout-of-bodyexperienceisalsoknownasprojectionoftheconsciousness,

astral travel, extracorporeal experience, conscious or lucid projection,unfolding,mystic voyage, and several other names. Throughout the book, we

willusethesetermsinterchangeably.The reasons people become interested in practicing the OBE are manifold.

AmongthemostrelevantandcommonbenefitsofOBEsarethefollowing:

•EnjoyingleisureOBEs(i.e.,visitingnewplaces)•Promotingincreasedhappinessandgeneralwell-being•Improvinginterpersonalrelationships•Losingthefearofdeath•Promotinggreateroverallhealth•Contactingrelativesorfriendswhohavepassedaway•Understandingourphysicallifemoreprofoundlyandwhyitisthewayitis•Lookingforandreceivingassistanceofthemostvariedkinds•Identifyingourlife’spurposeorlifetask•Helpingorassistingotherindividualswhileprojected• Replacing beliefs about the nature of life and death with direct personal

experienceandobservation•Contactingmore evolvedbeingsor consciousnesses (spirit guides,masters,

helpers,andothers)•Achievinggreaterlevelsofethicsandunderstanding•Achievinggreatermaturity(spiritualgrowth)

Extraphysical2 (beyond-the-physical), or nonphysical, reality can be quitedifferent from physical reality. In extraphysical reality, perceptions are muchmorerefinedandnotlimitedtothebasicsensesthatweareaccustomedtoinsidethebody.Wecanenjoyanexpandedlevelofawareness,accessinginformationandmemoriesthatarebeyondthephysicalbrain.Communicationcantakeplacewithout thebarriersof language.Asa result,weundergonewandmeaningfulexperiences and acquire greater knowledge, which in turn leads to a deeperappreciationofthenatureofourexistence.

OBEGeneralitiesContrarytowhatissometimesbelievedaboutparanormalphenomena,includingtheout-of-bodyexperience,theproductionofthesephenomenacanbelearned.3

Wedonotneedtoeitherbebornwiththeabilitytoleavethebodyorsimplywaitfor it tooccur spontaneously.Likeanyotherhumancapacity, suchas learninghowtoread,swim,orrideabicycle,wecanalldevelopourcapacitytoprojectoutside the body (projectability). It is just a matter of acquiring someinformation and dedicating time and effort to the training required, and thecapacitywilldevelopaccordingly.Therearepeoplewhohaveagreaterpredispositiontoleavetheirbody,andit

mayseematfirstglancethat thesepeopleare“gifted”orspecial insomeway.However, ifwe take into account themulti-existential cycle or the process ofmultiple physical existences, we can easily understand why some individualsseem to be born with certain skills and predispositions; the reason being thattheyhavepreviously invested timeandeffort in that skill inoneormorepastlives and they readily recover this ability in their current existence. We willexplorethismoreinlaterchapters.

DisconnectionTo leave the physical body is part of our human, or better yet, consciential,4

nature. Because of this,we can affirm that “everybody disconnects from theirphysicalbodyeverynight.”5Anatural and spontaneous separation takesplacewheneverwegotosleepandwebasicallystayfloatingabovethebody(figure1.1).Yetthegreatmajorityofpeopleareunawareofthiscondition,becausetheyremainunconsciousthroughoutthisprocess.6

Thefactthatweallundergothisnaturalseparationhasbeenreportedbymanyconsciousprojectorswhohaveseen,forinstance,arelative,neighbor,orfriendfloating a few inches above their body while sleeping. This observation haslikewisebeenreportedbyprojectorsthroughoutthecenturiesandfromallovertheworld.Youtoocanattempttoseesomeoneelse“asleep”outsidetheirbodyandverifythisforyourself.Thiscanbeaninteresting“projectivetarget.”Whatyouseeisashapeidenticaltothesleepingperson’sphysicalbody.This“other”bodyiscalledthepsychosomaorastralbody.Itcanbepointedout thatnotallofusdisconnect fromthebodyat thesame

distance.While some people may disconnect a couple of feet or more away,some individuals disconnect just a couple of inches from their body. This

actually varies from person to person and also from night to night. We willexplorethisideainmoredetaillateron.

Figure1.1:DisconnectionduringNormalSleep

Anobviousbenefitfromhavinglucidprojectionsisthatwestartrecuperatingtimelostduringsleep.Ingeneralterms,theaveragepersonsleepseighthoursaday,7whichisathirdoftheday.Atsixtyyearsofage,thatwouldmeanthatwespent about twenty years of our life sleeping! This is an unnecessarily hugeamountoftimespentunconscious.Clearly,thephysicalbodyneedstosleep,yetwe—our essence, the consciousness—do not.We can use this time when thephysicalbodyisasleepinamoreproductivefashiontoexplore,learn,andhelpourselvesandothersthroughourout-of-bodyexperiences.One of the reasons that lucid projections are not as common as we would

expect has to dowith intention.Think aboutwhat it is thatmost peoplewantwhentheygotobedatnight.Whatistheirprimarymotivation?Certainlytheywant to rest and sleep.Somepeople justwant tohaveaquiet, eventlessnightandwakeupin themorningrested.Othersprefer tonotevendream,but tobe

“outlikealight”theentirenight.Theseintentions,then,notsurprisingly,resultinthepersonsleepingwithoutmuchawarenesstheentirenight.Wetendtoidentifywiththephysicalbodytosuchanextentthatwebecome

conditioned to behave as if we are only this. Even though most individualswouldagreethat theyaremorethantheirphysicalbodyandeventheoreticallyunderstand and accept that they will continue existing in some fashion afterbiological death, in practice—in their day-to-day life—they behave as if theirphysical body is their only reality. As a result of this conditioning, when thephysicalbodysleeps,theconsciousnessbecomesinactive,dormant.Quitesimply,wecandeducethatanessentialaspectthatcanhelpustohave

more lucid projections is intention. To project lucidly, we need to have theintentionofwantingtoremainawareduringthenight.Mostindividualsdonothavethisintention.Inmostinstancesthisisnotduetoanyfaultoftheirown,butbecauseofconditioningandnothavingenoughinformationonthesubject.Soitisimportanttounderstandthatonethingisthebody—the“biologicalmachine,”thevehicleofmanifestation—andanotherthingisus—theconsciousness.Apowerfulandbasicwayoftryingtoproducelucidprojectionsisthenthis:

Everynightwhenyougotobed,affirmtoyourself,“Iwillletmybodysleep,butIwant toremainaware.”Saythiswithintention,really mean it.Make sure that this is what you really, deeply,sincerelywant!

Havingthisstrongintentionisalreadya180-degreechangeinbehaviorfromourusual nights. It will increase the probability of remaining lucid during ourprojections.Accomplishinganythingstartswithintention.

TypesofProjectionsTherearethreebasictypesoflucidprojections:8

•Spontaneous•Forced•Provokedatwill

The spontaneous projection is the most common of all. These are called

spontaneousprojectionsbecausetheredoesnotseemtobeanobviousreasonforwhy we recovered our awareness outside the body. A classic spontaneousprojectionnormallyhasseveralspecificcharacteristics.Inmostcasesittendstohappenwhenwe are sleeping in a place other thanour bedroom, such as at afriend’s house or in a hotel room; in otherwords, placeswe are not regularlyused to or are unfamiliarwith altogether. In these instances,wewake up andregainconsciousnessoutsideofourbody,manytimesfloatingclosetoawallorto the ceiling; i.e., still relatively close to the physical body—wherewe havebeen most nights of our life. This time, however, we became aware of theexperience.Mostspontaneousexperiencestendtolastonlyafewseconds.Onereasonfor

their shortness is that we normally become surprisedwhenwe realizewe areoutsideof thebody,whichcausesus toquicklyreturn. Insomecasesweevenhave the opportunity to look at the physical body, a phenomenon called self-bilocation(figure1.2).

Figure1.2:Self-Bilocation

In order to understand why the return to the body tends to be quick inspontaneous projections, it is important to understand the difference betweenhavingextra-physicalawarenessandholdingormaintainingit.Toappreciatethisdifference,letususetheanalogyofachildlearningtorideabicycle.Tobegin,achildonabikewithnotrainingwheelsisusuallyheldsteadybyanadult.Oncetheadultgivesa littlepush to thebikeand releases it, for abriefmoment thechildisinequilibrium.Butsincethechilddoesnotknowhowtomaintaintheirbalanceyet,theyfalloverafterashortdistance.Fromthispracticalexample,wecan appreciate the difference between briefly having a specific condition(equilibrium,balance,awareness)andbeingabletomaintainitlonger.Thus,outsidethebodywehavetoknowhowtobecomelucidandstaylucid;

otherwiseourexperienceswilltendtobeunnecessarilyshort.Teachingthisskillisoneofthemajorobjectivesofthiswork.Forced experiences are the second type of lucid projection. Near-death

experiences(NDEs)arethemostcommontypeofforcedprojection.IndividualsundergoingNDEs are literally forced outside of their body as the result of anaccident, surgery, anesthesia, drowning, ailment, heart attack,9 or othercircumstance.

A near-death experience (NDE) occurs when an individual isforcedoutsidehisorherbodybycriticalhumancircumstances.

ThoughtherearespecificdifferencesbetweenOBEsandNDEs,itisworthytonote the similar patterns that NDEs have. Usually while outside their bodyduringaNDE,individualsdescribebeingabletoseetheirbody,whetherwhileleaving or upon returning to their body. They are able to see whoever isphysicallytheretryingtohelpthem(doctors,nurses, lifeguards,and/orothers).Mostofthemdescribeseeingatunneloflightandseeingmorelightattheendofthetunnel.Afterpassingthroughthetunnel,theysometimesreportencounteringagroupofindividuals,amongwhomtheycommonlyrecognizefamilymemberswho have already passed through the physical death.Within this group, theregenerallyseemstobeanindividualwhoisdirectingthegroupandwhonormallyinafewormanywordstellsthepersonexperiencingtheNDEtoreturntotheir

physicallife.Inothercases,thesituationismoresymbolicandthereisnobodytheretogreetthem.Uponreturning,manyoftheseindividualsareabletodescribephysicaldetails

withgreataccuracythatwouldhavebeenimpossibleforthemtohaveobservedfromwheretheirphysicalbodywasduringtheNDE—especiallyconsideringthefact that theirbody (heart andbrain)wasdeadduring thosemoments.Apointnoteworthyof attention is the fact that people tend to describe the samebasicpatternofexperienceseventhoughtheindividualscomefromdifferentreligionsand social systems and have different value systems, levels of education, andtraditions.Thisspeakstotheuniversalityofthephenomena.10Aconclusionthatcanbedrawnfromthisisthatindependentlyofhowweunderstandlifenoworof theexperiencesoreducationwemayhavehadin this life, there isacertainrealityoutsidethebody,waitingforus.It is interesting to note that people who undergo a near-death experience

commonlyreportthattheirphysicallifeismoremeaningfulaftertheexperience.Someofthereasonsforthis,amongothers,11arethefollowing:

Mostpeople,asa resultofhavinganear-deathexperience, lose their fearofdeath.Duetothis,otherphobias,insecurities,andfearstheyhavemanifestedintheirlifealsodisappear.Thisresultsintheirexistencebecomingmorebalancedandlessstressful,andtheyfeelmoresecure,grounded,andopen.•Ingeneral,peoplewhohavehadaNDEbecomemoreassistantial—theytry

tohelpothersmore.•Theycomebackwith a senseof a “life task” (existential program)andgo

about trying to execute itwithmore energy andmotivation. They convey theideathattheyunderstandlifebetter.•Many of them express that they are better people now, and this iswhat is

referredtoas“innerdevelopment.”

A relevant question that can be derived from the experience ofindividuals who have had a NDE is: if they receive all of theabove important and deep benefits with only one NDE—manytimes traumatic, certainly unplanned, and risky—what can we

expect in terms of evolution (inner growth) from years of out-of-body

experiences;forexample,fiveyearsoflucidout-of-bodyexperiences?

BeyondtheNDE,aprojectionisalsoconsideredforcedwhenitisproducedbydrugs.However,provokingOBEsthroughtheuseofdrugsisnotrecommendedat all.12 Drugs that produce out-of-body projections are normally heavychemicals, psychoactive, and can have negative side effects on the physicalbody,especiallyonbraincells.Itiscommonlyknowntodaythatpeoplewhouse(abuse) drugs regularly lose mental acuity, reliability, and effectiveness.13

Sometimes, after a single use of a heavy drug, the person is never the sameagain.It is important to note that the brain does not produce ourmental faculties.

Thesefunctionsare,toacertainextent,independentofthebrain.14Yetthebrainhas to process these commands—so as for the body to obey—and thesefunctionsareaffected.Thisissimilartowhathappenswhenwehaveacomputerwhose software is impeccable but the processor is damaged. The level of theprocessor’simpairmentwilldetermineitsdeclineinefficiency.Anothershortcomingassociatedwiththeuseofdrugsistheireffectduringthe

projectionitself.Manytimestheperceptionsoftheprojectorbecome“clouded”anddistortedduetothedrug’sinfluence.For thisreason, theaccounts in thesesituations are rarely reliable.When the person comes back into the body andtriestobringthisinformationintothebrain,duetotheunnaturalchemicals(orunnaturallevelsofchemicals)inthebrain,memoriesinmanyinstancesarenoteasilyfixedinourgraymatter.15Sonotonlydoesthedrugdistorttheperception,butthememoryisalsodistorteduponreachingthebrainandtheendresultisaverylow-qualityexperience.Drugs also can have the negative side effect of creating dependency. In

general,whatoccursisthatpeoplewhousedrugsweakentheirwill—since thedrug is the agent causing theeffect in theperson.Onceoutside thebody, it isthroughourwill thatwecontroleverythingwedoandeverywherewego.Wedevelopandcarrythestrengthofourwillfromlifetolife,andthuswewanttonurtureit.Whenmeetingpeopleoutsidethebodywhousedrugs,wenoticethattheyareusually inastuporandmuchlesssharp.Inmost instances individualsresort todrugsbecauseofaweakwill, insomecasesbecauseofpeerpressure

(weakwill),toescapereality(weakwill),orbecausetheyareunabletoproducethecapacityon theirown (weakwill).16 Innerdevelopmentmeansbecomingastrongerindividual,notaweakerone.Lastly,themostlogicalaspectwithregardtodrugsisthattheyaresimplynot

needed. We do not need to expose ourselves to these chemicals and haveundesirable experienceswhenwecan learn toprovokeOBEs in ahealthyandnatural fashion.Asa ruleof thumb, the fewer theobjectsorexternalelementsused to produce something, the greater our capacity is and the more self-sufficientwebecome.Thethirdtypeoflucidprojectionistheoneprovokedatwill.Therearemany

techniquesforthis,aswewillseelateroninChapter4.Inordertounderstandwhatisneededtoprovokelucidprojectionsatwill,wemustfirstrecognizetwofacts. The first is that everybody leaves the body every night, as mentionedpreviously.Wespontaneouslyandunconsciouslyleavethebodyeverytimewefallasleep.Thesecondisthatcomingbacktothebodyislikewiseeasy,sincewedothiseverytimewewakeupinthemorning.Infact,therearebiologicalandenergetic factors (whichwewill explore later on) that donot allowus to stayprojected forever—or even forvery longperiods of time.Comingback to thebodyisnoproblem;ourchallengeistoremainoutsideofitwithawareness.Ifleavingthebodyandcomingbacktoitarerelativelyeasytodo,thenwhatis

it, in essence, thatwewant to learn?To fully enjoy all thebenefits of a lucidprojection,weneedtodeveloptwoattributes:17

•Weneedtohavelucidity,18orawareness,whileoutsidethebody.Thiscanbelearned through not only a more complete understanding of how the entireprocess works but also the practical application of projective techniques andenergeticexercises.• We need to recall the experience, since a projection is not necessarily

automatically recalled. The reason for this is that everythingwe perceive andexperienceoutsidethebodyisnotautomaticallyrecordedinthebrainandisnotautomatically accessible. On the contrary, this information accumulates in thenonphysical bodies, which are the ones that are active at the moment of theexperience. Inorder tohave this informationaccessiblewhile intraphysically19

awake, we need to recall the information while inside the body. Using acomputeranalogy,itislikedownloadinginformationintothephysicalbrain.Wewill also study how to improve our extraphysical memory and the“downloading”process.

It is interesting to note that lucid projections provoked at will are the leastcommoncomparedtothespontaneousandtheforcedones.Thereasonforthisisthat up until now, especially in the Western Hemisphere, this informationbelongedtosecluded,esoteric,oroccultgroups.Thisphenomenoncanbeandisnowbeingstudiedinamoredirect,realisticfashion.

StatisticsAccordingtointernationalsurveys,20individualsreportedthefollowinglevelsoflucidityatnightwhilesleeping:

Unconsciousexperiences(normalsleepingwithoutmuchawareness):89%

Semiconsciousexperiences(thelevelofluciddreams):9.8%

Consciousexperiences(lucidprojections,OBEs):1.2%

It is interesting to pay attention to the last category. Though this is a smallpercentage,thenumberisbiggerthanwhatispopularlythought.About1percentof the population means that in a city with two million people, 20,000individualshavehadlucidprojections!

DreamsandLucidProjectionsWhat is the difference between dreams and lucid projections? The maindifferenceistheleveloflucidity,orawareness,thatwemanifestwhenprojectedconsciouslyoutsidethebody.Furthermore,lucidityisanattributethatdoesnotdependon thephysicalbody.Toput things intoperspective,whileoutside thephysical body we can find ourselves with the same level of awareness andcontrolthatwehavewhenweareawakeinordinarydailylife;andjustaswedonot confuse the condition of ordinarywaking lifewith dreams, experientially,

when projected with a good level of awareness, there is no confusing lucidprojectionswithdreams.Incertaincaseswecanbecomeconfusedbecausewemaybeoutsidethebody

butonlypartiallyaware.21Inotherinstanceswecanhaveexperiencesduringthenight in which we enjoy a level of semiconsciousness. Such is the case withluciddreams.Theconditionof luciddreamsoccurswhen in themiddleof thedream we realize we are dreaming.22 The reasons for this realization can bemany,suchasfears,incongruence,unusualactivitiesintheperson’sdream,andothers. Inmost cases of spontaneous lucid dreaming, the period of awarenesstendstobeshort,similartothespontaneouslucidprojectionthatwaspreviouslydiscussed.Lucid dreams are a step between normal (non-lucid) dreams and lucid

projections, and they can also be nurtured and developed. We can learn tomaintain our awareness for a longer period of time and also to control theelements in our dreams. Even though we have control over our dream, it isimportant to stress that it is still adream.The luciddreamcanbe,however, atrainingpathtowardhavinglucidprojections.23

In the same fashion that we are able to will ourselves to dreamwith otherplacesor conditions,wecanalsowill ourselves to stop thedreamand see theextraphysicalreality.

Whenyourealizethatyouareinaluciddream,givethecommandtostop thedreamandsee theextraphysical reality.Forexample,you could say the following: “I want to be aware and see myactualroomnow!”

With somepractice, aftergiving this command, thedreamwilldissipateandwewillfindourselves,inmostinstances,floatingabovethephysicalbodyinourbedroom.Insomecaseswemightbefar fromourphysicalbody.Whenawareandlucidextraphysically,wearefirstofallabletorecognizethefactthatweareoutsidethebody.Wehaveallofourmentalfacultiesworking,meaning,unlikewhiledreaming,wehaveaccess toourmemory:address,phonenumber,whatwe did during the day, and so forth. In otherwords,we are able to recall our

physicallifeindetail.Outsidethebody,wehavefullcapacity tomakedecisions.Wecandecideto

go toa relative’shouse, toaphysicalplace thatmightbevery faraway,or tootherdimensions,orwecansimplystayandcontemplateourownhouse fromthe extraphysical perspective.Our logic is naturally and spontaneously active.We are able to reason outside the bodywithout problems. In otherwords,wemayfindourselveswiththesameleveloflucidity,awareness,andsharpnessthatwe enjoy while in the physical waking state. In some instances this level ofawarenesscanbeevengreaterthantheoneweenjoyinordinarywakinglife.With this increased level of awareness, and since the experience is real and

actually happening,we canconfirm24 it—something that dreams do not allow.Thisverificationcanoccureveninasimplefashionwithphysicaldetailsthatwemayhappentosee.Forexample,whileweareawayonatrip,arelativeofoursdecides to reorganize our living room, moving the furniture to differentpositions.Wecanobservethisatnightwhileprojectedandconfirmitoncewereturnhome.

AssistedProjectionSilvanaMeira(2006)25

Saturday,January28,2006,CorteMadera,CaliforniaAfterwakingup togo to thebathroom, I returned tobedand laydown,

placingapillowunderneathmykneesandcomfortablyextendingmyarmsalongsidemybody,handsrestingonmythighs.I immediatelyfeltrelaxedand externalized energy for about twenty minutes or so, shifting to theclosedcircuitofenergytechnique.Ifelttheenergiesflowingfrommyheadto my feet and back. I concentrated on leaving the physical body andrepeatedtomyself:“I’mgoingtoleavemybody.Myphysicalbodyneedstosleep,butIdon’t.”In a state of feeling half-awake and half-asleep, a dreamlike scene

appearedand I sawmyself ina roomwith threeBrazilian friendswhomIhadn’t seen inover fiveyears. Iwashappy to see them,and they seemedsurprisedandhappytoseemeaswell.AsIheardmyphysicalbodysnoring,thescenedisappearedandIrecoveredlucidity.Icouldstillfeel theenergy

running from head to feet, and feet to head, so I knew I had to holdmyintenttoleavethephysicalbodyandtoavoiddistractions.I heard a gentle and very calm female voice asking me in my native

language,“Vocequersair?”(“Doyouwanttotakeoff?”)Ididnothavetimetoanswerbecause I felt Iwasbeinggrabbedbymypara-armsandpulledup,bringingmetoaseatedposition,withtheupperpartofmypsychosoma(astralbody)separating frommyphysicalbody. Icouldseemypara-armsstretchedtowardtheceilingwhilstthepara-legsremainedwithmyphysicallegs.Awareofmysituation,Icouldnotseethehelper,butIknewshewasthere.LookingtotheceilingItriedtotakeoff,tellingmyselftogoup,butmypositiondidnotchange.Instead,whathappenedwas theelongationofmypara-arms.AsInoticedthatmyeffortwasnotsufficienttoliftoff,mypsychosomawasbroughtbacktothehorizontalposition,whereIwasthenlyingonmyphysicalbody,listeningtoitsheavybreath,sometimesfeelingitandsometimesnot,asifmyextraphysicalheadwasbouncinginandoutofmyphysicalhead.Ifirmlyintendedtogoupagain,andinslowmotionmypsychosomawent

up,stoppingonlytwoinchesfromtheceiling.Ilookedatthedetailsofthesurface of the ceiling, which I had never before seen so closely. I wasgettingdistractedand losing luciditywhenaclearmessagedirectedme toget away frommy physical body so I would not return to it. I started tomove, first looking at the ceiling then turning my head and seeing thechandelier. I noticed thatmy extraphysical bedroomwas bigger than it isphysically.”Ineedatarget!”Assoonasthisthoughtoccurredtome,IknewwhatI

wantedtodo.Iwantedtosee“L.”,oneofthefriendsinthedreamlikesceneperceivedearlier.Adoptingaverticalposition,Iwentoutintheopen,flyingforwhatfeltlikeaminute.Stoppingatwhatseemedtobemydestination,Isawmyfriend“L.”,andawomanwaswithhim.Icouldnotidentifyher,buttheywereseatedatatablefacingeachother.FromwhereIwasIcouldseeherback,andherhaircaughtmyattention.Myfriendwaswearinga lightblueshirtandhedidnothavehisbeard,whichhe’dhadthelasttimeIsawhim.

Somethingpulledmeback,andshortlyIwasbackinmyphysicalbody.Ididnotrecallmyflightback.ItdidnotfeellikeIwokeupbecauseIneverlostconsciousnessduringtheprocess.Thememoryofwhathappenedwasvivid inmymind.Ididnotmoveforacoupleminutes,going through thedetailsofmyexperience. Imoved to theside tocheck the time; theclockmarked6:50AM.Itooknoteofitandwrote12:50PMnexttoit,thetimeinBrazil.It was still dark. I turned on the lights, got my notebook from the

nightstand, and sat inbed towritedownmyexperience.Aftergettingmyfriend’snewcontact informationthatweekend,Iwrotetohim,tellinghimI’dhadhimasmytargetandwhatI’dseenwhenIgottohim.Heconfirmedthat at that timehewas at homewithhispartner.Hewaswearing a lightblueshirtanddidnothaveabeardany longer.Healsomentioned thatbymydescriptionof the scenehe could tellmyangleofperceptionand thateverythingaboutmyexperiencecouldbevalidated.Ithanktheextraphysicalhelperforthisopportunity.

Furthermore,manifestingthismentalstatewhileprojected—withaccesstoallofourmentalcapacities—canalsohelpustoverify,withonesingleexperience,thatthementalfacultiesthatconventionalscienceattributestothephysicalbrainarenotactuallyof thebrain.This is an interestingconclusion,because thoughthebrainisanimportantobjectofstudy,itisstillpartofthehardware,anditisnotresponsibleforourcapacitytobeaware,conscious.Thus,ourconsciousnessisnotaproductofthehardware(orofbiochemicalinteractions);onthecontrary,thephysicalhardwareisthereceiverofconsciousness,atoolwecancontrol.There are other very effective energy techniques thatwewill discuss in the

followingchaptersthatcanhelpustoaccomplish thisextraphysicalawakeningwithgreaterease.Thelevelsofluciditywillalsobeexplainedingreaterdetail.

AWordaboutWords…Certain technical terms and expressions (neologisms) used inconscientiology(andinthisbook)aredifferentbecausetheyrefer

to concepts that are new. These concepts describe realities that have not

been identified or formalized before, like cosmoethics, thosene, andexistentialmoratorium.26

However, other technical terms in conscientiology are used to describerealities that are already known. This is the case with expressions likeextraphysical consciousnesses (beingswho have passed away), existentialprogram (life task), lucidprojection (astral travel), andothers.The reasonfor having different terms in this second case is due to understanding theenergiesandtheconnotationsthattheseexpressionsbringwiththem.Asanexample,thinkaboutwhatyoufeelinsidewhenyouhearwordslike

disembodied,apparition,ordisincarnate.Thesewordsareoldandinsomecasesemotionallyloaded,andareassociatedmorewithsomethingnegativeor dense or something thatwe should fear.The state of being in betweenlives,however,isaneutralstate,inthesamesensethatthestateof“humanbeing”isneutral.Therearemoreethicalandlessethicalhumanbeings,yetthestateofbeinghuman,inandofitself,isaneutralone.Whenweuseatermlikedisembodied,thetermalreadybringswithitan

energythatisnotneutral,andconveysformanyanideaofsomethingtobefeared or at least somethingwewouldwant to stay away from.Thus thetermisinaccuratewithregardtotheactualstateitisdescribing—sincethestate is neutral. Furthermore, it evokes energy that is not positive, butmystical,andcarriesmeaningthatisunnecessaryand/ornothelpful.Ontheother hand, the term extraphysical consciousness is uncontaminated andneutral, thus being more accurate to describe the actual state of beingbetweenlives.Aswasmentionedpreviously,inanOBE,orwhenyoufeelenergywell,

youareabletofeelthedifferenceinthequalityoftheenergyinaveryclearfashion.Sometimesthedifferencebetweenusingonetermversustheothercan be the difference between connecting and evoking energies of lessdevelopeddimensionsorofamoreevolvedone—andyoucanexperiencethisrealitywhileoutsidethebodyonyourown.In conscientiology, there is a committee that advises on the creation of

newterms,calledtheInternationalCouncilonNeologistics.27

In thisbook,we’ll try touse thetraditional termsandintroducethenew

andmorecorrectterminology.Astuteandobservantreaderswilldowellinstartingtousethenewterminologyastheydevelop.

Projectiology

Projectiology is the science that studies the projections of theconsciousness (OBEs, astral travel), bioenergy, and relatedphenomena.

The following are some of the main topics within projectiology’s scope ofinvestigation:

• Various degrees of projection of the consciousness (nonalignment, ordiscoincidence,ofthebodies)•Techniquestoproduceprojections•Mechanismsoftakeoff•Compositionandpropertiesofthevehiclesofmanifestation(holosoma)•Perceptionsandobservationsoutsidethebody•Identificationandcharacteristicsofthevariedextraphysicaldimensions•Relationshipsamongconsciousnessesfromthesameordifferentdimensions•Interactionandcommunicationbetweenandwithindimensions•Studyofbioenergy(vitalenergies,chi,prana)•Techniquestocontrolbioenergiesandpsychicexperiences•Examination and categorization of the various paranormal phenomena and

alteredstatesofconsciousness

Projectiology was proposed and initially structured by Dr. Waldo Vieira, aBrazilianmedicaldoctoranddentist.Oneof thegreatestmeritsofhiswork isthe compilation of vast amounts of information from the four corners of theworld on the out-of-body subject, resulting in the treatise Projectiology: APanorama of the Experiences of the Consciousness outside the Human Body.Based on his extensive research, we can see that the projection of theconsciousness seems tobeauniversalphenomenon, an integralpartofhuman

natureandculture.CountlesscasesofOBEsandrelatedphenomenahavebeendescribedbymostcivilizations,includingtheancientChinese,Japanese,Greeks,Egyptians,Hindus,andculturesofMesopotamia,Europe,andothers.Formorecomplete information on the history of projectiology and the sociologicalimplicationsoftheout-of-bodystate,pleaserefertotheabove-mentionedbookbyDr.Vieira.28

Oneofthebest-knownhistoricalfigurestoreportanextraphysicalexperience is the Greek philosopher Plato. In his book TheRepublic, he describes the case of a soldier (Er, the Armenian)whohadaforcedOBE.29

Oneofprojectiology’sobjectivesistoamassasmuchinformationaspossibleregardingout-of-bodyphenomenafromconsciousprojectorsallovertheworld.Indoingso,thematerialisanalyzedandevaluatedandcomparisonsaremadesoastorationallyunderstandandreachagreaterconsensusonwhatistakingplaceduring this phenomenon. By connecting pieces of the puzzle from the directpersonal experience of researcher-projectors from different cultures, we canarriveatmorelogicalandvalidconclusions.

Whenapplyinglogicandcoherencetoprojectiologicalstudies(asopposed to simply following traditions and superstitions), weobserve that some of the information and techniques applied bysome schoolsof thought (philosophies, religions, andothers) are

confirmedby serious investigations.On the other hand,weverify aswellthatmany of these schools of thought still incorporate into their practicesmysticandfolkloricelementsthatareunnecessaryforthedevelopmentandunderstandingof extraphysical phenomena.For instance,when comparingsome practices from different cultures, we verify that some are basicallyidentical,exceptforoneelement,likethepositioningofcandlesinstrategicplacesinaclosedroom.Ifbyusingasecondsimilarpracticeweareabletoreachthesameresultsaswiththefirstonebutwithoutanycandles,wecanconcludethatthecandleelementwaspartofthemysticismandfolkloreof

the first group. Furthermore, such an element is unnecessary to theattainment of positive results. The biggest problem with these secondaryitems is that in many cases they are overvalued. Candles, dress codes,objects, altars, colors, and what they all represent for that specificphilosophy (their symbolism) are not as powerful and effective as thewillpower and dedication of the consciousness.We also must notice thatwhileoutsidethebody,wemanifestourselveswithoutanyphysicalobjects.

ConsensusThe methodology applied by projectiology, besides being based on scientificresearchand the researcher’sownpersonal experience, also takes intoaccountconsensus, which is considered to be essential to a better understanding ofextraphysical reality. With regard to the study of consciousness and itsmultidimensionalnature, thenumberofvariables is sogreat and themodesofperceptionsovariedthatasinglepointofviewisnotenough.

Here is an example that illustrates the importance of consensuswhen working with individual accounts. Imagine a group ofpeoplewho go to see amovie, such as a science fictionmovie.Afterward, one personmight think themoviewas the best ever,

another might have fallen asleep, others might be angry because theyactuallyspentmoneyonthemovie,anothermightbeextremelyscaredandmightevenhavenightmares,andyetanothermighthavelaughedtheentiretime.Areanyof themabsolutely right in their appreciationof themovie?Theanswerisno,eventhoughtheyallwatchedthesameobjectivephysicalreality (the movie). They also cannot assume that everybody else willexperienceorunderstandthemovieliketheydid.Theycannotevenassumethatotherswillhavethesamefeelingsandreactionswhenwatchingcertainscenes. Therefore, there cannot be a generalization of any one person’sexperiences.

Unfortunately,certainauthors(invariousfieldsofknowledgeforthatmatter)make the mistake of explaining everybody else’s experiences based on their

own.Bookswithaccountsoforiginalout-of-bodyexperiencesandobservationsarecertainlyveryvaluableforthesestudies.However,asimportantastheymaybe,wecannotforgetthefactthattheseaccounts,whentheylackconsensus,arebasedsolelyontheauthor’spointofviewandwayofthinking,includingtheirbiases, preconceived ideas, and inclinations. Therefore, consensus amongexperiences and researchers must exist, especially when accounts are soinconsistentorevencontradictory.WecanthenstatethatinstudyingthefieldofOBEsthefirststepistohaveour

ownexperienceandthesecondistotrytoarriveataconsensusonhowthingswork,evenbyunderstandingotherindividuals’accountsaswell.Otherwise,wemayendupwith toonarrowavisionof extraphysical reality. Incertaincases,jointprojectionscanbeveryhelpful.Ajointprojection iswhentwoprojectorsmeet outside the body and share a common extraphysical experience, thencompare their perceptions afterward (see chapter 3 for an example of a jointprojection).

Conscientiology

Conscientiology is the science that studies theconsciousnessandallofitsmanifestationsinsideandoutsidethebody.30

Consciousness is another name for our essence, soul, or spirit. In this sense,conscientiology is the study of the soul, our essence. To understand theconsciousnessisnoeasyendeavor.Aspreviouslydiscussed,whileprojected,theconsciousness uses different bodies and manifests in different states, whichalready gives us some idea of its nature. However, the manifestation of theconsciousnessreachestheentireuniversewithallofitsdimensions,attestingtothecomplexityofconscientiologystudies.Conscientiologystudies,amongothers,31thefollowing:

•Attributesoftheconsciousness•Evolutionoftheconsciousness•Strategiesforevolution(recyclingandinversion)•Conscientiometry,orthemeasureoftheconsciousness

•Existentialprograms(lifetasks)•Degreesofassistantiality(helpingothers)•Evolvedbeings(suchastheserenissimus)•Cosmoethics•Universalism•Mentalsomatics

Thoughsomeofthesetermsareprobablynewtomostreaders,manyofthemwill be better explained as we move ahead. One of the basic premises ofconscientiologyistheuseoftheOBEasatoolinordertobetterunderstandtheconsciousness,meaning tobeable tobring information from theextraphysicalrealitytotheintraphysicalrealityinordertobetterunderstandourselves,others,life,andourrealityingeneral.Because all humanbeings are living in the intraphysical reality, they have a

physicalpointofview,acertainunderstandingof life,andofwhatweare thatcomesfromtheobservationsmadeinthisintraphysicaldimension.Theintentionofconscientiologyis toaddtheextraphysicalobservations to this intraphysicalperspectivesoastohaveamorecompletepictureofourselves,consciousnesses.Thisnotonlyallowsustoarriveatbetterconclusionsbasedonmoreinformationbutalsoleadstoveryprofoundconsequences.Letusconsidersomeexamplesofthesestatementsinpractice.Itisafactthat

all living beings only have a physical life for a limited period of time.Specifically,weareborn,spendsometimeinthephysicaldimension,grow,live,andthenpassaway.Thisobservationisalsoapplicabletoanimalsandplants.Itiseasy,natural,andsimpletomakethisphysicalobservationandarriveat thisconclusion.As we start to have lucid projections and begin spending time in the

extraphysicaldimension,wearegoingtoobserveandrealizethatasindividualsdie, they spend a certain amount of time extraphysically (as an extraphysicalconsciousness) and then theyarephysicallybornagain.This is, of course, theidea that in most circles is called reincarnation. Yet this extraphysicalobservation outside the body is just as natural and simple as the intraphysicalrealization.Allthatitisneededisforustostartspendingtimeoutsidethebody,

be lucid and observe, and we will start to see how some things work. It isthereforeseenthatthetwoperspectives—theintraphysicalandtheextraphysical—complementeachotherandcanbe joined inorder tohaveamore inclusiveunderstanding.Theseideasorconceptsstopbeingatheoryandbecomeserenelyacceptedfactsoncewehavehadtheexperience.This realization can have profound consequences for many individuals. For

example, peoplewho live their liveswithout this concept inmind, or even inopposition to it, upon realizing this will have to do some thinking. Attentionmustbealsodrawntothefactthatnobodyconvincedoristryingtoconvincetheprojector who observes this; projectors through their own means realize thisrealityandarriveatsuchaconclusion.Conscientiologythereforehasthiseffect,as the researcher-projector discovers information about the reality of theconsciousness,andthepersonchanges,renews,andimprovestheunderstandingofhowthingswork.32

Itissaferandmorecomfortableforustochangeourunderstandingregardingthepropertiesofanatomthan torenewourfundamentalunderstandingof life.Oneof the reasons thatmanymorematerialistic, conventional,or traditionallybasedresearchersdonotwanttostudyprojectiology,conscientiology,andotherparanormalphenomenaisalsobecauseofthiseffect—itissafernotto.Yetonourownwestartrealizingthroughourpersonalexperiencesthatweare

notjusttheproductoftheexperiencesofthisoneintraphysicallife,butthatourhistory is much larger. The combination of the study of ourselves asmultidimensionalbeings,conscientiology,andOBEs(projectiology)willleadustoaskdeeperquestionspertainingtoournature.To start to understand all the implications of this study, let us assume the

following. Imagine that you have an out-of-body experience tonight—withoutgoing too far.To simplify things, letus assumeyou stayprojectedonly insideyour bedroom.We realize that what we are—whether we want to call it theconsciousness, soul, spirit, or any other name—is independent of the physicalbody and existed before the creation of the physical body, meaning theconsciousness,oursoul,existedbeforewewerephysicallyborn.Thus,uponrealizingthis,questionscanarise,suchas:WherewasIayear,or

eventwoyears,beforeIwasborn?WhatwasIdoing,andwhatwasIconcerned

with?Obviously,wewerenotinsidethiscurrentbody.Weweresomewhere inextraphysical reality, or an out-of-body condition. We can then, during aprojection, look for the placewherewewere beforewewere born. In amoregeneralsense,apersoncangaininformationtoanswertheage-oldphilosophicalquestion:WheredoIcomefrom?Wewillalsoobservethatsincewe(aconsciousness)areanindependentreality

fromthephysicalbody,whenitdies(theorganic,biologicalrobotdeactivates),we(theconsciousness)willcontinuetoexist.WecanverifyourownimmortalitythroughanOBE.Wemayalsowonder:WherewillIgoafterpassingaway?Obviously,wewill

notbeinthesameconditionweareinrightnow,intraphysical,butwewillbeextraphysical.Thus,projectedwecanalsosetouttofindtheplacewherewewillbeafterthisphysicallife.Another very practical conclusion regarding the life of a person is the

following.Werealize thatwearenot thephysicalbody.Yet inpracticeduringthe day, we remain inside the body, doingmany things. So why, if we are aconsciousness,doweneedtouseaphysicalbody?Isthisbodyreallyneeded?Isthereareasonforit?Wecanfindinformationtoanswerthesequestionsoutsidethe body. Many times people popularly like to call this reason for having aphysical existence a life mission or life task. In conscientiology, this idea iscalledone’sexistentialprogram; it is theprogram, theplan, for thisexistence,forthislife.Wemayaskourselves,whatwouldbetheeffectonusifwefoundout that we actually had a task for this life? This is a question that will beaddressedseveraltimesduringthebookandingreaterdetailinChapter7.Uponunderstanding thatwedonotstopexistingwith thedeactivationof the

physicalbody, andunderstandinghow theprocessofdyingand rebirthworks,welosethefearofdeath.33Thisrealizationhasmanypracticalimplicationsforour manifestation in the physical life. These individuals now become moreconfidentandgroundedintheirendeavorsandtendtolivealessstressfullife.We can see from all of these examples that the consequences of

conscientiologicalstudiescanbeverydeep.Wealsohavetokeepinmindthatall of these realizations were arrived at with what was called a very simpleprojection.Wehavenot even left thebedroomyet!So,wecan think about the

potential for gathering information that theOBEhas to offer.Conscientiologytriestounderstandtheconsciousnessinitsmostcomprehensivefashion,inallofitsmanifestations.Touseananalogy,itisseenthatindividualsaresimilartoaniceberg.Asmall

fraction of the iceberg’s volume (about one-tenth) is above the surface of thewater,while thegreatestvolume isunderneath thewater.Like the iceberg,wepresentonlyafractionofwhatweareinthephysicaldimension.Mostofwhatweareis“underneaththesurface,”notreadilyaccessible.Yet,liketheiceberg,itis this volumeunderneath the surface that supportswhat is visible and that inmanyinstancesdictateswhatweexhibit.Tosummarizeandunderstandtherelationshipofthesciencesofprojectiology

andconscientiology,wecancomparethemtoreadingandliterature.Onethingisthe capacity to read or the phenomenon of reading, and the other is itsapplicationanduseandalltheinformationwewillreadandtakeadvantageofinour life.Projectiology is the capacity, thephenomenon.Conscientiology is theanalysis, the relations and comparisons of the information. Thousands ofconclusionscanbederivedfromstudyingextraphysicalrealitybothforpersonalreasonsandforamoregeneralunderstanding.

TheConsciousness34Following the previous example, let’s explore different consequences morespecifictowhoweare.Let’sassumethatyouhaveacompletelyawareout-of-body experience and you look back and see your physical body peacefullyasleep. This sudden realization catches you by surprise (a common reaction),causing you to become over-emotional and sending you back into your body.Thiscommonexperienceisafairlysimpleprojectionoftheconsciousness.First of all, youwill notice that you aremuchmore than the physical body.

Eachoneofushasaphysicalname;numbersthatidentifyus,suchasadriver’slicense number and a social security number; and documents like a birthcertificate, passport, andothers.Furthermore,we also identifyourselvesbasedonour relationshipswithothers; forexample,“I’m thebrotherof___”or“I’mthe daughter of___.” Naturally, we grow accustomed to identifying ourselveswithallofthesehumanlabelsanddocumentations.

However, during this simple OBE example, you realize that your physicalbodyrepresentsmerelyafractionofwhatyoureallyareandthatphysicalrealityisnot theonlyorultimateone.Fromthatmoment forward,your identificationnumbers and certificates have a much different meaning. Through your owndirectexperience,youcometotheconclusionthatexistenceismuchmorethanwhatthephysicalperceptionshaveledyoutobelieveduringyourwholelife.Allyourmental faculties, emotions, intentions, desires, and personality—in short,everythingthatyouassociateasbeingyou—goeswithyouinyourout-of-bodyexperiences.Sothequestionbecomes,Whatareweexactly?Inanutshell,eachoneofusisaconsciousnessinevolution.The consciousness—the soul, spirit, ego, atman, and others—is then the

essenceorintelligentprinciplebehindallbeings,beyondmatterandenergy.Itisalsoimportant tonotice thedifferencebetween theconsciousnessand thestateof consciousness. The consciousness, as proposed by conscientiology, is aseparateanduniqueentity.Eachhumanbeingisaconsciousness.Andthestateof consciousness is a person’s faculty of being aware or lucid. It is theconsciousness (one’sself) thatanimatesandcontrols thephysicalbodyandalltheother“bodies,”orvehiclesofmanifestation,aswewillsoonsee.

AttributesoftheConsciousnessInorder to better understandwhowe are, let us beginbydiscussing themainattributes of the consciousness; namely, its multivehicular, multidimensional,multi-existential,evolutionary,self-aware,andbioenergeticnature.When we leave the physical body during an OBE, we find ourselves

manifesting in another type of body, or vehicle. In the case of our previousexample,youmay simultaneously see twoofyourbodies:yourphysicalbodylying in bed and another, subtler body floating inmidair.This secondbody islighter and brighter and has unique abilities. Thus, we can say that for us tomanifest in any dimension,we need an appropriate “vehicle” suitable for thatspecificdimension.Thisisknownasourmultivehicularnature.Wepossessfourvehiclesofmanifestation.Theirdetailsandcharacteristicswillbeexplainedlaterinthischapter.

Aswe have seen in our OBE example, we, as consciousnesses, are able tomanifest in different planes of reality, being in essencemultidimensional. Inotherwords,we all have the inherent ability to temporarily leave the physicalbody and verify this fact for ourselves.As far as it is known, there is a greatnumberofextraphysicaldimensionsallwaitingtobeexplored.However,wedonotnecessarilyhavetobeprojectedoutsidethebodytoaccessotherdimensions.Wecanlearntoperceivethemduringthewakingstate.Psychicindividualsareable to interact with the subtler dimensions through a series of paranormalphenomena. Through clairvoyance, for instance, they are capable of seeingenergiesandnonphysicalbeingswhileremaininginsidethephysicalbody.TheOBE simply allows for a much richer multidimensional interaction than ispossiblethroughotherparanormalphenomena.Theconsciousnessisalsomulti-existential,whichimplies thatweencompass

manyexistencesormany lives.Asaconsciousnesswehavehadmanylivesinthepast.Wecamebackonceagainwiththecurrentphysicalbodyandwewillcomebackmanymoretimesinthefuture,occupyingadifferentphysicalbodyeachtime.

Understandingthatwehavehadmanylives,wecanaskourselves:InwhatothercountrieshaveIlivedduringotherlives?Howmanyother religions have I already followed? How many languageshaveIalreadyspoken?HowmanyliveshaveIhadasamaleand

asafemale?InhowmanyraceshaveIbeenbornalready?

Weall go through these series of existences, because as consciousnessesweare in a process of evolution. In other words, in life after life, we becomeprogressively more refined, complex, and mature. Notice that in order toexamine this evolutionary process, we must consider how broad our scale ofobservation is. If individualsareobservedoveraperiodofoneweek,wemayconclude that theydidnotevolveatall.However,overaperiodofmanyliveswecanverifythattheyhaveindeedmatured.Furthermore,weallhaveourownevolutionarypace;someofusevolvefaster,andothersmoreslowly.Therateofevolution (more efficiency and less time) depends on how much priority is

placedoninnerpersonalgrowth.

It is important to clarify two commonmisconceptions regardingourevolutionaryprocess, the firstonebeing that there is a fixednumberof lives,andthesecondthat thenumberof lives isbutafew.Studiesonretrocognitions,orrecollectionofpastlives,show

us that the evolutionary process involves an unknown number of lives—perhaps hundreds of thousands—and that the number of lives dependsmainly on how much effort and dedication we apply to our personalgrowth.35

Consciousnessesatour levelhaveself-awareness.Weareable todiscern thefact thatwearean individualwhoexists independentlyofothers.Animalsarealso consciousnesses (souls), yet they do not have the same level of self-awareness as we do. Animals seem to be simpler, less developed or evolvedconsciousnesses,occupyingmorerudimentarybodies.36Whileoutsidethebody,wecanobserve thatourdogorcat is alsoprojected.Ourpetmightbe simplysleepingoutsidethebodyoritmaybeawake,repeatingthesamebehaviorsasifitwereinsidethebody.Thepet’sextra-physicalawarenessisthenbasicallythesameasitsphysicalawareness—simplerthanours(humans).Additionally, the consciousness manifests itself through energy and matter.

The bodies the consciousness uses are matter, and matter is a derivative ofenergy. Furthermore, the “fuel” that vitalizes these bodies is also energy.Likewise,theinteractionamongconsciousnessesoccursthroughbioenergies—aconceptthatwillbefurtherexploredinchapter2.This initial overview helps to get a foot in the door regarding the main

attributes of the consciousness. Bear in mind that as you continue with yourreading, you will uncover the characteristics of the consciousness and itsevolutionstepbystep.

TheConscientialParadigmA paradigm, according to theMerriam-Webster dictionary, is “a philosophicaland theoretical framework of a scientific school or discipline within which

theories,laws,andgeneralizationsandtheexperimentsperformedinsupportofthemareformulated.”Wecanthinkofaparadigmasamodelorasetofideasonwhichresearchersbase themselveswhenperformingtheirstudies. It isasetofassumptionsoraspecificpointofviewfromwhich theprobleminquestion isapproached.The ruling paradigm in science nowadays is the Newtonian-Cartesian

paradigm, or simply thematerialistic paradigm. Its underlying assumption isthattheonlyelementsthatexistintheuniversearematterandenergy.Mattercanbetransformedintoenergyandviceversa.Itcan,therefore,besaidthatmatterandenergyaretwodifferentexpressionsofthesamesubstance.According to this paradigm, the consciousness (soul, spirit) does not exist.

This is an axiom of the materialistic paradigm and, at the same time, anerroneous assumption. Even though there is an enormous amount of evidencethroughout the world showing that there is “something” beyond the physicaldimension,conventionalsciencehasnottakenitintoconsideration.Thereareseveralreasonsthatconventionalsciencedoesnotacceptanyviews

of an extraphysical nature. First, many of these ideas have been historicallylinkedtoreligiousand/ormysticalgroups.Science,initseffortstodistanceitselffromreligiousconnotations,simplydisregardsanddeniessomephenomenathatare very much real and valid. The understanding of the spirit has beentraditionallywithin the domains of religion andmysticism,while the study ofmatter falls within the domain of science. Through the consciential paradigmandthelucidprojection,wecanstudytheconsciousness(spirit)throughamorerigorous and experiential methodology, completely free from any mystical orreligiousapproach.Another reason for the reluctanceof science to study realitiesbeyondmatter

has todowith thedogmaof instrumentalism. Inessence, conventional scienceworksunderthefollowingperspective:“Ifmyinstrument(supposedlyobjectiveandun-biased)canmeasuresomething,thenthissomethingexists;ifontheotherhandmyinstrumentcannotdetect it, then itdoesnotexist.”Theproblemwiththis type of thinking is the undue dependency and reliance on technology andinstruments.It stands to reason that if an instrument is not currently able to detect

something,thatdoesnotnecessarilymeanitdoesnotexist.Whatitdoessimplymeanis thatat thismoment, the instrument isneithersensitiveenoughnor thetechnologydevelopedenoughtodetectit.Itisconceivablethat,inafewdecadeswithfurther technologicaladvances, the instrumentmay thenbecomesensitiveenough to measure what appears to be nonexistent today.37 Because of thisextremedependency on instrumentation, conventional, natural science choosestodenyourextraphysicalreality.However, when we start having lucid projections, we realize that there is

another,greaterreality—namely, theconsciousness.Therefore,aparadigmthatincorporatesthisrealityiswarranted.

The consciential paradigm is founded on the principle of theexistenceoftheconsciousness,aswellasmatterandenergy.38

To explain the consciential paradigm, we may as well take a more directapproach.Conventionalsciencesupportstheideathatanyinfluenceonmatterorenergy can come only from matter or energy, since these are the only tworealities that exist. Yet the consciential paradigm adds a third reality—theconsciousness.Thus,theeffectsthattheconsciousnesshasonmatterandenergyandviceversa(suchasparanormalphenomena)needtobestudiedaswell.Thereisnodoubtthat this thirdvariableaddsmuchcomplexitytothewhole

equation.Yetat thesame time, itnotonlyenrichesourperspectiveon lifebutalsooffersbetterexplanationstosomeofthebasicquestionsthatarisewithlucidprojections.39 According to the consciential paradigm, matter and energy areelements that the consciousness uses in order to achieve its objectives,whicheverthesemaybe.The sciences of projectiology and conscientiology are based on the

conscientialparadigm.Letustakealookatapracticalexampleofthedifferencebetweenthesetwo

paradigms. A patient is seen by a conventional doctor as a collection ofbiologicalandchemicalcomponentsandtheirinteractions.40Awareness(inthiscaseconsciousness)isthereforetheproductofthesebiochemicalinteractionsinthe brain. If the patient is producing an undesirable behavior, this behavior is

alsotheproductofspecificchemicalreactions.Therefore,ifachemicalisfoundtotreatthiscondition(balanceaspecificchemicalreaction),itisthenprescribedby the doctor. This procedure may work; the patient may effectively stopproducingtheundesirablebehavior.However,theproblemwiththisapproachiswhenthecauseorrootof theproblemisnot in thephysicalbodyand/or inanunbalanced biochemical reaction, but in a trauma from a previous life, forexample.The consciential paradigm takes into account a much broader perspective,

which includes issues such as this one. There are numerous reports of peoplewho, upon becoming aware of a problem originating in a previous life, areeffectivelyanddefinitivelyabletocureit.Nochemical,inthiscase,willbeabletoaffect the traumasofapast life,becausechemicalsworkonlyat thepresentphysicallevel—andbecausethememoriesofpreviousexistencesarenotinthephysicalbrain.41

Because of its physical limits in trying to understand the individual, theadopted materialistic paradigm is ill-equipped to deal with some of the mostfundamentalissuesofhumannature.Accordingtoourpreviousexample,sincetheproblemhasnotbeensolved(sinceinmanyinstancesconventionalsciencetreatsonlythesymptoms),itmayreappearlateroninthisorinafuturelifeofthe consciousness. Upon understanding the breadth and complexity of theconsciousness, we observe that the materialistic paradigm is therefore veryrestrictive in its reach. A long-term solution is needed, and the conscientialparadigm’sapproachistimely.Anotherkeyaspectof theconscientialparadigm is that it inevitably requires

participativeresearch.42Due to the current lack of instruments to examine ourextra-physicalnature,scientistswhoadopttheconscientialparadigmasthefoundationfortheirinvestigationareconsequentlyrequiredtobeboththeresearcherandthesubjectunder study.Theconsciousness,beinganonphysical substance,cannotbeplacedinsideaphysicallaboratoryforstudy,becauseitsmanifestationsreachtheentireuniverse.Thus, insteadofshyingawayfromsubjective,participativeresearch,itisfullyandnecessarilyembraced.Insimpleterms,ifwewanttoknowmoreaboutthenonphysicalaspectsofour

realityasconsciousnesses,wemustinvestinthedevelopmentofourparanormalandprojectiveabilities.Wecanlearntoleavethebodysowecandirectlyverifyextraphysicalrealityforourselves.Thatisthereasonthatalucidprojectionisaself-persuasiveexperience,inthesensethatoncewehaveone,wearecertainofitsveracity,inthesamemannerthatwearecertainoftheveracityofourwaking-stateexperiencesduringtheday.Thus, the ideasexpressed in thisbookarebasedon these twonewsciences:

projectiologyandconscientiology,whichhavetheconscientialparadigmastheirphilosophicalfoundation.

Holosoma:TheVehiclesoftheConsciousnessHolosoma is a compoundwordcomprising twoGreek terms.The first term istheprefixholo,43whichmeans“whole,”“total,”“complete,”or“thecollectionof.”Thesecondterm,soma,means“body.”Soholosomaisthecompletesetofbodiesoftheconsciousness(figure1.3).44

Abodyisavehicleofmanifestationoftheconsciousness.

Abodyisatoolthatweusetomanifestinaspecificdimension.Forinstance,thephysicalbody isa tool formanifesting inand interactingwith thephysicaldimension. Likewise, the consciousness has other bodies to manifest indimensions other than the physical. The other subtler bodies of theconsciousness are appropriately used to manifest in their native dimensions.Eachvehiclehasitsowncharacteristicsandfunctions.Wecansayaswell thateach body of the consciousness has its own anatomy, physiology, andpathologies.Thedetailedstudyoftheholosomaisoneofconscientiology’sareasofresearch,calledholosomatics.45Hereisalistofthefourbodiesthatconstitutetheholosoma:

•Soma(physicalbody)•Energosoma(energeticbody)•Psychosoma(emotionalbody)•Mentalsoma(intellectualbody)

SomaThesoma(physicalbody)isthemostrustic,dense,andfragileofallthebodies.The somahasorgans and allows for an excellent interactionwith thephysicaldimension. It is interesting to note that it is this body, and not we (theconsciousness), that directly interacts with matter. Strictly speaking, it can besaidthatwe,asconsciousnesses,nevertouchphysicalreality.

Figure1.3:Holosoma:TheVehiclesofManifestationoftheConsciousness

The body is a biological robot with mechanisms based onmechanics, heat,chemistry,andothers.Ithastheequivalentoftwotelevisionscreensorcameras(eyes) through which life is visually experienced. The soma has flexibleclenchingapparatuses(hands)attheendoftheupperextremitiesthatallowitto

grab and hold many different kinds of objects in many positions. Two otherextremities,thelowerones,areusedforlocomotion.Theyutilizeasynchronizedalternatingmotion that causes the bottom of them to push off the ground foradvancing,takingadvantageoftraction.Followingthesamelogic,itisobservedthat the soma has many other features that enhance its effectiveness in thephysicaldimension.

EnergosomaThe energosoma is the energy body. Inmany instances, the term holochakra,whichmeans“thesetorcollectionofchakras,”isused.Theenergosomaisalsoknownastheenergeticorethericbody.ChakraisaSanskritwordthatliterallymeans “wheel.” A chakra is a vortex, a center for processing energy (orbioenergy).Theenergosomaisabodythatsurroundsthephysicalbodyentirelyandextendsaninchortwooutwardbeyondtheskin.Itisnotsodifficulttoseetheenergosomawiththenakedeye,46althoughmostpeopleareunabletodoso.However, we can all develop our capacity to see the energosoma throughbioenergeticexercises,whichwillbediscussedinlaterchapters.The energosomahas twomain functions.The first is tovitalize thephysical

body. The energosoma is responsible for physical activity and vigor.47 Forinstance,thegoodhealthoftheenergosomaaccountsforourgeneralwell-being;wefeelmoreconfidentandfulloflifeandourmemoryandoverallmoodareattheirbest.Ofcourse,thecontraryisalsotrue.Peoplewhodonothaveahealthyenergosomaduetoenergeticblockagesandimbalancessufferfromageneralizedlackofmotivationandareoftenwithoutenergy(lifefuel)todowhattheydesire.Thesecondfunctionoftheenergosomaistolinkthesoma(thephysicalbody)

with the bodywe use during our OBEs, the psychosoma (emotional or astralbody).Thislinkageisobviouslyrelatedtothecapacitytohaveprojectionsoftheconsciousness.Ifourenergosomaismoreflexible,freeflowing,andloose,thendisconnecting from the somawith lucidity is easier.On the other hand, if ourenergiesaremorerigidandstagnated,thiswillcreateanobstacleforusleavingthebody.Therefore,theflexibilityofourenergies(orlackthereof)isoneofthemostimportantfactorsintermsofleavingthebody.Wemayknowandpracticeseveral techniques for projecting, but if we do not care for or nurture our

energosoma (through multiple daily energetic exercises, for example), thenleaving the body will be much more difficult, regardless of the projectivetechniqueweapply.Sinceonlyaminorityofindividualsexperiencelucidprojections,itleadsusto

wonderwhymostpeople’senergiesaresorigid.Letususeananalogyfromthephysicalbodytoexplainthis.Imagineapersonwhospendsfourorfiveweeksinacastbecauseaboneisfractured,suchasawrist.Whenthecastisremoved,thepersonisunabletomovetheirhandbecauseoflackofuseandacertainlevelofmuscularatrophy.Usuallythearmisthinnerandit takessomedays,weeks,ormonths—dependingontheseverityofthecase—ofexercise(therapy)beforethefullrangeofmovementisregained.Letusapply this analogy to the energetic body. It is clear that everyhuman

being has an energosoma, yet only a very small percentage of the population“exercise”theirenergiesinaconsciousanddeliberatefashion.Theenergosoma,similar to anymuscle of the physical body, needs to be exercised in order toremain in good shape. Most individuals have their energies untrained, rusty,becauseingeneraltheywerenoteducatedinthisregard.Unfortunately,thislackofinformationregardingourbioenergeticnatureappliestothevastmajorityofthepopulation,fromilliterateindividualstoNobelPrizewinners.Theenergosomaistheonlybodythatdoesnot“carry”theconsciousness.48In

otherwords,itdoesnotserveasa“seatoftheconsciousness.”Wecannothavealucidprojectionwith theenergosoma, inwhichweleavebehindtherestof thebodies inactive. The energosoma (energetic body)worksmore like a link thatconnects thepsychosoma(emotionalbody)tothesoma(physicalbody).Whenthephysicalbodydeactivates,ordies,thisconnectionisruptured.Theenergiesof the energosoma that stayed with the physical body are then liberated anddispersed.Witheverynewphysicallife(rebirth),energiesofanewenergosomaareformed,whichallowsforyetanothernewattachmentoftheconsciousnesstothenewphysicalbody.Itseemsthateachcellof thephysicalbodyhasanenergeticconnectionwith

therespectiveareainthepsychosoma.Duringaprojectionoftheconsciousness,aportionoftheenergosomaremains,vitalizingthephysicalbody,whileanotherdeparts with the psychosoma. Figure 1.3 depicts the condition when we are

outsideofourbody.Themanyenergeticconnectionsarenowgroupedintoonelong thread,which has been historically andmore commonly called the silvercord.The silver cord is responsible for keeping us connected to the soma while

projected.Ittransfersinformationandenergyfromthesomatothepsychosomaandviceversa.Forexample, if someonewakesusupbyeither touchingusormakinganoisewhileweareprojected, this stimulus to thephysicalbodywillcause thesilvercord to retract, andwewill instantaneouslybeback inside thephysicalbody.Thesilvercordstillallowsforustoprojecttogreatdistancesfromthephysical

body.Inpractice,theredoesnotseemtobealimittohowfarwecanprojectnortohowmuchthesilvercordwill“stretch”inthesecases.Thus,wecangoveryfar from the physical body in terms of dimensions—projecting to realities ordimensions extremely distant from the physical one—and also go very far interms of distance—projecting into deep outer space (exoprojections)49 toseeminglyendlessphysicaldistances.The areawhere the silver cord attaches to the soma has been the source of

much dispute throughout time. In many cases the perception is distorteddependingon thepositionof thephysicalbodywhenseparating from it. Ifweleavethebodybyfloatingupward,wemayconcludethatthesilvercordattachestothesolarplexus;ifweleavethroughourfeet,wemaythinkitattachestothefeet; if thedisconnectionis throughthehead,wemayconclude that this is theareaofattachment.However,allindicationsarethatthesilvercordisattachedtothecenterofthephysicalhead.Beyondthis,whilelucidoutsidethebody,wecanactuallyreachbackandfeel

our silver cord attached to the back of the psychosoma’s head.50 When seenextraphysically, it looks likea silvery, shinyconnection,whichgave rise to itsname.

PsychosomaWhenweleavethebody,werealizethatweareusinganothervehicle,or“body.”Insomeprojectionswecanseeourimmobilephysicalbodylyinginbed,whileatthesametimewerealizethatweareusingasubtlerbodythatlooksidentical

to thephysicalone.This secondbody, inwhichwehave thegreatmajorityofourprojections,iscalledthepsychosoma.Thepsychosoma is themost technicalname for thisbody, though synonyms

have been used such as emotional body, astral body, double, andmanymore.Unlike the energosoma, the psychosoma does carry the consciousness. In thissense,wecanhaveprojectionswiththepsychosoma,whileleavingthephysicalbodyinactive.Ingeneral,thepsychosomaisverylight,andasaresultofthis,oneofthefirst

sensationsweexperienceaswedisconnectwith it from thephysicalbody isalackofweight,whichisaverypleasantfeeling.Sincethepsychosomadoesnothaveorganslikethephysicalbodydoes,itdoesnotnecessarilyfeelcoldorheat;itdoesnotneedtoeat,drink,orhaveanyphysiologicalnecessities.Asamatterof fact, one of the most interesting sensations while projected is a lack ofbreathing.Itisinterestingtofullyrealizehowmuchworkisrequiredsimplytophysicallybreathe.Webecomeawareofthisoncewehavealucidprojection.ThenumberofOBEaccountstodaythroughouttheworldisenormous.Dean

Shiels,inhisanthropologicalstudies,wasabletodeterminethatoutoffifty-fourdifferentculturesfromwhichheobtainedinformation,forty-eightwereawareofextra-physicalreality.51RobertCrookall,inhisbooks,especiallyinLucidProjections,compiled838accountsofout-of-bodyexperiences.52TrivellatoandAlegretti,inanonlineOBEsurvey,amassedover3,000responsesfromdozensofcountries.53

Thesearebutafewexamplesofthemanysourcesavailable.Combiningallthehistorical data from accounts from decades and even centuries ago54 with somany contemporary case studies, we arrive at the conclusion that thepsychosoma is a real, objective body independent from the soma, or physicalbody.Notethatduringaprojectionwhenweencounterafriendorrelativewhohas

passed away, what we see is that individual’s psychosoma. Even though thatindividual already lost his or her physical body, the psychosoma is able tosupportitselfwithoutanyneedforthesoma.

Mentalsoma

The fourthbodyusedby the consciousness is called thementalsoma. It is themost sophisticated and complex body of the consciousness. While in thementalsoma,weenjoya levelof lucidityandclarity that isunattainable in thepsychosomaorsoma. Inotherwords, inaprojectionwith thementalsoma,weareabletoreachourhighestlevelofawareness.Thementalsomahasnodefinedshape,55nolimbs,notrunk,norahead.While

manifesting with the mentalsoma, we can say as an example that theconsciousness is like a point of lucidity or awareness that can go anywhere.However,thefactisthatthementalsomaisnotevenapointanddoesnotlooklikeone.Mentalsomatic projections have beenwidely reported, even though they are

muchrarerthanpsychosomaticprojections.Severalsynonymshavebeenusedtorefer to this type of experience. Certain Eastern philosophies describe it asreachingthestateofnirvana,samadhi,orsatori(whicharetechnicallydifferentexperiences,yetall fallunder thesameumbrellaofmentalsomaticexpansion).Other circles use expressions, among others, like “expansion of theconsciousness,”“beingonewiththeuniverse,”“oceanicconsciousness,”“union-mystica,”and“cosmoconsciousness.”56

The connection between the psychosoma and the mentalsoma is called thegolden cord. It receives the name of golden cord simply to maintain theparallelism with the silver cord—since it is neither a cord nor golden. Thegoldencord,muchlikethementalsoma,isnotseen,yetitsconnectingeffectsarefelt.There isnotmuchinformationavailableon thegoldencord,whichat thispointmakesitverydifficulttounderstand.

Itisimportanttoclarifythatcertainphilosophiesreportmorethanfourbodies.Sometimesthisistheresultofclassifyingthebodiesinadifferentfashion,andalsobecausemanyofthese“different”bodies are actually the same.Depending on the condition of the

differentbodies,theirdensity,andtheindividual’slevelofawareness,thesevehiclescanbeinquitedifferentstates,whichcanbemistakensometimesfordifferentbodies—anerrorinappreciationandinterpretation.Ananalogywould be to say that the physical body, when healthy and when ill, is

actually two different bodies. Though these states are certainly different,they continue being two different conditions of only one body. In otherinstances the mistake is due to confusion with different paranormalphenomena, namely extraphysicalmultiplicity.57 Extraphysicalmultiplicityoccursintherarecasewhenconsciousnessescreatecopiesoftheirvehiclesof manifestation through their energies. This process is normallyunconscious.

Tosummarize,theholosomaisthereforecomposedofuptofourbodies.Threeof these—the soma, psychosoma, and mentalsoma—are “carriers” of theconsciousness.Theupcomingchapterswillprovideyouwithgreaterinformationwithregardtoourholosoma.

BasicStatesofConsciousnessDependingonthenumberofbodiesthatitisusingatanysinglemomentintime,theconsciousnesscanbeclassifiedintothreedifferentbasicstates:58

•Intraphysicalconsciousness•Extraphysicalconsciousness•Projected

Theintraphysicalconsciousnessistheconditionweareinrightnowwithinthephysicaldimension.Thus,weareincontrolofallfourbodies,whichareinanaligned,coinciding,orconnectedstate—basicallyone“inside”theother.Thisisthecommonphysical,ordinarywakingstate.Anextraphysicalconsciousness no longerhas aphysicalbody.Beforebeing

born, we were extraphysical consciousnesses; after biological death, we willagainreturn to thatstate.Extraphysicalconsciousnessesare in the intermissiveperiod, the phase between physical lives. Thus, after discarding the physicalbody, theextraphysicalconsciousnessmanifestswitheither three(energosoma,psychosoma, and mentalsoma) or two (psychosoma and mentalsoma) bodies.Spiritguidesareextraphysicalconsciousnessesaswell.Thethirdbasicstateistheprojectedstate.Bothintraphysicalandextraphysical

consciousnesses enjoy the more temporary state of being projected. An

intraphysicalconsciousnesscanbeprojected througheither thepsychosomaorthe mentalsoma, but will come back to its physical body. The extraphysicalconsciousness can be projected only through the mentalsoma, and will laterreturntoitspsychosoma.

IsItDangeroustoHaveanOBE?Let us finish this chapter by addressing the issue of risk in producingOBEs.ManyindividualsinitiallyaskwhetherhavinganOBEisdangerous.Thisisanunderstandable question that should be asked any time we are dealing withanything that is new to us.The general consensus isno, it isnot dangerous.59

However,letusseewhythisisso.Manythingsaresaidaboutthesupposeddangersofleavingthebody.Someof

these ideas arementioned informally and others are evenwritten in books. Ingeneral,mostoftheseideasarementionedbypeoplewithverylittleexperiencewith and relatively little information aboutOBEs.Additionally, some of theseideasaroseintheMiddleAgesamongsomemysticalgroupswiththeintentionofusingfearasameansofmaintainingthehierarchywithinthegroup.Themostcommonunfoundedreasons thatarementionedforwhy individualsshouldnotleavetheirbodyarethefollowing:

1.Youmaygetlost.Answer:Eventhoughsometimesyoumaynotknowwhereyouare,youwillalwaysbeabletocomebacktothebody,simplybythinkingofit.

2.Youmaynotbeabletocomeback.Answer: This fear is probably spurred in most cases by the projectivecatalepsysensation—sleepparalysis—thatindividualssometimesfeelastheyarewakingup(orcomingbacktotheirbody).Itisaconditioninwhichwearenotabletomovethephysicalbody,anditdoesnotobeyourcommands.This condition commonly produces panic in the person. This specificsensationwillbediscussedinChapter3.However,thepersonisabletocomeback, and the projective catalepsy lasts normally no more than severalseconds. Projectors with some experience know that the problem is notreturning to the body—since we always do return, commonly andunfortunatelyevenbeforewewouldliketo.Theproblemisleavingthebody

withawarenessmoreoften.

3. Somebodymight come and cut the silver cord,whichwould produce thebiologicaldeath.Answer:Nobodycancomeandcutyourcord; thesilvercordisnotaweakconnectionandcannotbecut.Thoughitiscalledthesilvercord,itisnotanactual cord. It it not like awire that can be cut in twowith some type of“extraphysicalscissors.”Itismorelikeamagnetic-energeticconnectionthat,just like thepsychosoma, cango through all kindsof physical objects, andlikewiseallkindsofobjectscangothroughit.

4.Ifsomebodywakesyouupwhileyouareprojected,thesilvercordwillbesevered.Answer: The cord will not be severed by any physical or extraphysicalactivitythathappenstobringyoubackintoyourbody.Evenifthephysicalstimulusisforceful—likeaphoneringinginyourear,alargedogjumpingontopofyou,oraloudbangclosetoyourbedroom—youwillbebackinyourbody,andthecordwillnotsever.

5.Someonemighttrapyououtsideandyoumightnotbeabletocomeback.Answer:Justasinthepreviousexample,thisisalsonotpossible.Bysimplywillingorwantingtocomebackto thebody, thepsychosomawill instantlysnapbackintoit.

6.Whileoutsidethebody,somebodyelsemaycomeintoyourbody,andonceyoureturnyouwillfindyourbodyalready“inuse.”Answer:Aswe are outside the body, the energosoma “stretches” into two,andsomeofthisenergystayswiththephysicalbody.Anystimulus,whetherintraphysical or extraphysical, will immediately cause the psychosoma toreturn.Whileprojected,thephysicalbodyisemptyofconsciousness,butallof its perceptions are still active and will advise accordingly. Thus, beingmoreexplicit,OBEsdonotcausepeopletobepossessedortoexperienceanytypeofintrusion.60

7.Whileprojected,wemayencounterindividualswhocanharmus.Answer:ThispointwillbeaddressedindetailinChapter5,andwewillsee

thenaswellthattheseoutside-the-bodyworriesareunfounded.

8. Itmaybedangerous togetclose topower linesorgethitby lightning,orencountersomeotherkindofdanger.Answer:The psychosoma is invulnerable and cannot be destroyed, andwewilldiscoverthatthesesituationsarealsonotharmful.

9.Afteraprojection,wemayfeelexhausted.Answer:WewillalsoseethatafteranOBE,weareusuallynottired.Onthecontrary,becausethephysicalbodyisrestingduringaprojectionandbecauseoftheenergiesabsorbedduringtheOBE,weareusuallymuchmorerested.61

Asalreadymentioned,whenweexperienceanOBE, theenergosomadividesintotwoandalertsusofanyintraphysicalstimulusthatmayoccurwhileweareprojected.Inthissense,thephysicalbodystaysempty(theconsciousnessisnotthere)butisnotunguarded.Thevastmajorityofprojectors,aftergainingsomeexperience,reportthatmostfearsaboutOBEsandtheprocessofdisconnectingareunfounded.62

TheOBEissimilartoleavingourhousetogorunerrands.Likeanyphysicalactivity that we may perform, having an OBE is not absolutely andunequivocally safe, just as leaving our house also is not absolutely andunequivocally safe.However, to put things in perspective,wemust rememberthatwe already separate from the body every night aswe sleep. Therefore, ifleavingthebodywasdangerous,sleepingwouldbedangeroustoo.Werealizeinpractice that sleeping is probably the safest activity we perform in our lives.HavingalucidOBEisactuallysaferthansleeping,becausewhilewesleepweareunconscious,andduringalucidOBEweareaware.63

Furthermore,aswillbebetterexplainedlateron,wheneverweproduceOBEs,dependingonseveralvariablefactors,thereisahelperorspiritguidewithusthevastmajorityofthetime64—evenifinmanyinstancesthisisnotperceived.Thus,itcanbededucedthattheOBEisaverysafeactivity,andwewillseein

chapter3thatthepsychosomais,infact,invulnerable.Nothingcanharmit,andfromall theavailableevidence, it isalsoseen thatwe,asconsciousnesses,areimmortal. Projectorswith a fair amount of experience knowhowpositive andlife-enriching these experiences are, and I, here and now, through this book,

inviteyoutoconfirmthisforyourself.

SummaryofKeyChapterPoints•Theout-of-bodyexperience(OBE)isarealcircumstanceinwhichwe,while

our physical body sleeps, go out of our physical body and experience thisphysicalrealityorotherdimensions.•Everybodydisconnectsfromtheirphysicalbodyeverynight—thoughinthe

greatmajorityofcases,individualsareunawareofthis.• Projections can be classified into three types: spontaneous (the most

common),forced(e.g.,thenear-deathexperience),andthosenaturallyprovokedatwill.•Thetwofactorsneededinordertotakefulladvantageofprojectionsare(1)

tobeawarewhileoutsidethebody,and(2)toremembertheexperienceoncewewakeup.• Conscious projections are very different from dreams (even lucid dreams)

because they are real and verifiable and we have all of our mental facultiesactive.•ProjectiologyisthesciencethatstudiesOBEsandbioenergies.•Conscientiology is thescience thatstudies theconsciousness—anduses the

OBEandbioenergiesastoolsforaccomplishingthis.•Projectiologyandconscientiologyarebasedonthescientificmethodologyof

experimentation,refutation,andconsensus.• The consciousness is the object of study as well as the term used for our

essence, or the intelligent principle that we are, independent of the physicalbody.• The consciential paradigm studies the interactions and relations between

matter,energy,andtheconsciousness. It is theparadigmusedbyprojectiologyandconscientiology.• The consciousness can manifest itself at any given moment (1) as an

intraphysicalconsciousness,(2)asanextraphysicalconsciousness,or(3)inthemoretemporaryconditionofaprojectedconsciousness.• The consciousness uses four bodies for manifestation: the soma (physical

body), energosoma (energetic body), psychosoma (emotional body), andmentalsoma(intellectualbody).•TheOBEisaverysafeactivity—evensaferthansleeping.

ChapterNotes1.TrivellatoandAlegretti,1999,p.107.Forinstance,inathree-yearonlinesurveyonOBEs,outofover6,000people,95percentofindividualsthathadout-of-bodyexperiencesrespondedthattheybelievedtheseexperiencesarepositive.By2009,thissurveyhadgrowntowellover10,000respondents.2.Extra- (prefix)=outside, beyond.Thus, extraphysical pertains tononphysical, beyond thephysicaloroutsidethephysical.3.DenningandPhillips,1992,p.41;andVieira,2002,p.427.4.Consciential(adjective)=pertainingtotheconsciousness(essence)orsoul.5.Monroe,1977,pp.203–4;Vieira,2002,pp.426,821.6.Vieira,2002,p.212.7.Ibid.,p.213.8.Ibid.,p.808.9.Kircher,2002,p.9.10.Monroe,1977,p.8.11.Atwater,2000,pp.100–108;Atwater,2002,p.14;andLutfi,2006,p.43.12.Vieira,ConscientiologyThemes,1997,p.14;Vieira,2002,p.91;andMitchell,1990,p.138.13.Alegretti,2004,pp.49,154;andVieira,2002,pp.887–92,893.14.Rampa,1995,pp.19–21.15.Alegretti,2004,p.49.16.Vugman,1999,p.95.17.Vieira,2002,p.810.18.Lucidityandawarenessareusedassynonyms.19.Intra-(prefix)=within,inside.Thus,intraphysicalmeansinsidethephysicalreality.20.Vieira,2002,pp.214,964.21.Thiago,1999,p.73.22.LaBergeandRheingold,1992,p.11.23.Dries,2006,p.57;Rogo,1986,pp.130–49;Krippner,2002,p.67;Green,2002,p.131;Mitchell,1990,p.18;andStack,1988,p.93.24.MedeirosandSousa,2002,pp.111–29;TrivellatoandAlegretti,2002,pp.153–87;andGuidini,2000,p.152.25.Meira,2006,p.249.26.Thesetermswillbeexplainedinthechaptersahead.27.Freire,Pinheiro,andWojslaw,2006,pp.27–38.28.Vieira,2002,pp.57–82,97–98.29.Plato,1921–25,pp.614–21.30.Vieira,700,1994,p.68.31.Ibid.,pp.81–102.32.Ibid.,p.165.33.Fernandes,1998,p.143.

34. “The consciousness” (intelligent principle, essence) is asexual,meaning it does not have any sex orgender associatedwith it. The physical body is the only vehicle of the consciousness that has a gender.Therefore,theterm“theconsciousness”willbereferredtogrammaticallyas“it”andnotas“he”or“she.”Thesameprincipleappliestoitscorrespondingpronouns(its).Inaddition,wheneverthereisreferencetomorethanoneconsciousness,thepluralform“consciousnesses”willbeused.Also,notethedifferencein“theconsciousness”asopposedto“consciousness”—withoutthearticle.Whenusedwithoutthearticle,itrefers to the state of being aware (common use), and the article “the” is used to signify the being, theessence,ortheindividual;inotherwords,us.35.Alegretti,2004,p.70.36.Minero,2003,p.131.37.Musskopf,1998,p.54.38.Vieira,2002,pp.22–32.39.Monroe,1977,p.8.40.Lima,1999,p.231.41.Alegretti,2004,pp.46–48.42.Daou,2005,p.17;Ouspensky,1980,p.19;andVieira,2002,p.33.43.Manynewwords(neologisms)inconscientiology,whichwillbeseenlater,makeuseoftheprefixholo-,suchasholochakra,holokarma,holomemory,andothers.44.Vieira,2002,p.239.45.Ibid.,p.40.46.Everyphysicalsensehasacertainrangeofperception.Theenergiesoftheenergosomaarefairlydenseandliejustbeyondthehumanbody’srangeofvisualperception.Therefore,bydevelopingourcapacityalittle,wecanstarttoseetheenergosoma.Theenergosomashouldnotbeconfusedwithwhatpeoplecalltheaura.47.Bruce,1999,p.36.48.Vieira,2002,p.259.49.Dries,2006,pp.101–3.50.Felsky,2000,p.55.51.Vieira2002,pp.96–97.52.Vieira2002,p.950;Crookall,1980;andCrookall,1992.53.TrivellatoandAlegretti,1999,p.107.54.Fox,1962;andSwedenborg,1971.55.Itsshapeisnotacloudasisshowninfigure1.3.Thecloudisjustagraphicalrepresentation.56.Vieira,2002,pp.133,176,475,930.57.Ibid.,p.624.58.Ibid.,p.104.59.Vieira,Projections,2007,p.157.60.MuldoonandCarrington,1992,p.296.61.Peterson,1997,p.161.62.Buhlman,1996,p.228;Bruce,1999,p.46;Gutierrez,1999,pp.53–57;Monroe,1977,p.9;Peterson,1997,p.76;andVieira,Projections,2007,p.64.63.Vieira,2002,p.214.64.Buhlman,1996,p.41;andVieira,2002,p.688.

[contents]

CHAPTER2

BioenergyTypesofBioenergy

ThoseneHolothosene

PlacesObjectsPeople

EnergosomaAuricCouplingandSympatheticAssimilation

BasicMobilizationofEnergiesAbsorptionofEnergies

ExteriorizationofEnergiesVELOtoReachtheVibrationalState(VS)

WorkingwithEnergySummaryofKeyChapterPoints

ChapterNotes

Energyisatermthatisusedwidelyandinthemostvariedoffashions.Yetthequestioncanbedirectlyasked:Whatisenergy?Agrandmothermightsay,“Mygrandson has a lot of energy,”while a government official reportmight read,“Changingourusualsourcesofenergy.”Certainlytheyareusingthesameword—energy—and even though they are referring to different things, there is anunderlyingideathatisidenticaltoboth.Energy, to explain it in a simple manner, can be understood as activity,

functioning. The classical definition from physics states that “energy is thecapacityofasystemtodowork.”Ingeneralterms,wecanthinkofenergyasthe“fuel”thatmakesallsystemsrunandbeactive.

Energy comes inmany forms and can be applied frommechanical systems,likecars; aswell aselectrical systems, likea lamp; tobiological systems, likeourbody;andseveralothers.Bioenergyisacentraltopicinprojectiologyandconscientiology,andisoneof

the main factors for controlling lucid projections.1 The OBE in essence cansimplybeclassifiedasanenergeticphenomenon. Itmustbekept inmind thateverything we see, perceive, touch, process, and manipulate is energy, or aderivative of it (in the physical dimension, this ismainlymass ormatter). Inotherwords, thebodies, or vehiclesofmanifestation, of the consciousness aremadeupofeitherenergyormatter.2Asaresult,thetoolsweuseforprocessingenergy are also tools that are “made” of energy. The importance ofunderstanding bioenergy is relevant not only to the process of disconnectingfrom the physical body but also because the mechanisms of perception andinteractionoutsidethebodyarebasedonenergyaswell.Theexistenceofbioenergy(sometimessimplycalledenergy),justlikethatof

lucidprojections,hasbeenreportedinmanyculturesthroughouthistory.AfewsynonymswerealreadygiveninChapter1.Yet,inordertodemonstratethefactthatotherculturesknewabout this typeofenergy,here isa listof twenty-fivecommonnamesforbioenergy,chosenfromhundredsofsynonymsthatareandhavebeenused:3

1.Akasha(Hindus)2.Animamundi(Avicenna)3.Animalmagnetism(FranzAntonMesmer)4.Arquea(Paracelsus)5.Astrallight(H.P.Blavatsky)6.Bioflux7.Bioplasm(V.S.Grischenko)8.Bioplasmicenergy(Sovietscientists)9.Chiorki(Acupuncturists)10.Cosmicfluid11.Ectoplasm(CharlesR.Richet)

12.Gestaltung(JohannWolfgangvonGoethe)13.Kundalini(Yogis,India)14.Libido(SigmundFreud)15.Noeticenergy(CharlesMusès)16.Nous(Plato)17.Orgone(WilhelmReich)18.Personalmagnetism19.Psychotronicenergy(RobertPavlita)20.Prana(Yogis,India)21.Tao22.Thirdforce(RobertMonroe)23.Vitalenergy(AncientChinese)24.Vitalfluid(AllanKardec)25.Yesod(Kabbalists)

Bioenergyisaspecifictypeofenergy,verydifferentfrommorephysicaltypesofenergythatwemightbemorefamiliarwith,suchaselectricity.Bioenergyistheenergyusedbytheenergosoma(energeticbody).Inordertounderstandalltheeffectsofbioenergy,wemustbeginbystudyingthetypesofbioenergiesthatexist, theenergeticmanifestationsoftheconsciousness,andtheenergeticbody—the energosoma. Inorder for you tobeginhaving energetic experiences,wewill finish this chapter by discussing exercises for developing the control ofenergiesandstartingtoproducelucidprojections.This chapter contains several examplesof the interactionsof thebioenergies

for two reasons: to give a good idea of the implications and breadth of theconcepts thatwillbeexplained,and tohelp readersbecomemoreawareofallthe personal energetic interactions and situations in which we are alreadyinvolved,whetherconsciouslyorunconsciously.Some individuals already produce actual psychic or paranormal experiences.

Yet,formostindividuals,themechanismbehindtheseexperiencesisunknown.Thus, the concept of bioenergy is essential and very central to understandinglucidprojectionsandallotherpsychicandparanormalexperiences.

TypesofBioenergyBioenergycanbeclassifiedordividedintotwoverybroadcategories:immanentenergy(IE)andconscientialenergy(CE).

Immanentenergy(IE)4isenergythatisinherentinnature.

Sourcesofimmanentenergy(IE)includeearth,air,sun,water,andothers.IEis energy that has not been processed, or does not have any informationimprintedonit.Itisatypeofenergythatcanbethoughtofasclean,pure,anduntouched. More specifically, energy that comes from the ground is calledgeoenergy;energythatcomesfromwateriscalledhydroenergy;energyfromtheair iscalledaeroenergy; fromouterspace iscalledcosmoenergy;andfromthesun (and other stars) is called helioenergy. IE seems to permeate the entireuniverse.ManyHindu traditionshavevariousbreathingexercises thatworkwithwhat

theycallprana.ThisisaspecifickindofIE,namelyaeroenergy,orenergythatcomesfromtheair.

Conscientialenergy(CE)5isenergythathasinformation,andhasthereforealreadybeenprocessedbyaconsciousness.

Individual consciousnesses transform immanent energy into conscientialenergybyadding information to it.Everything thatwe are, think, and feel, aswellasourmotivations,intentions,sensations,moods,desires,actions,andotheraspects, are manifested in our consciential energies (CEs). Once we, asconsciousnesses, absorb IE,weprocess it by adding information about us andtransformingitintoCE.Every consciousness has consciential energy, and this CE, in turn, reflects

everythingabouttheconsciousness.Aperson’senergeticinformation(thoughts,feelings,sensations,ideas,intentions,andsoforth)canbeperceivedbyothers.Itis,however,easiertoperceiveenergeticinformationoutsidethebodythaninsidethebody.Therefore,aprojector’sCEisreadilyperceivablebyanybodywhohas

some extraphysical awareness. The intention of the individual is clearlynoticeable extraphysically and is relatively easy to perceive. CEs act as theprojector’s“businesscard”outsidethebody.6

Intraphysically,however,thepersoncanalso learn toperceiveenergyanditsinformation with greater awareness. Most people already perceive energieswithoutrealizingit.Herearesomeexamplesofthis:

1. Have you ever had an intuition? This is one result ofconscientialenergy(CE).Wecanbeatworkinthemiddleoftheafternoon.All of a suddenwe start thinking about a relative.Atthatmoment thephoneringsandweknowbeforepickingupthe

handset,“It’smymother.”Wepickupthephoneandverifythatitisso.2. Two employees are arguing in an office. Finally, they calm down andleavetheroom.Acustomerwalksinandbeforeseeinganyofthemthinks,“I can feel the tension in the air.” This “tension” is the energeticinformation, or CE, that was manifested by both individuals prior to thecustomerwalkingin.3.Awomangetsanewhairdo.Afriendrecognizesthenewstyleandcomesto compliment her.The friend says, “I love your hairstyle.”However, thewoman is leftwithasensation that her friendwasnot beinghonest, eventhoughtherewasnothinginhergestures,bodyposture,facialexpression,orwordsthatimpliedshedidnotlikeit.Thesensationthatthefriendwasnothonest,nonetheless,isthere.Whenshegetshome,hersisteraskswhatthatspecificfriendsaidaboutherhairstyle.Sheconcludes,“Myfriendreallydidnot like it.” This conclusion came from the sensation, impression, orsomething that she got from her friend. Later on, she confirms this withsomebody else who tells her that her friend gave the compliment to bepolite.4. When buying a car, a salesperson tells the buyer, “The best price is$18,000.”Thebuyeranswers,“Icanpayonly$15,000.”Bothofthemhavetheimpressionthattheothercanrelaxtheirpositionmore.Eventhoughbothare holding their physical position firm, they are both feeling energy andmaking decisions based on it.More than likely, neither of them has ever

heardofCE.5.Amandressesinacertainshirtandpantsandgoestowork.Hethinkshehas done a good job of combining the right colors for his outfit. As hearrivesatwork,hestartsfeelinguncomfortable.Noonesaysanything,butthemancan feel that everybody is thinking thathis clothesdonotmatch.Initially not sure of this feeling, he later confirms it by overhearing twocoworker’scommentingonhiscolorblindness.

Possibleexamplesofenergeticperceptionareendless.Thiswillbecomeevencleareraswecontinueourdiscussions,butletustrytoqualifythisfurther.

Thoughtheseperceptionsarenonphysical,herearesomequestionsthatcanhelpus intraphysically tobemoreawareof theenergeticinformationthatis“floating”everywhere:• When talking to a person, have you ever felt as if they were

interestedinyou?•Have you ever felt that a personwas lying to you, or that they did notmeanwhattheyweresaying?•Have you ever felt somethingwas not right or somethingwas going tohappenwhenyouenteredaspecificplace?• Have you ever developed a headache when you were near a specificpersonorinaspecificlocaleorsituation?•Aftercomingincontactwithsomebodyorsomething,haveyoueverfelt,fornoapparentreason,verytiredorinabadmood,orfeltapressureorpaininthebackofyourneckoronyourforehead,oryoubeganyawning?•Have you ever slept in a hotel room in which you experienced strangedreamsandthoughtsatnight?

People describe how they sometimes feel “drained” when they come intocontact with something or somebody. In some cases there is no need for thiscontact to be extensive. A person may talk on the phone with somebody forthirty seconds and feel afterward like they need to take a nap, or they feelsluggish,drained,orsomethingsimilar.Incertaincases,evensensitivephysical

equipment(suchascomputers)canbeaffectedbyenergies.7

ThoseneLetusdescribe these energeticperceptions in evenmoredetail by introducingtheconceptofathosene.Thewordthoseneismadeupofthreeotherwordsorideas:

Figure2.1:Thosene

The “THO” in thosene comes from thoughts (or ideas), the “S” comes fromsentiments(oremotions),andthe“ENE”fromenergy(figure2.1).8Conscientialenergies (CEs) are manifested in thosenes. At our current evolutionary level,consciousnesses are always manifesting these three units together: thoughts,emotions, and energy. It is observed that we cannot produce a pure emotionwithout having a thought associatedwith it andwithout using energies for itsproduction.Thesamereasoningappliestotheothertwoelements.

Athoseneistheunitofmanifestationoftheconsciousness.9

Consciousnessesareproducingenergeticinformation,CEs,orthosenes,allthetime. This is a nonstop, continuous process. In popular circles, laypeople orpsychicsmaysay that theyare reading theauraofanotherperson.Technically

speaking, we can describe this process as the psychic being able to feel thethosenesofanotherpersonandtodecodethem.Itisobservedfromthisandfromthepreviousexamplesthatthisinformationisveryspecific.Thecapacityofthepersontofeelenergywilldeterminethelevelofdetailandspecificityperceived.Letusexaminefurthersomepreviousexamplesofenergyperceptioninorder

toexplainotheraspectsofthosenes.Inexample1,whenourmotherthinksaboutus,sheemitsathosene.Ifatthatmomentwearemoresensitive,wewillbeableto decode the thosene and will realize what our mother actually wants.Mostindividualsareunabletofeelthislevelofdetail,andmanytimeswejustfeeltheother person thinking about uswithout knowing the actual intentionor reasonthat they are thinking about us. Yet, outside the body this mechanism isextremely clear.When the two individuals involved have a greater affinity orcloseness—for example, mother and daughter—then it is easier for one toenergetically access the other, and easier for the receptor to feel the incomingthosene.Affinityamongindividualsincreasesallenergeticinteractions.Inexample2,thecustomerisabletofeelthepriorargument.Itisinterestingto

note that energies of a dispute, argument, or any situation involving greatemotion are always easier to feel. They are closer to the physical reality,“denser,”morepalpableandobvious,andthisiswhythecustomerfeelsit.Even though we always manifest a full thosene (all three components), the

intensity of each one of the components can be increased or diminished. Forexample,apatternofenergiescanbemanifestedinthefollowingfashions:

THOsenethoSenethosENE

Inthefirstcase,thethosenemanifested(orsentout)carriesagreateremphasisor weight on the “THO” element. This implies an intellectual, more mentalmanifestation.Anexampleofthisiswhenwepickupatextbookonscienceorphilosophy. As we read it, we are manifesting energy—many thosenes. Yet,because of the nature of this specific activity, the energy is not primarilyemotional.Theintellectualaspectofthemanifestationisenhancedcomparedtothe other two elements. So, as the graphical representation shows, the “THO”

elementisemphasizedwhilethe“S”and“ENE”elementsarenot.In thesecondcase, it is thesentimental,emotional10 aspect that carriesmore

weight.Thisoccurs,forexample,whenwedecidetowatchasoapoperaorreadaromancenovel.Inthesecasesthedramaisclear,meaningthereisnothingtoocomplextobeunderstood—it isnotaheavyintellectualendeavor.The“THO”aspect is thus diminished.However, sincewe are emotionally involved in thestory,wearemanifestingathosenewithgreateremphasison“S”,theemotionalaspect.In the thirdcase, theenergy,“ENE,” is theelementemphasized.Thisoccurs

when, forexample, theperson is jogging, swimming,ordoinganythingwheretheyareexpendingalotofenergy.Noticethatthepersonmightbemanifestingpatternswithalotofenergyandtheothertwoaspectsarebothdiminished,oritcanalsobethecasethattwoelementsofthethosenesareemphasizedwhiletheother is not. An example of this would be being worried about something(sentiment,“S”)whilewejog(energy,“ENE”).Intellectual energy, with a greater emphasis on the “THO” aspect, is more

balanced and subtle (more difficult to perceive). Emotional energy, with agreateremphasisonthe“S”aspect,isdenser(easiertoperceive)andlessstable.Manyexamplesofthiswillbeseeninthesubsequentpagesandchaptersofthisbook.OBEsalsoconfirmthiscondition,asbecomingmoreemotionalleadstoalossoflucidityandapromptreturntothebody.Thisextraphysicalconditionisnodifferentfromphysicalsituations—itissimplymoreobviousextraphysically.Intraphysically,when individuals lose their emotional control, they sayanddothingsthattheydidnotintend;they“losetheirhead”(stability)asaresultoftheemotionaloutburst.It is interesting to point out that this occurs equally both with “negative”

emotionsandwith“benign”emotions.Individualslosetheirlucidity,control,orself-management because they have an attack of anger, rage, desperation, orother“negative”emotion.Thesameeffectisobservedwhenindividualsbecometoohappyoreuphoric(“benign”emotions).

HolothoseneInpractice,oncewestartleavingourbody,theconceptofenergeticinformation

—thosenes—willbecomeincreasinglyclear.Peoplemanifestthosenesallofthetime.Furthermore, theyhavebeenmanifesting thosenes foranunknown,evenlonger timeas a consciousness.The consciousnessmanifested thosenesbeforethisphysicallife,duringthepreviousone,andintheonebeforethat,andsoon.If all those thosenes were averaged out, they would yield what is called aholothosene.11

A consciousness manifests a thosene: a single “packet” of energy withinformation, a single unit of CE. Yet, a consciousness is defined by itsholothosene: the collection, set, accumulation, and/or average of all thesethosenes.

A holothosene is the collection of thosenes, or of energeticinformationassociatedwithsomethingspecific.

Otherwritershavecomeclose to the ideaofholothosene. Jung’s ideaof thecollective unconscious and Robert Monroe’s concept of “M-band noise” and“rote”areexamplesofthis.12

In order to understand this central idea and all its implications better, let usanalyzeseveralcases.Individualconsciousnesseshaveholothosenessince theymanifestthosenes,whichhavethetendencytoaccumulate.Yet,holothosenesarealsofoundinplaces,objects,activities,institutions,andideas.It is important to keep inmind that holothosenes in general are clearly felt

outside the body. The manner in which individuals acquire informationextraphysically is through thosenes andholothosenes.So even thoughmost ofthefollowingexamplesarephysicalexamples,thesameholothosenewillbefelt,andwithgreaterclarity,outsidethebody.Alsokeepinmindthatitisimportanttodiscussholothosenesbecausetheyhaveaninfluenceon theflexibilityofourenergosomaandthereforeourprojectiveability.Letusfirstdiscussthedifferentholothosenesfoundinplaces.

PlacesHouses, buildings, rooms, cities, and other places have holothosenes—eventhough these constructions do not produce thosenes of their own. Specificholothosenesofplacesaretheproductofthethosenesthatconsciousnesseshave

manifestedthere.Ahousehasaholothosenefromthefamilythatlivesthere.Itmanifests as an average of their energetic information. If this is a family inwhichthemembersgetalong,laughwitheachother,trytohelpeachother,andthelike,thentheholothosenereflectsthisandismorepositive.

1.Letusconsideranexample(itisnegativeandextreme,butthiswillmaketheideaclear):Whatarethemostcommonintentions,thoughts, sentiments, and ideas found in a prison? If theholothosene of a prison is a product of the prisoners’ thosenes,

what are these thosenes? Certainlymany answers come tomind, such asrevenge,loneliness,aggressiveness,anddespair.Now,allofthese thosenesaccumulate in thatplaceandstay there.Evenifall theprisonersare takenout,thisholothoseneisstillfelt,meaningholothosenestendtolinger.2.Wego todropoff apresent at a friend’shouse.We simplydrop it off,greetthefamily,andleave.Afterward,wefeeltired,startyawning,andhaveastrongdesiretotakeanap.Whathappenedhere?Theholothoseneinthehouse of the friend was not compatible with our individual holothosene.Therefore, because of the incompatibility of the energies and our lack ofenergeticdefense,wesufferanenergeticimpactordraining.Inthiscasewewere not necessarily drained energetically by a person, but by theholothoseneofaplace.

This type of effect or consequence received from the holothosene is calledholothosenic pressureor influence. Depending on the specific holothosene, itsstrength, and the quality of the information it contains, this influence can bestronger or weaker, positive or negative. Because of their relative lack ofenergeticawareness,mostindividualsdonotrealizetheymaybeinanunhealthyholothosenicenvironmentorcondition.Ontheotherhand,sometimesindividualsevenpaytobeinthatcondition!The

previousexample,ofaprison,waslabeledasextremeandnegative.YetAlcatrazwasaprisonandisnowatouristattraction.13Touristsgotherewithaveryopenattitude, fullofenergy,and feeldrainedafterwardmostof the timebecauseofthis.Therearecasesofindividualswhoevenenterintothecellsofinmatessoas

to “feel” how the prisoner felt. This leads to becoming contaminated, orintruded,withthethosenesthatwereleftthere.The energosoma becomes pollutedwith this unhealthy energy, and this will

affect the person. If the energosoma of the person becomes too polluted, thepersonmaydevelopenergeticproblems,decompensations,orblockages,whichwillhaverepercussionson thehealthof thephysicalbodyandon theperson’sprojectiveandpsychicperformance.Wewilldiscussenergeticblocksandhowtoremovethemlateron.

Evenarelativelynewuniversity,maybejustfifteenyearsold,inarelatively new city, with 10,000 students, has a well-establishedholothosene. Yet a university in Europe, maybe 200 years old,with 30,000 students, has a much stronger holothosene. The

influenceordesiretostudy,ortheinfluencesoftheuniversityculture,willbemorereadilyfeltattheEuropeanuniversity.

Let us discuss two characteristics of holothosenes: strength and feedbackmechanism.Thestrengthoftheholothoseneinaspecificplacecomesfromtheamountofenergythathasaccumulatedinthatplace.14Thisaccumulationis,inturn, the result of the number of individuals who manifested that specificholothosene and the amount of time it wasmanifested (days, weeks,months,years,centuries).Holothosenespresent a feedbackmechanism thatmakes themgrow.Aseach

individual consciousness comes into contact with a specific holothosene, theenergyhasaninfluenceontheconsciousness.Thisinfluenceinturnmakestheindividualconsciousnessstarttoproducethosenesthataresimilartotheplace’sholothosene, and these new thosenes manifested by the individual feed theestablished energetic information (holothosene) and thus make it stronger.Therefore, unconsciously, individuals tend to reinforce holothosenes as theycome into contact with them, since our energetic systems are constantlyexchangingenergieswiththeenvironment.Herearesomequestionstoconsiderthatcanhelpdeterminetheholothoseneof

aplace:

•Whatactivitywasperformedhere?•Wholivedherebefore?•Howoldistheplace?•Whatisthehistoryoftheplace?•Howmanypeoplemanifestedthatspecificenergeticinformation?•Regardingtheindividuals’activity,whatweretheirdesiresinrealizingsuch

anactivity(amountofenergy)?• In the thosenes manifested, what was the predominant emotional or

intellectualcontent(intentionofindividuals)?•Howbalancedaretheenergies?

Wearewalkinginanonsmokingairport.Aswewalk throughthecorridors, we see areas, sometimes small enclosed rooms, wherepeople are allowed to smoke.We decide to go into one of them.Sincewedonotsmoke,ourlungsdonothaveanysmokeinthem.

Yetwitheverymomentwespendthereandwitheverybreathwetakeinsidethe smoking room, our lungs start to have a greater content of smoke inthem—andthiswillhaveaneffectonus.Wearealwaysexchangingenergywith the surroundings, just like we need to exchange air with ourenvironment.Thelongerwestayinthatplace,thestrongertheinfluence.

Basically,everyphysicalplacehasacharacteristicholothosene.Itisthereforeimportant to identify the holothosenic influenceof the placeswherewe spendmostof our time.Every place can be analyzed.Here are some places, amongmany,thatcanbeconsidered:

•Whatistheholothoseneoftraffic?•Whatistheholothoseneofaspecificcity?•Whatistheholothoseneatmyfriend’shouse?•Whatistheholothoseneinmyoffice?•Whatistheholothoseneofajob(asanactivity)?•Whatistheholothoseneofaparticularcountry?

•Whatistheholothoseneofancientruins?Whatweretheinhabitants’rituals?•Whatistheholothoseneofthehouse/apartmentIammovinginto?

Unfortunately,becauseof lackof information,most individualshavenothadtheopportunity todevelopaclearperceptionofenergies.Asa result, theyarenotfullyable to identify theeffect that theenergetic influences(insomecasesenergeticpollutants)haveonthem.As a general tendency, women are more sensitive and open to energetic

informationthanmen.However, theyalsotendtohavelesscontroloveritandsuffermorewiththiscondition.Men,onaverage,havebettercontrolovertheirenergies, but generally they may perceive the subtle activity that is going onaround them less.The ideal is to developboth: perception (or sensitivity) andcontrol.Naturally,therearewomenandmenwhohaveboth.Wewill seeat theendof thischapterhowholothosenesarechanged.Letus

nowdiscusstheholothosenesofobjects.

Anotherwiseaveragecouplecouldhavethefollowingexperience.A friend of the couple buys an object and gives it to them as apresent.Theobjecthasnegativeenergies,butitmatchesthecolorof the carpet perfectly. Once the object is inside the house, its

holothosene starts mixing with the holothosene of the house and startsproducing an influence. The husband (an average male) does not feelanything;heis,however,inabadmoodthatevening,whichheattributestosomethingelse.Thewife(anaveragefemale)doesnotknowwhattodotomakeherheadachegoaway.Shedoesnotunderstandwhereitcamefrom,buthashad it fordays.Theirbaby,whounfortunately ismuchmoreopenenergetically—more perceptive andwith fewer defenses—criesmore thanusual for some weeks. Their dog also is very restless and will not stopbarking.Part of the reason this is occurring is becausewe tend to choosethings based only on physical criteria, like aesthetics—the color of thecarpet, in this case—andwe are generally unaware of the energies of anobject.

Objects

Objects have themost variedkindsof holothosenes.Similar toplaces, objectsacquire the holothosene from the energetic information that consciousnessesaround themmanifest. They also develop the holothosene from their intendeduse.Apenwillhaveadifferentholothosenethanavacuumcleaner.Also,aredpenthatisusedonlytocorrectstudents’testswillhaveadifferentholothosenethanaluxurypenusedonlytowriteloveletters.Theconceptsofholothosenicinfluence,strength,andfeedbackmechanismapplytoobjectsaswell.Differentholothosenesbetweentwoobjects,orbetweenanobjectandaplace,

will interact among themselves until they arrive at an average.15 In order toexplain this, let us imagine that there are two rivers (figure2.2).One (X) hasveryclearwater,andtheother(Y)hasmuddywater.Theytwomeetinavalley.InsituationA,ifriverXhasfourtimesmorevolumethanriverY,thenoncetheymix,theresultingriverwillbealittlemuddierthanwhatriverXwas,butitwillnot be as noticeable. In situation B, however, if river Y has four times thevolumethatXdoes,thenthecoloroftheresultingwaterwillbealighterbrown,butnotbymuch.

Figure2.2:TwoRiversDepictingtheInteractionsofHolothosenes

Objectsandplacesdonothaveawilloftheirown;therefore,theirinteractionisapassiveone.Neitherofthemhasan“interest”inoutweighingtheother.Sotwo passive holothosenes that come into contact will average out after sometime. The holothosene that is initially the stronger of the two will be mainly

responsibleforthenewholothoseneofbothobjects(justliketheresultingriver).

PeopleThe most complex interactions and influences are by far the ones amongindividuals. People’s energies not only have an intention but also carry awillwith them and can be focused with greater precision. Even though we canmodulate our thosenes to be of a more specific nature, they already have ageneral characteristic holothosene. Some people have energies that are moreassistantial(helping),othersaremoreauthoritarian,othersmoredocile,ormorepessimistic, and so on. Here are some examples of the effects of energiesbetweenpeople:

Thegroupattheofficeisonalunchbreak.Theyareeatinginthedesignatedlunchroomandsomeofthemaretellingjokes.Bill,inparticular,seemstoknowmorejokesthantheothers.Suddenlythebosswalks into the room.The boss is concerned about a phone

call that he has to make in few minutes, yet he stopped by the kitchensimply to refill his cup with water. Even though everyone knows it islunchtimeandthebosscouldnothavepaidlessattentiontothepeoplewhowere there or what they were saying or doing, while he is in the roomnobodytellsanyjokes,notevenBill.Itisasifthevolumeoftheroomhasbeen suddenly lowered. Once the boss leaves, somebody seems torememberanotherjokeanddecidestotellit.Afterthat,thevolumeisraisedagainandeverybodyisbacktolaughing.

WhathappenedtoBill?Whydidnobodywanttotelljokeswhilethebosswasintheroom?Whatis theinfluenceof theboss’spresenceuponallof them?Atypical boss has roles within a company that command action, request work,delegateresponsibility,andverifythattheworkgetsdone.Thethosenesoftheserolesaccumulateandarereflectedintheboss’sholothosene.Individualstendtobehave inadifferent fashion towardbosses—even though theymaybebossesfromothercompanies.Bosses,throughtheiractivities,developaholothoseneofauthority.Thus,evenwhentheyarenot thinkingaboutcheckinguponpeople,thisispartoftheimpressionthatgetstransmitted,becausetheaverage—orthe

more representative characteristic—of their energies already has thisinformation.Hereisanotherexample:

Itisthegrandmother’sbirthday,soeverybodygathersatherhouseandtheysimplytalkaboutoldevents,otherrelatives,andthelike.Most of the jokes are known and repeated, so pretty sooneverybodyisfairlybored.YetherecomesUncleDon,whoalways

has amillion jokes andmakes everybody laugh.He sits in themiddle ofeveryoneandthenSusan,hissister,immediatelytellsajoke.OneofSusan’sdaughtersthentellsafunnystoryfromschool.Carol,acousin,alsojoinsinwith another joke after that. Pretty soon, the simple gathering becomes aparty.Everybodyislaughingandhavingagoodtime.Thenthereisaknockonthedoor.Itisanotheroneofthecousins,Mark.Healwaysseemstobeundergoingsomepersonalproblemand ishavingahard timeemotionally.Evenbeforethisnewproblem,Markwasneveronetosmiletoomuch.Heenters the room and congratulates his grandmother. He sits next to her,looking down. Somebody stands to get a drink. Two sisters begin talkingquietlyinthecorner.Inafewminutes,thepartyhasdiminishedinintensity,andnowmostpeoplearestaringatthefloor.

WhataretheeffectsofUncleDonandMarkontherestofthepeople?Noticethatneitherofthemwasthefirstonetostarttalkingaftertheysatdown,buttheyhad an effect on the environment just the same.What are Don’s andMark’sholothosenes? Since they both seem to havemore specific and stronger-than-average holothosenes, when they came in, were they influenced by theholothoseneoftheparty,ordidtheirholothoseneaffecttheothers?Notice thatnoneoftheindividualspresentatthegatheringknewanythingaboutenergynordidtheyhavetheconsciousintentionofaffectinganythingoranyone.Whichholothosene isgoing topredominate inagroupofpeopledependson

who has the strongest holothosene. Have you ever noticed that in a group offriends there is onewho usually decideswhat the group is going to do? Thispersonhasstrongerenergies—butnotnecessarilythebestideasorintentions.16

Inthecasewhereindividualsareunawareofenergiesandthereforepassiveintheir regard to them, the resulting holothosenewill follow rules similar to theprior example of the two rivers. So when there is no energetic awarenessbetweentheparties, thedynamicsofholothosenesresembleosmosis.Problemscanarisewhen the personwith the stronger energy has an unbalanced or lesspositive holothosene. In this case, that person can energetically drain and/orpolluteothersandtheenvironment.An individual in an unbalanced condition “loses” energy and inmany cases

remainsgenerallydevitalized.Energy,however, iseverywhere.Theproblemisnotnecessarilylackofenergy;rather,itisthelackofequilibriuminthecontent(information)oftheenergy.Inotherwords,thecontentintheideas(“THO”)andemotions (“S”)of theperson,whicharenotbalanced,cause this; forexample,feelingsadbecausearelativepassedaway,feelingworriedaboutbeingfiredatwork,beingconcernedwithbills,andsoforth.Eventhoughtheproblemisnotalackofenergy,unbalancedindividualswill

unconsciously try to find energies to make them balanced. Therefore, thesepeoplemay drain several people in the process. This can leave others feeling“down.”Letusanalyzefigure2.3asagraphicalanalogyforunderstandingthisclearer.

Inthisfigure,individualsandtheirenergeticcapacityarerepresentedbytanksofwater.Anormal,balancedpersonkeepstheirlevelofenergiesalmostatthelimitof their “volume,” or energetic capacity—this is shown in example A. If thepersonhas certain conflicts, this is the equivalentofhaving small leaks in thetank,wherebytheenergies“escape.”Ifthepersonhasmoreproblemsorgreaterissues, more energy will “escape,” and the person will feel unmotivated,disinterested, and devitalized (without energy)—example B. Now when thisperson comes into contact with another, they will establish an energeticconnection, which is the equivalent of placing a tube to connect the tanks—example C. Once again, if there is no awareness (no stopping valve, noperception of the process) in the exchange of energies, then the energy willclearlyflowinonedirection.One(thepersoninenergeticlack)will“drain”theother person energetically. Unfortunately, the one doing the draining will nottakeadvantageof thisenergyfor theirreplenishment(exampleD)becausethis

personhas“leaks”throughwhichtheenergycontinuestoescape.

Figure2.3:TanksofWaterDepictingHolothosenicCapacitiesandExchanges

Thismeansthatanunbalancedpersoncanandwilldrainsomebodyelsewhocomes close, and will keep doing so continuously until the person is able toovercome this condition. Typically, individuals overcome a negative conditionby simply forgetting, even though this isnot thebestmethod.As timepasses,they tend to become involved in other things—the routine, for example—andtheystartpayinglessattentiontothe“cause”issue.Astheydistancethemselvesfrom the event, the energetic information that was causing the unbalance islessenedandlessprominentintheholothoseneoftheperson.Thepersonstartshavingfewerleaksintheirenergosoma.It is important to point out several aspects of this condition. First of all, the

persondoingthedrainingnormallydoesnothavetheintentionofdraining.Whatishappening issimplyunknownto them.Theonebeingdrainedalsodoesnotknowwhatisoccurring,butafterwardmayfeeluncomfortable.Aftertalkingtosomebody,individualssometimesnoticethattheyfeeltired,startyawning,needto takeanap,orare inabadmood, irritated,orhaveaheadacheand/orothersymptoms. Exercises for effective protection from these occurrences will bediscussedlaterinthischapter.

Itisalsoimportanttopayattentiontothefactthatifindividualsdonotknowaboutthemechanismofenergy,thenitisjustaseasyforthemtobedrainedbyothersasitisforthemtodrainsomebodyelse.Mostofushaveadifficulttimecoming to terms with the fact that we might have already drained others onvariousoccasions,whichisacommonoccurrence.

Figure2.4:RelativeHolothosenicLevels

With regard to the dynamics of the holothosenic interactions betweenindividuals,letusexploreadifferentexample.Imaginewebeginanewjob.Wehaveourownpersonalholothosene,andwearegoingtostartexperiencingtheholothoseneofthenewworkplaceeveryday.Letusplaceourholothoseneandtheoneof thenew job ina relative scaleofholothosenicbalance (figure2.4).Thehigher theholothosene is on this line in the representation, thebetter andmorepositiveit is.Thelowertheholothoseneisonthis line, thelessbalancedandlucidtheenergiesare.Ourholothoseneisrepresentedinsituation1bylinea,andlinebrepresentstheholothoseneofthegroupatthenewjob.Thelengthof the line represents the strength of the group. Therefore, line b is strongerbecausegenerallythetwentyindividuals(lineb)thathavealreadybeenworkingthereareenergeticallystronger than thecapacityofonenewemployee, in thiscase,us(linea).Once we begin to work in this place, the holothosenes start to interact and

merge.Ifthereisnoenergeticknowledgeand/orawarenessbyanyofthepartiesinvolved,theresultantholothosenewillbelinecofsituation2.Linecwillbethenewaverageofalltheenergiesintheworkplace.Linecisalsostronger(longer)thanlinebbecauseitnowincorporatestheenergiesfromtwenty-oneemployees,meaningourenergiesarenowaccountedfor.Ifwehaveabetterqualityofenergythanthegroup,thenlinecwillbebetterin

qualitythanlineb,asshowninsituation2.Inthiscondition,thegroup“gains”energetic quality with our energy and presence. Likewise, we also “lose”energeticbalanceinthenewjob—becausewewereassimilatedbythestrongerholothoseneaswell.Allofasudden,wefindourselvesactinginagreementwiththebehavioroftherestoftheemployeesonthejob.Forexample,wearenowmakingandlaughingat jokesthatwedidnotusedtofindhumorous.Wehaveassimilatedexpressions,phrases,andattitudesthatarecommontothatjob.Wearenowoneofthem.Insituation3,theconditionistheopposite.Thegrouphasabetterqualityof

energy(lineb)thanwedo(linea).Theresultant,thenewaverage,whenthereisnoenergeticawareness,willbelinec.Linecisstrongerbuthaslessqualitythan

lineb.Thetwentyemployeesenergetically“lose”withus,andweenergetically“gain”withthenewjobandworkplace.

Regarding energies, we always either gain or lose somethingenergeticallyinallourrelations.Itisbeneficialforustoevaluatefrom an energetic perspective the relationships we have,understanding that individuals are not always in the same

condition. People have a certain holothosene that represents them moreaccurately,butatanygivenmomenttheymightbemorebalancedormoreunbalancedthanusual.Theideaistosetsomelimits.Relationshipsthataremore or less energetically closer to our holothosene, whether relativelypositiveornegative, are fine.However, theones that are too extremeandnegativearenotideal.

Ourholothosenealsodetermines theprobabilityofspecificeventshappeningtousornot.Eventsoccurinourlivesnotbecauseofcoincidencesbutbecauseofsynchronicities.18 They happen due to the convergence of many factors,including howbalanced and organized our energy is.Our holothosene alreadymakes us resonate, frequency-wise, with certain activities, people, situations,institutions, and others; it also likewise distances us from other specificactivities,people,situations,institutions,andothers.19

If theholothoseneswemanifest and encounter aredenser and lessbalanced,our energosoma is going to reflect this. When our energosoma is denser, itsloosenessandflexibilityarediminished,anditismoredifficulttoproduceOBEs(disconnecting from the body, stretching the energosoma) as well as haveperceptionsofextraphysicalrealityandenergies.

Ask yourself:What ismy holothosene?17What effects doesmyholothosenehaveonothers?

By understanding holothosenes well, the study of how extraphysical realityworks and the practical energetic exercises given later in this book will beclearer.These exerciseswill helpusgain energetic capacity, defense, strength,

and flexibility in order to leave the body much more often. The concept ofholothosenewillbefurtherillustratedandappliedaswemovealonginthebook,withotherexamplesandmorediscussionsonthetopic.

EnergosomaTheenergosoma(alsomanytimescalledtheholochakra) ismadeupofall thechakrasandtheirenergies.Ithasthefunctionsofconnectingthepsychosomatothe soma and of vitalizing the physical body. The energosoma surrounds thephysicalbodyentirelyandissometimesperceivedasaglowaroundthephysicalbodyoftheperson.Othersynonymshavebeengiventotheenergosomaacrosscultures and time periods, including etheric double, bioplasmic body, bardobody,andpranamayakosha.20

A chakra is a vortex of energy, a center for processing energies in theenergosoma. The chakras are doorways of absorption and exteriorization(sending) of energy. When discussing chakras, most philosophies study thesevenmain chakras.However, the latest consensus and estimates indicate thatwe have around 88,000 chakras throughout the body.21 To give a roughapproximationof this,wecan think thatwehaveachakra ineachporeof theskin.Chakraslooklikeavortex,similartowhenthekitchensinkisfilledwithwater

andthentheplugisremoved.Asthewaterdrains,itformsaswirl.Thisswirlissimilartotheimageofachakrainthebody.Theopeningofeachchakraliesjustoutside the physical body, on the surface of the energosoma, and its “tail”extendsinward,deepintothebody.According to their function, chakras are closely associated with certain

energetic processes and activities. They help in processing bioenergy that thephysical body (soma) uses for maintaining its physical activities. They alsohandlethecommunicationbetweenthepsychosomaandsoma.Thefollowingisabriefexplanationofthetenmostimportantchakras(figure2.5),startingwiththesevenchakras thatarebetterknown.You’llfindthemherewith theirmoreproperandtechnicalname,followedbytheircommonname.22

•Sexochakra(basechakra):Thischakraisalsocalledtherootorbasicchakra.It is located between the legs, on the surface of the energosoma, and faces

slightlybackward.Itiscalledtherootorbasicchakrabecauseitfeedstherestoftheenergosoma.•Umbilicochakra (solarplexuschakra):This chakra is located abouthalf an

inch above the belly button. It has a direct relationwith the solar plexus andprocesses energies from more instinctive and organic (related to the body)activities.• Splenochakra (spleen chakra): This chakra is situated in the region of the

spleen.Itselectsanddistributesvitalizingenergythroughtheorgansofthebody.Its vitalizing activity can help individuals leave the body. It has a strongconnectiontotheentireenergosoma.•Cardiochakra(heartchakra):Thischakraislocatedinthecenterofthechest.

Itdealswiththeaffectiveprocessesoftheconsciousness,suchasemotionsandromanticism.Thischakraisstronglyassociatedwiththepsychosoma.•Laryngochakra(throatchakra):Thischakraactsinthecommunicabilityofthe

consciousness.Singers,forexample,normallyhavethischakramoredeveloped.This chakra is very sensitive to holothosenic pressure. It is positioned in theregionofthethroat.•Frontochakra(thirdeyechakra):This chakra is located in the centerof the

forehead. Also called the third eye, it is strongly related to the capacities ofclairvoyanceandconcentration.•Coronochakra(crownchakra):Thischakra isstronglyrelated to rationality,

awareness,andmoreevolvedsentiments.Itissituatedonthetopoftheheadandhasacloseassociationwiththementalsoma.•Sole chakras (plantochakras):These chakras are located in the solesof the

feet.Theyabsorbgeoenergyfromtheground,whichthenrunsthroughthelegsand accumulates in the sexochakra. Therefore, they are also associated withfertilityandpotency.•Palmchakras(palmochakras):Thesechakrasarelocatedinthepalmsofthe

hands. The energy they absorb runs through the arms and accumulates in thecardiochakra.Therefore,theyarerelatedtosensibilityaswell.•Nuchalchakra:Thischakraliesatthebackoftheneck.Itisassociatedwith

mediumshipandwiththecapacitytoperceiveenergies.

Thechakrasareall interconnectedbychannelsofenergy(meridians).23Theyare also more flexible in terms of their position. Sometimes we may feel achakraasbeingmoretowardoneside,ora little lowerorhigherthanitsusualposition.Theirmorecommonpositionscanbeseeninfigure2.5.Asidefromthechakrasthatprocessenergy,theentireenergeticsystemisalso

composedof another element: the aura, or, better yet, thepsychosphere.24 Thepsychosphere isamanifestationof theenergosoma. It ismuchsubtler than theenergosoma, and it is here where our holothosene is contained. As we moveabout our day, we are manifesting energies everywhere and leaving manythosenesintheenvironmentswhereverwemaypassby.Inthesamefashion,asweexist, there is a greater accumulationof our thosenes inour psychosphere,whichinturnformsourholothosenethatothersareabletofeel.

Figure2.5:TenMainChakras

Thepsychosphereisaverydynamicsystem,expandingandcontractingallthetime. It is observed that whenwe think about someone else, thosenes of thatintention reach the other person. In many cases it is like a tentacle of thepsychospherefromtheemitterthatstretchestothepsychosphereofthereceiver.

Ifthereceiverismoreenergeticallyperceptive,theycanthenbecomeawareofthisactivity.

AuricCouplingandSympatheticAssimilationEnergy is always exchangedbetween individualswhen they enter into contactwithoneanother,even througha simple look.However,when two individualsfocustheirenergyoneachothermore,theycanestablishaconditioncalledauriccoupling.Theauras,orpsychospheres,ofbothindividualsfusetogether(figure2.6).

Figure2.6:AuricCoupling

It was previously mentioned that when a person thinks about another, anenergeticconnectionisestablishedwiththatperson.Iftheinteractioncontinues,theconnectiongrows.Theendresultisthattheenergeticexchangeratebetweenthemincreases.Affinitybetweenthetwopartieswillmakethisprocessestablishitselffaster.Iftheexchangeofenergiescontinuestoincrease—whetherintime,interest, affinity, and other ways—then both parties can arrive at a deeper

condition of energetic connection whereby the energosomas of both basicallyconnectdirectly.Thisconditioniscalledsympatheticassimilation.Inotherwords,sympatheticassimilationisamoreprofoundandintensestate

than auric coupling. In this condition, we can feel what the other person isfeeling. Depending on the lucidity, sensitivity, or energetic openness of theindividuals, they can even have recollections of a past life with the otherindividual.

Sympathetic assimilation is the condition reached when theamount of energetic information being exchanged between twopeopleisincreased;itisanintensificationoftheauriccoupling.25

Twoindividualswhoarecloseandshareastrongaffinitycanbeinaconditionofapermanentyetdormantsympatheticassimilation,whichawakensonlywhensomethinginvolvingdenserenergiesoccurs—likeanaccident(denserenergies).For example, a child may be away at school. The moment that somethinghappenstothechild,themotherathomefeelsitimmediately.Insomecasesof twins, thismayalsospontaneouslyoccur—whensomething

happens to one, the other feels it. Sympathetic assimilations sometimes alsooccurincasesofcoupleswhoareexpectingababy.Thewomanispregnant,andsimultaneouslythefatherisfeelingallthesymptoms.Therearecasesinwhichhefeelsthekicksofthebabyorwakesupinthemiddleofthenighttovomit;inessence,heexperiencesphysiologicalrepercussionsfromtheenergeticcausesofsympatheticassimilation.

BasicMobilizationofEnergiesNowthatthemanifestationofenergyandthestructureoftheenergosomahavebeen discussed, let us examine exercises that will help us to develop ourenergetic capacity. Any capacity is developed through training and effort,26

whether it is an energetic, physical, or mental capacity. There are three basicprocedurestomobilizeenergies:27

1.Absorptionofenergies2.Exteriorization(externalization)ofenergies

3.Closedcircuit(VELO)toreachthevibrationalstate(VS)

Letusfirstdiscusseachoftheseproceduresinmoredetail.Thenwewillfocusspecificallyonhowtoworkwiththeseenergiesinpractice.

AbsorptionofEnergiesAbsorption is the reception of energies.28 The entire energosoma is capable ofabsorbingenergies.Peoplecananddoabsorbenergiesthroughtheirfeet(mainlygeoenergy), through their head (upper chakras), through their hands (palmchakras), and so on.Oneof the applications of absorption is for revitalizationpurposes.Our entire mechanism of bodies, or holosoma, already has basic, automatic

systemsforabsorptionofenergies:

•Breathingisthemoreconstantabsorptionmechanism.Whenapersoninhalesair,itisnotonlyoxygenthatthepersonisconsumingbutalsobioenergies—inthiscase,aeroenergy.•Anothernaturalabsorptionmechanismissleeping.Whilewesleep,allofus

disconnectfromthesoma(body).Oneofthemainreasonsforthisisthatinthisdisconnected condition, the psychosoma is able to absorb more energy. As ageneralrule,themorewedisconnectfromourbody,themoreenergyweabsorb.If our energies are in better shape,more flexible, thenwewill separatemorefromoursomaduringsleep.Thetendencyalsoisthatthemoreweseparatefromthebody,theeasieritistoregainourawarenessoutsidethesoma.•Eatingisalsoasourceofbioenergies.Whenapersoneats,itisnotonlythe

chemical and biological elements that the person is consuming but also thebioenergies in the food.One day the person feels like eating, for example, anapple—notjustanyotherfruit,likeabananaorapear,butspecificallyanapple.Insomecasesthepersonspendssomedayswiththedesiretoconsumeanapple.Oncethepersoneatsanapple,thecravingfinallydisappears.Inmanyinstancesthisisduetothefactthatatsomeunderlyingandsubconsciouslevelweknowthatthekindofbioenergyweneedisfoundinanapple.Thisisalsooneofthereasonsthatitisidealtoeatabalanceddiet,becausethenwehavealltypesofenergyinoursystemthatwecanusewhenneeded.

•Wecanalsolearntoabsorbenergyatwill.However,usuallyaswebecomeprogressivelybetteratworkingwithenergyorasourentireenergosomagetsinbettercondition,westartneedingtoabsorblessenergy.Thisisduetothegoodconditionorefficiencyoftheenergeticsystem.

Absorptionisaprocessthatissimilartotheinteractionbetweenanathleteandoxygen.Justlikeoxygen,energyisavailableeverywhere.Infact,thereismorebioenergythanairandweareall immersedinanoceanofairandbioenergy.29

Anathleteorevenapersoningoodphysicalshapedoesnotneedtoinhalemoreair soas to“store”oxygenduringnormal life.Because the system is inbettercondition, the system itself will regulate the intake of oxygen, so wheneverneeded, the system will simply consume more. With time, absorption is theexercisethatwedotheleast,anditisusuallydoneonlyinspecificcases.Furthermore, it is important to point out that individuals tend to havemore

energetic blockages because of an excess of inactive, stagnated energy thanbecause of a lack of energy. Similarly, the most common problem for manypeoplenowadaysisexcessweightandnottheopposite.Thus,thekeyiskeepingourenergeticsystemingoodshape.

ExteriorizationofEnergiesExteriorizationisthetransmission,externalization,oroutboundbroadcastingofenergy.30Aswithabsorption,anyareaof theenergosomacansendoutenergy.Certain individuals prefer to send out energy mainly through their hands;however, this is not the only way. Exteriorization has two main uses: (1)changingholothosenesand(2)assistingorhelpingothers.Letusconsiderthefirstaspectbyusingthefollowingsituationinordertosee

a practical example of changing holothosenes.What is themain holothosenicintentionthatmostpeoplehaveintheirbedroomwhentheygotobedatnight?Mainlywewant to just sleep, to rest, andmany timeswewant to disconnectfromtheworldandnotthinkaboutanythingatall.Sometimesindividualsprefertoseepitchblacktheentirenightandwakeupinthemorningwellrested.Ifthishasnormallybeenourintention,thereisaconsequencetothis.Normal

unconscioussleephasaholothosenethatistheoppositeoflucidityandcounterto the intention of being aware outside the body. In other words, most

individuals have already built a holothosene in their bedroom that is workingagainstthembeinglucidduringthenight.Someofusmightrealizethatthisisthecaseand thuswould like tochange thisholothosene.Forourpurposes,wewouldliketoestablishaholothoseneofgreaterawareness.To change this holothosene, we need to start exteriorizing energies in our

room.Thefirsteffectofexteriorizingenergiesisthattheflowofenergiesbeingpumped into the room is going to make the energies that are stuck andaccumulatedtherestarttoflow.Thiswillrenewandrefreshtheenergiesofourbedroom.Thiseffectissimilartosprayingwaterwithahoseontoapuddleofstagnated

water.As thenewwaterhits thepuddle, thestagnatedwaterwill start toswirlandbeoxygenated.Asthewaterlevelrises,thewaterwillstarttoflowoutofthepuddle. Similarly, we can recycle the entire holothosene in our room. Just aswith water, notice that the healthy condition of energy is when it flows, asopposedtoremainingstagnant.31

Youcandoasimpleexerciserightnowtotestthismethod.Asyouread these lines, become aware of all the sounds that your earsperceive.Noticehow,asyoubecomeawareofthis,yourattentionon your inner condition increases.Now start paying attention to

everything that your body is feeling. Can you feel your toes, your hair,elbows,legs,andsoforth?Keepthesetwoperceptionsinfocusandbecomeawarenowofall thecolorsandtones thatyoureyesarecapturing.Again,feelhowyouarebecomingmoreawareofyoursurroundings,moreawake,lucid.Now,alsopayattentiontoeverythingthatyouarethinking.Observeall the thoughts that have been coming into yourmind and howyou dealwith them. In deepening this condition, you develop a state of greaterawareness.Inthisstate,feelingveryawareandalive,youwanttosendoutenergies into your room, manifesting flows that are intense, so as torenovatetheenergeticinformation.

Thismethodofholothoseniccleansingisextremelyeffective.Itismore effective than any type of object the person might use to

clean energy, such as crystals, pyramids, pendulums, talismans,and other psychological crutches. All of these objects have alimited effect. You and your capacities are inherently strongerthananyobjectforcleaningenergies.Theenergyofobjects,when

placed in anyenvironment,will start tomixwith the energyof theplace.Withinhours,days,ormaybeacoupleofweeks,dependingonthestrengthof the energy, theobject’s energywill have alreadyaveragedoutwith theenergyoftheenvironment—thus,theeffectoftheobjectisapassiveone.

The second necessary condition for changing a holothosene is to send out adifferent pattern of thosenes or energetic information. The way to send out aspecific thosene is by generating the conditionwewant inside of us and thenpushingitoutward.Inotherwords,ifapersonwantstosend“positive”energies,the person needs to be and feel positive before exteriorizing. Sending energyalone, without thinking about the content, will have a limited effect. Theindividual determines and is solely responsible for the information within theenergy.Iftheenergeticinformationbeingsentoutisthesameastheestablishedholothosene,nochangewilloccur.Imagination or visualization does not have much of an effect on changing

holothosenes. Therefore, if we are sad inside but want to send out positiveenergies, we will not have much success using imagination to send outhappiness.Atthecore,wewilleitherbehappyornot.Whilethepersonremainsin a sad state, what the person sends out is sadness. Visualizing the word“positive”or“happy”inanycolorwillhaveverylittleeffect.Thepersonneedstoactuallybeinthatcondition(inthiscasefeelpositive)inordertosenditout.Tryingthentochangetheholothoseneofthebedroomandtoestablishgreater

awareness, the following practical question can be asked: How does anindividualaddinformationofawarenesstotheenergiesthatarebeingsentout?The answer is by feeling and being aware, thus generating this internalcondition.This effect is just like that of a piece of ice that is thrown into a bucket of

water.Theicewillmakethewatersomewhatcolder,butafterafewminutesitwillmeltandbecomepartofthewater.Ifthepieceoficeislarger,itseffectwill

lastalittlelonger.Objectslackanelementthatconsciousnesseshavethatmakesallthedifference.Thiselementiscalledwill.Apersoncandecideonedaytogoandexternalizeinaroom.Thepersoncanusetheirwilltoexternalizeasecondday, anda third, a fourth, and soon.Will gives individuals the capacity to bestrongerthananyobjectintermsofenergy.Theotheruseofexteriorization is inhelpingothers.32Assistance toothers is

oneoftheparamountapplicationsforanycapacity.Thedevelopmentofagivencapacityisonething;howthiscapacityisappliedisyetanotheraspect.Assistingothers energetically is a reward in and of itself as well as an inherentevolutionary endeavor for all parties involved. The topic of assistancewill bediscussedindetailinlaterchapters.

VELOtoReachtheVibrationalState(VS)ThethirdexercisetodevelopenergeticcapacityistheVELO(closedcircuit)toreachthevibrationalstate(VS).33VELOistheacronymforVoluntaryEnergeticLongitudinalOscillation(figure2.7).34Thisexerciseentailsmovingtheenergiesinsidethebodyfromheadtofeet,thenfromfeettohead,backdowntothefeet,backuptothehead,andsoon.Weremaininthisup-and-downmovementofourenergiesuntilwestarttocontrolandfeelthisenergeticflowbetter.Thenwestartto gradually accelerate the speed of the flow inside the body, which willeventuallyinducearesonanceconditionintheenergosomacalledthevibrationalstate.

Figure2.7:VoluntaryEnergeticLongitudinalOscillation(VELO)

Whenapersonreachesthevibrationalstate(VS),thechakrasoftheindividualwill startopeningandclosingvery fast.Thiscondition is thebest exercise fortheenergosoma.35Itwilldevelopthecapacityofthechakrasandthecapacitytoprocessenergy,toabsorbandexternalizeit.Therearealsoseveralotheraspectsofenergythatwillbedevelopedandcontrolledwithtime,suchasthedirectionoftheflow;theintensity,speed,anddirectionofexteriorization;andothers.TheVShasthefollowingeffectsorbenefits:

•Increasesourenergeticcapacity•Cleansourpsychosphere•Unblocksandbalancesourenergosoma•Protectsanddefendsusfrompollutingholothosenes36

•Preventstheonsetofenergeticblockagesorproblems•Makesusphysicallyhealthier• Produces a sympathetic dissimilation (disconnection of a sympathetic

assimilation)•Makestheenergosoma(holochakra)moreflexible•Predisposesandinduceslucidprojections

Continuous Conscious Projection Provoked by VibrationalStateBernardoFarina(2001)37

TheexperimentdescribedheretookplaceonJanuary8,1999,andwasconductedintheapartmentIoccupiedatthattimeinthecity

ofSãoPaulo,Brazil.Theweatherthatdayhadbeencold,andalightrainfellthroughoutthenight.I began Penta38 [a donation of energy—see Chapter 7] at 1:00 in the

morning,followingaperiodofenergeticexercises.Thedayhadnotbeenanordinaryone.IhadreturnedtoSãoPaulofromRiodeJaneiro,whereIhadbeen trying to find a job and a place to live, as it was my intention torelocatetoRioinordertopursuemyvolunteerworkattheInstitute’sheadoffice[InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology].Mytriphadbeensuccessful.Ihadreceivedgoodnewsrelatingtomyeffortsandtheprospect seemed full of promise. That evening Iwould be traveling onceagaininordertogiveaclassinanothercity.Around5:30inthemorning,IwasenjoyingalightsleepwhenIbeganto

perceive an animistic-mediumistic energetic signal in my right ear;intuitively I became aware that this event was being sponsored by anextraphysical helper. The energetic signals were very clear, and I had nodoubt that these signals were the means of communication used by theextraphysicalhelper.I began to experience a vibrational state throughout my holosoma. The

intensity of this condition increased until I felt the beginning of thedepartureofmypsychosoma,remaininglucidthroughout.Whilst I remainedawareduring the takeoffperiod, luciditywasdimmed

whencomparedtotheconditionsexperiencedduringtheinitialperiodofthevibrationalstate,andmypsychosomadirecteditselftowardthenearestwalland the ceiling of the bedroom. During this particular stage of theprojection,Imovedinslowmotion.

My lucidity increased considerably when I left the room during theprojectionand foundmyselfoutside thebuildingwhere Iwas living.This“re-increase”inlucidityisexplainedbythesphereofextraphysicalenergiessurrounding the soma, with a radius of approximately three meters,diminishing lucidity and making it difficult for the psychosoma to movemorefreelyduetogravityandthestronginfluenceofthesilvercord.I began searching for visual references to help orient myself in space

whileflyingwithmypsychosoma.AsIintendedtoprojectofftheplanet,Ichosethebrighteststarandincreasedthespeedofmyflightinitsdirection.Iexperiencedsomedifficultymaintainingmydirection,whichcausedmetochangemyreferencepoints(stars)everynowandthen.IamunsurehowfarItraveledinmypsychosoma,asIwasinterruptedby

theextraphysicalrepercussioncausedbyaphysicaltouchinmysoma.Thisimpact caused my immediate return to my bedroom (physical base) andpartial realignment of the psychosoma with the soma, without losinglucidity.Mypartner,sleepingbymyside,hadtouchedmeinvoluntarily.Onceagain,IhadanintuitionthatIshouldtakeadvantageofthispartial

realignmentof thepsychosoma, install thevibrational stateas intenselyaspossible, and try to experience another continuous conscious projection. Iinstalledthevibrationalstate,perceivinganincreaseinintensitythroughouttheholosomauntiltakeoff,witharelativelyundiminishedleveloflucidity,untilIreachedtheexternalenvironmentandbeganmyjourneyonceagain.I do not know how long the second projection lasted. My inability to

completely control my emotions (I felt euphoric at achieving a secondprojection through the installation of the vibrational state) provoked myinvoluntary return to the physical base and the partial realignment of thepsychosoma,againmaintainingthelucidity.Itriedtomaintaincontrolofthesituationbycontainingmyemotionsand

energies.Iwantedtokeepexperimentingandmadeeverypossibleefforttomaintainmyfocusandbalancetothebestofmyabilities.I installed the vibrational state for the third time, trying to provoke

misalignment. The process seemed more difficult, as my partner hadtouchedmyphysical body several times and the subsequent repercussions

hadcausedalossoffocusanddifficultyinexteriorizingthepsychosoma.Icouldfeel thephysical touchonmyleftarmandlegandat thesametimethe psychosoma partially out of alignment, in the vibrational state. WithsomeeffortImanagedtoproduceanewprojectionofthepsychosoma.ThistimeIhadmoredifficultymaintainingmovementandcontrolof thespeedand direction of the psychosoma, as well as finding reference points inspace. I returned to the physical basewith almost no lucidity, completelyrealigned,andwent through thehypnopompicstateandfinally returned totheordinaryphysicalwakingstate.Inrelationtothisexperience,Iwouldliketohighlightsomepoints:

1. I managed to produce a projection of continuous consciousness threetimesinarow.2.Althoughanextraphysicalhelperwasthesponsorofthisexperiment,mywillconstitutedanessentialfactorintheproductionofthevibrationalstateandincontinuingtheexperimentforaslongaspossible.3.Myframeofmindwaspositive,confident,andoptimistic,generatingtheconditions predisposing the experiment; however, my emotions made itdifficultformetomaintainit.4.Among the reasons thatmade thisexperimentpossible, Icould identifymyownmotivationandmytrustintheextraphysicalteam.5.Despitehavingexperiencedinnumerousprojectionsoftheconsciousnessinducedbyprojectivetechniques,includingexoprojection(theprojectionofthe consciousness outside the planet), this particular experiment wasextremelyrewardingforaninstructorofprojectiology.

Whilemoving the energiesupanddown thebody, thepersoncandoa self-diagnosisoftheirenergeticcondition,evenidentifyingwhatarecalledenergeticblocks.Thesecanarise formany reasonsand invariousareas.Forexample, aperson who represses emotions might have a block in their heart chakra(cardiochakra); somebody who watches too much TV may have problems intheir third eye (frontochakra); an individual who has bad eating habits mighthaveablockintheirsolarplexuschakra(umbilicochakra);andsoforth.Blocks can also arise because of energetic contamination or pollution. The

thosenes we receive (and emit) throughout our day accumulate in ourenergosoma. When the thosenes are negative, this is similar to dirt on thephysicalbody.Ifwespendseveralmonthswithouttakingabathorcleaningoursoma, the body will develop a film or even a crust of dirt. Likewise,energetically speaking, such a condition is not positive or healthy for theenergosoma.Italsohindersprojections.Upon moving the energies up and down the body, we can identify exactly

where any blocks are. We will recognize them because one or more of thefollowing symptomsmay be present. Theremay be an areawhere the energydoesnotpass,orwhereadiscomfortisfelt,orwherethereisnosensation(lackofperception).Therealsomaybeanareawhereweloseourconcentrationwhentryingtomoveenergies.Thislastsymptomisthehardestonetonotice.TheVELOwillhelptoremoveanyblocksaswell.Oncewehaveidentifiedan

area that has a block, we will need to place more attention on that area and“force”theenergytoflowthroughit.Wantingandmakingenergypassthroughthe area has nothing to do with physical strength, physical effort, or tensingmuscles. It isanactivity that ishappening in theenergosoma. It isamatterofputting our attention on the area, setting our will and resolve, and followingperceptions throughout the body. As the flow of energy starts to pass once,twice,andsoon,wewillfeelhowtheblockisofferinglessresistance.Itistheequivalentofa lumpofsandthatdissolvesaswaterpassesover thetopof itafewtimes.This exercise will leave the energy of the energosoma flowingmore freely.

Thisisanalogoustothebloodflowwithinthephysicalbody.Theidealconditionfor blood iswhen it is flowing; any stoppage or any action that threatens thisflow isnothealthy.39Easternmedicine is basedon the healthy flowof energythrough the body. It iswell known in acupuncture that energetic blocks causephysicalproblems.Therefore,webecomephysicallyhealthierwiththefreeflowoftheenergy.Oncetheblockisgone,westillhavetotreattherootcausefortheblock;otherwise,theblockmightformagain.Thevibrationalstatecanhaveagreateffectonourphysicalhealth,becauseit

canleavetheenergosomaextremelyhealthy,ingoodshape.Becauseofthelackofknowledgeaboutenergy,unfortunatelyinmanycasesindividualsarecarrying

holothosenes thatareveryoldand thatconsequentlydecrease theperformanceoftheirenergosoma.Reachingtheconditionofthevibrationalstate(VS)istheequivalentofgivingtheenergosomaanenergeticbathandalsoofexercisingit.Theenergosomaismoreeasilypollutedthanisthephysicalbody,soitisoftheutmostimportancetomaintainitshealth.TheVSisalsousedforenergeticself-defense.Wecandefendourselvesfrom

holothosenes in the environment, objects, or individuals. By doing a VS, webalanceour energies andour entire system.This expels anyexternal intrudingenergyfromourenergosoma.TheVSwilldisconnectanyresidualenergetic tentaclesorauriccouplings in

our psychosphere. Thus, part of becoming energetically clean is doingsympatheticdissimilations.

Usingthevibrationalstate(VS)asaprotectionmechanismisfarmore effective than “imagining” the creation of a shield ofenergies throughwhich nothing comes in and nothing goes out.Creatinganimaginaryenergeticshielddoesnotworkwellbecause

energosomasareopensystems.Wearenotabletostoptheflowofenergy,and furthermore this would be undesirable. The healthy condition ofenergiesiswhentheyareabletoflowfreely.Inthiscontext,imaginingthecreationofashieldisalsonotaverymature

technique.Whenchildrenarescared,theyhideunderthebedorputapillowovertheirhead—thisistheequivalentof“thinking”aboutputtingupsuchashield.Oneofthemainproblemswiththe“pillowoverthehead”reactionisthatwearesacrificingourexternalperceptionsforafalsesenseofsecurity.Whilethismightbebetterinourmind,upondoingthis,weloseourabilitytoactaccordinglybecausewedonotactuallyknowwhatishappening.A VS will leave us in control and in balance. We will also know and

continuetoperceivewhatishappening.Thisgivesusagreatercapacityforaction and for development, because we can better understand what isoccurring,andatthesametimewearestableenoughtodosomethingaboutit—includinghelpingothers.

Thiskindof energetic cleansingwill leave the energosomaof the individualmuchmoreflexible,whichinturnwillhelpthepersonproducelucidprojections.If a person goes to bed with dense emotional energies in their system, theenergosoma will be more rigid and the probability of a projection will bereduced.Thequalityofsleepwillalsobelower,duetothepersondisconnectingat a closer distance to the body and therefore absorbing less energy in theprocess.It is important to highlight the impact that the quality of our thoughts

(thosenes)makesonthequalityofourholothosene,whichinturnisreflectedinthe flexibility of our energosoma. If the person has their energosoma “block-free” andmore flexible, not onlywill the person bemore predisposed towardleavingthebody,butthequalityofsleepwillalsobebetter.Finally,besidesthefactthataflexibleenergosomaishelpfulinordertoleave

thebody,theVSinitselfisalsoatechniqueforleavingthebody.IfthepersonproducesastrongenoughVS,thepsychosomawillbecomenonalignedandwillseparate from the physical body. Because of this resonance condition, thepsychosoma will basically “pop” out of the body. Several contemporary andhistoricalprojectors40usedtheVSastheirmaintechniqueforleavingthebodythroughouttheirlives.

WorkingwithEnergyThe mobilization of bioenergy in any direction is executed through our will,whetherwearemoving itoutward(exteriorization), inward(absorption),orupanddownwithinourbody(VELO).This issimilar tohowthewill is theonlythingneededtoopenandcloseourhand.Themotionofopeningandclosingourhandisveryeasyforus todonowbecausewehaveampleexperiencewith it.Yetthefirstseveraltimeswetrieditasaninfant,itdidnotworkasitdoestoday.Itwasjustamatterofpractice.Inthebeginning,youshoulddotheseexerciseswhileundisturbedandisolated

—maybe inyourbedroomwith thedoor closed,while calmand focused.Youcanbeeithersittinginacomfortablechairorlyingdown.Relaxyourbodywellfor a few minutes and then, using your will and determination, think aboutexteriorizing(orabsorbing)energyto(orfrom)yoursurroundings.Thinkabout

doingthisinaverydirectandstraightforwardfashion,withoutimagining.It isasthoughyouareblowingenergythroughallofyourchakrasorfromallofyourbody when exteriorizing, and bringing energy in throughout your entire bodywhenabsorbing.Asyousendoutorabsorbenergy,youwanttofeelthisflowmovingoutward

orinwardalloveryourskin.Likewise,whendoingtheVELOinsideyourbodytoreachtheVS,youwant toattentivelyfollowtheflowofenergyas itmovesthroughyourbody.Youwant toplaceyourawarenessonthedifferentareasofyourbodyandguidetheenergieswithyourattention.Youbeginbytryingtofeelthe energies, for example, first in your head, thenmoving downward throughyour face, entering your neck, arriving at your shoulders, flowing down yourchest,andsoonuntiltheyreachyourtoes.Thenreversethedirectionandsendtheflowbackup,guidingitagainthroughyourbodywiththegreatestpossibleconcentration.41

In order to develop energetically in the long run, you should practice theseexercises several times a day. Make sure, at first, to really take the time toconcentrateonthedifferentareasofyourbodyandonthepossiblesensationsofenergyas theyarise.Witheachexercise,youwant to try to identify,discover,uncover, recognize, and/or understand your own physical and energeticsensations.Also,youwillnoticethattherearecertainareasofyourbodythataremore sensitive andonwhichyou feel the sensations first.With time,youwillfeelthesensationsclearerandonallareasofyourbody.

For the first couple weeks at least, you should reserve abouttwenty minutes for each energetic practice session.While lyingdown or sitting, and concentrating, take two to threeminutes torelax your body, and repeat the three exercises (absorption,

exteriorization, and VELO to reach the vibrational state) for about fiveminuteseach.Thesequenceof theexercisescanvary.Thefirstweek,youshould try to repeat these exercises at least twice a day. As you developfurther, you will need less time to work with energy and the results willbegintocomefaster.

Theuseofimagination,asstatedpreviously,isnotrecommendedforworkingwithenergies.Wewillseelateronthatimaginationcanbeusedasatechniquefor leaving the body, but its effectiveness for working with energy is minor.Noticethatimaginingourhandclosingandopeningdoesnotnecessarilyleadtoitactuallyclosingoropening.Forthisweneedtoapplyourwill.Wecanimagineawhiteoryellow(oranycolor)substancecomingintous,out

ofus,orcirculatinginsideofus.Yetoncewebeginfocusingonthis,wewillnothaveanyotherpointofreferencebuttheimage.Furthermore,insomeinstanceswe may be imagining something happening, yet nothing might actually behappening. However, wemight not even know this because the image in ourmind is still the same.The effect is similar tomechanically repeatingprayers,mantras,oranythingelsefor thatmatterwhile thinkingofsomethingelse.Therepetitionof thewordswill not havemuchof an effect;weneed to focusourwill,energy,andintentionforeffectstotakeplace,andthisiswhydirectlyusingourwilltosendenergiesismoreefficient.Theidealistoworkwithenergiesusingyourwillandpayingattentiontothe

sensationsproducedin thebody.Bioenergyisarealsubstance,notanabstractconceptoramodelusedtoexplainsomething.Thesensationsofmovingenergyare just as real. These perceptions will clearly tell you that something ishappening with your energy—especially with practice. You will feel thesensationgoing in thedirectionyouarecommanding it togo.Aswithair, thephysicaleyedoesnothavetheabilitytoseebioenergy,butitcanbefelt.Ifyoumoveyourarmbackandforth,youwillfeeltheair.At the beginning, the perceptionswill not be as obvious as the sensation of

placingyourhandonpaper,whereyoucanfeelthetextureeasily.Sensitivityandperceptionwillbedevelopedcontinuouslyovertime(days,weeks,andmonths).Atfirst,thesensationswillmorethanlikelybeverysubtle,butasyoucontinuedoing exerciseswith energy (paying attention to sensations), theywill start tobecome clearer andmore obvious. Try not to be in a rush to feel all of this,becausebeinganxiousdisturbsourperceptions.Here is a list of the most common sensations when working with energies.

Someof thesesensationsyoumighthavealreadyfeltwhen trying to leave thebody.42Theymaybefelteitherinaspecificregionorthroughouttheentirebody:

•Changes in temperature,eithercolderorwarmer flowspassing through thebody.•Tingling.•Bubbling.•Pulsations,especiallyintheregionsofthechakras.•Electriccurrentsrunningthroughthelimbs.•Balloonment,orthesensationofbecominginflated,extremelylarge.Thisis

alsoasensationofleavingthebody.43

•Oscillation,asifonahammockorlikespinning.Thisisalsoasensationofleaving the body. What is occurring in this case is that as the energosomabecomesmore flexible, the psychosoma inside the soma hasmore freedom toroamaboutandsoitbeginsoscillating.• Shivers. Aside from the common shivers running up and down the spine,

theymightbefeltcomingindifferentdirectionsorinunusualareasofthebody.•Yawningandtearing,whichworkasadetoxificationprocess.• Small movements, tics, or jumps, usually associated more with the

extremities.

Working with energy is a matter of perseverance and will. Everybody hasbioenergy,anditisjustamatteroftimeandpracticebeforeyoustartperceivingandcontrollingit.Theeffectsofthispracticewillbeimmeasurable,anditwillhelpyoutobecomeawareofmanyprocessesofthephysicalandextraphysicalrealities.Themoreyoupractice,thebettertheresultsandthegreaterthebenefitswillbe.It is important tonote that these threeexercises—absorption, exteriorization,

andVELOtoreach thevibrationalstate—canalsobeperformedwhileoutsidethebody,andtheireffect is thesameaswheninsidethebody.44Therefore, theVScanalsohelpusregainourextraphysicalbalanceandlucidity.45Furthermore,wewillusuallyhavebettercontrolandgreaterefficiencyinusingtheseexerciseswhen outside the body, since we are outside the restriction of the physicalbody/matter.Fromtheverybeginning, try togetusedtonotusingyourphysicalbodyfor

workingwithenergy.AtendencywhenworkingwiththeVELOistofollowthe

flowofenergieswithyour sightor to synchronize itwithyour breathing.Thephysicalbodyisonething,andtheenergosomaisquiteanother.Trytoseparateboth things. You want to perform the energetic exercises using only theenergosomaasmuchaspossible.Eventually,asthemonthsgoby,youwillbeabletoworkwithenergyevenin

non-ideal conditions, such as in broad daylight, or while walking, eating, orspeaking.Likewise,aftersomepracticeyouwillneedlesstimetoachievegoodresults.For example,youmay start reaching theVS in amatterofminutes inbroad daylight while performing other physical activities. Once you havereachedthiscondition,youcanpracticemovingtheenergyseveraltimesaday,perhapswhilewarmingupfoodinthemicrowaveorwaitingatthesupermarket,postoffice,ordoctor’soffice.Thereisnolimit toyourenergeticdevelopment,andtheidealistobecomelikeaprofessionalenergeticathlete.In thefollowingchapters, thepracticalextraphysicalapplicationsofmanyof

theseenergeticconceptswillbestudied.InChapter4wewilldiscusstheactualsequence and application of these exercises with projective techniques toproduceOBEs.

SummaryofKeyChapterPoints•Energyisthefuelthatmakesallsystemsrun.• Bioenergy is classified as immanent energy (IE) and consciential energy

(CE).• Immanent energy (IE) is energy that comes from nature, unprocessed and

withoutperceivableinformation.•Conscientialenergy(CE)istheenergytheconsciousnessusesandmanifests.•Athoseneistheunitofmanifestationoftheconsciousnessandiscomposed

ofthoughts(“THO”),sentiments(“S”),andenergy(“ENE”).• Intellectual energy,with a greater emphasis on the thought aspect, ismore

balanced and subtle, while emotional energy, with a greater emphasis on thesentimentaspect,isdenserandlessstable.•Aholothoseneisacollectionofsimilarthosenesthathaveaccumulatedina

placeorobjectorthatcharacterizeaspecificperson.

•Holothosenes have an influence on the individual, and there is a feedbackmechanismthatsustainsandmakesthemgrow.• The energosoma (or holochakra) is the collection of chakras, which are

centers for processing energy (absorption, circulation, and exteriorization).Wehave about 88,000 chakras, though seven of them are themain ones typicallystudied.• A greater exchange of energy between two parties can lead to an auric

coupling,andwhenreinforced,itbecomesasympatheticassimilation.•Thebasicmobilizationofenergiesiscomposedofabsorption,exteriorization,

and the VELO (Voluntary Energetic Longitudinal Oscillation) to reach thevibrationalstate(VS).• Reaching the vibrational state (VS) is a technique for leaving the body.

Furthermore, it is also fundamental for energetic cleansing, development, andprotection.

ChapterNotes1.Alegretti,2004,p.55.2.Ibid.,p.56.3.Vieira,2002,p.575.4.Ibid.,p.575.5.Ibid.,p.580.6.Vieira,What,1994,p.165.7.Aparicio,2001,pp.49–51.8.Vieira,1999,p.76.9.Vieira,2003,p.288.10. It is important to clarify that sentiments and emotions are not the same thing. This point will beaddressed further in chapters 5 and 7. For our purposes at thismoment,we can think of them as beingsynonyms.11.Vieira,Homo,2007,p.209.12.Monroe,1985,Glossary.13.AlcatrazwasafamousandactiveprisonintheSanFranciscoBayinCalifornia.14.Vicenzi,2005,p.24.15.Alegretti,1996.16.Ibid.17.Nascimento,2004,pp.231–38.18.Balona,2004,p.229.19.Vicenzi,2005,p.23.20.Vieira,2002,p.257.21.Ibid.,p.301.

22.Formoreinformation,refertoTrivellato,1997.23.Vieira,2002,p.584.24.Ibid.,p.267.25.Ibid.,p.600.26.Montenegro,2000,p.95.27.Vieira,2002,pp.584–87.28.Ibid.,pp.590–91.29.Alegretti,2004,p.58.30.Vieira,2002,pp.591–94.31.Alegretti,1996.32.Worrall,1989;andVieira,2000,p.592.33.Vieira,2000,pp.587–89.34.Trivellato,2008,p.165.35.Alegretti,1996.36.Balona,2004,p.245.37.Farina,2001,p.127.38.Seechapter7formoreinformationonpenta.39.Alegretti,1996.40.Rogo,1986,pp.95–97.41.Trivellato,2008,p.165.42.Vieira,2002,p.841.43.Ibid.,p.495.44.Peterson,1997,p.161.45.Dries,2006,p.35.

[contents]

CHAPTER3

OutandAboutExiting

ExitSensationsExtraphysicalLucidity

InternalFactorsMorphothosenes

ExtraphysicalDimensionsCharacteristicsofthePsychosoma

Self-LuminositySelf-PermeabilityWeightlessness

InvisibilityandInaudibilitySelf-TransfigurationandElasticity

InvulnerabilityExploring:FlightandTime

TypesofProjectionsMentalsoma

ProjectionoftheMentalsomaMentalsomaticDimension

DifferencesbetweenthePsychosomaandtheMentalsomaCharacteristicsoftheMentalsomaSummaryofKeyChapterPoints

ChapterNotes

The fundamental concepts from Chapter 1 and the ideas regarding energycoveredinChapter2willallowustodiscussextraphysicalrealityindetail.Oncewe start practicing the energetic exercises, we will begin to feel takeoff

sensationsduringthenight,willbemorepredisposedtowardhavingOBEs,andwillgraduallystarttohaveprojections.Goingonestepfurther,wewillfocusinthischapterondescribingtheprocessandtheperceptionsofdisconnectionfromthebodyaswellastherealitywewillfindoutsidethebodyasprojectors.In trying to study the extraphysical environment, it is important for us to

understandwhatourlevelofawarenessisandhowweperceive,movearound,and feel while we are projected. Aside from studying the internal modes ofperception, it is necessary to comprehend the surroundings in which wemanifest; theconceptofextraphysicaldimensionsandhowtheywork;and thecharacteristics of the psychosoma—the body we mainly use during ourprojections.Lateroninthischapterwewillcoverprojectionsofthementalsomaand thementalsomatic dimension aswell. Thiswill help in understanding thefullrangeofextraphysicalpossibilities.

ExitingWorking with energy will make our energosoma looser, thus facilitating thedisconnection of the psychosoma from the physical body. As previouslyexplained,thisseparationoccursthroughthedivisionoftheenergosoma,partofwhich remainswith the somawhile the other part goeswith the psychosoma.Thisprocesscanbeinitiatedbysimplyrelaxingthephysicalbody.Likewise, the process of falling asleep slowly, after having worked with

energies,willalsoleadyoutofeelthesensationsofseparationfromthephysicalbody.SomethingthatcanbeextremelyusefulistoapplyanOBEtechniqueafterperforming the energy exercises. (We will study OBE techniques in the nextchapter.)Consequently,wewill start to recognize the beginningof the exitingmechanismbecauseoneormorefamiliarsensationsofdisconnectionmayarise.

ExitSensationsMost of the sensations (not all of them) of leaving the body are caused byenergetic repercussions from thedivision, or stretching, of the energosoma. Inthissectionwewilldiscussthemostcommonexitsensations.Itisimportanttomention thatwewillnot feelallof thesesensations.Therearecertainspecificsensations that we will have the tendency to feel with greater frequencydependingonourphysicalandenergeticconstitution.Likewise,therearesome

sensationsthatwemayneverfeel,eventhoughtheyareverycommonforotherpeople.Somesensationshavealighterimpactontheperson,andothershaveaheavier

one.We,aslucid-projectorcandidates,havetounderstandthatanynewactivitycarriesnewanddifferent sensationswith it.However, simplybecause theyaredifferent does not mean they are negative. Sensations are neither inherentlypositive nor negative, but through our interpretation we can classify them aspositiveornegative.Forexample,thesensationwefeelonthesolesofourfeetwhenwewalk is neither positive nor negative. It simply tells us something ishappening—itisaconsequenceofanactivity.Thesameistrueofexitsensations.Theyshowusthatsomethingisoccurring.

Nevertheless,itisimportanttobefamiliarwiththemsoastobeabletointerpretthemproperlyandnottobesurprisedortakenaback.Theunfamiliaritywithexitsensationspreventsmanypeoplefromleavingthe

body.Thus,understandingandbecomingcomfortablewiththeseexitsensationsis an importantpart ofbeing able toproduce lucidprojectionswithregularity.Refer to figure 3.1 for a list of the most common OBE sensations peoplereportedinanOBEsurveyofmorethan3,000individuals.1

Figure3.1:TypicalOBESensations

Some of these sensations are also felt when working with energies, asdescribedinthepreviouschapter.Itisextremelycommonforpeopletofeelthevibrationalstate (VS)before leaving thebody.Asyoucansee, roughlyone inthreeindividualsreportedfeelingtheVSbeforetakeoff.Reachingthisconditionisaverygoodsignthatourdevelopmentthroughtheenergyworkisgoingwell.WhenleavingthebodytherewillbemanyinstancesinwhichtheVSwilloccurspontaneously, even when we are very relaxed. This starts to occur once theenergosomaisalreadyingoodshape.Some sensations are self-explanatory, such as floating or itching. Here is a

descriptionofotherimportantsensationsfeltduringthetransitionalexitphase:Fallingsensationwith(orwithout)ajerkawake.2 Inmost instancesthefallingsensationisacombinationofdreamimagesoffallingwiththeactualsensationoflightnessofthepsychosoma.Webecomeawareofthisconditionmanytimesafterhavingbeenfallingforseveralseconds.Asweusuallybecomestartledatthisrealization,itcausesthepsychosomatorapidlyenterthebodywithajerkmovement.Numbness or torpidity.3 Numbness or torpidity naturally happens when thepersonisnolongerabletofeelthephysicalbody.Whatcanproducethisisapartialorfulldisconnectionfromthebodyandthetransferofsensationstothepsychosoma. Incertain instances the somamay feel extremelyheavy,as if itweremadeoutof lead—somuchso that theperson feels that to even lift anarmorlegwouldbeimpossible.Floatingand/oroscillations.4Projectors,onceslightlydisconnected,mayfeelasenseoffloating.Insomecasestheremightbeaswayingsensation.Thiscanbesimilartothesensationfeltwhenthepersonhasspentadayonaboat,inapool, or on a hammock and then lies down to sleep. In other instances thepersonmayfeelfastspinningsensations.Myoclonia.5Thesearetwitchesorsmallinvoluntarymovementsinareasofthephysical body, mainly the extremities. They occur when the psychosoma,whichhasdisconnectedslightly,comesbackintothebodyduetoachangeinthoughtorfocusoftheperson.Projectivecatalepsy.6This sensationof not being able tomove can easily and

erroneouslybeinterpretedasnegative.Usuallyoncewebecomeawareinsidethebody,oftentimeswhenwakingupinthemorning,werealizethatwearenotable tomove our body.The body is completely immobile and rigid, causingpanic in many instances. This sensation, if not understood and interpretedcorrectly,cancausefearorphobiasinindividuals.Thisconditioniscausedbythefollowingmechanism.Wedisconnectinthis

specificinstancealittlemorethanusual,tothepointthatthesilvercordforms—andsowe lose theconnections to themuscles.Now,uponreturning,eventhoughthepsychosomaisveryclosetooreveninalignmentwiththephysicalbody,theenergyconnectionstothemotorfunctionsofthephysicalbodyhavenotyetformed—sothepsychosomaismoredisconnectedthanconnected.Asaresult, the person is unable to move their muscles. There are basically twotechniquestoovercomethiscondition.First,staycalm(itishardtoaccomplishanythingwhileinapanic)andtryto

make one small movement. Usually a slight movement of the head or anextremity(likeafootorfinger)willcausethepersontofullyreconnectagain.Eachpersonshouldmovethatpartof thebodythatseemseasiest tomoveatthe moment. Once this small movement has been achieved, the person willhaveregainednormalmobilityofthephysicalbody.Thesecondandmoreproductivethingthatcanbedone,sinceinthiscasethe

psychosomaisstillmoreoutofthebodythaninit,istodecidetogooutofthebody.Weshouldwillourselvesoutsidethebodybyrollingoutorinstallingavibrationalstatetofullydisconnect.Thecatalepsyistheeasiestconditionfromwhich to leave the body.Whenwe come back into the physical body,morethanlikelywewillnotfeelthecatalepsyagain.Toclarifythis, theanalogyofastuckdrawerisuseful.Themoreyoupush

thedrawerin,themorestuckitgets.Instead,itiseasiertopullthedraweroutandthenpushitbackin.This energetic irregularity that produces the catalepsy disappears as

individuals work with energy and improve the overall condition of theirenergosoma. Therefore, this sensation is much more common in the firstmonthsofOBEtraining.Itissometimespopularlycalled“sleepingparalysis”or“wakingparalysis.”7

Intracranialsounds.8Thesearesoundsheardinsidetheheadoftheperson.Theyare usually very intense and can surprise the individual the first few times.They can be heard as loud, dry, repeated noises, such as “pow!” or “bang!”They can also sound like a strong engine ormachineworking—similar to aloud buzzing. There are several other possible sounds. Intracranial soundssometimescanbesoloudthatwemaythinktheentireneighborhoodmusthavebeen awakened by the noise,when in reality they are heard only inside ourhead.These sounds seem to occur due to the speed of disconnection of the

parahead9(headofthepsychosoma)fromthephysicalhead.Inreality,ifcloseattention is paid, the entire bodymakes these disconnection noises. But weusually perceive only the ones occurring inside the head. It is important toemphasize that these noises are not negative and have no undesirableconsequencesonanyofthevehiclesofmanifestation.However,weneedtogetusedtothemsoastoproduceaprojectionwithgreaterease.

Doubleperception.10 This sensation occurs during the transitional phasewhenthepsychosomahasalreadydisconnectedfromthebodybut isstill relativelyclose.Forabriefmoment theperson is able to simultaneouslyperceivebothbodies. The sensations are usually tactile: energies, extraphysicalconsciousnesses, and others for the psychosoma; and the bed, pillow, sheets,andpositionforthephysicalbody.In some instances, or if we decide to leave the physical eyes open (no

advantagetothis),thedoubleperceptionsarevisual.Thepsychosomaseesthebedroom, extraphysical objects, or even an extraphysical dimension from itsvantagepoint,whilethephysicalbodyseesthenormalphysicalbedroomfromits position.The two images perceived are sometimes superimposed, one ontheother.This issimilar towhen thefilminacameradoesnotadvanceandtwodifferentpicturesarecapturedinthesamenegative.Thisconditionoccursonlywhilethepsychosomaisclosetothebody;asitmovesfartherawayfromthe body, the only perceptions that remain are the ones of the psychosoma,which is where the consciousness is seated at that moment. Because of theperception of these double sensations, it is believed by some that theconsciousnessdividesintwo.11Yettheconsciousnessdoesnotdivideorsplit.

Observationsfromthousandsofprojectorsandtensofthousandsofprojectionsverify that the consciousness stays in only one body at a time.12 Theexperience, however, of being in one body and place at a time changesdepending on the body of manifestation we are using; for example, thepsychosomaormentalsoma.Thiswillbefurtherclarifiedinlaterchapters.

Smellingorauditoryhyperacuity.13Asthepsychosomastartstodisconnectfromthe soma, the energies and perceptions expand and we become much moresensitive.Thetwosensesthatexpandthemostarethoseofsmellandhearing.Eitheroneorbothcanexpandduringthesameprojectiveattempt.Regarding the sense of smell, the person can start, during the transitional

period,tosmellthingsthatareeitherveryfarawayorthatthenormalhumansense of smell is not usually able to perceive.Wemay become surprised tofindoutthatevenourholothosenehasacharacteristicsmellthatwecanfeel!Thissmellisnotbadnornecessarilyuncomfortable,butitisdifferent.The auditory hyperacuity is normally more distracting. The person, while

disconnecting,canallofasuddenstart tohear thevoicesof individualswhoarehavingconversations in the surrounding residentialblocks.Likewise, thepersoncanstarttohearextraphysicalnoisesandvoicesaswell(clairaudience).

Cranial pressure.14 This is a sensation of something or a substance puttingpressureon theperson. It isusuallymuchmorecommon to feel thepressurearoundthehead.Themomenttheprojectorfullydisconnectsfromthebody,itisfeltasifthispressure—likeabubble—aroundthepersonhadbeenpinchedwithaneedle,andthepsychosomaescapesasthepressureflowsoutward.Aswe develop our energetic capacities further through energy exercises, thissensationtendstodisappear.Balloonment.15Thisisaconditionofexpansionoftheenergiesthatweperceiveasifwewereaballoonthatisinflating.Wemayfeelverybiginthissituation,asifwehaveexpandedtothesizeoftheroom,house,orevenfurther.

It is important to mention that certain individuals like to havebackground or “relaxing”music and/or smells (such as incense)for leaving thebody.Backgroundnoise can aid in drowningoutothernoises.Yet,forthemostparttheseitemsdonotnecessarily

help us to leave the body and they are certainly not a requirement. Caremustbetakenwithboth—especiallywithsmells.Ifthepersonexperiencesthesmellingorhearinghyperacuity,thesmellorsoundwillincreaseandincertaincasesmightbecomeunbearablefortheindividual.Thiscanbecomea distraction for the projection. As a general rule, the fewer number ofexternalstimuliwehave, thebetter. Ideallywewant toprovide thefewestnumberofstimuliforanyphysicalsense(smell, touch,sound,etc.)duringtheprojectiveattempt.

Tunneleffect.16Thetunneleffectcanbefeltforvariousreasons.Thisasensationcommonlyreportedbyindividualswhoundergoanear-deathexperience.Themost common cause for experiencing the tunnel is due to the changing ofdimensions.Whenchangingfromonedimensiontoanother,evenwhenalreadyoutsidethebody,wemayperceiveatunnellinkingonedimensiontotheother.

There are two conditions that commonly occur when we have justdisconnectedfromthesoma:theslowmotionandtheblackoutcondition.

Figure3.2:ExtraphysicalSphereofEnergy

Slow motion.17 The projector feels sluggish and heavy. As a result of thisheaviness, thepsychosomamovesvery slowly.Usually, awareness is equallydiminishedinthiscondition.Thisslowmotionoccursbecauseofthedensityoftheenergyenvelopingthe

body.Thereisanareasurroundingthebody—witharadiusofabout thirteenfeet(fourmeters)fromthehead—wheretherearemoreofourdenseenergies.Thisareaiscalledtheextraphysicalsphereofenergy(figure3.2).18Asaresultof this added energy close to the body, the psychosomamoves slower thannormal.

Themechanism of return to the physical body is very sensitive.Insidetheextraphysicalsphereofenergy, thismechanismisevenmoresensitive.It isrecommendedforprojectorstomoveoutsidethe extraphysical sphere of energy (which has a radius of about

thirteen feet, or four meters, from the head) as soon as they gainextraphysical awareness, so as to stabilize themselves and to avoid aprematurereturntothesoma.

Blackout.19Theblackoutisalapseinluciditythatwegenerallyexperienceaswedisconnectfromthebody.Normally,whenthefullprojectionisabouttobeginandweareperceiving the transitionalprocess,everythinggoesdark.Weloseour awareness and there is a blackout. After a few seconds or minutes, weregainawarenessalreadyoutsidethebody.Theblackoutseemstoberelatedtotheextraphysicalsphereofenergy.The

projector needs to learn to lucidly perceive during this transitional phase,whichisjustamatterofexperience.Duringthefirstprojections,theblackoutis quite common. Yet as the energetic development continues and theprojectivecapacityincreases,theblackoutoccursincreasinglyless.Eventually,allourprojectionscanhappenwithoutablackout.

Thetakeoff itselfcanoccur inmanydifferentmanners.Thepersonmaysinkinto the bed or disconnect by floating upward. A popular favorite for manyindividualsisrollingsidewaysoutofthebody.Oncethepersonisfullyoutsidetheirbody,therearesomecommonsensationsthatarenoticedimmediately,such

as the lack ofweight, the fact that the psychosoma does not breathe, and thecharacteristicsensationsoffreedomandwell-being.

ExtraphysicalLucidityEveryextraphysicalexperienceisaffectedbyourlucidity,orlevelofawareness.Weareveryconditionedby the intraphysicaldimension, since this isnormallytheonlyrealityperceived.Therefore,itisnotsurprisingthatwhenthesomagoesto sleep, the consciousness goes “offline” as well. Being able to haveextraphysicallucidityentailsbreakinganoldhabit(ofmanylives)andcreatinganewone.The word lucidity is usually used to describe clarity of thought. By

“awareness”peoplenormallymeanperception.Thoughthisisgenerallycorrect,being lucid implies much more than these two characteristics. Thus, it isimportanttoexploreandexpandonall theaspects thatmakeusconscious(forexample,whenintheordinarywakingstate).Being“conscious,”“lucid,”or“aware”impliesaplethoraofmentalfaculties.

Thefollowingisalistdescribingsomeofthemorerelevantaspectsoflucidity.

1.Clarityofthoughtisthecapacitytothinkclearly,linearly,orunimpeded—without major obstacles or hindrances. External pressures—such asholothosenes,noises,orstress,aswellasinternaldoubtsorpreoccupations—candiminishit.2.Perceptionimpliesbeingawareoftheenvironmentandisnotdependenton

only the conventional five physical senses. Our personal interests also affectwhat we perceive. We can focus our perception only on certain aspects thatinterest us and thus we might miss others. An example of this would be anindividualwhodoesnotperceive thatacolleaguehasbeenwearingbraces forthelastmonth.3. Decision-making ability is the capacity to discern: to understand and

distinguishoptions,andtoselectoneofthem.Thisisalsotheinternalprocessingcapacityofbeingableto“readbetweenthelines.”Seeingsomethingwrittenisperception, yet how deeply we understand what is written is the individual’sprocessingcapacity.4.Control istheindividual’scapacitytoexecuteadecision,theabilitytoput

will intoaction,andtoexercisecontrolovertheholosoma.Incertaincasesweare able to understandwhat is happening butwe are not able to carry out thenecessarystepstoactonit.5.Memoryistheabilitytorecallpastevents.Withoutmemory,wedonothave

an identity. Basically, everything we currently perceive is understood bycomparingitwithpreviousexperiences.Thisisoneoftheaspectsthatshowsuptheleastduringdreams.Usuallyduringdreams,individualsdonotrecalldetailslike their work phone number, their mother’s address, and so on—in otherwords,thereisnodetailedmemory.6. Ethics is the capacity to understand and behave according to our moral

principles. We perform or choose not to perform certain actions because wethink theyare eithermorally corrector incorrect. Innormaldreams,whenourawareness is low, inmanysituationswedo things thatwewouldnotdo ifwehadagreaterlevelofawareness.

Having extraphysical lucidity entails all of these aspects and more. In theordinarywakingstate,thephysicalbodycanbasicallybeawakeorasleep.Thesetwostatesofferusverydifferentlevelsoflucidity.Whenthebodyisawake,itgivesusacertainsupport,orthe“hardware”helps

us to maintain a relatively stable level of awareness. However, when we areprojected, this support is not there, and it becomes up to us to have greaterlucidityandtobeabletomaintainit.Naturally,itisimportanttostressthatalloftheaforementionedcapacitiesdo

notdependonthebrainandarenotproducedbyit.20Inordertounderstandthepossible lucidity levelsaprojectorcanenjoyoutside thebody, letus introducethe extraphysical scale of lucidity,21 shown in figure 3.3. The percentages arebasedonanindividual’stotalcapacityforbeinglucid.

•0%Lucidity:Unconsciousness•20%Lucidity:Semiconsciousness•40%Lucidity:Doubt•60%Lucidity:Certainty•80%Lucidity:Self-consciousness

•100%Lucidity:SuperconsciousnessFigure3.3:ExtraphysicalLucidityScale

Extraphysical lucidity is an attribute that can fluctuate from experience toexperience, even within the same projection. Thus, let us describe thegeneralitiesofwhathappensateachlevel.0%Lucidity—Unconsciousness. This state naturally occurswhen a person is

sleeping,without dreaming. Also, for practical purposes, it can be said that apersonwhodoesnotrememberanythinginthemorningabouttheirdreamhad0% lucidity during the night. When individuals have a normal night—theydreamtsomeandrememberalittle—thiscouldbeclassifiedasaround2%–3%ofextraphysicallucidity,sincetheypaidlittleattentiontotheimagesprojectedbythephysicalbrain.20%Lucidity—Semiconsciousness. This state is equivalent to having a lucid

dream.Aswesleep,inthiscaseweenjoyacertainlevelofawareness,enoughforustonoticethatadreamistakingplaceandtobeabletocontrolthedream.Inthiscondition,thepsychosomaisusuallyfloatingclosetothebody,separatedby a few inches most commonly—though not always. A person dreaming offlyingmay,insomeinstances,actuallybeextraphysicallyflying.If one night we have a very lucid projection and meet someone with 20%

lucidity(orless),theinteractionisgoingtobesimilartoapersonwhoisawaketryingtocommunicatewithasleepwalker.Thesleepwalker is focusedon theirdream and in most instances will not remember meeting the other personafterward.In this case, we are meeting an extraphysical sleepwalker.22 In certain

instances,acquaintancesmentionthattheysawusintheirhouseprojected.Manyof thesecasesareduetoaprojectionwitha20%levelofawareness, inwhichwe,projectors,wereunabletorememberanything.23

40%Lucidity—Doubt.At this level,because the levelof lucidity is still low,theperceptionoftheenvironmentis“cloudy”andweareindoubtastowhetherwe are having a dream or a projection. Since lucidity is only at 40%, ourperceptions and understandings are partial. In this condition, extraphysicalperception is still somewhat mixed with the dream—amore physical activity

taking place in the brain. As a result, some aspects of what the personremembers in themorningcomefromthedreamandothersfromtheobjectiveextraphysical reality; the person will tend to have doubts about whether theexperiencewasadreamoraprojection.Normally in this statewe do not have control over our emotions. Projectors

with this level of lucidity tend to be very prone to emotional reactions, eitherpositive (euphoria) or negative (fear). This condition is somewhat confusingoverall due to the intermediate lucidity level. The person is usually at a gooddistancefromtheirsoma.60%Lucidity—Certainty.Atthislevelwearesurethatweareexperiencinga

lucidprojectionbecauseofourowninternalconditionof lucidity.At this levelwealreadyenjoyadecent levelof rationality,associationof ideas,comparisonof extraphysical and intraphysical dimensions, and others.We have no doubtabout the fact that we are projected, in the sameway that we have no doubtaboutourconditionwheninthestateofordinarywakefulness—rightnow.

Comparing yourself with the average person, and trying tounderstandwhat your 80%will feel like, you can evaluate yourlevel of normal awareness by reflecting on the followingquestions:

•Howgoodisyourmemorycomparedtoothers’?•Howgoodisyourattention?•Doyouusuallyfailtonoticethings?•Areyoumoredistractedthanothers?•Howstrongisyourwill?•Howemotionalareyou?•Doyoufindyourselflosingyouremotionalcontrolfrequently?

80%Lucidity—Self-consciousness.This lucidity level isequal to theoneweenjoyintheordinarywakingstate.Inotherwords,whileprojectedwehavethesame level of faculties and attributes we have while in the intraphysical life,including thinking, analysis, and lucid decision making. Since 80% is thetopmostlevelofluciditywecancurrentlyenjoyintraphysically,thismeansthat

thelevelofluciditycanbeevengreaterextraphysically.100%Lucidity—Superconsciousness.This is the levelof lucidityachieved in

projectionswiththementalsoma.Inthiscondition,thementalcapacitiesoftheindividual far surpass those in the ordinarywaking state. Everything from thecapacity of perception to the mechanism of communication is increased. Incontrast,allpriorlevelsoflucidityoccurwhileprojectedwiththepsychosoma.

Thisscalecanserveasaguideforprojectorstomeasuretheirleveloflucidity.Extra-physically, lucidity is inversely proportional to emotions. In other words, themoreawareandlucidweare,thebetterweareabletomanageandcontrolouremotions;ontheotherhand,themoreemotionalwebecome,thelessawarenessorluciditywehave.Notice that this condition is actually the same as in the physical dimension.

Whenindividualshaveanattackofanger,theymaysayordothingstheydonotmean.Whentheybecomeoverlyeuphoric(becometooemotionallyhappy),theymay promise too much or buy things they cannot afford. When the emotiondiminishes afterward and they are able to think more clearly, they recognizetheseoverreactionsandinmostcasesregretbothscenarios.Extraphysically, this relation between lucidity and emotions is even more

accentuatedandclearer (again,becausewedonothave thephysicalbodyasabuffer). Therefore, as our emotions increase, we lose our lucidity and end upreturning to the body—in most cases we do not even know how the returnoccurred.While projected, we can become too emotional or excited for a number of

reasons.Wemaybecometoohappyuponencounteringarelativewhoisnowanextra-physicalconsciousness.Wemaybecomeafraidinasituationordimensionthatis very different. In some instances, during the beginning phases, we maybecomesurprisedbysmall,naturalextraphysicaloccurrences,suchasnothavinga shadow, or seeing how different objects look when they are seen by thepsychosoma.Notice that at 60% lucidity, even though the person is aware, they aremore

pronetolosingcontrolovertheiremotions.At80%lucidity,thepersonremainsmorementallyandemotionallystable.

Ideally we would like to remain balanced and in controlextraphysically (as well as intraphysically). However, thoseexperienceswhereweloseouremotionalbalanceandreturntothebodyserveasa trainingprocess,providinguswithopportunities

todevelopourlevelofawareness.Becauseprojectorswillnaturallystrivetogain more control, they will tend to improve this ability over time, andultimately this will lead to greater alertness, awareness, and/or sharpnessbothoutsideandinsidethebody—resultinginagreaterleveloflucidityinregulardailylife.

It is important topointout therelativeindividualityof thisscale,meaningat80%thereisthesamelevelofcontroloveremotionsextraphysicallyaswellasintraphysically. This is relative to the individual and varies from person toperson.Thereareindividualswholosetheiremotionalcontrolmoreeasilythanothers.Asmentionedpreviously,luciditycanfluctuatefromprojectiontoprojection,

aswellasduringthesameprojection.Wemaybeprojectedat75%lucidity,andaswebecomesurprisedbysomething,thiscanresultinourluciditydroppingto55%.Wecanthenrebalanceourselvesbyrecuperatingsomelucidityandgettingbackto75%—allwithinseconds,inthesameprojection.There aremany techniques individuals canuse to raise their lucidityoutside

thebody.Someof thementailusingaffirmationssuchas“Iwant tobe lucid,”while others are based on focusing the attention on body parts or on certainobjects.24

Itisimportanttotrytoestablishagoodleveloflucidityonceseparatedfromthebody.Ausefultechniquefordoingthisisstudyingthevehicleinwhichwearemanifesting. By looking for our legs or arms,we are forced to focus andactivate our concentration. This will have the effect of raising our luciditylevel.25 If we can perceive our para-arms and paralegs, we are obviouslymanifestingwiththepsychosoma.

One of the best techniques for improving lucidity and stability at any timeduringtheexperienceistoworkwithenergy,asdescribedintheexampleonthenext page, “Extraphysical VS.” Energetic exercises work both extraphysicallyand intraphysically. The effects are actually greater andmore easily achievedoutside the body, because bioenergy has a stronger effect in the extraphysicaldimension than in the physical dimension; it flows with less resistance. As aresult, the benefits of the VS, such as regaining equilibrium, energetic self-defense,andsympatheticdissimilation,workmoreefficientlyoutsidethebody.

ExtraphysicalVSLuisMineroJuly27,1996,around2:00AM,Miami,Florida…Iregainedsomelucidityandwasinthelivingroom/kitchenof

my apartment. My perceptions at that moment were confused, indicatingthatmyluciditywasnotveryhigh(perhaps30%).Forsomereason,maybebecauseofexperience,athoughtcameintomymindasIstaredatthefrontdoorofmyapartment:“Youcannotleavewithoutlucidity.”Iwasnotabletofully make sense of this information because my awareness level wasminimal,yetIsomehowunderstoodthatIneededtohavethisthingcalled“lucidity”beforeleavingthehouse.Ilookedaroundandbegantryingtofindthis“lucidity”throughoutthehouse—somehowthinkingthatIwasgoingtofindanobjectcalledluciditywithoutreallyknowingorunderstandingwhatitwas.Asmysearchedprogressed,Istartedmovingabouttheroom,passingthrough some objects, and entering various rooms.When I arrived atmybedroom,Iwasabletoseemyphysicalbodywithalltheenergiesaroundit.Thatiswhenasecondintuitioncame:“Workwithenergy.”Istartedmovingmyenergiesupanddownandreachedavibrationalstate

(VS)almostinstantly.Myleveloflucidityincreasedfairlyquickly.Whenitreachedagood level (around80%), I started to thinkaboutwhathad justhappened. I realized that I had been looking for lucidity as if it were anobject and thought about how funny and ridiculous I must have lookeddoingthis.IalsorealizedthatduringmysearchIhadpassedthroughseveralobjectswithout becoming aware of this. At that moment I thought about

bothintuitionsandconcludedthatIhadarrivedattheinformationprobablybecauseofmypreviousexperience.Sincemyluciditywasnowatagoodlevel,Ithought,“NowIcango.”As

I thought this, Imoved across the bedroom andwent through the slidingglassdoorinmyroom…

Lucidprojectionsalsoworktoimprovetheoverallawarenessoftheindividualbothintraphysicallyandextraphysically.Aswedevelopourcontroloutsidethebody,wewillnoticethatwhenmanifestingasanintraphysicalconsciousness,webecome more aware of the environment, and vice versa. In addition, as ourperceptions of energy increase, we tend to become more psychic. In manyinstances, in addition to having increased intuitions, individuals may developcapacitiessuchasclairvoyanceandprecognition.It is valuable towrite down the awareness level of the projection on paper.

This will help us to become more aware of our level of lucidity during theprojection,andwillalsohelpusintryingtoimproveit.

InternalFactorsAs we start to project with awareness, we will realize that several importantmental facultieshave an expanded role extraphysically.Howmuchwe controlthemwilldeterminethelevelofrichnessanddepthofourexperience.Will,forexample,isthekeytoanyactionoutsidethebody.Ifapersonhasthe

intentionofdoingsomethingandappliesenergytoaccomplishit,thentheactionwill takeplace.Thisenergycanbeapplied in theformofanaffirmation(withwords)orsimplybythinkingaboutit.Extraphysically,goingfromoneplacetoanotherisamatterofwillingit.Attention determines the scope of what we perceive. There are reports of

certain projectors who after many experiences have never noticed their silvercord.This isnotbecause theydonothaveonebutbecause theyhavenotpaidattention to it; they were not looking for it.26 An example of how will andattentionaffecttheexperienceiswhenwetrytogotoadifferentplace,suchasourofficeatwork.Weneed to focusourattentionon the target, andkeepourattentionfocuseduntilwereachit(usuallyfairlyfast).Ifourattentiondeviates

from thegoal,wemay endupdoing somethingdifferent or going somewhereelse.27

Intraphysically,whenwearegoingtowork(whetherdrivingorridinginabusormetro)weareusually thinkingaboutmanydifferent things.These thoughtswillnotstopusfromreachingourworkplace,becausetheinertiaofmatterwillkeepusmovinginthesamedirection.Yetifweweretravelingtoourworkplaceextraphysically,ifweweretobeginthinkingaboutourmother,wemightendupvisitingherhouseinsteadoftheoffice.Themannerinwhichweperceivethingsdependsontheattentionweplaceon

them.Extraphysically,oursensesarenotlimitedtoaparticularorganorregioninourpsychosoma,thesamewaytheyareinoursoma.Inotherwords,oursightisnotdependentonthepara-eyes(eyesofthepsychosoma),norhearingonthepara-ears(extraphysicalears).Thepsychosomaperceivesthroughtheperceptionoftheinformationintheenergy,namelythroughintuition,throughthecapturingofthosenes.Holothosenes carry information and are everywhere, and this is what the

psychosomaperceives.Capturingof this energy-information canbeperformedwiththeentirebody.Extraphysically,wecaneasilyperceivetheholothoseneofthe environment and of other individuals we encounter. It is such a naturalprocess and comes so easily extraphysically that we do not realize at thebeginningthatitisdifferentfromthephysicalprocess.Theprocessofintuitionisaveryefficientandclearmechanismforacquiring

information.28Projectorsuseitwhethertheyknowhowthemechanismworksornot.Itissimilar,forexample,tointraphysicalvision.Averysmallpercentageofindividualsintheworldknowthemechanismbywhichan imageformsinourminds,butallseeingpeopleenjoythebenefitsofthissense.Likewise,intuitionisthebasictoolofperceptionfortheprojector.Letusgiveanexampleofperceiving through theentirebody:vision.29 Each

areaof thepsychosomacanperceiveandcapturevisual input; inotherwords,sight can be 360°, up, down, around, all over, or spherical.With even greaterlucidityaprojectorcanperceiveseveraldimensionsatonceandwithglobalorsphericalvision!

Ifwearegoingtoflyoutsidethebody,inwhichpositionwillourpsychosoma be positioned as we do this? Like a superhero?Aerodynamically?Withourarmsstretchedoutlikewings?Thereisnocontactwiththeairwhileprojected,sothisisunnecessary.If

wethinkwhileoutsidethebody,inwhichlanguagewillwedothis?Willitbeinournativelanguage?Isournativelanguagetheofficialextraphysicallanguage?Isthereanofficialextraphysicallanguage?WewillexploretheseideasfurtherinChapter5.

Furthermore, the senses of the psychosoma do not work like the physicalsenses,astheyarenotasreadilyopentodiversestimuli.Ifwearewalkingandsomebodybehinduscallsourname,thissoundwillcomeintoourearsandwillgetourattention;wewill then turnaround to findoutwho iscallingus.Eventhough we were not paying attention to who called us, because the ears arecontinuously receiving sounds, stimuli continue to come in, independently ofwhere we are focusing our attention at that moment. Nevertheless,extraphysically,itismainlyourattentionthatguidesoursenses.Ifweareveryfocusedonsomething,alotofotherthingscanbehappeningallaroundusandwemaycompletelymissthem.Conditioning is averydeterminant factorextraphysically, sinceperception is

more subjectively dependent. Even though it is possible to see globally orspherically, most projectors do not enjoy this capacity because they areconditioned by the intraphysical fact that images are perceived only from thefront—as occurs with the physical body. Projectors find themselves repeatingunnecessary actions, attitudes, and postures from the physical dimension,meaningthereisanaturaltendencytowanttousethepsychosomaasifitwerethephysicalbody.Herearesomeexamplesofthis:

•Tryingtograbdoorknobstoopendoors• Passing through doors (or windows) more often than through walls or

ceilings• Moving the legs, as if to walk, when going from one place to another

(extraphysically there is no friction and we advance by means other than by

pushingourselvesfromthefloorwithourparalegsandparafeet)•TryingtograbthingswithourhandsorsmellthroughournoseExtraphysical understanding is the result of what was comprehended,

concluded, andgenerallyobserved from theoverall experience.Thequalityofthisunderstandingwillbeaffectedby the levelof lucidity, interest,experienceof the projector, amount of dense energy being carried (energetic load),conditionings,andothers.30Furthermore, the levelofeducationandknowledgewillhaveanimpactaswell.Thefollowingexamplescangiveusapracticalideaofhowtheseelementscomeintoplay.Let us try to understand this relatively simple experience by first addressing

the difference in color perception. Color is the manner in which we, asintraphysical consciousnesses, perceive different wavelengths of light. Thephysicaleyehasacertainrangeofperception;thisiscalledthevisiblespectrum.However, the psychosoma is not limited to the same perception range as thephysicalbody,andextraphysicalvision isalsonotbasedon light.Larry,whilemanifestingwiththepsychosoma,isthereforeabletoperceivemorecolors,andasaresultnoticesthatwhatintraphysicallyappearedwhitetohimseemslikeadifferentcolortohimextraphysically.

Larry has a room in his house that he recently painted white.Whileoutsidethebodyduringoneofhisfirstlucidprojections,herealizesthatthecolorlooksverydifferentfromhis“intraphysicalconception of the color white.” After briefly looking at it from

differentextraphysicalangles,hecomestotheconclusionthatthecolorheisperceivingisnotactuallywhite,andfurthermorethatthissecondcolorisnew tohim.Hehasnever seen a color like this andwonders if this colorevenexistsinthephysicaldimension…Afterward,whenbackinthebody,during the recording of his experience, hewrites in his notebook that thecolorheperceivedwaswhite!

However, Larry is unable to bring this knowledge back into the physicaldimension, so he ends upwriting in his notebook that thewall waswhite. Acouple of reasons for this are his physical conditionings and biological

mechanisms.Onceinsidethebody,hehasnophysicalpointofreferenceforthatcolorfromhispreviousexperiences.Hisbrainhasnowayto“getholdof”thismemory,andasaresult,thatspecificdetailisharderto“recallandinterpret.”Thephysicalbraincanbecomparedincertaininstancestocoinsorters,which

areusuallycylindrical.Ascoinsareplacedon top, they start spinningandaresorted into pennies, nickels, dimes, and quarters (in the case of a coin sorterdesignedforU.S.coins).Whathappenswhena1eurocoinis thrownintothismachinesetupforU.S.coins?Themachine thatdoesnothaveaslot foreurocoinswillhavenowayofisolatingorrecognizingthiscoin.Asaresult,itwilleitherplacethiscoininthewrongslotorthecoinwillbecomestuck.Ifthecoinisplaced in thequarters slotbecause ithasa similar size, then themachine isinterpretingtheeuroasaquarter.ThisistheequivalentofLarrysayingthecoloriswhite,becausehedoesnothaveanyother“slots”inhismindto“fitthecolorinto.” If themachinegets stuck, it is theequivalentofLarrynotbeingable toremember—lendingevidencetotheideathatthisdetailisharderto“grasp”thanothers.Fromthissimpleexample,wecanseetheimportanceofkeepinganopenmind

with regard to extraphysical events. Larry’s degree of experience also plays aroleinthis.Ifheleavesthebodyafewmoretimesandnoticesthisfact,hewillstart to get more acquainted with an extraphysical point of view. Throughrepetition,hisbrainwillbeableto“interpret”thisconditionanditwillbecomeeasierforhimtorecall.Anotherimportantfactoristhestrengthofhiswill.IfLarryislucidandhasa

trainedwill,hecanmakeamentalnotetoremembersomething.Ashedoesthis,he applies energy—as a result of his will—and will remember this fact withgreatereaseand/orinfewerexperiences.NoticeherethatonceLarryremembersthisextraphysicalcolor,hewillhaveit

in hismind, though hewill be unable to share itwith anybody, explain it, ordrawit.Thisisintraphysicallysubjectiveknowledge.Itisveryrealindeed,yetitcannot be physically described to anybody else. Another problem Larry willhaveisinwritingthisdowninhisjournal,becausenolanguagehasatermforit.Theeasiestandmostpracticalthingtodointhiscaseistomakeupawordanduseittorepresentthisnewcolor.

Five friends decide to meet each other outside the body. Theyagree on a time and place.Two of them are unable to leave thebody. Joanne is twentyminutes late and therefore does not findanybodyelsethere.DonandAmyarethereontimeandareableto

meet each other. Where they are meeting, there is a coffee table in themiddleoftheroomwithanobjectontopofit.Theobjectisamanridingahorse—adecorativeornament.The next day they meet to discuss what happened. Don and Amy

remembermeetingeachother,andDonrememberswhattheyweretalkingabout well, because, specifically for him, it was very important to makecontact with somebody else extraphysically. Amy does not remember thecommunicationwithDonwithasmuchdetailashedoes,butsheremembersthisornamentonthecoffeetable.Sheknowsitwasahorsemanwhohadauniformsimilartotheoneafriend’ssonusesinaschoolband.Donmissedthe object completely and is about to argue that therewas no such objectwhenallofasuddenJoannestartsdescribingtheobjectenthusiasticallyandindetail.Shenoticednotonly theuniformof thehorseman,which inhermindwasamilitaryuniform,butalsothefactthatthehorseseemedtired—somethingAmymissedcompletely.

Letususeanotherexampletounderstandinternalextraphysicalprocesses.We can see from this example the way the same reality can have different

effects on different people, and also how their different individual personalinterestsaffecttheiroverallexperiences.Injointprojections,verycommonlytheaccountsdonotmatch100percentasaresultofallthesefactors.In certain cases, individualsmay not even understandwhat they are seeing,

and this is dependent on their level of intraphysical and extraphysicalknowledge. Itwouldbe the sameas if an indigenousman from the junglesofAfrica,whohasneverseenorexperiencedtechnology,wasputinsideacomplexvirtualmachinegame.Whatwouldheexplaintohistribewhenhewentbacktohiscommunityafterward?Thus,greaterknowledgewillgiveprojectorsagreater“database”torelyontounderstandtheexperience.

MorphothosenesMorphothosenes are the elements that form extraphysical objects, and withwhichprojectorsinteractwhentheyareintheextraphysicalenvironment.31Theword morphothosene is a composition of the Greek word morph-, meaning“form,”andthewordthosene.Anothertermthathasbeenusedtodescribetheseelementsisthought-form.Yet thought-formdoesnotdescribe theentirereality,becausemorphothosenesaremuchmorethansimplythoughtsacquiringaform.

Morphothosenes are extraphysical forms, elements, and realitiescreatedthroughorwiththosenes.

Morphothosenesarethebuildingblocksofextraphysicaldimensions;allextra-physical structures are created from morphothosenes. In a sense,morphothosenesaretheextraphysicalequivalentofintraphysicalmatter.All objects, structures, cities, and so forth observed in the extraphysical

dimensionsareconstructedoutofmorphothosenes.Theyareconcentrationsofthosenes that acquire a form.Their density can fluctuate from relatively solid,like extraphysical walls, to relatively fluid, like the extraphysical semi-materializationofpeople’sdreamimages.Morphothosenes can be consciously or unconsciously created. A projector

manifesting in the extraphysical dimension can create objects by consciouslyfocusing their thosenes on a specific form. Likewise, an extraphysicalconsciousness that desires an object with relative constancy—a table, forexample—can make this extraphysical object appear. Intraphysicalconsciousnessescanalsocreateextraphysicalmorphothoseneswithoutrealizingit;hereisanexampleofthis.An intraphysical personmay have an object, such as a vase, on top of the

coffeetableinthelivingroom.Energycomingfromindividualsiscollectedasthey (peoplewho live there, visitors, and others) look and admire the vase orsimplypayattentiontoit.Asthevaseiskeptinthesamelocationforsometime,the energy, unconsciously sent out in this case, begins to accumulateextraphysicallyandtakeontheshapeof thevase.Eventually theextraphysicalformiscreated.If,forsomereason,aftersometimethephysicalvaseismoved

from the coffee table to another place, the extraphysical formwill remain. Aprojectorcanleavethebodyandseetheextraphysicalobjectstillonthecoffeetable. This specific morphothosene was created without any individual beingawareoftheprocess—eventhoughtheystillprovidedtheenergiesforit.The exteriorization of energy can remove or reinforcemorphothosenes. The

stabilityanddurabilityofamorphothosenecomesfromtheamountofenergyitholds(similartoholothosenes).Somemorphothosenesaremoremalleablethanothers,andevenamildexteriorizationcanmakethemlosetheirshape.In some other cases, extraphysical “structures” are so dense and have been

established and reinforced (energetically, thosenically) over such long andunknownperiods of time that it seems as if absolutely nothing or anyone canalteranylittlepartoftheirformation.Thus,somemorphothoseneswerecreatedwith somuch energy, by somanypeople, and for such a longperiodof time,while constantly being “fed” the same thosenes, that they canwithstand evenverystrongexteriorizationsofenergy.

ExtraphysicalDimensionsWhile most intraphysical consciousnesses live their life aware of only thephysicaldimension, therearemanyotherextraphysical realities thathavebeenobserved,experienced,andstudiedbyresearcher-projectors.Thesearedifferentrealmsorplanesofexistencewhereextraphysicalconsciousnessescoexist.Theanalogyofradiofrequenciescanbeusedtoexplaindimensions.Aradio

candetect a largenumberof station frequencies.These frequenciesalloccupythe same space and do not collide with each other because of their differentcharacteristics.Inthissamesense,dimensionsarenotseparatedbyfrequencyordistance; theysimplyexistatdifferent levels.Ananalogythatcanbeusedisaradio thatdoesnotneed tobemoved toanother roomto tune in toadifferentstationbecause,asalltheradiofrequenciesarefoundinthesameroom,itisjustamatterofchangingthedialtoreachadifferentstation.Like a radio, a consciousness can access a large number of dimensions or

realities—it is just a matter of tuning in to them. The soma (physical body)influencesustosuchanextent(intraphysicalconsciousness)whilephysicalthatit has us rigidly tuned in to thephysical dimension.However, individuals that

haveclairvoyance,clairaudience,near-deathexperiences,andlucidprojections,amongothermultidimensionalphenomena,experience,observe,andreporttheseothernonphysicalrealities.Dimensions, in general, vary greatly in terms of density, malleability,

appearance, characteristics, and native inhabitants. Therefore, they can beclassifiedintothefollowingfourgroupsofdimensions:32

1.Thephysicaldimensionistherealityinwhichintraphysicalconsciousnesses(humanbeings)manifest.Thereareseveralwell-knownphysicalaspectsofthisdimension that are important to point out, including, but not limited to, theconstancy of space, time, volume, and distance. At a human level, thesecharacteristics tend to remain unchangeable, immutable. Another aspect toconsideristheactinglawofgravity,whichgivesusapointofreferenceforwhatis“up”andwhatis“down”andalsokeepsindividualsboundtotheground.2.Troposphericorcrustalextraphysicaldimensionsaretheplanesclosertothe

earth’s crust.33 It is in these dimensions that the majority of initial lucidprojections takeplace.Sometroposphericdimensionsarealmostexactreplicasof the physical dimension. A projector will recognize known physical places,landmarks, and cities in these dimensions. Some other troposphericextraphysical districts have dissimilar characteristics from the physicaldimensionanddonothaveaspecificlikenesstoknownphysicallocations.

Inall thesedimensions,characteristicssuchasdistance,time,andvolumestill have a fair degree of validity and similarity with their physicalcounterparts.Eventhoughcertainperceptionsmaybedifferent,asprojectors,wewillnoticethesedimensionshavingcoherencywithourexperiencesinthephysical reality. These dimensions are inhabited by extraphysicalconsciousnesseswithalesserdegreeoflucidity.3. Proper extraphysical dimensions have less association with the physical

dimension.34 These dimensions are also more malleable, “passive” tomanifestationsofenergyfromconsciousnesses.Properextraphysicaldimensionsconstituteawiderangeofrealities,fromlesslucidplanes(butmorelucidthanthe tropospheric dimensions) to highly evolved ones; from dimensions withmanyobjects,suchastools,houses,buildings,differenttypesofequipment,and

others, to dimensions with few apparatuses and edifications as well as fewsimilaritieswithourconceptsofformandshape.

Thephysicalsundoesnothaveaneffectontheseextraphysicaldimensionsbecausethephysicaldimensionisnotperceived;therefore,nightanddaydonotexist.35Thenative inhabitantsofeachextraphysicaldimensioncanalsovarygreatlyaccording to thedimension.For thoseconsciousnesses thatareabout to be reborn and/or that are returning from a physical life, many ofthesedimensionsaresimilarto“transitstations.”Thepsychosoma(albeitindifferentstatesof“density”)isthebodyusedtomanifestinboththeproperextraphysicalandthetroposphericextraphysicaldimensions.4. Mental dimensions are reached with the mentalsoma.36 Reaching these

realitiesrequiresanexpansionoftheconsciousness.Thesedimensionsnolongerpresentanycharacteristicsofthephysicaldimension,suchasdistanceandtime.

Extraphysicaldimensions,ingeneral,are“conditions”or“places”inwhichconsciousnesseswith an interrelated affinitymeet and coexist. The affinitythatdraws them together is the similarholothosene that theyallmanifest.37

Furthermore,itisthisspecificholothosenethatseparatesonedimensionfromanother.In other words, it is the thosenic quality, or energetic information, that

differentiatesoneextraphysicaldimensionfromanother.AswasexplainedinChapter 2, thosenes can be modulated. There are thosenes with greaterintellectual content (THOsene), and others with greater emotional content(thoSene)—seefigure3.4.

Figure3.4:Dimensions’ThosenicQuality

Furthermore, there are more than just these two states of informationmanifested through energies—THOsene and thoSene. There is, in fact, anenormousgradientbetweenthem.Theexactnumberofdimensionsisunknownbuttherecertainlyseemstobeaverylargequantity.Mostoftheseplaneshaveacharacteristiclevelofholothosenethatisquiteold

(millennia of years). The energy of hundreds of thousands of extraphysicalconsciousnesses—which have an affinity with a particular holothosene and“live” in it—continues to feed these holothosenes. This energy createsmorphothosenes(structures)intheformofhouses,roads,mountains,buildings,cities,andmanyothers.Anyobject theextraphysicalconsciousnessdesires(orthinks it needs), whether consciously or unconsciously, will, with time, becreatedmorphothosenically.As a result, extraphysical dimensions that have inhabitants that are not very

lucid can present objects that are unnecessary according to the naturalextraphysicalcapacitiesofthepsychosomabutnecessaryforthem.Forexample,

there are dimensions (tropospheric)where apparatuses formoving around andflying—somewhat similar to cars andplanes—still exist.The psychosomahasthe ability to fly, yet these extraphysical consciousnesses that live in thesedimensions that present morphothosenes of transportation equipment do notknowhowtofly.38Thisconditionissimilartointraphysicalindividualswhodonot know how to swim, though the physical body has the ability to learn toswim.Likewise, in certain tropospheric dimensions there are extraphysical

consciousnesses that believe they need to eat and therefore createmorphothosenes of food, or that still communicate extraphysically bymovingtheir mouths (verbally). These dimensions are less evolved because theextraphysical consciousnesses inhabiting themhavea lesser emotionalbalanceandstillmanifestmanyintraphysicalconditionings.There are dimensions, in the proper extraphysical realms, where all the

consciousnesseswithinthatrealityareabletofly;therefore,therearenocarorplaneanalogues—since there isnoneed tocreate themmorphothosenically. Ingeneral,consciousnessescreatethemorphothosenesoftheobjectstheystillneedtocompensate for their limitations—whetherconsciouslyornot.Asa resultofthedifferences inmentalityandevolutionbetweenconsciousnesses, aswell asthe“likeattractslike”holothosenicconditionthatgroupsindividualstogether,39

thenumberofexistingdimensionsisquitevast.In someproper extraphysical dimensions, even the reality of “ground” does

notexist.40Thisisbecausetheextraphysicalconsciousnessesthatcoexistinthatdimension—asaresultofbeinginthein-between-physical-livesperiod—realizethattheydonotneedtherealityofground.Thereasongroundisunnecessaryisthattheyrealizethepsychosomacanflyanddoesnotgettired—soinessenceitdoes not need to “stand” anywhere. Other “lower” dimensions have groundbecause the consciousnesses coexisting there have not lost the physicalconditioningofrequiringgroundthatcomesfromtheirphysicallives.Certainmorphothosenes,likethegroundrealityinmanydimensions,arevery

stable and real. This groundmorphothosene is quite old and has been createdwiththeenergiesofmillionsofconsciousnessesovereonsoftime.Asaresult,aprojectorwillnotbeable todematerialize thisparticularmorphothosene in the

same fashion as a lesspsychologically essential object createdwithmuch lessenergy.Generally,whenweareprojectedintheproperextraphysicaldimensions,we

will have the tendency to be in a dimension that has a similar characteristicholothosenetoours.Inordertotraveltoverydifferentdimensions,wewillneedtotuneintotheircharacteristicholothosene.Asaresultofthis,itisobservedthatmorethanaplace,dimensionsareastate

ofmind,ofconsciousness;meaningthereisnoaddresstodimensions,butonlyapatternofenergies(stateofmind)thatwe,asprojectors,needtogeneratewithinourselves so as to arrive there.Nonetheless, that pattern of energies is in factveryreal,objective,andindependentofus—sinceitalreadyexists.Individuals,whenfurtherdeveloped,canperceivemorethanonedimensionat

a time. Intraphysical consciousnesses that have clairvoyance, for example,perceive not only the physical dimension but also extraphysical occurrences.Likewise,projectorscanfindthemselvesoutsidethebodybeingabletoperceivemorethanonedimensionatonce.Projectors’rangeofperceptionisincreasedasa result of their own development aswell as their quantitative andqualitativeexperience.

CharacteristicsofthePsychosomaAgreaterunderstandingofthepsychosomawillprovidefurtherinsightintotheworkings of the extraphysical dimensions. The following is a list ofcharacteristicsofthepsychosomaandpertinentexplanationsforeachone.

Self-LuminosityBioenergy is perceived as a certain luminous substance. Even physical rocksglow when observed through extraphysical vision. The psychosoma, which“houses” a consciousness, glows and radiates light,41 which is a derivative ofbioenergy.The level of luminosity in an extraphysical dimension is a reflection of the

holothosene of that dimension. Luminosity is not dependent on there being alight on somewhere in that extraphysical dimension.Extraphysical dimensionshaveanenergeticpatternthatisnaturallylighterordarker.Ifwhileprojectedinadarkerdimensionweenteraroom,wecanilluminate theentireroomwithour

presence.However,whenweleavetheroomandgooutintothe“extraphysicalopen”inthatdimension,wewillnotilluminatetheentiredimension,thoughwewilleasilyseeandperceiveeverythingbecauseextraphysicalperceptions,evenvisual,arenotdependentonhowmuchlightadimensionhas.

Everything ismade from energy, and energy is seen outside thebody and glows. A novice projector or an individual whounderwent aNDEcan say, “I sawabeingof light,with a lotoflight around him,” or “A great light spoke to me.” Yet, since

everybodyisluminous,thefactthatthereislightisnotagoodcriterionfordetermining evolution. In these cases, it was not necessarily an evolvedbeingthatwaspresent.Furthermore,ifyoualreadycontroltheexercisesofenergythatwerepresentedin thelastchapter,youcancontrol the levelofluminosityyoudisplayoutsidethebody.Ofcourse,thismaybeanicetrick,but itdoesnotmeanweareinstantlymoreevolved.Asweunderstandtheextraphysical dimensions in more depth, our criteria develop as well,becomingmoreprofoundandaccurate.

Self-PermeabilityThe psychosoma is able to permeate “denser” dimensions and structures.42

Therefore,aprojectorcanpassthroughphysicalwalls,objects,doors,cars,andother things.43For themostpart,wewill beunable toopenphysicalbooksordoorsorringbells,amongotherthings,whileweareprojected.However,thepsychosomacannotgothroughstructuresofthesame“density”;

forexample,whenwetrytogothroughourpara-armwithourotherparahand,weareunabletodoso.Weareabletotouchourpsychosomaandfeelsensationsof“density”and“substance”whengrabbingit.Likewise,whileprojectedinanextraphysical dimension, if there is a morphothosenic wall there, we will beunable to pass through this wall, again because we are at the same level ofenergetic“frequency”asthewall.44

Theleveloflucidityalsoaffectstheconditionofself-permeability.Whenweare projectedwith a high degree of lucidity, it does not even occur to us thatgoingthroughawallmaynotbepossiblesinceweareveryawarethatitisthe

normal capacity of the psychosoma. Yet, when the lucidity is weaker, theintraphysical conditionings are stronger. In these cases, projected individualsmaybestandingnexttoaphysicalwalltryingtoconsiderwhethertheywillbeable topass through it.This is similar towhenchildrensitaroundon topofaten-footdivingboardinapoolthinkingaboutwhethertheycan(orwill)diveoffit. Extraphysically, the greater the doubts, the fewer the chances are of beingsuccessful; and in many instances, the projector loses lucidity altogether andreturnstothephysicalbody.Onrareoccasionwecancondenseormaterializethepsychosoma,eventothe

pointofbeingabletohaveaneffectonphysicalobjects.45Thisisdonethroughatype of energy called ectoplasm. Though this condition is possible, it isextremelyunlikelyanddifficult.Itisimportantheretounderstandthedifferencebetweensomethingbeingpossibleanditbeinglikelyorcommon.Thestudyofectoplasmgoesbeyondthescopeofthisbook.

WeightlessnessThe psychosoma cannot beweighed and therefore can fly.46 This condition isdependent,however,onhowmuchdenseenergosomaticenergythepsychosomaiscarrying.47 In certain instances,when this occurs,we notice thatwe do notelevateasexpected.Individualssometimeshave“dreams”ofnotfullyflyingperse,butofjumpingoverhouses,severaltrees,ormountainsatatime;oroftryingto fly but staying close to the ground (a few feet), sort of like walkingunderwater and struggling to advance. These types of dreamsmany times areOBEs with a greater amount of energosomatic energy accumulated in thepsychosoma,makingtheprojectorheavier,loaded,andlesslucid.Becauseofthelesser degree of lucidity, individuals normally confuse these experiences withdreams.The dimension where the projector is projected also affects how easy or

difficult it is to fly. As was mentioned in chapter 2, energies that are moreemotional are “denser,” and intellectual energies are “subtler.” In certaindimensions,flying,orevenjustmovingaround,happensasifinslowmotion48

becauseofthecharacteristicsofthedimensionitself—oritsholothosene(beingdenser).

InvisibilityandInaudibilityProjected intraphysical projectors and extraphysical consciousnesses are notperceived by the normal physical senses.49 However, an intraphysicalconsciousness that has developed clairvoyance may be able to “see” thepsychosoma. If individuals have developed clairaudience, theywill be able to“hear”extraphysicalvoices.Iftheyhavedevelopedtheirintuition,theymaybeable to“feel” theprojector. Inpractical terms, thepsychosomais invisibleandinaudibletophysicaleyesandears.On theotherhand, ifprojectorsareable tocondense theirpsychosoma, they

canreachastateofdensity thatcanallowintraphysicalconsciousnesses toseeand/or hear them. As noted, this condition is rare and very unlikely. Yet,phenomena like bilocations,50 parateleportations,51 half-materializations,52 falsearrivals,53 telekinesis,54 farewell projections,55 and others are usuallyaccomplished using the previously mentioned denser type of energy calledectoplasm.

Projectiologystudiesthesephenomena(bilocations,teleportations,etc.),aswellasectoplasm.Yeteventhoughthereisalargeamountof related material on them, their particular details anddescriptions—aswaspreviouslyexplained—arebeyondthescope

ofthiswork.Formoreinformation,pleaserefertothischapter’snotesandthe bibliography, aswell as the back of the book for IAC courses on thesubject—both the regular courses (CDP) and the specialized (intensive)ones.VisitLearnOBEs.comformoredetailsontheCDP.

Self-TransfigurationandElasticityThe psychosoma is mutable and malleable and can change form at will.56

Generally, the appearance of a projector’s psychosoma is a copy of theprojector’s physical appearance; that is, the psychosoma has, among otherfeatures, the same shape, height, and hairstyle as the physical body.57

Nevertheless, the consciousness has the capacity to change this visualpresentation.Wecandecidetolooklikeadifferentperson,andthepsychosomawill transform into this other appearance. These transformations remind us of

certaincomicbooksuperheroesorsciencefictionmovies;forexample,the“T-1000” and “terminatrix” made out of liquid metal in the Terminator 2 and 3movies.The reason the psychosoma looks like the physical body is because we are

conditionedtothinkthatourphysicalappearanceisour“real”appearance—itisour self-image.Our physical appearance changes over time and over differentphysicallives.Forexample,thepsychosomaofaboyhasthecharacteristicsofaboy(i.e.,height,bodystructure,andsoforth).Apersonwhogrowsabeardwillpresent apsychosomawithabeard—that is, after enough timehasgoneby tobecome accustomed to the beard. Furthermore, during a previous life, thepsychosomalookedlikethephysicalbodyofthatlife.Moreover, thepsychosomaof an individualwhohas recently lost a physical

member(i.e.,amputation)stillmanifeststhissameappendage.Aftersometime,perhaps years, once the intraphysical person is conditioned to not having theappendage, the psychosoma they present also will show an amputatedappendage.Thisexampleshedslightonthefamous“phantomlimb”conditionofindividuals who have undergone an amputation. Is it possible that they arefeeling their para-appendage due to their psychosoma still transmitting somesensations?With some experience, we start to recognize while projected other

psychosomas(extraphysicalconsciousnessesorintraphysicalprojectors)bytheirindividual,unique,andspecificholothosenesandnottheirappearance.Inotherwords,theself-transfigurationcapacityofthepsychosomapotentiallyallowsanyconsciousness to present itself with any appearance in the extraphysicaldimensions. This condition in turn leads consciousnesses to start recognizingothers by something more permanent than appearance. Extraphysically,individuals are recognized by their “content,” or thosenization (information intheir energy), and not their form.We are the collection of ideas, knowledge,sentiments, intentions, and other qualities that we manifest—these are thecharacteristics we develop and refine from life to life. Appearance becomessecondary.

Here,too,itisimportanttorefineourcriteriaaccordingtohowthe

extraphysicalbodyworks.Sincethepsychosomacanalterforms,wecanwonder,howmanyextraphysicalconsciousnessescanwefind outside the body that look like Elvis Presley? If there arealreadypeoplewhowanttolooklikehiminsidethebody—where

thebody isnot self-transfigurable—wecannotbe surprised to find certainextraphysical consciousnesseswhoalsodo this.Yet, if extraphysicallywefindsomeonewho looks likeElvis, is it actuallyhim?More than likely itwill not be him.We see here how we cannot judge a book by its coveroutside the body. Furthermore, if we find a glowing extraphysicalconsciousnesswithahalo,wings,andawhiterobe,isitan“angel”?Itwillbe important to check the content of the energies, because anyconsciousness can present itself looking like an “angel,” but they are notnecessarilymoreevolved.Onthecontrary,evolvedconsciousnessesusuallygive very little importance to appearances and terrestrialmythologies andstereotypes.

The psychosoma is also elastic. The projector can elongate any part of thepsychosoma. This is an attribute that is shared by the silver cord, which canseemingly stretch without limits. (This has been observed and experienced inprojections going great distances from our planet—exoprojections.)Furthermore,we canmake our psychosoma grow larger or smaller. Thismayevenbepracticaltodoincertaincircumstances,assomedimensionsdonothavethesamereferenceofsizethatwehavehereonEarthinthephysicaldimension.

InvulnerabilityStrictlyspeaking,nothingcanhurtthepsychosoma.58Thepsychosomadoesnotbleedorfeelpain,cold,heat,hunger,or fatigue,anddoesnotneed tobreathe.Theseconditionspertaintothephysicalbody.Thephysicalbodyhasorgans,andthepsychosomadoesnot.Everythingthatisunderstoodandobservedaboutthepsychosomaconfirmsthatitcannotbedamaged.However,thereareothercriteriatokeepinmindhere.Feelingpainoutsidethe

body is a psychological, mental, and subjective condition—since thepsychosomadoesnothaveanervoussystem.Wemayflyintoaphysicalwallat

a high speed, and because of conditionings during our whole life, we may“generate”andfeelpain,asthisishowweunderstandthisexperience“should”be.This“pain”isverysubjectiveandinconsistent,sinceperhapsduringanotherprojectionwith greater luciditywemay undergo the same experience and notfeel/generate anypain.Extraphysically, pain is createdbywhatwe think.Yet,because no individual simply produces thoughts alone but rather producesthosenes (thoughts, emotions, and energy), this “thosenic creation” of painproduces an energetic pattern that in some instances can stay with us uponreturningtothebody.Thewaywereleasethesethosenesfromourpsychosphere,in order to eliminate the sensation, is by producing a VS (vibrational state),causingadissimilation.Thepsychosomaiscompletelyindestructibleandwillnotbedamagedbyour

OBE explorations. If we so desire, we can stay underwater for an entireprojection,gotoanactivevolcanoandswiminlava,enterintoanuclearreactor,orevenstandonafreewayandallowaneighteen-wheelertogothroughus.59

Historically,therehavebeengroups,individuals,andauthorswhostatethattheextraphysical dimensions are dangerous and/or that the overall practice ofleaving the body is harmful.This position is not supported by the facts.Mostfearsthattheseindividualshavecanbeexplainedbymisinterpretations;thatis,fear of the projective catalepsy sensation, fear of the unknown (lack ofinformation),lackofexperience,andavarietyoftheirownsubjectivefears.

Exploring:FlightandTimeThepsychosomacanflyandreachbothphysicalandextraphysical targets thatarefaraway.Theprojectorcanfly, turn inmidair,accelerate,andstop,havingarmsstretchedoutornot,whilesitting,standing,orinanyposition.Flyingovervast bodies of water, such as the ocean, is recommended, as the individualdirectly absorbs largevolumesof immanent energy (hydroenergy, specifically)from the water, recharging the person for several weeks thereafter.60 Thepsychosoma’spotential for exploration iswide-ranging. It couldpotentially beused by astronomers, physicists, archeologists, anthropologists, biologists, andotherresearchers.Theabilitytoreachthedesiredtargetisdependentonacombinationofseveral

factors: first and foremost, the extraphysical lucidity of the projector; second,howmuchdenseenergyoftheenergosomaisbeingcarriedextraphysically;andthird,thelevelofaffinitytheprojectorhaswiththetarget.Iftheleveloflucidityandcontrolishighenough,theninorderforustoarriveprojectedataspecifictarget,wehave to focusourwill on the target.Wewill feelourselvesmovingtowardthatobjective.Themorefocusedourattentionisandthebetterweknowthetarget(affinity), theeasier itwillbe.Therefore, themechanismbywhichatargetisreachedisbycreatingarapportorenergeticconnectionwithit,andthenfollowingthisconnection.Wecanalsoreachplaceswehaveneverbeentobefore.Thiscanoccurintwo

ways: (1) projectors may stumble upon—through exploration—a previouslyunknownplaceordimension;and(2)projectorsmakesomethingorsomebodyelse their target—aiming to arrive at this target and therefore at the intendedplaceaswell.Letusexaminesomeexamplesofthesecondcondition.If a familiar person (a relative, for example) is visiting a city or country to

whichwehaveneverbeenbeforeandthatisunknowntous,we,asprojectors,canuseourrelativeasthetargetandfocusontheminordertoarrivethere.Or,iftheprojectorhasapictureofapartofthecityorcountry,thentheprojectorcanmemorize all thedetails of thepicture.Afterward,while outside thebody, theprojector can focuson thememorized image to reach theplace.Theprojectorcanalsoaccomplishthiswithanobjectfromthatplace.Theprojectorwillneedafocusingelementinordertogettoaspecificlocation.

Wedonotneedtoworryaboutgettinglost,sincebysimplythinkingaboutourphysicalbody,orevenjustthebedroomwhereourbodyislying,wewillreturn.The time it takes to arrive at a specific place may vary. During the first

attempts, the projector might feel that some time actually passed by—someseconds.Yetastheexperienceandproficiencyofreachingtargetsisimproved,the projector will be able to arrive almost instantaneously at certain places.Affinitywiththetargetandexperiencediminishtheperceivedtimeittakestogetthere.Timeisverysubjectiveextraphysicallyandbasicallydoesnotexistinthesame

way it exists physically.Normal projections can last anywhere from fifteen totwenty-fivephysicalminutesonaverage. It is lesscommon to seeexperiences

that last forty-fiveminutesormore, and it is extremely rare for individuals toprojectformorethanonehour.In the troposphericdimensions, thesenseof timehasacloser relation to the

physicalone.Yetinmanyproperextraphysicaldimensions,especiallythemoresubtle ones, time starts to lose its meaning and becomes a more subjectiveexperience.61Thereis,however,anextraphysicalsequenceofeventsthatcannotbereversed(goingbacktochangethepastlikeinthefilmBacktotheFuture).62

The points of reference then become the projector’s own experience and asenseoftime.Inotherwords,wemayfeelthatwe“experienced”eventsthatareequivalenttothirtyintraphysicalminutes,63butuponreturning to thebodyandverifying the timewith a clock, we realize that only fifteen physical minutesactuallywentby.Thisdiscrepancywithphysicaltimewillincreasedependingonour condition (subjectivity) and the extraphysical dimension in which we aremanifesting.Time is a real intraphysical illusion (just like matter) that in evolved

extraphysicaldimensionshasallbutdisappeared.Though theseprojectionsarerare, there are accounts of projectorswho have had extraphysical experiencesthatwere subjectively worth one or two years of life—whenmaybe only lessthanahalfhourwentbyinthephysicaldimension.

TypesofProjectionsLucidprojectionscanbeclassifiedinthefollowingfashion:Partialprojection.Theseareprojectionsofonlyapartofthephysicalbody(e.g.,the head, or an arm). They are very common at the beginning. In certaininstancestheprojectorcanevenextraphysicallysitup,disconnectingthehead,shoulders, and torsowithout being able to fully disconnect the legs andhips(figure3.5).

Figure3.5:PartialProjection

Leisureprojection.Theseareprojectionsinwhichtheprojectorfliesandgoestovisit a friend or another dimension. This is the extraphysical equivalent ofphysicaltourism.Loaded projection. This is a projection with a large amount of denseenergosomatic energy. This condition tends to diminish the lucidity of theprojectorand the levelofmobility. Inorder to “shakeourselves free”of thisloadedcondition,weshouldexteriorizewhileprojected(seeChapter2).Thisistheequivalentof“releasingtheballast,”andafterthiswearemuchmoreawareanddynamic.Byexteriorizing,weexchangethemoredensephysicalenergieswearecarryingformoresubtleenergiesbeingabsorbedduringtheprojection.

Figure3.6:JointProjection

Educationalprojection.64This typeof projection seems tohave a lesson as anobjective. In many instances it is a practical lesson, such as applying ourenergies to change dimensions, creating morphothosenes, controlling ourthoughts, and flying, among others. In certain situations the learning comesfrom observing some extraphysical condition that will help us understandsomethingmorespecific.Theseprojectionsseemtobecoordinatedbyamoreevolvedbeing,calledahelper(spiritguide).65

Assistedprojection.Theseareprojectionswherebyweareassistedbysomeoneelse in separating from our physical body. In most cases this assistance isreceived from a helper, yet it can also be from another projector. Whenprojected, trying toextraphysicallywakeupanotherperson—whoissleeping—isfairlydifficultinpractice,butfeasible.Yetusuallyitiseasierfortheother

persontoproducealucidprojectionbythemselvesthanforanotherprojectortowakethemupextraphysically.Assistantialprojection.66Duringtheseprojections,theprojectorgoesandassistsothers extraphysically. Usually this involves the donation of bioenergy toanotherconsciousness,eitherintraphysicalorextraphysical.(Refertochapter5formoreinformationonthistypeofexperience.)Joint projection.67 These are projections in which the projector meets anotherprojector, and together theyundergo a commonexperience (figure3.6). Thistypeofprojectioncanbeplannedbytheprojectorswhileinsidethebody,andafterward they canprovide eachotherwith confirmationof their experiencesduring theprojection.The ideal iswhenbothprojectorshaveagood leveloflucidityandrecallafterward.Projections in series.69 This is a projection that is part of a series of lucidexperiences outside the body, usually with a common objective. In certaininstances, an experience with an educational objective may require severalprojections, which are usually “scheduled” by a helper. The full series ofexperiencescantakeplaceinonenight(threeorfourOBEs)ortheycanspanseveral months—for example, one lucid projection every month with thecontinuationofthesamemaintopic.

JointFlightMaximilianoTorresHaymann(2003)68

I livedinVitoria,EspiritoSanto,Brazil,andhadheardabouttheprojectiologyandconscientiologycoursesbuthadnotyet attendedanyofthem.AnacquaintancelentmetheprojectiologytreatisefromWaldoVieira,fromwhich I learned several concepts that Imention here as part of thisaccountofalucidprojectionIhadonDecember24,1998.During theday I remainedverycalm,moreserene thanusual. Iwent to

the beach in the morning and slept approximately two hours in theafternoon. IwentoutwithEllen (mygirlfriend) to thePaseode Jacareípeandwas out until 11:45PM. Iwas still somewhat full fromdinner at herhouse. Upon arriving home, I watched some TV and decided to do theenergy mobilization exercises. I heard a sound in my ear and thought it

couldbeapre-projectivesignal.Theairconditioningwason,andthetemperaturewasbelow25°C(77°F).

Iwas lyingonamatnext tomybed,becauseIhadproblems lying in thedorsal position on my bed’s soft mattress. I started doing the energymobilizationexercisesat12:40AM,andIthinkthislastedforabouttwentytotwenty-fiveminutes.Iwastiredandturnedtowardmyleft.Iawokeextraphysicallywitha60%–70%levelofawareness,accordingto

myanalysis.IhadthesensationofbeingreallyprojectedandthoughtthatIshouldstaycalmandtrytoincreasemyawareness.Istartedtolookaroundinsearchofmyspiritguideorhelper.IcouldperceivethedarkroombutfeltthatIcouldseeitbrighterduetothepsychosoma’sluminosity.ImmediatelyIhadabrieflucidityblackout.ItseemedasifIhadreturned

tothesoma.IwasperceivingthepresenceofEllen,whospoketomeasifshewasintheordinarywakingstate:“Wakeup,mylove.”This surprisedme, since itwas as if shewas lying on top ofme, and I

stoodupwith somedifficulty.Whenwewere “standing” next to the bed,she showed me her foot, complaining about something. That attitudeseemedstrangetome,butIdidnotgiveitanyimportance.Wewent toward the bedroom door. I had perceived that Ellen was not

conscious about being projected and then I told her, “Ellen, we areprojected!” I looked toward the bed to show her my soma for her tounderstandthatwewereoutsideourbodies.However,mysomawasnotontopofthebed.IunderstoodthatthiswasbecauseIhadlainonthemat,nextto the bed. At that moment I forgot this fact, especially because when Iwokeupextraphysically,mypsychosomawasontopofmybed.IremainedclearthatIwasprojected.Wewent to the living roomandwalked toward thebalconydoor,which

wasclosed.Ellenwastryingtoopenthedoor,butherhandkeptonpassingthroughit.Itoldherthatshedidnotneedtoopenthedoor,sincewecouldjustsimplygothroughit.Wedidthis.Ilookedtowardthestreetanditwasdark.Wewent toward the endof thebalconyand started flying in the airtowardtherightoftheapartment.Wecontinuedtolookaroundandobservewhatwashappeningonthestreet.Ellensuggestedatargetforustogoto.

Initially as we flew, we were hugging, and afterward we were holdinghands.Ilookedtotheskyandsawmanystars,whichseemedtobegroupedinconglomerates.Iwentthroughahightensioncableandwasabletoseeastrong specific glow that seemed to be the electricity flowing through thecable.I toldEllen that Iwasfeeling thepresenceofaguideflyingnext tome.

Thethreeofuswereflying.Icouldfeelthelonghairoftheguide,andforthis reason I thought that this extraphysical consciousness had a feminineappearance. I started to laugh out of happiness and I think thismademecomebacktomybody.IfeltthatIwasinthesomaandthenIopenedmyeyes. Some of the projective eventswere remembered en bloc and otherscameafterward.The following day, when I spoke with Ellen, she told me that she had

“dreamt”withme,andthatthedaybeforetheprojectionshehadhitherfootonthesidewalkandhadinjuredatoe—somethingIwasunawareof.

Mentalsoma projection. This is a projection to the mentalsomatic dimensionsmanifesting with the mentalsoma; the condition of superconsciousness orcosmoconsciousness.70

MentalsomaThementalsomaisthefourthvehicleofmanifestationoftheconsciousness.Itisthemost subtle and the one that allows for themost lucidmanifestation. Thementalsoma is arguably responsible for themain aspect of the consciousness:lucidity.

ProjectionoftheMentalsomaProjections of the mentalsoma are an expansion in lucidity, awareness.71

Mentalsomatic projections are much harder to produce than psychosomaticprojections,anditusuallytakeslonger(yearsordecades)forpeopletodevelopthisskill.Theseareverydifferentexperiencesbecausethereisverylittlerelationbetween themental dimensions and the physical dimension,whichmakes thementalsomaticrealityhardertounderstand.Tofullygraspit,thisrealityneedstobeexperienced,sincelanguageisinadequatetodescribeit.

Figure3.7:DirectandIndirectProjectionoftheMentalsoma

The projection with the mentalsoma can occur in two fashions: in either adirect fashion or via the psychosoma.72 In the first example, the mentalsomaprojects alone and leaves the other three bodies (soma, energosoma, andpsychosoma)alignedandinactive.Inthesecondcondition—viathepsychosoma—theconsciousnessprojectsfirstwiththepsychosoma,splittingtheenergosomaandleavingthephysicalbodyinactive;andafterwarditprojectsthementalsomafromthepsychosoma(figure3.7).

MentalsomaticDimensionThe mentalsomatic dimension is a “state of mind” that permeates the entireuniverse.Subdimensionswithinthementaldimensionaredifficulttomakesenseoffromaphysicalpointofview.Thisisduetothefactthatwe,asintraphysicalconsciousnesses,arenormallybiasedduetoourconceptsoftime,distance,andoverallreality.Thementalsomaticdimensiondoesnotpresentanyoftherealitiesof the denser dimensions. The mentalsomatic dimensions are full of evolvedideas,someofwhichareincomprehensibletoprojectors.Individualsprojectedinthementalsomahavetheutmostfreedomintermsof

theirmanifestations, since there seem to be no pressuring holothosenes. Sincethe “reality” of distance does not exist in the mentalsomatic dimension, thementalsoma is basically omnipresent. Concepts like “size” have no point ofreferenceinthementalsomaticdimension.Theconsciousnessinthementaldimensioncanexperiencemacroscopy,which

is the condition of perceiving endless amounts of space (for example, manygalaxiesatonce)inoneinstant,inoneperceptionunit.Thisissimilartohowweare able to perceive in one instant, in one perception unit, the understandingbehindtheterm“chair,”forexample.Arealitylikegalaxiesstillreferstoobjectswithinspace-time,amoretangible

structure;yetconsciousnessesinthementaldimensioncanalsoperceiveinoneperceptionunitvastamountsofjustice,orethics.Theseabilitiesgowellbeyondthepresentcapacityofourbrains.Likewise,wecanexperiencemicroscopywhileprojectedwiththementalsoma.

In thisconditionwecan focuson thesmallest subatomicparticlesandexplorethem as if theywere the size of a galaxy.We are able to see differences and

details thatare impossible toperceivewith thephysicalbody.Likewise,goingbeyondmatter,andfocusingonideas,wecanbegintounderstandconceptslikethesmallestunitofcompassion,assistance,orethics.

DifferencesbetweenthePsychosomaandtheMentalsomaLet us start to understand the details of projections of the mentalsoma bycomparingthemwithpsychosomaticprojectionsandanalyzingsomeofthebasicdifferences.73

Asageneralruleofthumb,recallingaprojectionisdependentonthelevelofawareness in projections of the psychosoma. Therefore, if, when we areprojectedwith thementalsoma,weareable toachieve100%lucidity, then therecollection “should” be easier. In practice, however, the case is the opposite.Usually mentalsomatic projections are harder to recall than psychosomaticprojections.The reasons for this are twofold. First, it has to do with thementalsomatic

reality.Thedirectexperienceofthementalsomaissodifferentfromthephysicaldimension that the physical brain has basically no reference with which tointerpret these experiences. Using the previous example of the coin sorter,imaginewhatwouldhappenif,inthismachinemadeexclusivelyforU.S.coins,only foreign coins (rubles, euros, and others)were thrown in. The coin sorterwouldnotbeabletodealwiththisefficiently,whichissimilartowhathappenstothebrainafteramentalsomaticprojection.Secondly, it has to do with the actual transfer of information from the

mentalsoma. In the more common psychosomatic OBE, the experience isperceived by the psychosoma, and in order to remember it in the physicaldimension, the energy containing this informationneeds to be “transferred” tothephysicalbody.Yetinamentalsomaticprojection,everythingisperceivedbythe mentalsoma, and for this reason, in order to remember it physically, theinformationneedstobetransferredfromthementalsomatothepsychosomaandfromtheretothephysicalbody(brain).Therefore,inorderfortheinformationtoberecalled,itneedstocrosstwo“bridges”(goldencordandsilvercord)insteadofjustone(silvercord).Not only is remembering a mentalsomatic projection harder,74 but also

physically reporting these experiences is a challenge.75 Languages havewordsthathavebeen created todescribewhatwenormally see, namely thephysicaldimension;yetthesewordsproveinadequatetodescribethementaldimension.The actual projection process of the mentalsoma is also different from the

psychosomatic projection. Many of the sensations that are felt when theprojectordisconnectswiththepsychosomaarenotfeltwhenprojectingwiththementalsoma. This occurs because many of the psychosoma’s disconnectionsensationsareadirectresultoftheenergosomadividing.Strictlyspeaking,sinceinmentalsomaticprojections theenergosomadoesnotdivide,manysensationssimplydonotoccur.Aprojectionofthementalsomaismoreofanexpansionoftheconsciousness,

a tuning in to the mentalsomatic dimension, than an actual spatial separationfrom the other bodies. From the condition of being in a mentalsomaticprojection,weareableto“reach”anycorneroftheuniverse,becausethereisnolimitof space,distance,or time in thementalsomaticdimension.Therefore, inthesecases,thereisnotactuallya“separation”ofbodiesinthephysicalsense.The levelof lucidity is something that can fluctuatewildly in psychosomatic

projections.Thishappensasaresultofemotionalimbalances,lackofenergeticcontrol, and holothosenic influences in the extraphysical environments.However, in mentalsomatic projections, the consciousness does not lose itslucidity for any of those reasons becausewe do notmanifest emotions in thesamesense.Thereisalsonoheavyenergeticloadwithus,andthementalsomaticholothosenes are very stabilizing. Therefore, in mentalsomatic projections,projectorsdonotreturntothebodyiftheylosetheiremotionalcontrol.Notice that the psychosoma is also called the emotional body, because it

processes and produces emotions. The mentalsoma has its own means of“feeling,”yetthese“feelings”aremuchmorerefinedthantherawemotionsofthepsychosoma.Inordertomakeadistinction,twodifferenttermsareused.Thementalsomahassentiments,whilethepsychosomahasemotions.Emotions are feelings that can diminish the lucidity of the consciousness if

theyaretoointense.Sentimentsaresensations,feelingsthatdonotdiminishthelucidity of the consciousness—quite the contrary, in fact. Some examples ofsentiments are universal brotherhood or sisterhood, lucid love, fraternalism,

lucidcompassion,andserenity.Notice thedifferencebetween thesesentimentsandemotions.Wecanhaveanattackof rageorpassion,yet it doesnotmakesensetotalkaboutushavinganattackofbrotherhoodorserenity.Sinceduringprojectionsofthementalsoma,thepsychosomaisnotinvolved(wasleftbehind),thementalsomadoesnothaveemotionsanddoesnotloseitslucidityasaresultofthem.Theconstitutionofthebodyisalsoverydifferentbetweenthementalsomaand

thepsychosoma.Whilethepsychosomahasahumanoidshape,thementalsomadoesnothaveanyform.It is theorized that thementalsomadoesnothavea formbecause itdoesnot

need to have one. As the consciousness evolves, it overcomes physicalconditionings—in this case, the conditioning of needing to present anappearance. As we go to more advanced extraphysical dimensions, there arefewer forms and morphothosenes, and appearance in the mentalsoma followsthis same line of logic. The consciousnesses inhabiting the mentalsomaticdimensions realize that the psychosoma is already “obsolete” inmany aspectsandunnecessaryforthemintheirevolution.Uponanalyzing thepsychosoma,wearriveat this sameconclusion. Inother

words, the psychosoma has paralegs, yet it does not need to run or walkanywhere. It presents parahands and para-arms, yet it does not need to carryanything or reach for anything. Additionally, in more advanced extraphysicaldimensions,wealsofindincreasinglylesstangibleforms.Thepsychosomahasaparahead, which exhibits para-eyes, para-ears, a paramouth, and parahair, yetnoneof thepsychosoma’ssenseshaveanythingtodowiththesenonfunctionalareas.Wedonotsmellwiththeparanose.Wedonotneedtotalkoreatwiththeparamouth.Wedonotseewiththepara-eyesandwedonothearwiththepara-ears.Furthermore,thepsychosomahasatrunkthatdoesnotneedtoholdlungs,heart, stomach, and other organs, because it does not have any organs. And,more importantly, the psychosoma does not actually need to have anyappearanceatall,becausewhatdifferentiatesoneconsciousnessfromanotheristheinformationinitsenergies,itsholothosene.Our psychosomas have a humanoid shape because of our self-image, our

conditionings.Itcouldbepostulatedthatthepsychosomaisamoldoramatrix

ofenergy,andalsohaspropertiesofamorphothosene.76Thus,wecanalsoarriveattheconclusionthat theappearanceofthepsychosomaisultimatelyobsolete.Yetitisonethingtotheoreticallyunderstandourconditioningsandanotherthingtoovercomethoseconditioningsinpractice.Consciousnesseswhohavereachedsucha stageofovercoming their conditionings,being freeofphysical rebirthsandofthepsychosoma,arethe“natives”ofthementalsomaticdimension.

CharacteristicsoftheMentalsomaThementalsoma,besidesallowingabroadermanifestationthananyotherbody,is also responsible for processing several consciential capacities.77 Thementalsoma is responsible for all of our intellectual faculties. Let us explainsomeofthemostrelevantones,sincetheyareverypresentinourmentalsomaticexperiences.

• Discernment is the capacity to ponder, discriminate, and differentiatebetweentwoormoreconditions.Itistheabilitytoreflectonproblemsinorderto arrive at conclusions from different angles from which we can understandthem.•Will is the capacity to put intentions into action. Reaching the vibrational

state is amatter of activating the energy of the energosoma beyond a certainthreshold;itisjustamatterofwill.•Ethicsis thecapacitytotell thedifferencebetweenrightandwrong,andto

know to which degree something is right or wrong according to our currentunderstandings.•Thedecision-makingprocessistheabilitytochooseonethingoveranother,

basedoncertaincriteria.Everythingisopenforanalysis,yettheindividualhastobeabletoformulategoodcriteriaforthisanalysis.•Organization is placing objects, tasks, and priorities in their proper order.

Severalactivitiescanhelptheconsciousnessleavethebody,yetwehavetobeabletoapplythepropersequenceandorganizeourselvessoastobeeffective.•Disciplineisthecapacitytocombinewillwithconstancy,soastobeable,for

example,torepeatataskasmanytimesasnecessary.•Mentalsomaticbehavior isamore logical,analytical, rational, lucid,aware,

self-controlled, or self-managed type of behavior. Ethics and discernment arepartofeverydecision-makingprocess.

An important aspect of the mentalsoma is the holomemory.78 This memory,locatedinthementalsoma,storestherecordofeverythingthattheconsciousnesshaseverexperiencedinallitslivesandintermissiveperiods.Incertainschoolsofthoughtthisisreferredtoastheakashicrecords.79

As a result of the holomemory access, individuals are able to haveretrocognitions, or recollections of past lives. Thementalsoma registers in theholomemory every detail of our lives, whether we are aware of it or not.Therefore, even memories from our childhood that the brain has a hard timerecallingarestoredintheholomemory.Thementalsoma,likethepsychosoma,isnotperceivedbyanyofthephysical

senses. Likewise, the projector in the mentalsoma is not able to affect thephysicaldimension.The mentalsoma is also the carrier of the consciousness and still uses

bioenergy for manifesting. There is no current practical observation of theconsciousnessseparatingfromthementalsomatomanifestonitsown.Thereisalsonoobservationtodateofanybodyorvehicleofmanifestationmorerefinedand/orevolvedthanthementalsoma.InChapter5wewilldiscussinmoredetailtheextraphysicalconsciousnessesthatinhabitallthesedimensions.

All the information accumulated on mentalsomatic experiencesgoesbeyondthescopeofthisbook.Formoreinformation,refertothebibliographyandto thebackof thebookfor theCDPcoursebyIAC.VisitLearnOBEs.comforinformationontheCDP.

SummaryofKeyChapterPoints•Throughrelaxationandenergywork,wecanstart to feel thedisconnection

fromthephysicalbody.Manyofthesesensationsarenewandmaysurpriseusinitially,buttheyarenotnegative.•Theextraphysicalsphereofenergyhasaradiusofaboutthirteenfeetfromour

physicalheadandisresponsiblefortheblackoutsensation.

• Our level of extraphysical lucidity—which implies clarity of thought,perception, decision-making ability, control, andmemory, among others—willdeterminethequalityofourOBEs.•Themoreawareweareextraphysically, themorewecontrolouremotions,

andviceversa.•Westabilizeourselvesandincreaseourextraphysicalawarenessbyworking

withenergy;specifically,byproducingavibrationalstate(VS).•Willandattentionaresomeofthemainattributesweusetocontrolourextra-

physicalexperience.•Extraphysical perception is based on the reception of thosenes,which can

occurthroughtheentirepsychosoma.•Morphothosenesareextraphysicalforms,elements,andrealitiescreatedwith

thosenes,andcanbecreatedconsciouslyorunconsciously.•Dimensionsaredifferentlevelsofenergeticquality,orholothosenes.•Morphothosenes inextraphysicaldimensionsarecreated to compensate for

thelimitationsoftheconsciousnessinthatdimension.•The psychosoma has several specific attributes—including self-luminosity,

self-permeability, weightlessness, self-transfigurability, elasticity, andinvulnerability—thathelptointeractwiththeextraphysicaldimensions.•Whileoutsidethebody,focusingourwillonatargetallowsustoreachit.•Extraphysicaltimedoesnothavethesamemeaningasintraphysicaltime,and

inthementalsomaticdimensionthereisnotime.• Projections of the mentalsoma are an expansion in lucidity and can be

produceddirectlyorviathepsychosoma(indirectly).• The mentalsomatic dimension does not have limits of size, form, shape,

distance,time,andothers.•Mentalsomaticprojectionsarehardertorecallthanpsychosomaticones;they

do not produce any disconnection sensations, and the level of awareness is100%.•Thementalsomaisthebodyresponsibleforourawareness,discernment,will,

ethics, decision-making process, organization, discipline, and also our

holomemory.

ChapterNotes1.TrivellatoandAlegretti,1999,p.107.2.Vieira,2002,pp.227,472,739,841.3.Vieira,Conscientiology,1997,p.14;Vieira,2002,pp.494–95;andVieira,Projections,2007,p.55.4.Vieira,2002,pp.211,514.5.Ibid.,pp.504,741.6.Vieira, 2002, pp. 130–33; Buhlman, 1996, p. 212;Muldoon andCarrington, 1992, pp. 55–56; Rogo,1986,p.42;andThiago,1999,p.121.7.Bruce,1999,pp.79,87–98,547.8.Dries,2006,p.55;Vieira,2002,pp.512–13;andThiago,1999,p.60.9. Para- (prefix) = beyond or extraphysical. Parahead is the extraphysical head, or the head of thepsychosoma.10.Vieira,2002,p.508.11.Bruce,1999,pp.44–72.12.Alegretti,2004,p.101;andMinero,Correspondence,2002,pp.63–65.13.Vieira,2002,p.808.14.Vieira,2002,pp.253,514;andVieira,Projections,1997,p.195.15.Vieira,2002,pp.495–96.16.Atwater,2000,pp.12–13;Vieira,2002,pp.523–24;andLutfi,2006,pp.46–47,68–69,72,75,80.17.Vieira,2002,p.509;Thiago,1999,pp.63–65.18.Vieira,2002,pp.553–56;andVieira,Projections,2007,p.177.19.Vieira,2002,pp.510–11,735;Peterson,1997,p.152;andMartin,1980,p.26.20.Vieira,2002,p.750.21.Ibid.,pp.532–34.22.Ibid.,p.216.23.Ibid.,p.228.24.SeeCastaneda,1994.25.Vieira,2002,pp.537–38.26.Stack,1988,p.56.27.Vieira,2002,p.567.28.Minero,Intuition,2002;Vieira,2002,pp.149–51.29.Vieira,2002,pp.565–67;andBuhlman,2001,p.64.30.Vieira,2002,pp.568–71.31.Vieira,2002,pp.604–10;andMonroe,1977,p.75.32.Vieira,2002,pp.542–44.33.Ibid.,pp.545–47.34.Ibid.,pp.550–51.35.Ibid.,pp.536–37.36.Ibid.,pp.552–53.37.Vicenzi,1999,p.340.38.Alegretti,2008.39.Vicenzi,2005,p.23.

40.Alegretti,2008.41.Martin,1980,p.27;Vieira,2002,pp.285,289,615–16.42.Vieira,2002,pp.289,617–19.43.Vieira,Projections,2007,p.57.44.Vieira,2002,p.551.45.Ibid.,pp.158–66,170–74.46.Ibid.,p.620.47.Dries,2006,pp.31–34.48.Thiago,1999,pp.63–64.49.Vieira,2002,pp.621–22.50.Ibid.,pp.158–65.51.Ibid.,pp.195–97.52.Ibid.,pp.173–74.53.Ibid.,pp.182–84.54.Ibid.,pp.193–94.55.Ibid.,pp.187–89.56.Ibid.,pp.619,640–44.57.MuldoonandCarrington,1992,p.47.58.Vieira,2002,pp.622–24.59.Alegretti,2008.60.Ibid.61.Vieira,2002,pp.534–36.62.Alegretti,2004,p.101.63.Ibid.,p.81.64.Vieira,2002,p.816.65.Refertochapter5ofthisbookforadetailedstudyonhelpers.66.Vieira,2002,pp.723–27.67.Ibid.,pp.830–35.68.Haymann,2003,p.227.69.Vieira,2002,pp.835–37.70.Ibid.,pp.133–39.71.Ibid.,pp.312–15.72.Ibid.,p.316.73.Ibid.,pp.834–35.74.Ibid.,pp.754,816.75.Foranexampleofamentalsomaticprojection,pleaserefertoVieira,Projections,2007,Chapter60,pp.214–20.76.Vieira,2002,p.284.77.Vieira,700,1994,p.374.78.Vieira,1999,pp.57–58.79. Akashic records are a deposit of information on the individual and everything else that exists.Specifying akashic records further, the information about the individual is in its own holomemory, theinformationaboutotherplacesisinthoseplaces(includingtheirhistory),andinformationaboutanimals,plants,andothersisinthemaswell.Formoreinformation,seeMuldoonandCarrington,1992,pp.297–99;Bruce,1999,pp.411–23.

[contents]

CHAPTER4

How-ToGeneralInstructionsProjectiveTechniques

Techniques—Attributes:RelaxationandConcentration1.PsychophysiologicalSelf-RelaxationTechnique

2.MentalConcentrationTechnique3.ProjectiveSelf-ImageTechnique

TechniquesInvolvingImaginationandCreativity1.DoorOpeningTechnique2.StepCountingTechnique

3.ProjectiveImagesTechnique4.PsychologicalConditioningsTechnique

Techniques—Attributes:PhysicalControlandBreathing1.CarbonDioxideTechnique

2.RhythmicBreathingTechnique3.PinealGlandTechnique

TechniquesInvolvingEnergyandImagination1.ElongationTechnique

2.RotationofthePsychosomaTechniqueMentalSaturationTechnique

RecollectionoftheOBEAftertheProjection

SummaryofKeyChapterPointsChapterNotes

Withalltheinformationfromthepreviouschapters,thenextstepistolearnamethodology that will help you achieve the goal of leaving the body with

awareness.Theobjectiveofthischapteristoexplainhowtostartexperiencingall theknowledgeyouhavereceived throughout thisbook thusfar,soyoucanevaluate the results of self-research through your own perceptions and directexperience.AsVieira (WhaConscientiology Is, 1994) states, the quickest linkbetweentheoryandpracticeisatechnique.Within the consciential paradigm, everything can be researched. We can

consider ourselves our own guinea pigs for achieving self-knowledge. Themethodology proposed for accomplishing this is self-research andexperimentation through projective techniques. Projective techniques aremethodsthathelptoproducelucidOBEsthroughourowneffortandcontrol.The ideal technique is the one that can be applied anytime and in themost

circumstances, without too many requirements or a complicated setup. Forinstance, do you know a technique that can be applied while traveling on aplane?Youcannotbringartifactsorcrutches(forexample,apyramid,differentperfumes,or candles) into suchanenvironment tohelpyouproject.However,you canuse a techniquewhere all youhave to use is your ownmind.Such atechnique is more universal in terms of conditions, requirements, andeffectiveness.Ingeneral,theidealtechniqueistheonethatgivesusresults,soithas to be efficient but also practical and healthy and based mainly on ourpersonalattributes.Allof theguidelinesgivenhereare indications thatwillhelpyoutodevelop

yourOBEsandincreasetheprobabilityofsuccess.It isalsoimportant tostatethatnotechniqueisnecessary.Therearecasesofpeopleleavingthebodywhilewalking (momentarily, for a second or two at most) in completely nonidealconditions. Though this certainly happens, it is very unlikely. The moretechniquesandpredisposingfactors thatweareable to integrate intoourdailyhabits,theeasieritwillbecometoleavethebody.

GeneralInstructionsLet’spresentsomeprinciplesorguidelinesregardingthepreparationforhavingprojections:1.ThereisnoOBEtechniquethatwillworkforeverybodyallthetime.There

arehundredsoftechniquesforproducingOBEsorothertypesofalteredstatesof

consciousness thatmayleadtoanOBE.1But inorder todevelopthiscapacity,we have to try several of them so as to evaluate,within our own experience,whichonewillbethemostefficientforus.Theprojectivetechniquesarerootedinsomeinternalattributes,traits,orelementsthatwillbeusedtohelpusinducethe OBE. Some attributes include, but are not limited to, relaxation,concentration,imagination,will,determination,andenergy.Ifapersonhasagoodlevelofwill,andthisisoneoftheirmorepredominant

personality traits, then projective techniques based more on willpower orvolitionwillprobablybethebestonestostartwith.However,incertaincaseswemayevensurpriseourselvesbecauseweendupwithatechniquethatproducesbetter-than-expected results even though it relies on an attribute we initiallyconsidered not to be one of our strongest. Therefore,we need to try asmanytechniquesaspossible,andintheendchoosetheoneor twothatwefeelmostcomfortablewith.2Afterward,theselected techniqueshouldbepracticedforatleast fourteen consecutive days, and the accumulative results will most likelybegintocomeasplanned.2.Persistence. It is important not to think that just because a techniquewas

triedafewtimesandwedidnothaveresultsthatthetechniqueormethodologyis faulty. There are many other aspects that may interfere with achievingsuccess.3Someofthemwillbestudiedlaterinthischapter.Inessence,ifonepersonisabletolearnsomething,thenbasicallyeverybody

elsecanlearnitaswell.Theonlydifferenceissimplytheamountoftimeitmaytake to accomplish it. Thus, in theory all techniqueswork for everybody, andmillionsofpeopleallovertheworldhavealreadyhadsuccesswithatleastoneof them.4 For us, some of them will work faster and others may take muchlonger.Soweshouldtrytoidentifytheoneortwothatwillworkbestforus.Thekey factor in learning tohaveOBEs is to persist and continue applying

techniquesuntilyouareconfidentwith the resultsyouaregetting.Wedidnotlearntotalkorwalkinoneweek,soletusinsistandpersist.Onsomedayswemay feel tiredandsleepy, andonotherswemayhaveeaten toomuch,be tooexcited, and so on. The effectiveness of the technique will be diminishedbecauseof these factors.Likewise, theholothosenewecome intocontactwithduring the day, as well as the thosenes we produce, will affect our energetic

flexibility. We simply need to fight through these days and keep movingforward.In theory,wecanhavea lucidout-of-bodyexperienceeverynight (andeven

more thanonepernight).Therefore,we should strive to try to leave thebodyevery night. We should create daily routines and habits that are simple andefficientinhelpingustoimproveourprojectivecapacity.3.Get used to the disconnection sensations.Many disconnection sensations

can be felt during the process, as described in the previous chapter.They cancome as you work with energy, as you relax, or as you are doing your OBEtechnique.Asyoubeginnoticingthem,youwillprogressivelyunderstandthembetterandthiswillkeepyoumotivated.However,OBEsensationscanbeadouble-edgedsword.Ontheonehandthey

letusknowthat theprocesshasbegunandweareon theright track,which isencouraging. On the other hand, they can distract us from our intention ofleaving the body.Commonly, especially at the beginning, they can take us bysurprise or call our attention to them somuch thatwe forget about the biggerpictureandstopdoingthetechnique.Duetothis,weneedtogetusedtothesesensations.Theyhavetobecome“oldnews”forus.Feelingsensationsisnotourfinalobjective.Thisisoneofthereasonsthatitusuallytakesseveralattemptstobesuccessful.4.StudytheOBEtechnique.Trytounderstandwellthetechniquethatisgoing

to be applied.Do research on the technique’s results and the dynamics of thedisconnection process (rolling out, sinking, floating up, or another) aswell aswhat sensations it normally produces. If possible, discuss the technique withothers who have already applied it. Once you apply it, you will be betterprepared.

Whileapplyingatechnique,certainsituationscanoccur,sohereisalistofrecommendations:Ifyoufallasleepatacertainpoint,startagainwhenyourecover

lucidity.If you finished the technique but nothing happened and you still have

time,thenstartitagain—sometimestheresultscanoccuratthelastminute

ofpractice.If you feel that you have disconnected a part of your body (such as a

hand),orifyoufeelthatyouhavealreadyelevatedyourselfsomewhatfromyour body, do not try to verify this. Trust your sensations. Many timespeopletrytomoveoropentheireyestoverifytheirsensations.Themomentyou start to tense some of yourmuscles to open an eyelid ormove, yourpsychosoma will realign with your body and there will usually not beanythingtosee.Resistthisurge.If you start to feel you are leaving your body, do not stop doing the

technique.Thisisnotthetimetobegintopushorstruggletofreeyourselfandforgetaboutthetechnique.Donotbecomesidetrackedbyasensation.Keeponapplying the techniqueuntilyouare fullyoutofbody.Onceyouareout,enjoytheexperienceandthenforgetthetechnique.

5.Focus on the technique. It is very common at first for your attention towander while applying a technique.Maintaining your concentration is key toprojecting. As you repeat the technique and practice it with continuity andconstancy,yourconcentrationwillimprove.6.Mentalsaturation.Duringthedayweusuallydonotthinkaboutleavingthe

bodyorpracticingwithbioenergy.Thus,somethingthathelpsinthisareais totrytodevelopadailymentalroutinetokeepourselvesmoreconnectedtotheseideas.Duringtheperiodwhenyouareapplyingtechniques, try to thinkduringtheday,asmuchaspossible,abouttheextraphysicaldimensionandthetargetsyouwanttoreachextra-physically;thatis,thepeopleyouwanttomeet,theplacesyouwanttovisit,theideasyouwanttounderstand,andsoforth.In addition, you can saturate your mind by reading books about OBEs and

relatedexperiences.Trytoestablishconversationswithfriendsorrelativeswhomay know something about OBEs. The more you stay in touch with thisinformation, the more you connect to a holothosene of projectability, therebyestablishingsuchaholothoseneinyourroomaswell.7. Bioenergy exercises. In several instances while in the transitional phase

duringaprojectiveattempt,youmayfeel thatyouarefloatingjustaboveyour

body.Thoughthissensationismorethanlikelycorrect,insomecasesyouwillnotgobeyond this.Oneof themain reasons for this is theneed for stillmoreenergeticflexibility.TheenergeticexercisesdiscussedinChapter2shouldbepracticedeveryday

and if possible several times each day. We should work with bioenergyparticularlyinourbedroom,whereweareattemptingourprojectiveexperiences.ThiswillhavetheeffectofcreatingamoreshieldedenvironmentwithabetterqualityofenergiesmoreconducivetoOBEs.Likewise,weshouldworkwithbioenergybeforeaprojectiveattempt.Itwill

prepare us for the projective experience and serve as a warm-up for theenergosoma—whichwill stretchanddivide itself at themomentof separation.Energeticflexibilityisessentialforleavingthebody,soanyeffortweputtowarditwillbebeneficial.Rememberalsothatthevibrationalstate(VS)isalreadyaprojectivetechnique

inandofitself(seeChapter2).Youcanliedownonyourbedandstartmovingenergywithinyourbody(VELO),tryingtoachieveavibrationalstate.OnceyoureachtheVS,focusonthevibrationsand,usingyourwill,increasetheintensityandvolumeuntilyouleaveyourbody.8.Resultsversustime.Afteryouhavetriedvarioustechniques,selectoneand

applythattechniqueforatleastfourteendaysstraight.Afterthatamountoftime,youwillprobablyknowandcontrolthetechniqueverywell.Thisconditionwillbe ideal for achieving lucid out-of-body experiences. You might notice how,duringthefirstseveralnights,yourconcentrationissometimeshighlydispersedand hard to control. However, little by little your self-control and focus willincrease. In some instances, although it is unlikely, peoplemay have anOBEafter only two days of applying a technique. Inducing OBEs with moreregularitywillusuallytakelonger.Persistence is themainattributehere. Ifyou feel thatafter fourteendays the

technique is notworking for you, you can either attempt another techniqueorseek tomodify the one you are trying.Normally after fourteen days youwillknowwhatisworkinginyourroutineandwhatisnot.Itisagoodideatoreviewother aspects connected to the technique: place, time, comfort level,environment,andotherfactorsthatmaybeworkingasobstacles.Theseelements

canbekeyfactorshere.Asageneralrule,ifyouarepracticingtheenergeticexercisesseveraltimesa

day, coupledwith firmly trying to leave the body every time you go to sleep,then on average, within two to three months you should have your firstexperience.Remember, this is an average and itmayoccur earlier or later foryou.Anyeffortinvestedinthisregardwillbewellworthitinthelongrun.Veryfew lifeexperiencescancompare to the feelingwehaveonceweproduceourfirstlucidprojectionthrougheffortandconsistency.9. Physical conditions. These are aspects regarding the physical place or

location where you are going to practice the techniques. Therefore, beforestartingwith the techniques, read the followingguidelinesanddeterminewhatyoucanincorporatefromthemtohelpyouachieveOBEs.The physical base is the place where you are going to actually apply the

technique,leavingyourphysicalbodyeitherlyingdownorrecliningwhileyourotherbody(thepsychosomaormentalsoma)projects.5Ideally,wecouldallhaveaProjectarium—thespecializedlaboratoryforhavingOBEslocatedattheIACCampusinPortugal6—inourhouse.However,sincemostlikelywedonot,thenwewanttooptimizeoursurroundingsasmuchaspossible.Youcanchooseanyplaceinthehousethatgivesyouprivacy,whereyoufeel

comfortable,andwhereyouwillbenotbedisturbed.Thebedroomisusuallythemostappropriateplacefor themajorityofpeople.However, if there isanotherpersonsleepinginthesameroomwithyou(evenifitisonseparatebeds),youmaybelesslikelytobedisturbedinanotherroom.If youhave apartner andyoudon’t have another placeor room that canbe

usedasamoreconstantphysicalbase,thenitisusefultohaveasleepingbagorsmallmattressthatcanbeusedtoapplythetechniques.Itcanbesetinacorneroftheroomorsomewhereawayfromthebed.Indoingthis,weavoidphysicalinterferences like touching, pulling of sheets, or any other externalmovementthatmaydisturbus.Ifyouhaveaking-sizebed, itcanprovideyouwithmorespacetohelppartnersavoiddisturbingeachotherduringthetimeatechniqueisbeing applied. In this second case, it is recommended to have individual bedsheetsorlinens(insteadofkingsize,forexample)foreachpartner.Ideally,itisbettertohaveaplaceyoucanalwaysrelyontobereadyforthe

application or practice of a technique—in other words, a consistent physicalbase.Pets shouldnotbe inourphysicalbaseat the timeof theexperience, astheymaydisturbusatinopportunemomentsandmaybecomerestlessduetotheenergeticwork.KeepinginmindallthethosenicinfluenceswestudiedinChapter2,itisideal

to haveobjects and furniture with neutral energy or energy conducive to ourprojectionsinourphysicalbaseGenerallyspeaking,ifwehavetoomanyobjectswithvariouskindsof energy, thiswill create energetic confusionor saturationwith unwanted thosenes in our room. Likewise, if we have objects that areloadedwithemotionalenergy—likereligiousand/ormysticalobjectsorantiques—they will not help, especially due to their denser emotional energetic load,amongotherfactors.Ifyouhavedoubtsaboutanobject,itisbettertoleavetheobjectoutsidethephysicalbase.Therefore, anyobject or piece of furniture that has no use or attracts and/or

evokes an undesirable thosenic or energetic pattern should be avoided. As ageneralrule,fewerobjects(orthosenes)meanlessentropy(disorganization),or,inotherwords,morebalance.Naturally, tomakeourselvesmore comfortable,weshouldremovealljewelryandpersonaleffectswemaybewearing.7

The following are some suggestions and comments aboutusefulobjects thatweshouldhaveinourphysicalbase:

• Books or materials about projection. These help with healthy mentalsaturation.•Penorpencil,paper,notebook.AfterreturningfromanOBE,youaregoing

to want to document your experience. If you prefer to record the experience,keepasmalltapeordigitalrecordernexttoyourbed.•Digitalclock—alarmclock.Adigitalclock thatdoesnotmakesoundsas it

goes fromsecond tosecond is recommended in thephysicalbase.Thisavoidsdistractions and is easier to see in the dark.Record the start and end timesofyourprojection,sincesometimestheperiodoftimeexperiencedcanseemclosetoanhourwheninrealityitwasshorter.• Bed linens and mattress. Elements such as physical comfort level,

cleanliness,andodorsareimportantfortherelaxationofthephysicalbody.The

goalistoavoidaprematurereturntothephysicalbodyinthemiddleofalucidexperienceduetosomephysicaldiscomfort.Wewant toprovideconditionssothatthephysicalbodyisabletoremaininonecomfortablepositionforaslongaspossible.•Personalclothing.Asalreadystated, themainpointphysicallyis toalways

pay attention to personal comfort. With this in mind, loose clothing is idealbecause it does not cause any discomfort during the techniques.As a generalrule,thefewerclothes,thebetter,toreducestimulationontheskin.

Withregardtotheilluminationofthephysicalbase,8itisimportanttohaveaminimum of illumination, or indirect soft light, while practicing a technique.Totaldarknessisnottheideal.Astateofsemidarknesswithinthebedroomwillhelp greatly with basic activities like walking to the bathroom, finding ourprojectivejournalandwritinginit,beingabletoinstantaneouslyrecognizethatweareinourroomwhenwecomeback,andothers.Ideally,totalsilenceisrecommended.9Turnofftheringeronanyphonesthat

are kept in the bedroom, and turn off other electronic devices thatmaymakenoise, such as beepers, TV, and radio. There are other sounds that we cannotcontrol, usually external sounds like dogs barking, car alarms, traffic, and soforth.Inthesecases,themostefficienttechniqueistonotpayattentiontothem—tunethemout.Aswefocusonthetechniqueandonourobjective,webecomemuch better at ignoring and calmly overcoming the discomfort of these othersounds.The idealambient temperature is around72°F,orwhere it isneitherhotnor

coldforyoupersonally.10Ingeneral,anairconditioningunitisrecommendedtocontrolthetemperaturewithinthephysicalbase.Anotherusefulaspectoftheairconditioningunitisthatitmayhelpyoutodrownoutnoises,sinceitproducesatypeofwhitenoise.10.Idealtime.Thoughleavingthebodyispossibleatanytime,theidealtime

foranattemptseemstobearound3:00AM.11Thereasonsforthisaremanifold.

•Thebest time toproject is after at least fourhoursof rest.When tired,wehave a harder time concentrating and remembering. We may also fall asleepwhilerelaxingandworkingwithourenergies.Itisgoodtoallowourbodyand

braintorestforatleastthreetofourhours.12

•At3:00AM,everythingaroundusisusuallyquieterandcalmer.•Whenwe (slowlyandgently, ideally)wakeupat this time,weareusually

already disconnected from our daily problems, and it is therefore easier toconcentrateon the techniqueat hand.Otherwise,whenwego tobed,wemaymentallydisperseourselvesbecauseourmind is still “bubbling”withordinarydailyworries.• In the middle of the night, the production of melatonin and especially

serotonin(twoneurotransmittersthathelpprepareourbodyforsleepbyrelaxingit)isatapeak.Whenwewakeupatthistime,therelaxation(andthereforethenonaligment of our bodies)will take less time since these two substances arealreadyworkingforus.13

•Finally,atthistime,thegeneralizedholothoseneofsocietyislessagainstus,since, as mentioned, most people are sleeping. The unfavorable holothosenicpressure from society toward OBEs—due mainly to lack of information—isdiminished.

Ideally,weshouldtrytowakeuparoundthreetofourhoursafterwegotobed.Therefore,ifweareusedtogoingtosleepat12:30AM,thenweshouldwakeuparound4:00AM(duringthemiddleofoursleepcycle)totryourtechniques;ifwegotosleepat10:00PM,thenwakingupat2:00AMwillsuffice.

Whenyouwakeuparound3:00AM,itisidealtostandnexttothebed andworkwith your energieswhile standing. Thiswill helpyou avoid falling asleep again before reasonably completing theenergeticwork and practicing theOBE technique.You can take

advantage of the opportunity to go to the bathroom aswell.Additionally,you can set your alarm clock to wake you up at this time to try yourprojective technique. (Low-volumesoftmusic is ideal toavoidwakingupabruptly.)

11.Physical exercise. Physical exercise, especially if it causes sweating, ispositiveandhelpsuswithourprojectiveperformance.Ouroverallhealth,energy

work, and mental agility will be greatly enhanced if we do regular physicalexercise.Therearecaseswhereenergyworkdoesnot improvesimplybecauseoftheperson’slackofphysicalexercise.Beyondthis, ifonaparticulardaywearephysically(notmentally) tired,we

canuse this toour advantage so as to exit thebody. Inmanycases,when themuscles are very tired, the soma falls asleep faster than the consciousness,thereby producing a lucid projection. Another good opportunity to leave thebodyexistswhenwehave just finishedexercising,especially if itwasdone inthemorning.Forexample,itcouldbeeffectivetogetagoodnight’ssleep,wakeup,goforaforty-five-minutewalk,andthenliedownandtrytoleavethebody.12.Personaldiet. Ideally,youshouldeatawell-balanceddiet.Ifyourdiet is

sufficientlyhealthy,thenyoudonotneedtochangethewayyoueatjustbecauseyouaretryingaprojectivetechnique.However, if youdonot havemuchphysical energy, are always tired, or fall

asleep each time you go to apply a technique or do any other activity thatrequiresmoreconcentration,orifyourbodyispresentinganykindofsymptomthat catches your attention, then it is advisable to go to a physician to seekprofessional treatment. Check in with yourself to see if there is a need for ahealthierdailyroutine—includingdietandeatinghabits.Generally speaking, a healthier person has a better memory, pays better

attention, and is able to relax more easily. These attributes contribute to theprocessofallowingtheconsciousnesstoleavethebody.So,awell-balanceddietisrecommended.Before applying the technique, avoid excessive consumption of food or

beverage.14 Ideally, the technique should be performed after the digestion hasrun itscourse.Solidswillnormally take two to threehours tobedigestedandliquidsonetotwohours,dependingontheamountconsumedandwhattypeoffoodorbeveragehasbeeningested.13.Necessities.Beforestartingatechnique,itisimportanttopayattentionto

anyphysiologicalneeds.Whenyougotothebathroom,rememberalsotoblowyour nose. It is better if your breathing passages are open in order to breatheeasilyandstayrelaxedduringtheOBEtechniqueorenergeticexercise.14. Physical position. The ideal position in which to practice a projective

techniqueisthedorsalposition(figure4.1),whereyouliedownonyourback,witharmsalongsidethebodyandlegsalittlebitapart.16Tofurtheroptimizethisposition,slightlyflexyourextremities,bothelbowsandknees.Placingpillowsunderyourhead,knees,andfeet,andifneededunderyourhands(smallspillowsare preferable), is ideal. The dorsal position is itself already a projectivetechnique.Herearethereasonsthatthisistheidealposition:

•Thedorsal position helpswith blood circulation.While doing a technique,youwillnotfeelanyphysicaldiscomfort.Ifyouleaveyourextremitiesstraight,thenas they relax, themuscleswillbecomerigidandmaybegin tohurt.Notethatthispainwillshowuponlyaftersometimehasgoneby.Soevenifatfirsteverythingmayfeelrelaxedandcomfortable,therealtestwillcomeafterthirtyminutesorso.•This position can be held for a longer period of timewithout the need to

move or any kind of discomfort.While practicing a projective technique, thephysical body should be allowed to relax as much as possible, avoiding anyunnecessarymovements;thisistopreventourattentionfrombeingbroughtbackto the physical body and setting back, or in the worst of cases, losing theopportunitytoproject.Thispositionshouldbekeptforonetotwohours.•ThedorsalpositionpredisposesOBEsbecauseitproducesaslighthypoxia,

or slightly reduces the amount of oxygen in the cerebral hemispheres, helpingthephysicalbodytorelax.•While the physical body is in the dorsal position, the psychosoma can

disconnectmoreeasilyandinlesstime,helpingtheprojectorregainawarenessatthemomentofdisconnection.Fromthisposition,thetakeoffusuallyoccursasthepersonfloatsupwardinaveryforwardandnaturaldirection.This“forward”direction psychologically predisposes the person to regain awareness upondisconnecting,sinceweareconditionedtodoeverythingina“forward”fashionduringourwakingphysical life (i.e.,wewalk forward, talk to otherswhile infrontofus,andsoon).

Figure4.1:DorsalPosition

ItisimportanttomentionthatindividualsultimatelycanprovokeOBEsinanyposition, even seated in a chair or sofa. Yet at the beginning, in order tomaximize the probability for success, it is recommended that we cover thesedetailssoastoimprovethequality,lucidity,andcontroloftheexperiences.15.Relaxation.Itisimportanttolearnhowtorelaxcompletely.ThefirstOBE

techniquedescribedlaterinthischaptercanhelpyouaccomplishthis.Theidealis forus to reacha stateofdeep relaxationwherewedonot feel thephysicalbodyanymore.Inthisstate,itseemstousthattimehasstoppedandthatwecanstaythereforever.Always be very relaxed before any technique is applied, as well as before,

during,andafterhavingperformedyourenergywork.Asyoupracticerelaxingmoreoften,youwillneedlesstimetoreachthisstate.16.Psychologicalconditions.Thosenescaninterferewhilewearepracticinga

techniqueoranexercisetohelpusleavethebody.16Uncontrolledorunmanagedthosenescanprovokemanyreactions,includingthefollowing:

•Lackofprolongedattention•Continuousorsporadicdaydreaming•Edginessandexcitability

•Intenseemotions,whetherpositiveornegative•Difficultyrelaxingproperly

Asa consequenceof these reactions, the technique is compromised and it ishardertoachieveproductiveresults.Itisimportant,therefore,totrytoevaluateyourthosenes.Assessiftherearesomeongoingthosenesthatmaybeinterferingwiththeprocessofrelaxation.Balanced thosenes help us on a daily basis, and not onlywhile practicing a

technique. To control thosenes, we should become more aware of them andconstantlymonitororevaluatethemtoverifyifsomethingiswrong,andifso,toaddressandsolvetheproblem.Here isa listofsome ideal thosenes,orpsychologicalstates, thatarebest to

havebeforepracticingatechnique:

•Self-motivation•Curiosity•Open-mindedness•Constancyandperseverance•Concentration•Calmness(freeoffearorworries)•Strongwill•Deepintentiontoleavethebody

ReadingmaterialonOBEsorrelatedsubjectsisaveryproductiveactivitythatcanhelppredisposeustoleavethebody.17Whilewearereading,ourmindandintellectareactive,yetourbodyandmusclesarealreadystartingtorelax.Likewise,wewant toavoidcertainmentalandemotionalstatessuchas fear,

insecurity, worry, anxiety, and so forth. Individuals should avoid engaging inexciting activities that pump too much adrenaline into the blood. So avoidviolent,heavymoviesor those thathaveaveryexcitingor intriguingplot thatwillkeepyouthinkingaboutthemlateron.IntermsofthementalapproachtowardOBEs,thetwomostcommonobstacles

to leaving the body are fear and anxiety. The person is either afraid or tooanxious tohavea lucidprojection.Thesearenotnecessarilybigobstacles,but

theyarecommon.Individualstendtopresenteitheroneortheother.Therefore,letusaddressthemboth.

Meditation is a positive and productive practice in and of itself,especiallywhendoneproperly—sincetherearemanypeoplewhosaytheymeditatebutendup, inpractice,simplyfallingasleep.18

Someindividualsmayhaveout-of-bodyexperiencesthroughtheirmeditations,19 sincemeditationdevelops and trains several basic attributesfor projecting, such as concentration, perseverance, physical and mentalself-control,20andattention.However,asa techniquefor leaving thebody,meditationisinefficientforOBEdevelopment.Themainreasonforthisisthedirectionalityoftheintention.Duringmeditation,thepersonwantstogoinward,andduringanOBE,wewanttogooutward.21FordeeperandmoreefficientOBEdevelopment,itisbestnottocombinetechniquesforout-of-bodyexperienceswithotherpractices.

Fear is generally a result of not knowing what to expect, or fear of theunknown.22Individualstendtobeoverlyhesitantandcautiouswhensomethingis not well understood. The topics of projectiology certainly fall into thiscategory for the majority of people. Unfortunately, many times, movies andtelevision shows are developed based on these topics where extraphysicalrealities are associatedwith and shown in a negative and fearful light, as thisapproach ismore commercially viable.These portrayals are not fully accurateandtendtobeskewedtooneextreme,sincethereare innumerabledimensionsthat are extremely positive andbenign.And, aswas discussed in the previouschapters,thereisnothingtofearandnoriskinleavingthebody.Thebestsolutionforfearistobecomemoreinformedaboutthisreality,orin

otherwordstomaketheunknownknown.23ReadingandtakingclassesonOBEsis recommended. As mentioned previously, reading is an excellent activitybeforea lucidprojectionattempt, and itwillhaveanevengreatereffect if thematerialbeingreadisaboutprojections.Thiswillhelpyoubetterunderstandtheextraphysicalreality,sinceyouwillbeaddingclearinformationaboutittoyour“database.”Itwillalsoconnectyouenergeticallytothistypeofactivity.

Anxietyaboutleavingthebodyoccurswhenwecannotcontainourselvesandwant to leave the body right now. There are basically two conditions to bediscussedconcerninganxiety.First, the person needs to relax more and just let the experience happen.

Leaving the body is asmuch about using ourwill and perseverance to do theexercises as it is about relaxing and “allowing” ourselves to leave the body.There is a very fine line between putting effort into something and applyingourselves(pressingthegaspedal)andlettinggoandallowingtheexperiencetohappen.Wherethisfinelineliescanbefoundonlythroughexperience.Ananalogyofthisistheclutchonstick-shiftcars.Thedrivercanunderstand

when,how,andwhytopresstheclutchpedal.Yetitwillbeonlybyfeelingthisinanactualcarandtestingitthroughmanyexperiencesthatthepersonwillbeabletocontroltheclutchpedaland,therefore,thecarwithease.The second conditionwith anxiety is related to expectations. Inmany cases

individuals have the wrong expectations regarding the feasibility of having alucidprojection.Itisimportanttomentionthattherearethosemorepredisposedindividualswholeavethebodywithintheirfirstfewattempts.However,thisisrare. Formost people, leaving the body is a capacity that takes some time todevelop. If we practice our energy work on a daily basis and try a specifictechnique for leaving thebody, it should,onaverage, takeusa fewmonths tohaveour firstOBE.Yet,asa resultof the individualdifferencesbetweeneachperson,theactualtimemayvary.ManypeoplealsocommonlytendtorelatetheirOBElearningperiodtoother

activities theymayhave learned in thepast.Forexample, learning toplay thepianoprovides amoredirect and linear learning experience. Inotherwords, apersoncanplaythepiano,evenifitispoorly,fromthefirstday;andtheywillthencontinuetoimproveprogressivelywithmoreandmoretraining.Yet, there are some learning experienceswhere theprogress is not as linear,

suchaslearningtorideabicycle.Thechildmayfallonthefirstthirtyattempts,yetonthethirty-firstattempttheywobblealittlebitbutthencontinueonridingwithout falling.From thismomenton, thechildnever fallsagainbecauseofalackofbalance.In thiscase, itwouldseemthatnothingwashappeningduringthe first thirty attempts, because the resultwasnot obvious.Yet the childwas

gainingexperiencewitheachattempt.Leaving the body follows this second trend, and we need to value the

accumulation of experiences throughout the initial period. The first lucidprojectionisusuallythehardestonetoachieve.Duringalltheinitialattempts,itmayseemasifnothingishappening.However,thepersonisgainingexperiencewitheachattemptandlearningtocontrolallexitsensations.Becauseofthis,weshouldnotexpectalinearprogressioninourOBElearningprocess.

ProjectiveTechniquesThere are many different types of projective techniques, which can becategorizedbythemainattributeonwhichtheyarebased.Sometechniquesarebased on will, others on concentration or relaxation, and still others onimagination,creativity,evocation,passivity,orworkingwithenergy.24

Theidealwouldbeforthepersonnottogenerateanyexpectationsbut to simply adopt the following attitude: “If I don’t leave thebodytoday,Iwilldoitinthreemonths,tendays,ormaybeeventomorrow.Regardlessofwhenitoccurs,Iwillpractice,learn,and

enjoyallthenuancesoftheenergeticworkandthetakeoffphase.”

Soifyouareamorevisualperson,choosethetechniquesthatarebasedonthisattributeasyourmainstrategy.Exploreyourpersonalcharacteristicstohelpyouinchoosingthetechniques.Thefollowingsectionspresentdetailedexplanationsofmany projective techniques.Read them carefully and try each technique atleastonce.Thenrepeattheonethatyoufeelworksbestforyou.

Sinceyouwilllearnseveralprojectivetechniques,thetendencyisto want to try them all in a relatively short period of time.However,trynottoswitchtechniqueseverytenminutes.Thiswillonlydisperseyourefforts.Normallyittakesatleastthirtyminutes

for a person to begin to fully get into a technique. So to give yourself abetterchance,practiceoneof themeachday,forat leastonehour.Donotchangetechniquesinthemiddleofthehour!

Techniques—Attributes:RelaxationandConcentration1.PsychophysiologicalSelf-RelaxationTechniqueIntroductionThis is a technique that can be applied before any other technique, mainlybecauseithelpswithphysicalrelaxation—anessentialconditionsoastohaveanOBE. The psychophysiological self-relaxation technique helps us relax ourphysicalbodyaswellasourmind.25

Instructions1. Find a place where you are going to leave your physical body (physical

base)while you experience anOBE. It is better if you can be alone, withoutexternal interferences. Lie down on something comfortable and wear looseclothing.Itisveryimportanttobecomfortable.2.Liedown(inthedorsalposition)andcloseyoureyes.3.Begintherelaxationbychoosingagroupofmuscles;forinstance,theright

foot.Focusonthisfootandcontractthemusclesgently.Countfromonetofive,andthenrelaxforafewseconds.Doitagainwiththatmusclegroupormoveontoanother.Youmaycontinuetoworkwitheachgroupofmusclesuntilyoufeeltheyarewellrelaxed.Important:Youdon’tneedtofirmlysqueezethemuscles;gentlecontractionswillsuffice.4.Torelax,youcanusethemethodinstep3oryoucansimplyconcentrateon

a group of muscles and will them to relax—without contracting them.Experimenttodeterminewhichsystemworksbestforyou.5.Youcanstartatyourfeet,movingupwardthroughthelegs,relaxingareaby

area. As you progress, you can cover your torso, arms, and finally the head.Always select small areas that are next to each other. If using the contractionsystem,therearesomepartsofthebodythataremorecomplicatedtocontract—for instance, thehead—soeachpersonhas tofindamovement that tensesandrelaxesthisgroupofmuscles.6.While you areworking on an area, focus only on that specific area. This

helpsyoutofeelyourbodyandrelaxitmoredeeply.Asyoufocusonlyononearea,italsohelpsyoutodisconnectfromtheworld.7.Ifyoudesire,youcanincorporatebreathingintotheprocessbycontracting

themuscleswhile you inhale, then holding your breath during the contractionwhile counting, and then exhaling while relaxing the muscle group. Thisprovisioncanhelptheprocessforsomeindividuals,althoughforothersitisnotasusefulbecausethebreathingmaykeepthemmoreconnectedtotheirheadandphysicalbody.Evaluateinyourspecificcaseifyoushouldincludethefocusonthebreathing.8.Afterrelaxingallmusclegroups,mentallyobserveyourphysicalbodyand

determineifthereisanypartthatisstillnotfullyanddeeplyrelaxed,andifso,repeatthetechniquethereonceagain.9.Likewise,payattentiontoyourthoughtsandemotions.Relaxyourmindand

try to focusonyourenergiesandanyextraphysical sensations thatmayoccur.Donot letother thoughtscome intoyourmind.Be fully there in themoment,focusedonnothingelsebuttheprocess.10.Afterafullpassthroughyourentirebody,youcandoasecond,third,and

fourthpass,evencontinuingbeyonduntiltheend.

DisconnectionContinue the repetition of this psychological and physiological relaxationprocedure toallowthepsychosomato leave thebody.This techniquewill takeyou to the state of hypnagogia, which is the transitional state between beingawake and falling asleep.Thepsychosomawill disconnect slowly in the samewayitdisconnectseverynight.

2.MentalConcentrationTechniqueIntroductionThistechniquehelpsusrelaxandreliesonourconcentration.Logically,italsohelps to develop our concentration.26 While we are focusing on a spot, ourmental concentration increases and provokes a relaxed and comfortablesensation,whichleadsustowardtheOBE.

Instructions1.Isolateyourselfinaroomwhereyouwillbecompletelyundisturbedduring

thetechnique.Dresscomfortably.2. Place a comfortable chair about six feet from a blank wall. Set a table

againstthewall.Lightacandleinthemiddleofalargeplateandplacetheplateonthetable.3. Turn off all lights, ensuring the candle is the only source of light in the

room.4.Sitinthechair,findacomfortableposition,andavoidmovingafterward.5.Fix your attention directly on the candle flame and concentrate until you

forgetabouteverythingaroundyou.Youwanttomemorizetheentirescene,tomentallygoto thecandle,andtoevenbe thecandle.Aftersomeminutes,youmayreachapointwhereyouandtheflameareconnected—theflamebeginstoexistasanextensionofyourphysicalbody.6.Atthispointyoumaybedeeplyrelaxedandperhapsfeeltheneedtoclose

youreyes.Youmayevenperceivethatyouaredisconnectedfromyourphysicalbodytosomedegreealready.Keepthestrongdesireofleavingthebodyattheforefront,anduseyourwillanddeterminationtofurtherincreasethatsensation,untilyoufeelcompletelyprojected.7.Ifyoufeeltired,donotstruggleagainstfallingasleep.Insomecases,aswe

fallasleep,theOBEoccurs.

Important:Youaretobeactiveduringthistechnique;thus,useyourwillandinnermotivationtokeepyourgoalofleavingthebodylucidlyinmind,floatingtoward the candle. Full attention should be kept on the flame at all times.Distanceyourselffromanythoughtthatdistractsyoufromthisgoal.Thisisanexerciseforyourconcentrationandwillpower.Focusingonthecandleflameservestoimproveyourconcentration.Sincethe

candle is the only source of light in the room, it will naturally attract yourattention.Theflamehasasoftlightthatwillnothurtyoureyes—unlikestaringatalightbulb.Sincetheflamemakescontinuous,smallmovements,itiseasiertoconcentrateon,asopposedtosomethingthatiscompletelystatic.

DisconnectionAsalreadystated,thedisconnectioncanoccurabruptlyduringthemiddleoftheexercise as you close your eyes and nod off to sleep, or gently as you fullyconnectwith thecandle flame.Yet insome instances,asyouarestaringat the

candle,youmaydisconnectsuddenlyevenwithoutclosingyoureyes—inaflashyoumayfindyourselfalreadyprojected,an inchfromthecandle.Thissuddenandswifttakeoffisusuallyaccompaniedbyintracranialsounds.

3.ProjectiveSelf-ImageTechniqueIntroductionUnderstanding that the psychosoma has the same appearance as the physicalbodywill help in theprocessof leaving thebody aswell as in increasingourlevelofluciditywhilepracticingthistechnique.Manyprojectorsdonotperceivethemselves; they usually do not try to see their extraphysical body, orpsychosoma,whenprojectedinit.Insomeinstancesthisisbecausetheyhaveagreaterinterestinseeingtheextra-physicaldimensionthantheydoinseeingthemselves.

Instructions27

1.Selectaplacewhereyoucanbeabsolutelyaloneduringthepracticeofthetechnique.Wearcomfortableclothes.2.Forthistechniqueyouwillneedalargemirror,preferablyoneinwhichyou

canseeyourentirephysicalbodyreflected—thebiggerthemirror,thebetter.3.Sitinfrontofthemirrorinacomfortablechairaboutsixfeetaway.4.Stareatyourbodyinthemirrorforseveralminuteswhileseatedinthechair.

Payattentiontothedetailsofyourappearance.Trytofocusoneveryaspectofyourbody:shape,outline, typeofclothesyouarewearing,height,dimensions,andothers.Evaluateyourbodyatthismomentinthemostminutedetail.Focuson the things that you usually do not pay attention to—your entire imagereflectedinthismirrorneedstobememorizedingreatdetail.5.Trytosaturateyourmindwithyourphysicalcharacteristics.Focusonyour

reflected imageand then try to feelas if that reflected image isyou.Sayyournameafewtimestoyourreflectedimageandlookintoyourreflectedimage’seyes,feelingasifyouactuallyarethereflectedimagespeaking.6.Youwanttobeintheplaceofthisimage,transferringyourconsciousnessto

this image. If,while staring at themirror, you start to becomeconfused aboutwhere you are, actually doubting if you are in your body or in the reflection,

allowthistohappen.7.Thereisnoproblemifyoufallasleep.Theimportantthinghereisforyour

mindtobesaturatedbyitsownimage.

DisconnectionDisconnectionmayoccureitherwhilesittinginthechairstillconsciousorlaterwhilesleeping.Inbothcases,thepersondisconnectsfromthebodyandadoptsthepositionof the image.This techniqueworksbecauseofyour strong-willedintentiontotransferyourselftothereflectedimage.

TechniquesInvolvingImaginationandCreativityWithimaginationtechniques,thekeyistoinitiallysetyourparticularsequenceof specific images and to then start their repetition.Afterward as this processcontinues,you increasinglyaddmoredetail to the images,soas tomake themmore realistic. As the images become more stable, solid, and real, thepsychosoma has the tendency to start to follow these images, leading to aprojection.Thoughthe images inyourmindmaybeunclearandfuzzyat first,through thispatternof repetition,your focusand theclarityof the imageswillincrease.

1.DoorOpeningTechniqueIntroductionThe door opening technique is a mix of imagination, creativity, andconcentration,allowingtheprojectortosimultaneouslytesttheseattributeswiththeobjectiveofleavingthebody.

Instructions28

1.Dim the light and sit in a comfortable chair,with your body straight andhandsonyourlegs.2.Withyoureyesclosed,useyourcreativityandimagineawhitewallwitha

closeddoorinfrontofyou.Takeyourtimetocreatethedoor.Imagineandcreateallthedetailsofthisdoor:color,height,andspecialfeaturesofyourchoosing.3.Thisisyourdoor,socreateitasyouwish.Youmayalsoplaceasymbolor

signthathasaconnectionwithyouonthisdoor;forexample,astar,asymbol,

orasignthatsays“exit,”“extraphysical,”or“projection.”Itcanbeanythingthatpersonalizesthedoorforyouandincreasesyourdesiretoleavethebody.Trytomakeitaone-ortwo-wordexpression—donotmakeittoolong.4.Next, contemplate this door for amoment.Visualize yourself standingup

fromthechairandwalkingtowardthedoor.Openitveryslowlytowardyou,andimagine yourself passing through it. Follow these images closely, payingattentiontotheentiresceneyouarecreating.5.Takeyourtimetofinishthisvisualcreationthefirsttime.Thenrepeatallthe

stepsfromthebeginning,intensifyingeachstepasmuchaspossible.Witheachfullrepetition,youwillbeabletovisualizetheentirescenebetter,addingsmalldetailstoit(thegroundonthesolesofyourfeetasyouwalk,yourclothes,thefeelingof grabbing the door knob, andothers).Your imaginationwill becomeincreasinglymore real and stable and youwill be able to visualize everythingbetter.6. The idea is to liberate the psychosomawhile you are imagining yourself

passingthroughthedoor.

Inthistechnique,thedoorrepresentsapassagebetweentheintraphysicalandextra-physical dimensions. Some projectors use a tunnel, window, or any otherpossible way of exiting, serving to represent the moment the consciousnessleavesthebody.

DisconnectionUsuallythedisconnectionoccursgraduallyinthistechnique.Youmayfeelmanydisconnectionsensations,yetkeeponrepeatingyourimageagainandagainuntilyouarefullyoutsidethebody.

2.StepCountingTechniqueIntroductionThestepcounting technique integratesphysicalmovementswithconcentrationandimagination.29 It takesadvantageof thefact thatoncertaindays,whenweperformaveryrepetitivetask,weoftenlaterfindourselvesdreamingaboutthatsame task during the night. In certain cases, we are actually semiconsciously

projectedwhilerepeatingthesametask.

Instructions1.Createapathfromyourbed(ortheplacewhereyouapplythetechnique)to

thefrontdoorofyourhouse(ideally),ortoabalcony,window,orslidingglassdoor. Ideally, the path you select between your bed and your targetwill havebetweenfifteenandtwentysteps.2. While physically awake, literally walk this path, counting the steps and

focusingonthespecificvisualsurroundingswitheachstepyoutake.Aftereachstep, stop, focus, and visually associate something from your immediateenvironmentwiththatspecificstep.Hereisanexample:

•Step1:Youarestandingnexttoyourbedandthemirrorinyourroomisthemainobjectinfrontofyou.

• Step 2:Now,moving away from the bed, the room’s closet calls yourattention.

•Step3:Youareapproachingthedoor,soyouassociatethisstepwiththebedroomdoor.

• Step 4: You are outside your room, and now you can see the showercurtaininsidethebathroom.

•Step5:…(followingthesamepatternandsoon)3.Associateatleastonethingwitheachstep.Thelaststepshouldbeatadoor

or window. It helps if you put a sign on this door/window saying somethingmeaningfultoyouregardingyourintentiontohaveanOBE;forexample,“Wakeup!”or“You’reprojected”or“Raiseawareness.”4.Afteryoureachthelaststep,gobackandrepeattheexactsametrajectory.

Correlatethesameobjectswiththesamesteps.Associatethelaststepwithyoursign.5.Repeatandwalkthephysicaltrajectoryasmanytimesasyoucan.Youcan

dothisforthirtyminutestoanhour.6.Next,gototheplacewhereyouaregoingtopracticethetechnique.Dimthe

lights,wearingcomfortableclothes,andliedowninthedorsalposition.7. With your eyes closed, imagine that you are walking this path again,

counting each step and looking at each object and image.Re-create the entiresceneinyourmind,stepbystep,untilyoureachyourdestination.8. While you are counting steps, relax your mind. Forget the intraphysical

environmentinwhichyouareactuallylyingdown.9.Keeponrepeating this trajectoryuntil thepsychosomadisconnects. Ifyou

becomesleepy,allowyourselftofallasleepwhilerepeatingtheimagesinyourmind.

DisconnectionThedisconnectioncanoccurwhileyouare still awakeandcounting the steps.Yet in some instances, the person falls asleep andwakes up outside the bodywalkingthepath.Theregainingofconsciousnessusuallycomesafterstep7or8.This seems to occur because it is at this moment that we step outside theextraphysical sphere of energy and thus become more aware. The moreconcentrationyouapplytothistechnique,thebetterwillbetheresults.

3.ProjectiveImagesTechniqueIntroductionProjectiveimagesarescenesorvisualizationsthatarerelatedtoanout-of-bodyexperienceandcanbeusedtoproducethem.30Visualizationtechniquesalsohelpinthedevelopmentofanalysis,observation,memory,andmanyotherskills.The main idea in this technique is to make a connection between the

visualization of certain physical situations and the disconnection of thepsychosoma. Many activities from your daily life can be incorporated into aprojective technique. If you already have a certain amount of creativity orimagination,thistechniquewillprobablyworkverywellforyou.

Instructions1.Go to your physical base or the place where you are going to apply the

technique.Wearingcomfortableclothes,relaxandliedownonyourbackinthedorsalposition.2.Close your eyes and relax yourmind. Focus on the technique and on the

objectiveofleavingthebody.3.Startbythinkingaboutanimage,ascene,anaction,oranidearelatedtothe

projectionyouhaveinmind.Herearesomeexamplesofwhatyoucanuse:•Stairs.Visualizealongstaircase.Takeyourtimetocreateitinyourmind

andimagineyouareclimbingit.Whenyoureachthelaststep,youwillleavethebody.

•Playgroundtunnel-slide.Imaginealongplaygroundtunnel-slide.Severalseconds pass as you slide down it. As you are sliding down, you have thesensation that when you reach the end, you will be disconnected from thephysicalbody.

•Airplane takeoff.Create the idea in your mind that you are inside anairplane’s cockpit at the moment of takeoff. You can mentally connect thismoment to the disconnection of the psychosoma. Try to incorporate all thesensationsoftheplane’saccelerationandliftoffintoyourimages.

•Tank.Pictureyourselffloatinginthemiddleofagiganticwatertank.Thetank’sbottomdrain cap is removed, and consequently, as thewater leaves thetank,itcreatesanenormouswhirlpool,whichtakesyouintoitsswirlingcircles.Onceallthewaterfinishesdraining,youfindyourselfoutofthephysicalbody.

•Floating. Imagineyourselffloatingintheoceanbeyondthebreakingofthewaves.You float quietly and peacefully, only perceiving the gentlewavesthatcalmlyliftandloweryou.Asthewaveskeepcoming,theycontinuouslyliftandloweryou.Asyougetusedtothismotion,thepsychosomastartstofollowthis up-and-downmovement while the waves begin slowly increasing in size(althoughstillnotbreaking).Eventually,thewavesliftyouhighenoughthatyouprojectoutofthebody.

• Rope. Imagine you’re climbing an endless rope.31 You pull yourselfupwardwith ease, your arms reaching upward formore ropewhile you pushyourselfupoff thenodeswithyourfeet.As the imagebecomesmorereal, thepsychosoma starts to follow this upwardmotion. You keep climbing the ropeuntilyoueventuallyleavethebody.

•Well.There is a deep, emptywell.You are lying on the bottom of thewell, lookingupward.Fromthisperspective,youseethis longtunnel-likeholegoingup,andasmallcircleoflightattheendofthetunnel—wherethesurfaceis.Suddenly,thewellstartsfillingwithwater.Youstartfloatinginthewater,and

as thewater level rises, you float upwardwith it. The small circlewhere thesurfaceisstartstobecomebiggerasyougetcloser,untilyoureachthesurfaceandleavethebody.

•Elevator.Similartothewell,youarelyingonthefloorofanelevator,inthebasementofaskyscraper.Theelevatordoesnothaveaceiling,soyouareabletoseetheelevatorshaftgoingallthewaytothetopofthebuilding.Thetopofthebuildingisalsoopen(hasnoroof),soyoucanseeasmallopeningwherelightisenteringatthetopendoftheelevatorshaft(atrooflevel).Suddenly,theelevator starts moving up. You feel the sensation of going upward while thesmallopeningoflight,whichwasfarawayatthebeginning,startsgettingcloserandincreasinginsize.Whenyoureachtheroof,youproject.4. While creating the projective image, try to fully feel yourself in that

situation. Perceive everything as if you are actually experiencing thatcircumstance, and feel upon finishing that you can achieve anOBE.Continuerepeatingthescenesasmanytimesasneeded.Astheimagesbecomemorereal,the psychosoma disconnects from the physical body. Do not let your mindwander.

Each one of these ideas is really a different technique.You can create yourowntechniquebasedonanactivityfromyourdailylifethatyouusuallyrepeatoften.Yourexperientialfamiliaritywiththeactivitywillfacilitatetherealisticre-creation(andthereforesensations)ofthosemotions,increasingyourprobabilityofsuccess.

DisconnectionManypeople find themselves projectedwhile still thinking about and creatingtheseimages.Theimagesarelikebaitforthemind,helpingusforgetaboutthephysical body and physical sensations so as to focus more deeply on thenonphysical condition, allowing us to then detach more easily. Thedisconnectionisnormallygradualwiththeseimages.

4.PsychologicalConditioningsTechniqueIntroductionThisisthebasictechniquewithafocusonimaginationtoinduceanout-of-body

experience.32

Instructions1.Sitinachairorliedownonabed,andgetascomfortableaspossible.You

can apply the psychophysiological relaxation technique before you begin toapplythisone.2. Once relaxed, concentrate your thosenes on the objective of projecting,

avoidinganyotherthoughtnotconnectedtoanOBE.Setanextraphysicalgoalortargetyouwanttoreachduringthistechnique.Thinkaboutthismentaltargetforafewmoments.3. Forget any physical sensations as well as the physical body itself. Focus

only on your condition of being a consciousness. Bring your attention to theextraphysicalrealmandforgetallabouttheintraphysicaldimension.4.Payattentiononlytoyourcondition,inthisverymoment,asifnooneelse

existsinthisuniverse—justyou.Blockoutallexternalsounds;theydonotexist.Nothingelseexists.5.Imaginenowthatyouarestartingtodisconnectfromthephysicalbody.At

this point, visualize yourself slowly leaving your physical body and floatingabove it. Take your time in focusing on this. Imagine all the details of beingsuspendedoverthephysicalbody.Spendaboutaminuteonthisimage.6. Repeat step 5 as many times as needed. Keep imagining yourself

disconnecting slowly, rising, and then floating in midair. Do not change theperspectivefromwhichyouarelookingatyourphysicalbody.7.Maintainyourlucidityasmuchaspossible.Ifyounodoffinthemiddleof

thesesteps,thenstartagain.Itisalwaysworthreinitiatingthetechniquetotakeadvantageofthemoment.

DisconnectionAsyourimagebecomesmorerealandyougetdeeplyinvolvedwiththeimage,thepsychosomawillgraduallystarttodisconnect.

Techniques—Attributes:PhysicalControlandBreathing1.CarbonDioxideTechniqueIntroduction

The next two techniques are breathing techniques. These techniqueswill helpyou modify your breathing pattern so as to induce an OBE. Carbon dioxide(CO2)isthemainelementinthistechnique.BysafelyincreasingtheamountofCO2 in the physical body, the brain decreases its activity and allows theconsciousnesstodisconnectfromthephysicalbody.33

Thesecircumstancesarebenignandtherearenosideeffectsfortheprojector.To increase the amount of CO2 in your body, you will breathe in specificpatterns.

Instructions1. Relax on a bed or any place where you feel comfortable in the dorsal

position.2.Remember thatsincethis isabreathingtechnique, it isgoodtoblowyour

noseandleaveyournasalpassagesclean.3.Closeyoureyesandrelax.Youcanstartthistechniquebyapplyingthefirst

exercisementionedinthischapter,thepsychophysiologicalrelaxationtechnique.Itwillhelpyoutohavemorecontroloveryourbody.4.Theideahereistoworkwithyourbreathing.Startbyinhalingairfortwo

seconds, hold it in for eight seconds, and then exhale for four seconds. Onceyour lungs are empty, immediately begin the breathingpattern again.You canrefertothefollowingtable.

Breathein Hold Breatheout

Relationship/Ratio 1 4 2

LevelA:Trytostarthere 2seconds 8seconds 4seconds

LevelB 3seconds 12seconds 6seconds

LevelC 4 16 8

LevelD 5 20 10

LevelE 6 24 12

LevelF 7 28 14

LevelG 8 32 16

LevelH 9 36 18

5.Asyoubecomecomfortablewithonelevelofabreathingpattern,youcanjumptothenextone.Youmayremainateachbreathinglevelforhoweverlongis necessary for you. Most people do about fifteen full inhalation-hold-exhalationsequencesperlevel.Thus,afterfifteencyclesatlevelA,moveontolevelB,andsoon.6.Noticethattheratiobetweentheinhalation-hold-exhalationisalways1:4:2.7.Formostpeople,theidealistoreachthe8:32:16ratio(levelG),thoughthis

varies depending on the size, lung capacity, and physical resistance of theperson.Practicing the techniqueasmuchaspossiblewillgiveyoumuchmoreenduranceinordertogofurther.Ifyourbodyisofasmallerframe,reachingthe6:24:12ratio(levelE)maybeenough.8.Atthebeginningyoumayfeellikeyouareforcingyourbreathing,butafter

someattemptsyouwillgetusedtotherhythmandstarttofeelcomfortablewiththesequence.Thistechniqueshouldbeextremelyrelaxingsince,ifyouincreaseslowlyfromlevel to level,youwillgiveyourbodytimetorelaxintoit,anditwill naturally need less oxygen as time progresses. Thus,moving through thelevelswillbeeasier.

Observation: It is important to breathe in and out through your nose. Avoidbreathing through your mouth. You will notice that you need to inhale andexhale very slowly. Nothing should be forced. Again, on the contrary, thistechniqueshouldbeveryrelaxing.Also,leaveyournasalpassagesopen;donottense and close your throat to hold the air in—hold in the air using yourdiaphragm. A comfortable pillow for your head may help you during thistechnique.

DisconnectionNormallythedisconnectionbeginstobefeltinthemiddleoftheholdingperiod.Atfirstitwillbeaslightsensation,whichbythemiddleoftheexhalationwillprobablybegoneasthepsychosomarealignswiththebody.Inthenextbreath,during the middle of the holding period, you will feel it again. As you keepgoing,breathafterbreath,thedisconnectionsensationwillbecomeincreasinglyclearandstronger.Eventually,youwillleaveyourbody.Continueapplyingthetechniqueuntilyouareout.

2.RhythmicBreathingTechniqueIntroductionTherhythmicbreathingtechniqueinvolvescontrollingtherhythmofthebreath,slowing it down through a simple routine.34 Upon doing so, individuals canproduceadisconnectionofthepsychosoma.The key in this technique is to use the entire capacity of our lungs as we

breathe;onaverage,weusuallyuseonly70percentofourlungcapacityduringourdailylife.Itisrecommendedtopracticethistechniqueonanemptystomachsoasnottofeelanykindofdigestivesomaticeffects.

Instructions1.Again,cleanyournasalpassages,putoncomfortableclothes,andrelaxina

placewhereyouwillnotbedisturbed.2.Forthistechnique,itisrecommendedtobeseatedinanarmchair,relaxed,

withyourarmsplacedoveryourlegs.3. Start by breathing slowly through your nose; don’t breathe through your

mouth.4. Inhale throughyournoseandbringairdeep intoyour lungs, trying to fill

them from thebottom to the top.Do thisbydistendingyour abdomen—allowyourdiaphragmtodothework5.Holdtheairinsideofyourbodyforthreetofourseconds.6. Then exhale slowly through the nose. Push the air out effortlessly by

contractingyourabdomen.Makesureyouemptyyourlungsoutcompletely,butdonotforceanything.7.Inhaleandexhaletentimesinthesamemanner.8.Afterthetenthexhalation,whenyourlungsarecompletelyvoidofair,hold

without breathing for about twenty seconds—or as long as you can withoutfeelinguncomfortable.9. Continue repeating the same alternating sequence: ten inhalations and

exhalationsusingtheentirecapacityofyourlungs,andthenholdingfortwentysecondswithout air.Youwill gradually feel that your breathing is very gentleandrelaxed.Continuethetechniqueuntilyoufallasleeporleavethebody.

DisconnectionThe exit of the psychosoma usually begins during the holding period andcontinues getting stronger with each cycle. Even if you start to feel somesensations of disconnection, keep repeating the technique until you are fullyoutsidethebody.Forthis technique, it isrecommendedtochooseaplacewithgoodaircirculation.

3.PinealGlandTechniqueIntroductionThis technique, thoughnotbasedonbreathing, isdependentonthephysiologyofthesoma,wherebythroughtheexcitationofthepinealglandwecanproducea projection.35 The pineal gland is located in the center of the head. Thistechnique is recommended for those without any ocular or ophthalmologicalproblems.

Instructions1.Makesureyouhaveworkedwithenergy(VELOandVS)beforetheattempt

andthatyouareinarelaxedstate.2.Youcanuseoneofthefollowingtwomethodstoactivatethepinealgland:

•Withyoureyesopen,extendyourarminfrontofyouand lookatyourraised index finger—nowat a distanceof about one foot (30 cm).Moveyourindex finger slowly toward themiddleofyoureyebrowsand follow the tipofyour fingerwith your eyes.Move your index finger back and forth, fromonefoot out to almost touching themiddle of your eyebrows.Keep repeating thisexercise.

•Directyoureyeballsupwardandtowardthecenterofyourforehead,asifyou are trying to look at themiddle of your forehead.Keep your eyes in thispositionfortensecondsandthenreturnthemtotheirnormalposition,relaxingall the muscles in this region for about thirty seconds. Keep repeating thisexercise.3.Thelimitingagentregardinghowlongyouwilldoeitherofthesemethods

willbe themusclesofyoureyeballs.Aftersomeminutesyouwillstart to feelthe area becoming somewhat heavy and tired. At that point, stop, relax, and

continuethenextday.Thereisnoneedtoforcetheexercise.4.Thenextdayyouwillbeabletodotheexercisesforalongerperiodoftime,

andthiswillcontinuetoincreasewithpractice.Bepatientifatfirstyouareabletodoitforonlyafewminutes.Likewise,withsomerepetition,youwilllearntocoordinate the movements so they will not cause any discomfort and will bemorerelaxed.

DisconnectionThe disconnection of the psychosomawill occur in a sudden and unexpectedfashion. Usually the head of the psychosoma disconnects first. This exit iscommonlyaccompaniedbyintracranialsounds.Thisfastandabrupttakeoffmaysurpriseyouatfirst,yetisharmlessandcausesnodiscomfort.

TechniquesInvolvingEnergyandImagination1.ElongationTechniqueIntroductionThis techniqueuses the elongation attributeof thepsychosoma,whichhas thecapacitytostretchwithoutboundariesorlimits.36Thistechniquewillstretchthepsychosoma out of the physical body, provoking the disconnection of thevehiclesoftheconsciousness.Theenergeticsensationsduringthistechniquecanbeveryclear.

Instructions1.Liedowninyourphysicalbase,wearingcomfortableclothes.Settheroom

totheidealtemperatureandclosethedoortoavoiddisturbances.2.Apply thepsychophysiological relaxation technique (the first technique in

thischapter)tohelpyoufurtherperceivetheextraphysicalaspectofyourreality.3. Then initiate this technique by imagining that the feet and legs of your

psychosoma(parafeetandparalegs)stretch(growlonger)outsideyourphysicalbodybyaboutsixinches.Followthiselongationofyourlegsmentally,astheystretch out and then come back into alignment with your physical body. Theentiremovementof theparalegsseparatingandreintegratingshouldtakeaboutoneminute—meaningitshouldnotbetoofast.Youwanttogiveyourselftimetofocus on it properly, feeling the energy in your legs and feet as well as the

motionofthepsychosomaasyoudothis.Repeatthiselongationoftheparalegsandparafeetthreetimes.4.Focusingnowonyourheadandshoulders,trytosensetheenergyandeven

feelyourpsychosomainthisregion.Imagineandfeeltheshouldersandheadofyour psychosoma stretching (growing taller) six inches beyond the physicallimits.Thenbringtheparaheadandparashouldersslowlybackintothephysicalbody. Follow this elongation mentally. Repeat this exercise in this area threetimes,spendingaboutoneminutewitheachrepetition.5. Now feel the energy and the psychosoma enveloping your entire body.

Imagine and feel your psychosoma slowly stretching about six inches in alldirections(inflating,ballooning).Paycloseattentiontoyoursensations.Afterafewseconds,bringthepsychosomabacktoitsoriginalsize.Repeatthisexercisewiththeentirepsychosomathreetimes(aboutoneminuteeach).6. Next, do another cycle of stretching out the legs and feet, head and

shoulders, and the entire psychosoma.However, this time stretch out one foot(insteadofsixinches)ineachdirectionforeacharea.7.Forthenextcycle,stretcheachareaouttwofeet,threetimes.Thenforthe

cycle after that, elongate everything five feet, then ten feet, twenty feet, fiftyfeet,andsoon.Thereisnolimitforthepsychosomaintermsofstretching.

DisconnectionYou will probably feel the sensation of balloonment with this technique.Continuewiththecyclesofelongationuntilyouareoutofthebody.

2.RotationofthePsychosomaTechniqueIntroductionThistechniqueusesyourabilitytocontrolthepsychosomaanditsmovementsofrotation to induce the disconnection.37 It also takes advantage of the fact thatmostpeoplesleepontheirside—overoneshoulderortheother—andthatmostpeopleknowverywellthesensationofrollingoverinbedfromonesidetotheother. It is important to work with energies properly before attempting thistechniquesoastohavealooserenergosoma.

Instructions

1.Liedownonabedforthistechnique.Wearinglooseclothing,liedownonyourside,overoneshoulder,and relax.Placingextrapillowsunder theknees,hands,andfeetmayhelptherelaxation.2.Focusonyourpsychosomaandmentallycommandittorotatebackward,so

you endup facing the other side.Youwant your psychosoma to rotate or rollover,andenduponyourothershoulder.Yourphysicalbodymustnotmove.Itisonlyamentalcommandthatwillmakeyourpsychosomarolloutofthephysicalbody.Trytorotatetowardthesideofthebedthatyouusuallygetoutofinthemorning.3. You can do this psychosomatic movement little by little, controlling it

throughyourwillandrepeatingtheintentionoverandoveragain.Trytoimagineyourself rolling to the other sidewhile you incorporate the sensations that arecommontoyouwhenphysicallyexecutingthismovement.

DisconnectionInmanycasesitmayberelativelyandsurprisinglyeasiertoleavethebodybyrotating the psychosoma than in a more conventional fashion. This techniquecommonlyproducespartialprojectionsbeforegeneratingafulldisconnection.

MentalSaturationTechniqueInthefollowingaccount,wecanseehowthistechniqueworks.

ConsciousProjectionsandLucidDreamsCirleineCouto(2004)38

OnFebruary 2, 2001, I decided that for a period of at least onemonth Iwoulduse a technique to induce consciousprojections. I chose aparticulartechnique,knownandusedbymanyresearchersstudyingdreamsandconsciousprojections,thatconsistsofconditioningourbehaviorduringthewakingstateinsuchawayastobeabletoreproduceasimilarbehaviorthemomentweareoutofthebodywithreasonablelucidity.Thetechniqueworksinsuchawaythat,byrepeatingthepatternpreviouslyprogrammed,themomenttheprojectorexperiencesaluciddream,heacquiresimmediatelucidityandstartsalucidprojection.Severalresearchers,suchasOliverFoxandSylvanMuldoon,whocontributeddatafromrelevant investigations to

thestudyof theprojectiologicalphenomena,haveobtainedgoodresults ininducing out-of-body experiences through techniques aimed at achievingextraphysicalluciditythroughluciddreams.I initiated the technique by repeating the following question to myself

every time I thoughtof it: “AmIdreamingoramIawake?”Each time, Iwould thoroughly verify my condition at that moment and respondrationallytothequestion.Byrepeatingthistechniqueoftenoveranumberofconsecutivedays,there

existedthepossibilitythat,atsomepointintime,Iwouldexperiencealuciddream,duringwhichIwouldaskmyselfthequestion,increasemylevelofextraphysical lucidity, and conclude that Iwas in fact out of the body. Inordertoincreasemychancesofawakeningintheextraphysicaldimension,Iconditioned myself to accompany the question with some specificmovements,suchascheckingmyhandstodistinguishwhethertheyaremyphysicalhandsorthehandsofmypsychosoma(inthiscasetransparentandluminous)ortouchingthebackofmyhead(nuchalchakra)withonehandtocheckforthepresenceofthesilvercord.Ontheafternoonofthefirstdayoftheexperiment,Ilaydownforalittle

whileafterhavingeaten.AsIrelaxed,Ifellasleepandimmediatelystartedto dream. Within the dream I clearly felt I was leaving the body. Stilllacking better lucidity, the upper part of my psychosoma came out ofalignmentwhilstmyparalegs(legsofmypsychosoma)remainedinastateofcoincidencewithmyphysicalbody.BythenIwassittingonthesofa,butIunderstoodthatmybodywaslyingthere,resting.ItwasthenthatIaskedmyself thequestion“AmIdreamingoramIawake?”Iwasabletoverifymy state and identify thevehicle ofmanifestation Iwasusing at the timewithlucidity,drawingtheimmediateconclusionthat“I’mnotdreaming.I’mprojected!”I was able to come totally out of coincidence with the soma and was

happyaboutthat.Ithendecidedtoleavethevicinityofmyphysicalbodysoastoavoidaprematurereturn.Iwentthroughthedooroftheroomwheremy body was lying and felt the pressure of the wood against mypsychosoma, a slightly unpleasant sensation.Whenmyparahead (head of

my psychosoma)went through the door, I felt some resistance, and fromthat moment I lost my spatial references. I felt myself being propelledupwardathighspeed.Istoppedperiodicallyatcertain“places”whereIsawsomeshapesthatIshallattempttodescribe.Isawaskyfullofstars.WhenIsawthisspecificimage,IwonderedifIwaslookingatthecosmos.Next,Isaw some really curiousmobile geometrical shapes that opened to revealnew, inspiring shapes. The ensemble made me think of morphothosenescreated by highly intelligent extraphysical consciousnesses, as the wholegeometricalunfoldingwassynchronic,calculated,andbeautiful.Thisvisiontriggeredanintenseabsorptionofextraphysicalenergythatleftmeinastateofcontainedeuphoria.Icouldnotdetermineifthevisionwasprovokedbythe fast takeoff of my psychosoma, followed by interiorization of mypsychosoma into my physical body, or if it happened when I was beingpulledbacktomyphysicalbody.Subsequently, Iwasaware that Iwasclose to thesomaandable tohear

therhythmic intracranialsounds indicativeof theconditionof realignmentof my vehicles of manifestation. Immediately afterward, I felt a strongvibrational state confirming the projective occurrence. I could feel thebeneficialeffectsoftheextra-physicalenergythroughoutthewholeday.After this experience I did not use the technique for one week due to

eventsinmyeverydaylife.AlthoughIwasnotusingthetechnique,Ikeptthinking of repeating the experiment,which I finally did after this break.The omnipresent memory of the technique and the results it had alreadyproducedlikelypromptedanotherprojectivephenomenonthathappenedonFebruary 12, 2001, on the very same day I had scheduled to retry thetechnique.ThistimeIhadasemiconsciousprojectionthattookplaceduringtheearlyhoursoftheday.I foundmyself in aplacewherepeople spokeEnglish. I cannot say if I

was in theUnited States, England, Scotland, or another English-speakingcountry.Iwasinsideanancientmansionwhoseinteriorwasofdarkwood.Otherpeoplewerealsothere,includingmypartnerintheevolutionaryduo.ThemomentI lookedatmypartner, Inoticeda threadstemmingfromthe

backofhishead,butIwasn’tabletoseetheotherendofit.Thethreadwassilvery in color and luminescent, reminding me of the light and color oflightning.At thispoint Igainedsomelucidityand toldmypartnerIcouldsee his silver cord. I then performed one of the conditionedmovements Iassociated with the extraphysical awakening technique: passing my handbehindmyhead.WithmylefthandIfeltaroundthespacebehindmyneck,andafterawhileIfeltatubularstructurethere.Thiswasmysilvercord,ofwhich I noted some characteristics: it was approximately two centimeterswide, itwas silver-coloreddue to its luminosity, itwas flexibleandat thesametimeverystrong,andithadasmoothtexture.Thesilvercordseemedtobemadeofseveralsmalltubesallgroupedtogetherinonesinglebeam,remindingmeofthebeamofcollagenfibersthatformatendon,thatstrongstructure that links muscles to bones in the human anatomy. Once I hadproven tomyself that Iwasprojected, I tried to flyaroundabit,with theintentionof demonstrating to theother people present thephenomenonofprojection. In fact, thesepeoplewere surprisedbymyperformance. I lostmyluciditywhileflying.Inlightofthereportedexperiences,Iconcludedthatforthoseresearchers

whowish tohavemoreconsciousprojectionsor to further their studies inanygivenarea,applyingaprojective techniquecanresult inbeingable tocollate important findings. Projective techniques promote thedisengagement of not only thepsychosomabut also thementalsoma fromthephysicalbody.Theyalsobringbetterluciditytotheprojector,allowingfor amore accurate collection of data from the extraphysical dimensions.Information acquired in this manner is relevant for the progression ofprojectiology,asthissciencepresentsampleroomforinvestigation,callingforfurtherdata inmanyareas,suchasparaphysiologyof thepsychosoma,silvercord,goldencord,mentalsoma,andothers.Better-equippedprojectors,byusingprojectivetechniquesalreadytrialedbyotherresearchers, or even better by using their own techniques,will be able tocollect additional leading-edge information that can be made available toanyoneinterestedinthephenomenologyofprojection,thusactualizingandalwaysrefreshingthescienceofprojectiology.

RecollectionoftheOBEA projection, strictly speaking, is never forgotten. Even if we are not able torecallitwhileintraphysical,wecanpotentiallyrecallitduringanotherprojectionat a later date while outside the body. This is because the memory of thepsychosoma (which is the holomemory—also called integral memory—in thementalsoma)retainsallof this informationin itsentirety.Yet inorder toenjoythefullbenefitsoftheprojectionduringordinarywakinglife,thepersonneedstorecalltheexperienceinthisphysicaldimension.On some occasions, projective recall will be quite easy. There are certain

experiences thatcauseagreater impactonus,and theseexperiencesareneverforgotten. The first lucid projection usually falls into this category, yet mostprojectionsdonot.The intention after returning to the body is to register as much of the

experienceaspossible,because inorder toseriouslydevelop lucidprojections,wewanttobeabletostudythemafterward.Someexperienceshavedetailsthatmakesenseonlyafterotherexperiencesarehad,maybeweeksormonthsaftertheoriginalone.Yet if the initial detail is notproperly recorded, an importantassociationofideasorarealizationmaynotbepossible.Theidealconditionforrecallinganexperienceistowakeupimmediatelyafter

reentryintothebody.39Iftheprojectorissuccessfulatdoingthisproperly,thenthememoriesoftheprojectionwillbeclearandaccessiblefortheperson.The way in which we come back to the body affects the quality of our

recollection.Ifwecomebackwithoutcontrol,eitherbecausewewereimpactedby a strong emotion (such as surprise, fear, or euphoria) or a physicaldisturbance (the phone ringing, a knock on the door, and so forth), we loseawarenessandcomebacktothebodyquiterapidlyandwithoutself-control.Yetifweareable tochoosewhenwecomeback,wewill returnatourownpace,witharelaxedsenseofcontrol.

Beforereentering thebody,wewant to remindourselves,“IwillwakeupimmediatelythemomentIgoin!,”soastoregainlucidityand remember our experience right away.40 This is especiallycrucial after an important event in a projection to guarantee that

wewillremembertheexperienceandgetitallonpaper.Usually,aswegainmoreexperiencewithOBEs,westarttovalueandprioritizethismore.

Themainproblemwithrecalloccurswhenwecontinuetosleepafterwereturntothebody.Inthiscase,whentherecollectionoftheexperienceentersthebody,morespecificallythebrain,itpresentstwoproblems:41

1.Thememoryoftheexperience,whichisextraphysicalinnature,willnotbewellreceivedbythebrainbecausethebrainisinitsownprocessofsleep.Thebrainisnotbiologicallyreadytoacceptanextraphysicalmemory.Therefore,thismemory,whichwasnotinitiallyevenperceivedbythephysicalbrain,hasverylittlechanceofbeingimprintedintophysicalityatthistime.2. If the person begins to dream after coming back, the experience of the

projection in some cases will become mixed with the dream. Afterward, therecollectionisnotasclearbecausetheelementsaremixed.

DuringtheinitialstagesofOBEdevelopment,projectorstendtoreturntothebody and transition straight into sleeping afterward.Rarelydoprojections endwhenpeoplewant them to.Normally individualswill try to stayprojected forlonger, and something happens and they snap back into the body. The mostcommon reasons for an abrupt return to the body are the loss of emotionalcontroloraphysicalstimulusthatdisturbsthebody.Becauseofthefactthatinmany instanceswecomebackwithoutcontrol, it is important toknowhow todealwithtryingtorecalltheexperienceinthemorning.First,uponwakingup,weshouldtrytocreatethehabittosearchourmemories

forprojectionsthatoccurredduringthenight.Thefirstthoughtthatshouldcometominduponbecomingawareshouldbe“WhatdidIdotonight?”Thisshouldbe done even before moving too much or opening the eyes; otherwise, therecollectionmaybe“dispersed”bycommonmorningmotions.Weshouldspendafewminutesmakinganefforttorememberandtryingtopiecetogetherallthememories,whethertheyaredreamsorprojections—itisbetteratthispointnottodiscriminateoranalyzetoomuch.Mosttimes,whenaprojectionhasoccurred,wewillfeelthisuponwakingup,

eventhoughthedetailsoftheexperiencemaynotbefullyknown.Ifuponsome

introspectionwedonotremember,thenweshouldslowlytrytoshiftourpositioninbed.Keepingoureyesclosed,weshouldgentlyshiftthepositionofourheadorbody.Aswedothis, thebloodwillcirculatebetter throughthehead,andinmanycasesthememorywillcomerushingin.Also,atthismoment,inordertoincreasetheefficiencyoftherecollection,we

shoulddoaVELOtoreachaVS.Theenergosomaisthebodythatconnectsandcommunicatesinformationfromthepsychosomatothesoma.Sincetheintentionis tobring fresh information from thepsychosoma to the soma, increasing theefficiency and flow of the communication bridgewill help to accomplish this.Recallinganexperienceissimilartodownloadingafileontoacomputer.Ifwehavea“fasterconnection”(bydoingaVStoconnectbettertothefrequencyofthepsychosoma),thentherecollectionwillbeimproved.Oncewehavepartiallyorfullyrecalledtheexperience, theideal is todevise

anoutline, or somekeywords, of themore important events of theprojection.Thenweshouldrecordthesekeywords.Itisnotwisetoleavethistaskforlater,regardlessofhowclearthememoryseemsorhowmuchwebelievewewillnotforget.Insomeinstances,therecollectionofaprojectioncanbeaselusiveasadream;witheachsecondthatgoesby,weforgetmoredetailsexponentially.Afterthesekeywordsaresafelydocumented,wecannowproceedtodescribe

the projection in detail. The ideal, for most people, is to write about theexperience.42The reason that thismethod(writing) is thebest for recall is thatthe very act of writing activates our memory.We often will remember moredetailsoftheexperienceinthemiddleofwritingaboutit.Ifapenandpaperareleft on our night table, then going from the recollection of the experience towriting itdownwillbeveryquick—minimizing thenumberofevents thatcancomeinbetweenandhaveanunproductive,distractingeffectuponus.

Writing down dreams is already a technique for becomingmorelucidduringthenightandthusproducingOBEs.Ifwerecordourexperiences—even if they are still dreams—this produces ahealthy psychological self-conditioning effect. Basically, we are

makinga statement thatwhathappensduring thenight is important tous,andthatwewanttobelucidandrememberit.Naturally,thenextnightwe

tendtoremainmoreaware,andthen—throughwritingaboutit—theprocessisreinforced.Thenextnightwehavegreaterawareness,andthefollowingmorningmorereinforcement,andsoonandsoforth.Inonetotwoweeks,we will be recalling a great amount of material. In this condition, lucidprojectionswillalsobeeasiertoproduce.

Other means of documenting the experience can be used, such as a taperecorder and/or a computer. A tape recorder has the disadvantage that, eventhough individualsmay have their tapeswell labeled, it is still hard to find aspecific experience afterward for self-study. The same is true of digital voicerecordings.If we are in a hurry, a voice recorder may work better to document the

keywordsinthemorning.Beforegoingtobedthatsamenightwecanlistentothe keywords again and spend twentyminutes rewriting our experienceswithdetails. By describing our experience from the previous night, we go to bedhaving the advantage of already being holothosenically connected withprojections.Itisbestnottoleavetheworkofwritingthedetailsofaprojectionforanother

day.Weruntheriskofmorethanlikelyforgettingmuchofit.

AftertheProjectionTherearecertaineventsthatmayoccurwhenwewakeupafteraprojection.Inmany instances,wemayexperiencea showerofenergies that run throughourbody.43Thisworks as a confirmationof the projection, and inmany cases therecollectionoftheprojectioncomeswiththeseenergies.Thisisaverypositivesensationthatcanleaveusinastateofwell-beingthroughouttheday.Projections can also help to develop our psychism. Sometimes these effects

will linger for days after the projection. We may feel the “looseness” of theenergosoma. Itmay feel as ifwe arewearing long, loose, fine garments. Thesensation is purely energetic.With this looseness of the energosoma, intuitionandotherenergeticperceptionsbecomemoreacute.Wemayalsofeelourselvesbeinginastateofwakingnonalignment,44asifwe

aresemi-disconnectedthroughouttheday.Sometimeswemayfeelasifournext

stepwillbetakenonthinair.Thisisforthemostpartabenigncondition.Yet,ifit(oranyofthis)becomesanuisance,doingaVELOtoreachaVSwillhelpusregainbettercontroloverourvehicles.Thereisnowaytoemphasizeenoughtheimportanceandusefulnessof theenergywork,and theVSwillalways tend tobalanceus.

SummaryofKeyChapterPoints•Results of theOBE techniques are individual—whatworks for one person

doesnotnecessarilyworkforanother.•We need to get used to the disconnection sensations so as not to become

surprisedbythemandtoleavethebodywithgreaterease.•Alwaysworkwithenergybeforeaprojectiveattempt,asthiswillloosenyour

energosoma.•Payattentiontoyourenvironment.Youwanttoprepareforittobequietand

foryoutobeasundisturbedaspossible.•Thedorsalpositionisaprojectivetechniquethatinandofitselfwillhelpyou

toproject.•Learntorelaxwell.•Trytobeintherightframeofmindtoproducetheprojection.Readingabout

OBEsbeforetryingthemcanhelp.•Doeachprojectivetechniqueforaboutonehour,anddoonlyonetechnique

atatimeduringthisperiod.•Onceyouhavesettledonyourpreferredtechnique,repeatit,ifpossible,for

fourteennightsinarow.Yourcontroloverthetechniquewillincreaseeachtime,andmorefrequentandconsistentresultswillbeachieved.

ChapterNotes1.Vieira,2002,p.441.2.Ibid.,p.442.3.Ibid.,p.429.4.Vieira,1999,p.9.5.Vieira,2002,pp.401–6.6.TheProjectariumisaspecializedlaboratoryforhavingOBEs.ItwasbuiltattheIACResearchCampusinPortugal.Formoreinformation,seetheappendixontheIACResearchCampusattheendofthisbook,andfortechnicaldetailsabouttheProjectarium,seeTrivellatoandFernándes,2002,pp.3–30.

7.Vieira,2002,pp.420–21.8.Ibid.,p.408.9.Ibid.,pp.410–13.10.Ibid.,pp.408–9.11.Ibid.,pp.423–24.12.Stack,1988,p.103.13.Purchasingmelatoninisunnecessaryandnotrecommended.NopositiveeffecthasbeenshowntoexistforOBEsbyingestingit.14.Vieira,2002,pp.414,853.15.Ibid.,pp.417–20,440–41.16.Ibid.,p.415.17.Ibid.,p.425.18.Alegretti,2004,p.115.19.Sarasvati,1959,p.328.20.Ibid.,pp.47–50.21.Vieira,2002,p.430.22.Ibid.,pp.855–58.23.Gutierrez,1999,pp.53–58.24.Vieira,2002,pp.441–44.25.Ibid.,pp.432–33.26.Ibid.,pp.434–35.27.Ibid.,pp.446–47.28.Ibid.,p.444.29.Ibid.,p.448.30.Ibid.,pp.457–58.31.Bruce,1999,pp.254–64;Vieira,2002,p.457.32.Vieira,2002,pp.490–91.33.Ibid.,pp.448–52.34.Ibid.,pp.435–37.35.Ibid.,pp.477–78.36.Ibid.,pp.463–64.37.Ibid.,pp.479–81.38.Couto,2004,p.251.39.Vieira,2002,p.757.40.Ibid.,p.759.41.Ibid.,pp.463–64.42.Ibid.,pp.768–73.43.Ibid.,pp.746–47.44.Ibid.,pp.747–48.

[contents]

CHAPTER5

ExtraphysicalConsciousnessesExtraphysicalCommunication

DeactivationoftheBodiesFirstDesoma—DeactivationoftheSoma(BiologicalDeath)

SecondDesoma—DeactivationoftheEnergosomaThirdDesoma—DeactivationofthePsychosoma

ExtraphysicalConsciousnessesHelpers

BlindGuidesIntruders

WhileIntraphysical:EnergyandDealingwithExtraphysicalConsciousnesses

WhileExtraphysical:ConsciousnessesandDevelopment“Normal”OBEDevelopment

ExtraphysicalAssistanceSummaryofKeyChapterPoints

ChapterNotes

The objective of this chapter is to clarify the mechanisms of howmultidimensionalcontactsareestablishedandmaintained.Oncewestarthavinglucidout-of-bodyexperiences,wewilleventuallycomeacrossotherprojectorsand extraphysical consciousnesses. The idea is to discuss the many differenttypes of possible relationships with the various kinds of extraphysicalconsciousnesses inanaturalandpragmatic fashion.As the informationbuilds,wewillreachdeeper,morecomplexandinterestingtopics,whichwillneedtobewellunderstood.Toacertaindegree,leavingthebodyislikeleavingourhouseandgoingfora

drive(orgettingonthemetro).Ontheroad,weencounterallkindsofdrivers.Sometimesweencountercordialones,whoalwaysgivetherightofwayandputon their turning signal.We alsomeet upwith self-centered ones,who are notnecessarilyagainstanybodybutwanttogetacrossthelanesormaketheirturnwithoutanyregardforothers.Wealsofind irresponsibleones,whomaycauseanaccidentatanymoment.Before we were born in this physical body, we were an extraphysical

consciousness.Thus, thinking logically, theextraphysical consciousnesseswhowemaymeetwhile projected are the individualswhopassed away in the lastmonths, years, and decades and are presently in their in-between-lives period.Likewise,oncewepassawayinthislife,wewillbeoneofthoseextraphysicalconsciousnesses that other projectors can meet outside the body. Thus,extraphysicalsocietyispartiallyareflectionoftheintraphysicalsociety,andjustlikedriving,wemayfinddifferenttypesofextraphysicalconsciousnesses.

ExtraphysicalCommunicationLetusstartbydiscussingthemechanismbywhichwecommunicateoutsidethebody, whether with a projector or an extraphysical consciousness. There arethreetypesofextraphysicalcommunication:

•Verbal(oral)•Telepathy•Conscientese

Verbal, or oral, communication is similar to the speech we have in theintraphysicaldimension—witharticulationofwords.1Thismethodisusedwhenindividuals have a low level of awareness outside the body. This is the leasteffectivemeansofextraphysicalcommunication.Itisstillbasedonarticulationaswellasonaspecificlanguage.Whenweareprojectedwithalowleveloflucidity,ourphysicalconditionings

tendtobestronger.Thisissimilartouswantingtowalkwhileprojected.Thus,wehavethetendencytowanttocommunicatewhileprojectedthesamewaywecommunicatewhen inside the body. If our native language is English andweprojectandhappentofindsomebodyprojectedwhosenativelanguageisHindi,

andneitherofusspeakstheother’slanguage,thenthecommunicationproblemswewouldencounterwouldbesimilartowhatwouldhappenintraphysically.Asthelevelofawarenessincreases,westarttouseamoreefficientmeansof

communication.Telepathyisthetransmissionofenergeticinformation;it is thetransmissionofthosenes(notjustthoughts).2Themomentweorsomebodyelsethinksaboutsomething,itcanimmediatelybe“heard”byeveryoneelsearound.3

Inmany instances, it feels as if somebody else’s thoughts are forming in ourheadastheotherpersonmanifeststhem.Telepathy can be divided into two categories, also according to the level of

awareness.First,minortelepathy,thoughnolongerarticulatedverbally,stillhastheconditioningof language.Soeven thoughweare thinking the information,wearestillthinkingthroughtheuseofourlanguageofreference,andwhatwearethinkingistransmittedwiththespecific“grammar”ofourlanguage.Major telepathy, however, does not have the restriction of language.At this

level of awareness, the conditioning has disappeared andwe are able to thinkwithoutsymbols(asymbolically).Atthispoint,sincewearenotthinkinginanylanguage, we are closer to our essence as a consciousness. Naturally, theconsciousness has no official intraphysical language. At this level, whenconsideringourpreviousexample,therewouldbenocommunicationproblemsbetweentwoindividualswhoareHindiandEnglish.Conscientese is the highest form of communication we can use.4 Since the

systemofcommunicationweuseisdependentonourlevelofawareness,weuseconscientesewhenwearehavingaprojectionwiththementalsoma(100%levelofextraphysical awareness). It is alsoknownasconsciential language,cosmiclanguage, and universal mental language. The difference between majortelepathy and conscientese is the difference between delivering and receivingideasinaretailversusawholesalefashion.In major telepathy, though our communication is no longer dependent on

language, we send one idea (the equivalent of a sentence), then another, andanother.With successive ideaswebuildaparagraph, thenapage, and thenanentirebook;yetthedeliverythroughoutismadeinaretailfashion,insmallunits—in this case, sentences.With conscientese, sincewe aremore lucid,we cansendtheinformationofanentirebooktosomebodyelseatonce(enbloc).The

recipient, who is also at this level of lucidity, will be able to digest all theinformation in a fraction of a second.The exchange of ideas between us thenbecomesmuchmorecompleteandencompassing.Allcognitionat this level issuper-amplified(brainstorming,creativity,andothers).Inthesamewaythatourlevelofawarenesscanfluctuateoutsidethebody,the

means of communication fluctuate accordingly. For example, if we arecommunicatinganextremelyinspiringandinterestingideaextraphysicallywithaprojectorfromaforeignland,aswedelvedeeperintothisidea,therewillbeanincreaseinthelevelofawarenessofbothofus(holothosenicinfluence)aswellas in the level of communication, and both projectors could end upcommunicatingwithahighlevelofmajortelepathyduringthesameinteraction.

DeactivationoftheBodiesLetusseehowfeasibleitisforustousethesemeansofcommunicationoutsidethe body. The level of awareness and communication of extraphysicalconsciousnesses is very much tied to how many bodies they have discarded.Discardingabodyiswhatwecall“death.”Themoretechnicallycorrecttermfordeathisdesoma.

Desomaisacompoundwordformedfromthewordsdeactivationand soma. Therefore, a desoma is a somatic deactivation, thepassingawayofabody,ortheprocesswecalldeath.5

Asweknow,thephysicalbodyisnotpermanent.Weexperienceandlearnatcertainmomentsattachedtoaphysicalbody,followedbyotherperiodsinwhichweexistwithoutone.Foreveryhuman rebirth,wealsogo throughaphysicaldeath. However, since we have four bodies, and not just simply the physicalbody, itmeans thatwe can experiencemore than just thepassing awayof thephysicalbody—otherbodiesarediscardedaswell.6Thelevelofawarenessofanextraphysical consciousnesswill depend on howmany of these transitions, ordiscardingofbodies,theindividualhasundergone.Itisimportanttounderstandthatthediscardingofabodyisnotnegative,nor

isitapunishment.Justlikebeingborn,itisanaturalandcommontransition.Wehave already undergone many discardings, and we will undergo many, many

more.

Figure5.1:FirstDesoma(DeactivationoftheSoma)

Adeath, or the discarding of a body, can also be understood as a transitionfromaconditionofgreaterrestrictiontoaconditionoflesserrestriction.Asweshedbodies(whichrestrictus),ourmanifestationhastheopportunitytoexpand,allowingustohavegreaterfreedomofaction.Unfortunately,becauseofculturalconditioningsinsocieties,passingawayisusuallyseenassomethingunpleasantand negative.Wemust notice, though, that this is a conditioning of particularcultures,sincethereareculturesontheplanetinwhichdeathiscelebratedandnotmourned.

FirstDesoma—DeactivationoftheSoma(BiologicalDeath)Thedeactivationofthephysicalbody,orbiologicaldeath,isknownasthefirstdeath.7 The deactivation of the soma occurs due to biological death,which in

turn leads to the rupturing of the silver cord. Since the energosoma is theconnectionorbridgebetweenthephysicalbody(soma)andthepsychosoma,aportionof theenergiesof theenergosoma isalsodiscardedwith thebiologicaldeath.After going through the first death, we as consciousnesses stay with the

remnantsof the energosoma, aswell aswith thepsychosomaandmentalsoma(figure5.1).The first transition,orbiologicaldeath, isalsoknownas the finalprojection—from a physical point of view—and represents the irreversibledisconnection of the consciousness from its soma (physical body). Withoutexception,everybodyundergoesthistransition.Forconsciousnessesunpreparedforit,thedeactivationofthesomaisstillashockandtrauma.

SecondDesoma—DeactivationoftheEnergosomaThedeactivationoftheremainingportionoftheenergosomaiscalledtheseconddeath. After deactivating the energosoma, the extraphysical consciousnessremainsonlywithitsmoresubtlepsychosomaandthementalsoma(figure5.2).

Figure5.2:SecondDesoma(DeactivationoftheEnergosoma)

Weobservethatthehumanphysicallifeisprimarilyanenergeticmanifestationofusasaconsciousnessthroughtheenergosomaandthephysicalbody.Inthisfashion, the energosoma (energetic body) should exist only while we have aphysicalbody.Ideally,therefore,everytimeaconsciousnessundergoesthefirstdeactivation and discards its physical body, it should also promote thedeactivationofitsenergosoma.However, unlike the deactivation of the soma, the deactivation of the

energosomadoesnotoccurspontaneouslyorinnately.Theseconddeactivationissometimes referred to by certain groups as the death of the third day. Thisdeactivation does not actually, nor necessarily, take three days after the firstdeactivation to occur, since the time it takes to deactivate the remains of theenergosomacanvarygreatly.Itcantakeafewminutes,hours,days,months,orinsomecasesyearsordecades.In many instances, the consciousness does not pass through the second

deactivation and is instead reborn. There are consequences for not passingthroughtheseconddeactivation.Sincetheindividualdidnotdiscardtheenergyfrom the previous physical life, the new energosoma in the next life “mergeswith”theoldone,resultinginapersonwithadenserenergeticcondition.8Theperson’senergyinthenextlifeinthiscasewillbelessflexible,andachievinganOBEwillbeharder.Furthermore,fortheseindividuals,evenunderstandingtheconceptofanOBEwillbemuchharderinmostinstances.Theseindividualswillalsoperceivetheenergiestoalesserextentandwillbelessintuitiveaswell.As was already stated, passing through or not passing through the second

deactivation is an evolutionary issue. The level of attachments, conditioning,knowledge,andpracticalapplicationof thisknowledge iswhatwilldeterminewhethertheindividualpassesthroughtheseconddeactivation.Letusstudythisindetail.9

Thegreatmajorityofindividualsrealizethattheyare“something”beyondthephysical body—we call it the consciousness. Yet, in day-to-day life and inpractice,wetendtoignorethisfactandbecomeveryinterestedin,preoccupiedwith, and focused on our physical activities only—without keeping an eye on

our broader reality. It is from these physical activities that individuals end upderivingthemainreasonfortheirexistence.Thesereasonsvaryfrompersontoperson.Forsomeindividuals,themainreasonfortheirexistenceishavingahappyor

abigfamily,orboth.Othersbasicallylivefortheirwork,andtheirmaingoalistoachieveaspecificpositionintheworkforceandinsociety.Averyimportantobjectiveformanyistoretireearlyandtoliveacomfortablelife.Forothers,itisenjoying leisure activities and entertainment. For others less fortunate,maintainingtheirdailysubsistencetakesupmostoftheirtime.Whatneedstobeevaluatedhereiswheretheenergiesofthepersonaremainlybeingdirected.Asanexample,someindividualshaveanicefamilyandgoodfriends,andthey

areextremelydrivenandcommittedtotheirwork.Iftheyareasked,“Whichdoyouprefer,your familyoryourwork?,”mostof these individualswill answer“their family”—the politically correct answer. However, in many cases, thereality is that there ismore effort, energy, and enthusiasm flowing from themtoward their work than toward their family. In this particular case, theirtheoreticalandverbalanswerisnotinagreementwiththeiractualpractice.So, letusconsider thefollowing.Ifwedidnothaveanyobligations,andwe

werefreetodowhateverwewanted,whatisitwewoulddo?Whilelivinginthephysicalbody,wearepresentedwithmanyobligations in thisdimension.Firstand foremost, we need to concern ourselveswith the survival of the physicalbody.Intermsofourmostbasicnecessities,weareobligated toeat,go to thebathroom, sleep, and others. Furthermore, to maintain physical life and theconditionsnecessarytolivewell,mostofusmustwork,paybills,andsoforth.Whatoccurs thenwhenweundergo thebiological (first) deactivation is that

wefreeourselvesfromalloftheseobligations,andarenowfreetothinkaboutandputourenergiesintowhateverwewish.Thisiswhereanyconditioningsandattachmentsbecomemoreobvious.Many individualswill continue todedicatetheir energies to what they understand to be important to them (i.e., work,family,sex,cars,food,friends,entertainment,andsoforth)eventhoughtheynolongerhaveaphysicalbody.If theperson is tooattached tosomethingphysical, then theykeep thedense

energyoftheenergosoma,whichinturnattachesthemtothatphysicalelement

thatisrelevantforthem.Thus,theydonotpassthroughtheseconddeactivationoftheenergosoma.Eventhoughitwouldseemasifwecouldveryeasilychoosenot tobe attached to somethingphysical,whatoccurs is thatwhile thepersonremainswith thedense energies of the energosoma, the level of awareness islower—similartoaloadedprojection.Theindividualinthiscaseremainsattheequivalent of a 20% level of awareness (in some cases less), and thus theycannotjudgetheirsituationclearly.Furthermore, it is not easy to simply explain to these individualswhat their

conditionactuallyis,becausehowmuchtheycanunderstanddependsonthem(andontheirlevelofawareness).Manytimes,theydonotevenpayattentionorbecome aware of a projector trying to explain something to them. As wasexplained in chapter 3, the senses outside the body are not open; they aredirectedbytheperson’swillandinterests.Sowecanbescreaming(usingverbalcommunication in thesecases)next to them,and theymay simplynothearusbecause they are completely focused on something else (whatever intereststhem).The person’s conditionings and main interests take over by default. Some

individualsaremorelucid,andotherslessso.Weourselvescanleavethebody,observethisreality,andconfirmitdirectly.Manyextraphysicalconsciousnessesaresortofdazedandconfused,withalowlevelofawareness.Theirexistenceissimilartoourcommondreams,meaningnottoolucidandnottooclear.Justlikeinourdreams,wefindourselvesactinginwaysweknowwewouldnotactifweweremoreaware,whilejustifyingthemostirrationalsituations.Wehavetorealizethatwhatleadstheconsciousnesstosuchaconditionisthe

person’slevelofmaturityorhowbroadthementalityofthepersonis—inotherwords, it’sanevolutionary issue.Letususeananalogy toexplain this further.What would be the reaction of a three-year-old if he is eating his favoritechocolatebar,andthenwetakeitawayandtellhimhecaneatitafterdinnerinafew hours?Depending on howmuch he had focused on this activity, hemaystartscreamingandthrowabigtantrum.Hemayreactasifhisworldhasended.Because he has a narrower mentality, the moment focused on eating thechocolate became his whole world. And so we literally took his world awayfromhim.

However,whatwould happenwith us adults if someone took our chocolatefromus andgave it to a child?Whatwouldbeour reaction?Wemaybe finewithit,orwemayactuallysplitthechocolateintwoandgivethechildhalf.Wemay think, “I’ll stop by the supermarket later and buy one (or a full box ofthem),” or we may even just hand it over without any reaction. Since ourmentality is broader,wewill not react as if ourworldhas ended, becauseourworldismuchlargerthanjustachocolatebar.Unfortunately, for most people, their world—in practice—is basically only

theirphysicallife—andnow,afterthemomentofphysicaldeath,itisnotthereanymore. This is like the child who is unable to see or understand that otherpossibilitiesexist(hecanhavethechocolateafterdinner).Manyindividualsareunabletoseeorunderstandthatotherpossibilitiesexist,likewewillhavemanyotherlivesandwearenotphysicalbeings.Eventhoughtheideaofhavingotherlivesisnotasecret,formostindividualsitisstillonlyatheory—theylackthelucidpersonalexperienceorevidenceofthis.Asaresult,theirmainvaluesarestillmainlyintraphysicalandmonoexistential(basedonthecurrentlifeonly).When someone does not pass through the second deactivation and stays

focusedonsomethingrelatedtotheirrecentlyterminatedphysicallife,theyareusuallyunabletorecalltheirpastlives.Furthermore,theydonotprepareorplanfortheirnextlife—sincetheyarenotevenawarethattheirpastlifehasendedorthat they will have another life ahead. Over half of the population does notundergotheseconddeactivation.Wecanobserveintraphysicalevidenceofthisby simply considering the following question: What percentage of society isactually ready—or has enough practical understanding—to pass through thebiologicaldeactivation(todie)andhandleitwithcalmandmaturity?On the other hand, individualswhodopass through the seconddeactivation

(discard the remnants of the energosoma) are more lucid during theirintermissive period (the in-between-lives period).10 They are thus able toremembertheirpastphysicallivesandrealizethattheyarenotjusttheproductofthephysicallifethatjustended.Theirrealityisbroader.Thisalsoallowstheseconsciousnesses to actively participate in the analysis of the life they justfinishedaswellashelpthemtodecidewhattasksandactivitiestheyshouldgetinvolvedintoprepareforthenextintraphysicallife.Inregardtoevolutionand

theprocess of all of us being at thismoment in a series of physical lives, theideal would be to undergo the second deactivation every timewe discard thephysicalbody.Everybodyundergoesthefirstdeactivation.Yetitisonlyafterindividualshave

accumulated more development and evolution and have a broader mentalityabouttheirownrealitythattheystartpassingthroughtheseconddeactivationaswell.Theywillhavemanylivesthereafterpassingthroughthefirstandseconddeactivations and being reborn into physicality. After evenmore evolutionarygrowth, as well as many, many lives, individuals will eventually undergo thethirddeactivationaswell.

ThirdDesoma—DeactivationofthePsychosomaAttheendofour longsequenceofexistences, therewillcomeadaywhenwewill have learned everything that we needed to learn from the physicalexperienceaswellasfromtheexistenceofourpsychosoma.At thatpoint, theconsciousnesswilldiscardthephysicalbodyandenergosomafor the last time,followed immediately by the discarding of the psychosoma as well.11 This isknownasthethirddeath,or,inotherwords,thesoleandfinaldiscardingofthepsychosomathroughtheruptureofthegoldencord(figure5.3).

Figure5.3:ThirdDesoma(DeactivationofthePsychosoma)

The third deactivation is like graduation from physical evolutionary school.After this, the consciousness does not need to have physical lives ever again.Due to this, these types of beings who have undergone the third deactivationreceivethenameoffreeconsciousnesses,andtheyaretheoneswemeetinthementalsomaticdimensionswhenprojectedwiththementalsoma.

ExtraphysicalConsciousnessesWhen people pass away, they go to different dimensions. Their holothosenenaturallydetermines thedimension theyhave an affinitywith,which iswheretheywillgo.Thus,asexplained in thediscussionondimensions inChapter3,the tropospheric dimensions house individualswho have less information andless evolution. The level of overall stability and consciential maturity in theholothoseneof individualsat theendof their lifewillmake themgo tohigher

(energetically more subtle) or lower (energetically more dense) dimensionsaccordingly.Throughphysical liveswe learnand refineourattributesandcharacteristics.

Thisevolutionaryimprovementwillallowustogotoincreasinglymoreevolveddimensionsduringourintermissiveperiods.Eventuallywewillreachthehighestextra-physicaldimensionsandbereadytopassthroughthethirddeactivation.The consensus among the various conscientiological researchers is that right

now, for each one of us currently existing as an intraphysical consciousnessattachedtoaphysicalbody,thereareaboutninenonphysicalconsciousnesses.12

Inotherwords,theextraphysicalpopulationisconsideredtobeninetimeslargerthantheintraphysicalone.Inroundfigures,ifthehumanpopulationisnowover6billionpeople,then,applyingaratioof1:9,thismeansthattheextraphysicalpopulation is over 54 billion, for a grand total of more than 60 billionconsciousnesseswhorightnowoccupythemultidimensionalspaceon,around,andhavingtodowithplanetEarth.The population explosion over the last hundred years has more than

quadrupledthenumberofintraphysicalconsciousnessesontheplanet.Thisdoesnot necessarily mean that new consciousnesses are being created. It simplymeansthatoverthelasthundredyearstherehasbeenasignificantchangeintheproportionbetweenintraphysicalandextraphysicalconsciousnesses.Thisgivesus a very good reason to be optimistic about the evolutionary future of ourplanet.Wehaveneverhadthismanyconsciousnessesevolvingwiththehumanexperience as we do right now; and given that evolution at our level and onEarthseemstooccurasaresultofourphysicalhumanexperiences,thisisaverygoodsignindeed.Now let us consider the main categories of individuals (extraphysical

consciousnesses)wemaymeetoutsidethebody.

HelpersHelpers are extraphysical consciousnesses in a very refined and developedconscientialcondition.Theyarelucid,wellintentioned,positive,andmuchmoreevolved than the average human consciousness.13 All helpers are focused on

assisting consciousnesses, both physical and nonphysical, in the best possiblefashion. We are certainly able to meet them outside the body. Thecommunication with them is very direct and clear because they have beenpassingthroughtheseconddeactivationaftertheirphysicallivesforalongtimenow.Helpershavebeencalledbymanyothernames,suchasmasters,spiritguides,

illuminatedbeings,beingsoflight,andangels.

In some definitions of angels by different ideologies, they aredescribed as being of a different substance than us. They aredescribedasalwayshavingbeenangels,andwearedescribedasnever having been nor ever being able to become angels. This

theory is not supported by the evidence. Experientially and in directcommunications with them, we realize these evolved beings are usuallymuchmoreconscientiallyor spiritually refined thanweare,yet theyoncewereatthelevelofunderstandingweareatrightnow.Thisalsoimpliesthatwithmoreevolution,wewilleventuallyreachthestageofhelpers.14

Thoughmuch information has already been accumulated on theevolutionary levels of the various consciousnesses observedduring an OBE, explaining them goes beyond the scope of thisbook. For more information on this subject, please refer to the

section at the end of this book on IAC, specifically regarding the CDPprogram.VisitLearnOBEs.comfordetailsontheCDP.

HeightenedAwarenessHelpershaveaverydevelopedlevelofawarenessandunderstandtheproblemswe face in a totallydifferent light.Theirmentality andvisionarequitebroad.Thisdifferenceissimilartowhenachildinthethirdgradeishavingahardtimewithhishomeworkonlongdivisionandishelpedbyhisoldersister.Theoldersister,whoisalreadyintenthgrade,helpshim,andsinceshenaturallyhassuchastrongcommandofmath,theproblemiseasyforher.Helpers have a developed sense of practicality and are committed to their

assistantialtasks.Thehelpers’mainintentionistohelpindividualstoevolve,togrow,tobecomemorecapableandself-sufficient.Wecanbecertainthateverytimeahelperisclosetous,itisbecausethereisseriousevolutionaryworkbeingexecuted.Since there is alwaysmuchassistance tobegiven,helpersprioritizewithwhom,where,andinwhattheywillinvesttheirtime,energy,andeffort.15

HelpingUstoGrowHelpersknowwhatourlifetask,orexistentialprogram(themainactivitiesweplanned for ourselves for this life), is. To understand their approach, let usconsiderwhatwouldhappen ifwe left thebodyandasked them,“What ismyexistential program?” Helpers do not and would not say what our existentialprogram is because part of accomplishing it isus figuring outwhat it is. In asense,helperswantustolearntomakeourowndecisions,tomakebetteroneseachtime,andtoberesponsiblefortheirresults,meaningtogrowandtomature.Notice that ifhelperswere todirectlysaywhat shouldbedone,mostpeople

wouldthenblindlygoandfollowtheirinstructions.Ifforsomereasonwhattheperson was trying to accomplish did not work, they might hold the helpersresponsibleforthefailure—sincetheyweretheoneswhosoadvised(“theytoldmeto”).Helpersdonotwantnorneedustofollowthem.Wantingorneedingothersto

followusisasuresignofimmaturity,andhelpers,beingmature,donotbehaveinsuchafashion.Theyleadbyexample.Theywanttohelpusgrowasmuchaspossibleandtobemoreindependent,notmoredependent.Inthissense,itisalsoimportant to realize that helpers do not force anything on us; they completelyrespectourfreewillinitstotality.16Evenintheunfortunatecaseswherewewanttodosomethingthatisnegativeorunproductiveforusand/orothers,thehelperswillnotimpingeonourfreedom.Itiscriticaltorealizethatevolutioncomesfromus,fromwithin,bylearningto

evaluatewhatisbestandcarryingitout,andnotjustfollowingsomethingthatsomebodyelse said.Helpers alsowant individuals to realize thatweourselvesare the ones responsible for our own evolution. We may have the bestinformationavailable and thebesthelpers,yetnobody forcesus todeveloporgrow,andatthesametimenobodycandeveloporgrowforus.Wealonearethe

onesresponsibleforwhatwedecidetodoandhowwegoaboutdoingit.However, ifwedoposequestions,helperswillnotallowus to leaveempty-

handed.More than likely, since they know us better thanwe know ourselves,theywillbeabletoevaluateourevolutionaryneedscompletely.17Theywillhelpus by providing information, perspectives, angles, and ideas that we had notconsidered, so as forus tomake thebestpossibledecision.Theywill beveryassistantialinthissense,butthedecisionsactuallymadewillbeours.

UnbiasedHelpersareunbiasedandhaveaverydevelopedsenseofcosmoethics (cosmicethicswill be studied further in the next chapter). Theydonot play favorites.Thus, they try tohelpanybodywhowants toevolve,as theircriteriaaremoreuniversalistic.Theydonotconsiderindividualstobefromaspecificrace,socialclass, country, religion, or tradition that is anymore or less than others.Mostpeopleusuallyhavevaluesandpreferencesthatpertainspecificallytoacertaincountry,religion,race,ortradition,whilehelpersarealreadyfarbeyondthis.

EvolutionaryCriteriaandPrioritiesSince helpers are concerned with our consciential evolution, this implies thatthey will not provide certain types of assistance.18 In some cases, we mightrequestaidforactivitiesthatarenottooimportantfromanevolutionarypointofview, so, logically, considering the amount of serious assistantial work thathelpershave,theywilltendnottopaymuchattentiontosuchthings.Sometimesour requests are based more on physical comforts or pleasures that are notrelevantornecessaryforourconscientialgrowth.Likewise,helpersdonotspendtwenty-fourhoursaday“watchingover”us.It

is important to understand that there are much fewer helpers (evolvedconsciousnesses) in proportion to individuals that need help (lesser evolvedconsciousnesses).Therefore,helperswillprioritizebeingwithusatthemomentswhenwearemoreopentointuitionsorperformingactivitiesthataredirectlyorindirectlyevolutionarilyproductive.While we are doing mundane, routine activities, helpers will be helping

individualswhoareundergoingmorecriticalmoments in their lives.Likewise,whenotherpeoplearedoingmoremundaneintraphysicalactivities,helperswill

help us at ourmore criticalmoments.At the same time,most of the physicalactivitiesweperformdonotrequireahelper,sincethesearethingswecandobyourselves.Helpers are very interested in helping individuals grow. Yet, by looking at

society, we see that most of the main interests of individuals revolve aroundintraphysical concerns and not necessarily inner growth. In some casesindividualstendtothinkthattheirphysicalproblemsarethemostcritical;andinothercases,formoreselfishreasons, individuals thinkthathelpersare there toservethem.Itisimportanttocomprehendthathelpersarenotourpossessionswhocanbe

summonedatwhim.Theyareevolutionary friendswilling tohelpus.Yet theyare lucid, independent, and intelligent and very busy with many evolutionaryendeavors.The followingmay be a unique statement tomake, but evidence shows that

because of the average level of knowledge and understanding ofmost people,the relationshipmost intraphysical people establish during their physical liveswith theirextraphysicalhelper is similar tohow theywould relate toawaiter;meaning they only request things of helpers, and the relationship turns into amorepaternalisticrelationship(alwaysasking).Theytreathelpersthewaytheywouldtreatsomeonemeantonlytoservethem.Althoughthisisanunfortunatecircumstance, helpers, thankfully for us, are extremely patient andunderstanding, realizing that most individuals do not understand how thingswork.Yet,evolutionarilyspeaking,thosewhorelatebetterwithhelpersarethosewho nurture a more mature relationship with them, who are more concernedwiththeirevolutionandthatofothers—havingthesametypesofconcernsasthehelpers.

ConnectionsTherearetworeasonsthathelpersassistusandweconnecttothem.Eitherwehaveamorepersonalconnectionwiththem,orweconnect tothembecauseofthe activity we perform. We may have a personal connection with themstemmingfromapastlifewehadtogether.Forexample,maybewewereclosebrothers ten livesago.So in thesamewaywewouldgiveahand toabrother,

theyaregivingusanevolutionaryhandnow.Thesetypesofhelpersaretheonesthat“keepaneye”onusduringourlife.Other helpers connect to us due to the activitywe are performing.They are

moretechnicallyspecializedinaspecificactivity.Thus,adoctorwhoislookingfor the cure for a specific disease may have a more technical helper who isgiving him intuitions and trying to assist and safeguard him and his research.The main connection between them is the activity. If the doctor retires andsomeone else continues the research, the helper will then try to assist andsafeguard the new researcher. This technical helper is keeping an eye onsomethingbiggerthanthepersondoingtheresearch;namely,ontheeffectsandthenumberofpeoplewhowillbenefitoncetheresearchisconcluded.Thewaytoconnectortobeclosertohelpersisforustobemoreintunewith

theirholothosene.Thus,thewaytobondmoredeeplywithhelpersistobemoreinterestedinconscientialevolutionandinassistingothers—justlikehelpersare.Theoppositeisalsovalid.Ifapersonhasaholothosenethatiscontrarytotheirs,ormundaneorhedonistic,insomeinstancessuchindividualscangoverylongperiods without any type of evolved help. This is not due to the helpers’unwillingnesstohelp,buttothefactthatthepersonisnotinterestedinwhatthehelpers can provide in evolutionary substance—the person is looking for andinterestedinotherthings.

EnergeticRefinementAsaconsequenceofhavingasubtlerpsychosoma,freeofthedenseenergiesofthe previous physical body and because of their evolutionary level, a helpermaintains a high level of energetic refinement.19 Of all the extraphysicalconsciousnesses,more evolved consciousnesses like helpers are the hardest toperceivebecauseoftheirsubtlety.Evenwhenindividualsareprojected,helpersare rarely fully visible, because they remain in a more subtle dimension.However, the communicationwith them, feeling their energies and support, isperceivedmoreeasilywhileprojected.20

Likewise,whenhelpersarecloser tous,ourawarenessgenerally increases.21

Thisistheeffectoftheirenergiesonus—holothosenicinfluence.Inpractice,thiseffectisfeltsignificantlymorewhileweareprojected.

FunctionsHelpers canperformdifferent functions as they try tohelpus.Theycanworklike a projective assistant, giving us intuitions and energies so we develop acapacity that they know can lead us to greater evolution. They can work asguides while we are projected. They sometimes act as a deactivation (death)expert,helpingindividualsintheirtransitionthroughphysicaldeath.Theyworkasprotectorsinmanyinstances,helpingustoavoidaccidentsbutalsoprotectingusfromenergiesorinfluencesthatarenegative.Finally,themostcommoninteractionindividualshavewiththeirhelpersisnot

whiletheyareprojectedbutwhiletheyareintraphysical.Everybodyalreadyhasa long history with their helpers, even though they may not have had lucidprojections.Mostindividualsareunawareoftheirrelationshipwiththeirhelpers.Because of the dimensional difference, the helpers have the same difficultycommunicatingwith us that we dowith them. Yet we canminimize this gapthroughourdevelopment,especiallythroughlucidprojections.Underneaththehelpersintermsofawarenessareindividualswhohavealready

passed through the second deactivation and are extraphysically preparing fortheir next life.These consciousnesses donot have the extensive experience ofhelpers and, since they are busywith their own evolutionary process, are notmaking a significant influence in the physical dimension. We can call theseindividuals neutrals. When we leave the body, we can communicate withneutrals(viamajortelepathyinmostcases)andtheywillbepoliteandwillseemlikeothernormalpeople.Sinceneutralsdonotinitiatesuchdeepandestablishedinteractions in the physical dimension, the relationship we usually have withthem,unlikewithhelpers,ismainlyonlywhileweareprojected.

BlindGuidesBelow theneutralswe find theblindguides.Blindguidesareconsciousnesseswhoremainrelativelyconfusedintheir intermissiveperiods,andmostofthemdonotpassthroughtheseconddeactivation.Theyhaveanarrowerpointofviewandlackexperienceintryingtohelpindividualsproperly.22

Blind guides are extraphysical consciousnesses who may havegood intentions but have a low level of lucidity, and end up

disturbingmorethanhelping.

Since most blind guides do not pass through the seconddeactivation, they keep defending the interests of their recently terminatedphysical life. Their behavior is sometimes analogous to a confusedoverprotectiveparent.23Theytrytoforcetheirownwillonothers—theoppositeofwhathelpersdo.For example,when a personwith low lucidity passes away, theywill try to

keepondefendingtheirfamilyfromanyperceivedharm.Theyactuallywantthebestfortheirgroupandlovedones.Soinaninteractionbetweenthesonoftheblindguideandapersonexternaltothefamily,theblindguidewillalwaysfavortheirson.Inaninteractionbetweensomebodyofthesamereligionastheblindguideandsomebodyofadifferentreligion,theywillhaveastrongtendencytofavortheindividualoftheirgroupovertheonefromtheothergroup.The tragedy of blind guides is that they lack a broader awareness.They are

unable to realize that the son they are defending at this moment was, forexample, their son for the first time in this last life,while theperson they aredefending their son against (though in this life the person is external to thefamily)wasperhapstheblindguide’ssonfor twentydifferent livesbefore thisone.Inabroadersense,theblindguidehasaricherhistorywiththeotherpersonthanwiththeirsonfromthis last life.Yet theblindguidedoesnotrealizethis,and thus theycanonlydefend thepointofview theyhave,which isnarrowerbecauseitisbasedononlyonelifetime.Blindguidesbecomemuchmoreconditionedwithphysicallife.Sotheycanbe

borninreligionAonelifeandwilldefenditbyfightingagainstreligionBwithall their strength (sometimes even violently and sometimes, sadly, even withtheirlife).Yettheydonotrealizethat in theirprevious life, theywereactuallyborn into religionBand theydid the same:defend their religionwithall theirstrength—insomecasesfightingagainstreligionA.Goingastepfurther,theydonotrealizethattheyhavehadmanylivesandthusmanyreligionsalready.Thesametypeofinteractionoccurswithnationalismanddefendingnations(oranyothergroupforthatmatter).Some blind guides have a higher level of awareness than others. They

sometimescontinuetorepeatthesameactivitiesthatgavemeaningtotheirlifewhile they were in the intraphysical dimension. They do this in a verymechanical andnon-lucid fashion.Many times they actually continue togo towork,forexample,andtrytointeractwiththeintraphysicalbeingstherebutareobviouslyunable to.Theybecome frustratedandevenmoreconfusedby theirfailuretointeract.24Duetotheirlowlevelofawareness,itisveryhardtomakethem understand that they have already passed away; in most instances it issimplynotpossible.An example is a soldier who passes away and keeps trying to attack their

enemyoutsidethebody,orthereligiousprofessionalwhokeepstryingtorecruitand indoctrinate others. Another is the parent who keeps trying to educate,control,andsteerthelifeoftheirsonbutisunabletorealizethatthesonisnolonger a twelve-year-old, but is a forty-year-old man (and an independentperson). We see in these examples how they keep repeating actionsunnecessarilywhileinvestingenergyinwhattheyconsideredtobeimportantintheir lifeand/or on things thatwere left unresolved andhad a deep impact onthem. The influence they have is energetic. It is an energetic intrusion ontointraphysicalconsciousnesses.Thenumberofdifferent typesofblindguides is enormous.This is themost

populatedgroupextraphysically.Wecanunderstandtheextraphysicalpopulationbyanalyzingphysical society, since theextraphysicalconsciousnessesnowarethe ones that passed away in the last decades.We realize that themajority ofindividuals in societieshave interests andvalues that arevery specific to theirmomentary physical life and culture in which they find themselves. They areunable, inpractice, to seea larger reality: the fact that theyaremore than justthisphysicallife,thattheyareaconsciousnessinevolution.Noticethatmostpeopledonothavebadintentionstowardothers.Ingeneral,

they actually even wish others well, but first and foremost come their ownobjectives. So in trying to accomplish their objectives (self-centered), theysometimessteponothers.25Thus,whendoingasimplebusinessdeal,individualswill try to negotiate the best possible price for themselves, inmany instanceswithoutanyregardforhowthismayaffecttheotherperson.It is important to understand that althoughblindguides disturb, they are not

monsterswith a horror-movie type of appearance. Theywere actually normalindividuals, likemost of us.They canbe our relativeswhohavepassed awayandwillsupportusoveranybodyelsebecausethatiswhattheyareconditionedtodo.Ablindguidesometimesbehaveslikeourbestfriendwhowantstogooutwithus.Eventhoughwearebusywithotherprioritiesatthatmoment,theymayinsist so much that we finally give in—this is an example of their self-centeredness.26

Extraphysical-IntraphysicalConnectionLuisMineroAugust7,2003,LosAngeles,California

Ifellasleepafterworkingwithenergyforawhilewithoutfeelinganythingoutoftheordinary.WhenIwokeupinthemorning,therecollectionoftheprojectionIhadcametome.Therecollectionwasnotperfectandwasonlypartial.I had been in a classroom giving a class outside the body. As regular

activitieshadstarted recently in theLosAngelesoffice, Ihadalreadyhadtwoor threeotherprojections similar to this one.During theprojection, Iwasgivingclassestoabouteighttotenconsciousnesses.Theclassroomwaslocatedatthetopofabuildingthatwasaboutsevenoreightstoriestall.TheenvironmentfeltextremelyfamiliarandIknewIhadbeentherebefore—yetnotduringtheotherexperiencesofteachingI’dhadearlierintheyear.Thebuilding was surrounded by an open area and by other shorter buildingsbasically encircling the one I was in. The place was like a campus forlearning, and the structures were of very bright and lively colors—lightgreen,yellow,red,andskyblue.During the class I was lecturing about intrusion. I was using mainly

speechand sometimes somebasic formof telepathy to communicatewiththem, and the extra-physical-consciousnesses-students were also mainlyusing speechwhen asking questions.The language usedwasSpanish andthe extraphysical consciousnesses looked decidedly Hispanic in theirappearance.I had never seen any of the extraphysical consciousnesses, and none of

themseemedfamiliartome.Afteramaleextraphysicalconsciousness(darkhairwithamustache,whitelong-sleeveshirt,brownishskin,andabout1.70meters—5’7”—inheight)whowassittinginthemiddleoftheroomaskedmeaquestion,Itriedtomakeitclearthattheconditionhewasinvolvedinwasintrusion.Myenergeticintentionwastomaketheconsciousnessawarethat he was disturbing more than helping and that it was intrusion. As Imentioned the word intrusion, my energies flowed with some strength toreinforcetheidea.Theprojectionwasinadimensionthatwasn’ttooevolved,asevidenced

by the need for rooms and buildings, by the need for extraphysicalconsciousnessestosit inchairs,andbytheneedtohavetoresort inmanyinstances to speech (verbal communication). Likewise, the level of theinformationIwaspresentingwasfairlybasic.Afterwritingdownthisexperienceinthemorning,Itheorizedthatsome

of the consciousnesses that were in the extraphysical classes wereeventually going to appear in physical classes, similar to the otherexperiences I’d had in which I was also giving classes while projected.However,noneofthoseconsciousnessesevercametotheclasses—buttheidea of wanting to find some of them physically stayed with me and Idecidedtokeepmyeyesopenforthepossiblephysicalappearanceoftheseindividuals.September20,2003,LosAngeles,California

AboutamonthandhalflaterIwasteachingaclassonthementalsomafortwostudents.TheclasswasgiveninSpanishandtheybothwereMexicanbybirth.Ihadalreadygiventwoweeksofclassestothem,andtheclassesweregoingasusual.Aswewerediscussingtheideasonthementalsoma,Imentionedthattherewasnointrusioninthementalsomaticdimension.“C.”then proceeded to ask me why that was so. The condition of energeticintrusion was something that we had covered the previous week and thequestion seemed to be the type of “leftover” question that ismany timesasked days or weeks later, after the information has been digested bystudents.As Iwas starting toanswer it, I started feelingenergies thathadconnected me with something extraphysically. In an instant I understood

whatwashappening: themale extraphysical consciousness that had askedmeaboutintrusionintheprojectiononAugust7,2003,hadacloseaffinitywith“C.”—morethanlikelyasablindguide.Theenergeticrecognitionwasfast and unmistakable, typical of intuitions associatedwith these events. Ialso realized that the objective of extraphysically teaching thoseconsciousnessesmorethanamonthagowastotrytoeducatethemsothattheywouldnotplaceasmuchpressureonthephysicalperson—inthiscase“C.”I felt in this case that such an objectiveworked, and the projection had

helped so that “C.” would have less energetic pressure on him from thisextraphysicalconsciousness,andenoughfreedomandopennessforhimtobeabletophysicallyfindinformationonthesubjectofOBEsandtobeabletoattendclasses.

In certain instances the opposite also happens, where we as intraphysicalconsciousnessescanactasblindguides,andtherecipientsofthoseenergiesareextra-physicalconsciousnesses.Letusconsider,forexample, thecaseofamanwhopassesawayandhasthepotentialtopassthroughtheseconddeactivationforthefirsttime.Thispersonalreadyhasthematurityandunderstandingtodetachfromphysical life and regain his awareness extraphysically. However, once hisrelatives begin crying for him during the funeral and afterward (especially inmanyWesternsocieties),theycallhimenergetically,andthiscanhavetheeffectof“anchoring”himtothephysicaldimension.This“anchoring”stemmingfromother people connected to the individual who recently passed away can beespeciallydisruptivewhenitoccursforlongerperiodsoftime.Thus, notice here that the intraphysical relatives do not have bad intentions

toward the personwho just passed away. On the contrary, they have the bestintentions. Yet because their understanding of the process of death is limited,theyendupdisturbingmorethanhelping—thedefinitionofablindguide.Thepersonwhopassedaway isaperfectcandidate for receivingassistanceoutsidethebody,soastodisconnectenergeticallyandbeabletopassthroughtheseconddeactivation (see the “Extraphysical Assistance” section at the end of this

chapter). In this particular case, he already has one of the most importantrequirements for passing through the second deactivation: a higher level ofawareness.

IntrudersBelow blind guides in terms of awareness we find intruders. Intruders aredifferent from blind guides in that they do not have positive intentions.27

Intruders try to energetically force certain actions and have no regard foranybodyelse.Theyalsohavenotpassedthroughtheseconddeactivation.There are some intruderswho are completely unaware even of their lack of

awareness, and there is a minority of others who are aware of their negativeintentions and actually enjoy it.28 Both cases are extremely pathological andunevolved. The first group of intruders is composed of individuals who aremainlyextremelyneedyandinlack.

An example of an intruder is a personwho smokedmost of hislife.29 The person underwent the first deactivation and no longerhas a physical body. Therefore, he cannot grab a cigarette or alighteranddoesnothave lungsorair tobreathe.Yet thisperson

still has a strong craving for a cigarette. This need is so strong that itcompletelydeterminesallofhisbehaviorsandkeepshimnon-lucid.Themomentsomeoneinsideabodystartstosmokeandmanifestenergies

of smoking, the extraphysical consciousness will connect to the physicalpersonlikeamagnet.Theextraphysicalintruderwillstarttosmokethroughandwiththephysicalconsciousness,performingadefinitivevampirizationoftheenergyofthephysicalone.

Extraphysical intrudersareattractedbytheenergies they lack.30Theway theconnectionismadeisthroughanauriccoupling(seeChapter2).Noticethatinmost instances the extraphysical consciousness has no idea who the physicalperson is.Theyareconnected through theparticularcommonactivity—similarto individualswho only talk to each other on the street because one is out ofcigarettesand isasking theother foracigarette.Asmentionedpreviously, ouractivitiesandourthosenestuneusintodifferentconsciousnessesandenergies.

Themoment thephysical person is finishedwith their cigarette, the intruderwillcreatethosenicpressureforthephysicalpersontolightupanotherone,andanotheroneafterthat,andsoon.Thisissimilartoadogthatbegsnonstopforfoodatatable.Intrudersarecompletelyneedy.Noticethatunawareintrudersarealsounbiasedinmanyaspects.Theydonot

care if thephysical person is of aparticular sex, religion, nation, or race.Theintruderisthereonlybecauseoftheirneed.Naturallyandlogically,thesetypesof intrusions occur with any and all types of addictions and vices—drugs,31

gambling,violence,sex,food,alcohol,television,andothers.32

Theothertypeofintruderistheonewhoactuallyenjoysseeingotherssuffer.Wecan already see that because this is their defining characteristic, theyhavenotevenbeguntocomprehendevolutionaryprincipleslikerespectforothersorassistance. These are intruders who hang around and feed off the energy ofactivities likeviolentsports (i.e,boxing,ultimate fighting),spontaneousfights,crimes,andotherthosenicpatternswemayproduce.33

When individuals become angry, these intruders take advantage of theopportunityandconnect topeople,amplifyingtheiranger.Physical individualslaterdescribehow“they lost theirhead”or that theydonotknow“whatcameover them.” Intrusiondoesnotdiscriminate; itoccurswithpeople inall socialclasses,nations,andanytypeofphysicalgroup.Someintrudersactinspecificplacessuchasdrug-relatedenvironments,night

clubs, casinos, bars, and other drinking establishments. Some act on specificemployment positions, like the influence and intrusion received by a corruptmanager. Some act through ideas, such as the businessmanwho gets ideas onhowtocarryoutanunethicalmoney-making“businessstrategy.”Someintrudersactduringaspecifictimeofthedayornight,likethenighttime

actions of extraphysical consciousnesses who want to feed on energies(energivourous)orenergeticvampires.Othersactduringspecialeventssuchasweaponsconventions,Halloweenparties,andcarnivalswithmanyvicesaround,oraround theaters thatareplayingcertain typesofmovies thatevokenegativeenergies.

WhileIntraphysical:EnergyandDealingwith

ExtraphysicalConsciousnessesThe relationships we have with blind guides and intruders occur much morefrequentlywhileweareinthephysicalbodythanwhenweareprojected.Sinceblindguidesandintrudersareinthecrustalortroposphericdimensions,stillveryclose to this physical one, with their interests and energies focused on whathappens in the physical dimension, they produce all type of influences onphysicality.Notice that it is from the physical dimension that they collect thedenseenergiestheyarelookingfor.While projected, we rarely bump into these consciousnesses. As was

mentionedbefore,whileprojected,wetendtogotodimensionsthatareclosertoourholothosene,andbecauseof this,duringmanyexperienceswemightbe indimensionsthataremoresubtlethantheirs.In theory,whilewe are in the physical dimension,we can become intruded

uponatanymoment.34Thefirstthingweneedtorealizeisthatintrusionoccursbecausewemanifest a certain pattern of energy that intruders are needing orlooking for and thus they attach to us (like attracts like). Their influence innatureisenergetic,orholothosenic.35Thus,inthegreatmajorityofcases,wearetheoneswhoinitiatetheconnectionandmakethecontactpossible—wepreparethefield.Thesameenergeticmechanismof“likeattractslike”appliestohelpers.If we manifest evolutionary and assistantial energy, then helpers find roomwithinourholothosenetoworkwithusandthroughus.Inthefollowingexample,letusdescribeanormaldaytounderstandhowthe

interactionsbetweenconsciousnessesmaywork.

Saywehappenedtowakeupearlyonthisday.Wesleptwellandhad a good breakfast. We feel very well and are now calmlydrinking coffee on our porch. We have enough time before weneed togo towork.Aswe sipourcoffee,we turnourheadand

happentocatchourneighborgettingreadytogotowork.Aswewatchhim,werememberthathejusthadadeathinthefamilyandheishavingahardtime dealing with this. As we look at him, we think, “It’s a pity. He isusually suchanupbeatperson. Iwish therewas something I coulddo forhim.”

Themomentwe think that,wedidmore than just think.Wecreated (asalways)athoseneinwhichwearestatingthat,ifpossible,weareavailableto help him.Our neighbor’s helper captured that thosene, as did our ownhelper.At thatmoment, the intuitions start to flow.We remember thatwereceived a book as a gift two years ago that dealt with overcoming suchsituations.Werealizethatweneverevenlookedatthatbook,yetitmustbeon the shelfwith the others. So the idea comes to us, “What if I find thebookandgiveittomyneighbor?”36

In figure 5.4 we have a relative line of holothosenic balance. Level Arepresentsourholothosene, theaverageofourenergeticquality.Whenwestarted to produce thosenes about helping our neighbor, we weremanifesting energy that is aboveour average.Weare certainly capableofmanifesting such energy, but it is not our average. At that moment, twohelperswereabletoconnectwithusatthelevelrepresentedbylevelB.Weknowwestillhave timebefore leavingforwork,sowego inside to

lookforthebook.Oncewereachthebookshelf,thatbookisthefirstonewesee—whatasynchronicity!Wehadn’tevenseenornoticedthatbookinmonths!Itisasifsomethingwasguidingusstraighttoit.Sowegoandgiveittoourneighbor.Wequicklyexplainthathecankeepitandthathopefullyitwillbeuseful.

Figure5.4:HolothosenicQuality

Wegetinourcarandleaveforwork.Aswearedrivingtowork,adriverwhoisinabigrushcutsinfrontofustogetinourlaneandwehavetoslamon the brakes. Our reaction is to produce aggressive thosenes against theother driver.We think how irresponsible it is to drive in that fashion. Insome cases people will not just think about it, but they will show theirfrustrationbyscreaming,makingspecifichandsignstotheotherdriver,andinmoreextremecasesevengettingoutofthecartoargue.Theotherdriverisabletoseeuscomplainingthroughtherearviewmirror,andsinceheisinarush,healsoanswersbackwitha“sign”forustosee.Healsostartstotalkinsidehis car: “Thesepeople, can’t they see I’m in a hurry?!”Obviously,nobody else knows he’s in a hurry, but he is so self-absorbed in his ownneedsthathecannotunderstandanythingelseatthatinstant.Themomentwestartproducingthosenesagainsttheotherdriver,westart

to exchange energy at a level that is lower than our average. We are

involvedinanenergeticquarrelwiththeotherperson.Now, let’s imagine that two other relatives arewith us in our car. They

will probably react to this event in the same fashion we did. They willsupportourposition(theyareourrelatives)bytellingushowirresponsibletheotherdriverisandwillalsoproducethosenesagainsttheotherdriver(insomecasestheywillbetheonesscreamingattheotherdriver).Now,let’ssupposethatintheotherdriver’scartherearetworelativesof

his,whoarealsonervousandself-absorbedbecausetheywantandneedtoget to where they are going in a hurry. They will probably support thepositionoftheirrelative(theotherdriver)becauseheisfamilyandwearenot.Sotheywillalsomanifestenergiesagainstusandourparty.Now,whatnormallyoccurs(andinthisexample)isthattheserelativesare

real, but they are not physical. They are extraphysical consciousnesses—formerfriendsorrelativesofours.Sotherearesomeblindguideswhohaveourbest interests inmindandwhoaredefendingus.At thesametimetheotherdriveralsohashisblindguideswhohavehisinterestsinmindandaredefending him. We are already connected to our blind guides, sendingenergiesagainsttheothergroup,andviceversa,andeverybodyisconnectedbytheenergyofthequarrel.Inamatterofseconds,weareconnectedwithseveralblindguides.Someareagainstusandothersaregivingussupportwhileamplifyingourangerandindignationtowardtheotherdriver.Atthesametime,acoupleof“independent”intruderswhofeedoffthisenergyareconnected to everybody and are helping to amplify the belligerent energyandthusfeedingthemselvesfromit.This last interaction looks like level C in figure 5.4 (several

consciousnessesconnected).Wearemanifestingenergythatislessthanouraverage—sincewedonotspendtheentiretimeinthiscondition.

We see how, during our daily interactions,we can become intruded upon atanymoment.Eventhoughwedidnotinitiatetheactivity,ourreactionshelpedtobring it to its final state. Our energy contributed to it.37 For more evolvedconsciousnesses—e.g., helpers—themainpathology in theworld isnotAIDS,cancer,oranyotherphysicalillness;itisintrusion.

Howdowedealwith intrusion?First of all, by realizing that the energywemanifest is what attracts the extraphysical consciousnesses to us.We need tobecomemoreawareofour thosenesand reactionsand try to improveon themeverytime.Inthelongrun,whatwearetryingtodohereistodistanceourselvesfromintrusivebeingsbyimprovingthequalityofourownholothosene.Second,intheshortterm,wecanuseourenergeticknowledgeandcapacityto

disrupttheseenergeticconnections.AswasmentionedinChapter2,thewaytoexecute an auric uncoupling or a sympathetic dissimilation is by doing avibrational state (VS).TheVSwillnotonlyassistus in resettingour thosenesbut itwill also help us to balance ourselves emotionally, raise our awareness,disconnectanyintrudingenergies,andpreventfutureintrusions.38Thus,theVSisthekeytocontrollingenergeticinteractions.Notice that the strength of our VS will be in agreement with our average

quality of energy (line A in figure 5.4). So any connection weaker than ouraveragewill bedisconnected.Naturally, ifwe alreadyhavegreater experiencearrivingattheVS,producingitatthismomentwillbeeasier.Furthermore,ifwepractice it regularly, we will prevent many cases of intrusion, because ourenergeticdefenseswillbeinherentlystronger.However, ifwe cannotyet reach aVS, thendoing theVELOandactivating

ourenergytothebestofourabilitywillalreadydisconnectmostintrusionswehave. Notice that a big part of the strength of the energy comes from theawarenessoftheindividual—andwearemoreawareofwhatishappeningthantheblind-guide-extraphysical-consciousnessis.NotethatwewillnotdisconnectfromourhelpersbyinstallingaVS.Yetthey

mayhave alreadydisconnected andmaybehelping someone else in a criticalmoment.Of course, even during instanceswhere theymay still be connected,they do not put pressure on us.Helpers respect our freewill. In the previousexample,itwaswe(andtheotherdriver)whochosetomanifestthosenegativeenergies—though inmost cases we are not aware of the consequences or theextraphysicaldynamicsinvolved.Insomeinstanceshelperswillbetheretoassistusinthesesituations.Butin

orderforthemtohelpus,weneedtotuneintotheir“frequency”(again,wearetheinitiators).Thatmeans,ifwearestillangrilythinkingaboutwhatwewould

liketodoorsaytotheotherdriver,ifthisisstillourintention,thenthereisverylittle the helper can do.We are choosing (through our thosenes) to focus onsomething else.Helpers do not force us to think in a positive and assistantialmanner.Wearetheoneswhoneedtostartthiscyclesotheycanhelpusalong;theycannotdoitforus.

WhileExtraphysical:ConsciousnessesandDevelopmentWhen individuals undergo the first deactivation and become extraphysicalconsciousnesses, they tend togo toadimension thathas thesameholothosenethattheydo.Soaconsciousnesswithamorerefinedordevelopedholothosene(greater evolution)will tune in to amore stable and subtle dimension.Noticethatthereisnobodyoutsidethebodyassigningtheseconsciousnessestospecificdimensions. Individualsarealreadynaturallypredetermined togo toa specificdimensionbecauseoftheirownholothosene(holothosenicdeterminism).Extraphysical consciousnesses will spend some time in their intermissive

period(in-between-livesperiod)andwillundergorebirth(technicallyandmoreaccurately called resoma, or the reactivation of a soma) afterward.During thecourse of this new physical life, the intraphysical consciousnesswill have theopportunitytorenew,refine,andimproveitsownideas,attitudes,relationships,andenergy(holothosene).Asindividualsdothis,theymaygotoaslightlymoreevolveddimensionduringtheirnextintermissiveperiod.Andso,fromlifetolifeas they continue improving, they keep on “climbing” dimensions and theevolutionary scale until they, aftermany,many lessons andmany,many lives,undergothethirddeactivationandbecomeafreeconsciousness.Very much in the same way, when we project, we tune in to a range of

dimensionsthatareclosertoourholothosene.Inpractice,itisnoteasytogotohighlyevolveddimensionsortoveryunevolveddimensionsbecausewehavenoresonancewith either of them.Notice that our holothosene (thequality of ourmanifestations)determineswhoweare.Wearenotmuchlessthanthat(makingithardtogotoverydense,lowerdimensions)andwearenotmuchmorethanthat (making it difficult to project to highly evolved dimensions). Normally,whenwegotoeitherdimensionalextreme,ahelperusuallytakesustoahighlyevolved dimension for some specific educational purpose or to a very dense,

lowerdimensionforanassistantialpurpose.39

Wehaveheardhowsomeindividualsarescaredtoleavethebodybecauseofencounterswithcertainextraphysicalconsciousnesses.In some cases, projectors talk about an extraphysicalconsciousness that sometimes is there to stop them from leaving

the body (i.e., the gatekeeper, hitchhiker).40 Also, sometimes there arestories of projectors who mention that they had to fight with anextraphysicalconsciousnessoutsidethebody.41

Thus, it is important tomention that ifourenergy isstableandpositive,we will not have any type of experience of this nature. The reason thatcertain projectors have these types of experiences is because they stillresonatewith such activities.More balancedpeople donot have toworryaboutthis.Thus,letusposesomequestionsthatcanhelpustounderstandthis:Does

myholothosenehaveanycontentofviolenceinit?HaveIassociatedmyselfwith a group that is defending a narrower interest (dogmatic or mystic)?HaveIassociatedwithenergyfromagroupthatisagainstanotherspecificgroup?Thisalsohelpstoexplainwhy,whenindividualsproduceanOBEthrough

drugs, their experiences tend to be strange and distorted.We can analyzethis a bit further.What, in general, is the holothosene of the entire drugenvironment?Whattypeofextraphysicalconsciousnessesaretheyevokingwithsuchanactivity?42

Again,itisimportanttostressthatwell-intentioned,normalprojectorsdonothavetoworryabouthavingnegativeexperienceswhileprojected.ManyindividualshavehadyearsanddecadesofOBEs,evenprojectingtoevolveddimensions,withoutencounteringanytypeofconfrontation.Similarly, for projectors who sometimes have had less-than-pleasant

encounters, once theybecame aware ofwhy thiswas happening and theyrenewed or recycled their holothosene, they stopped having suchexperiences.

Thereisaninterestingconsequencestemmingfromthis“likeattractslike”ruleof holothosenic affinity. If our average of energy is not like the one of anintruder, then it is very unlikely thatwewill just bump into them outside thebody.It is actuallymuch,much easier tomeet intraphysical individualswho have

intruder-like energy than to meet intruders extraphysically while projectedoutsidethebody.

“Normal”OBEDevelopmentItisdifficulttodescribethepossibletrajectorythatyouwillhaveasyoustarttohave OBEs, because many individual factors can and will affect it. There isactuallynosuchthingas“normaldevelopment”intermsofprojections,justlikethereisn’tan“averageintraphysical life.”Yet, togetabetteridea, letustrytodescribe how the projective development, along with its extraphysicalrelationships,mayprogress.43

Thefirstprojectionstendtoendfairlyquicklybecausewebecometooexcitedorsurprisedbycertainelements;forexample,themomentwepassthroughourfirstwallorthemomentwejumpoffthefirstroof.Ourawarenesscan fluctuatequiteabitduring theseexperiences. Insomeof

them,wewillfeeltheprocessofdisconnection,haveablackout,andthenregainawareness. In others,wewill regain awareness during themiddle of the nightandwillrealizethatweareoutsidethebody.As we start to control the extraphysical environment better, we begin to

venture into projectionswherewe go further. Individuals start trying to reachspecific targets, like a relative’s house.Projectors have experiences like flyingandfollowingthecourseofariverallthewayouttosea,orspendingsometimeunderwater,orflyingtoanothercontinent,orstartingtolearnaboutsomeofthedifferent dimensions. In essence, even though these are mostly “tourist”projections,theyareeducationalexperiencesaswell.Inmany instances (maybe after a couple dozen or so experiences),wemay

realize thatwehavenot extraphysicallymetanyoneyet.As theenergyof thisideaisonourmind,wemayactuallycomeacrossagroupofindividualsduringoneofthesubsequentexperiences.Perhapsweseethematacertaindistanceand

decide to simply watch them—this being the first occasion we are seeingsomebodyelseextraphysically.Aswewatch them,we realize that theydonothave a silver cord, so they are extraphysical consciousnesses. In theircommunication,theyarebasicallyswitchingbetweenminorandmajortelepathy—but there is no articulation takingplace.The stability andnormalcyof their“conversation” letsusknowthat theyare individualswhohavealreadypassedthroughtheseconddeactivation.Aswethinkaboutallofthesedetails,wefeelenergy(intuition)comingtousthatconfirmsourconclusions.Intraphysically, as we are thinking about the OBE after the experience, we

realize that those consciousnesses looked very normal.We think to ourselvesthat we could have talked to them with no problem, and that next time weactuallywill.Therefore, twoprojectionsafterward,wesee thegroupagain.Asweapproachthem,oneofthemrealizesweareaprojectorandgreetsus.Theyask us about the intraphysical dimension and we ask them about thisextraphysicaldimension.As we had perceived before, they are consciousnesses who have passed

through the second deactivation. Interacting with them using telepathy issomething interesting andnew tous, butwe realize howmuchmore effectivetelepathy is as opposed to speech. They are in that dimension finishing thepreparation for their next life. They tell us certain characteristics about thatdimensionthatwehadnotnoticed.Eventually,wereturntoourbody.We continue to have a few more experiences with extraphysical

consciousnesses, and our confidence and understanding of the extraphysicalreality grow.We suddenly notice, however, after returning from anOBE, thatthere was a very specific energetic sensation surrounding us during this lastexperience.Also,someoftheideasweattributedtointuitionandthereadingofthe energy of the environment seemed to have a different specific externalsource. As we think more about it, we realize that this specific energeticsensation that surrounded us andwas so clear during this last experiencewassomethingwehadactuallyfeltseveraltimesbefore.Whatstrikesusisthefactthat it was so clear and obvious during this last OBE. Our sensitivity hasincreasedafewnotches.Inournextprojection,wemayfeelthatsensationagainanddecidetoexplore

itfurther.Asweconcentrateonit,weexteriorizesomeenergytoconnectwithit.It suddenly hits uswhat it is. It is our helper.Aswe realize this and connectmoredeeplywithourhelper,ourawarenessincreasesandinafewsecondsweunderstandmanyideas:

•Thatsensationhasbeenwithusduringallofourprojections.• We have been receiving intuition from it during all of our extraphysical

experiences.Theseideascamesosubtlythatitalmostseemedasifweweretheonesproducingorthinkingthem.•Thereasonthatwedidnotmeetotherextraphysicalconsciousnessesatfirst

wasbecauseourhelperhadbeenguidingusthroughsimplerthings.• The moment we thought about meeting extraphysical consciousnesses, it

meantwewereready,andthusourhelperguidedustothegroupwemet.•Theconfirmationoftheconclusionswewerearrivingatwhilewatchingthe

groupofextraphysicalconsciousnesseswascomingfromthehelper.•Aswethinkaboutthisfurther,werealizethatwealsofeltthesensationofthe

helperonafewoccasionsbeforewewereabletoleavethebody,whenweweretrying OBE techniques. The reason that we did not feel it on even moreoccasionswasbecauseoursensitivitywasnotdevelopedenough.•Furthermore, as our awareness increases,we realize that itwas our helper

whobasicallyguidedustowardcertainbooksormaterialsonOBEs,beforewelearnedhowtohaveone.•Werealizethatthissensationisnotonlyfromthelastyear;wealsorecognize

itfromouradolescenceandeveninfancyduringdifficultandcriticalmoments.•Lastly,wenoticeandrememberthisfeelingfromourintermissiveperiodas

well,beforewewereborn into thiscurrent life.Maybeourhelperwas the lastconsciousness to wish us well before coming into the current body, evensometimesremindingusatthatmomentthatwewouldseeeachotherinafewdecades(now).Soithitsusthatourhelperisaveryoldfriendofours.

Now that we are in better contact with our helpers and we know whichintuitionsareoursandwhichonescomefromthem,wedevelopamoreeffectivecommunicationwiththem.Wecannowaskthemquestionsdirectlyandbenefit

fromtheirknowledge.Wealsorealizethatbecauseourhelpersareatahigherevolutionarylevelthan

weare,theyarebasicallyalwaysinadifferentdimension.Thus,actuallyseeingthemoutside thebody is a rare condition.44 They explain to us thatwe are sodependantonourvisioninphysicallifethatwetoooftenlookforthiselementalone,inordertofeelsupportedandbeabletocreateabetteraffinitywithotherthings.Yetwemustlearntopayattentiontoandtotrustourenergeticsensationsand intuitions (which is a richermeans of perception)more often as tools forinteraction.

Evolvedhelpersdonotvalueappearanceand/ornamesverymuch.These are elements that are more relevant in the intraphysicaldimension.Extraphysicalrecognitionisbasedontheholothoseneof the individual. Thus, we can analyze the level of the

extraphysicalconsciousnessbasedonwhetherornotwecanseethem.Ifweproject many times and meet specific extraphysical consciousnesseswhoalwaysseemtobethere,thenwecanarriveattheconclusionthattheyarenot that much more evolved than we are—and are probably not helpers.Since theyarebasicallyalways in thesamedimension thatweareable toregularly reach, it means their holothosene resonates more with such adimension,andthequalityoftheirideasisatthatlevelaswell.Furthermore, if,evenwhenprojected,helpersare rarelyvisible, thenwe

canimaginethattheirbecomingintraphysicallyvisibleisanextremelyrareoccurrence. Sowe can ponder,what type of consciousnesses are the onesthat have an easier time connecting with the physical dimension? Theanswer, naturally, is that the ones that are closer to the intraphysicaldimension have denser energies that enable them to directly interactwiththisdimension.Thus,werealizethatthegreatmajorityofconsciousnessesthat are channeled through mediums and that connect regularly to theintraphysical dimension fall into this category—especially in cases ofpsychography(automaticwriting),45psychophony,46andothers,wheretheyare actually able to take control of a dense physical body. Denserconsciousnesses are the ones regularly able to control physical bodies. In

many of these cases, they seem to be well-intentioned extraphysicalconsciousnesses,yet,astheevidenceshows,theyarenotevolvedhelpers.

Thefollowingisa listsummarizingsomeof thetypesofassistanceprovidedbyhelpers:47

•Efficienthelpduringphysicalandextraphysicalperiods48

•Energeticsupportthroughthetransmissionofconscientialenergy•Assistanceinprojectingordisconnectingfromourphysicalbody49

•Increaseinextraphysicallucidityorextraphysicalawakening•Receptionofinspirationsandintuitivesuggestions•Assistanceinreachingourmainevolutionarylifeobjectives•Executionofvisualdidactic(learning)projections—includingclairvoyance50

•Establishmentofcontactswithotherextraphysicalconsciousnesses•Extraphysicalflyingingroup•Mentalbody-to-mentalbody(mentalsoma)transmissions•De-intrusions51

•Guidancetowardproductive,positiveextraphysicalexperiences

ExtraphysicalAssistanceAs we continue developing our projectability, especially as our mentalityexpandsasaresultoftheseexperiences,wecanreachthelevelofstartingtodoassistantial projections.52 In these experiences, we project with our helpers toprovide assistance to somebody else.53 The assisted individuals can be needyintraphysical consciousnesses of the most varied kinds, or extraphysicalconsciousnessessuchasblindguidesandintruders.54

Noticethatalthoughblindguidesandintruderscanbeverybothersome,wedonotleavethebodytoargueorfightwiththem.Havingthismindsetisasignofimmaturity. Blind guides and intruders are the neediest consciousnesses.Extraphysically,helpersdonotquarrelwith themeither; they try tohelp themgrowoutoftheircondition,inthesamewaytheytrytohelpusimprove.Projectionsofassistance(assistantialprojections,orprojectiotherapy)55begin

when we are ready and when we make ourselves available for them. We

ourselvesalwaysdeterminehowmuchassistanceweprovide.Thisdependsonhowwell each projector understands the evolutionary importance of assistingothers—bothinsideandoutsidethebody.Itisinterestingtonotehowassistancetoothersandevolutiongohandinhand.Inotherwords,thelevelofevolutionofindividuals can be ascertained by the quality and quantity of assistance theyprovide.Theevidencepointstothefactthattherearenoevolvedbeingswhoareselfishorself-centered;ifso,theyarenotevolved.

Figure5.5:AssistancetoanIntraphysicalConsciousness

From a phenomenological perspective, extraphysical assistance to anintraphysical consciousness can look like figure 5.5. Normally, the helperdetermineswho is going to receive the assistance andwhat type of assistancewill be provided.Due to their greater awareness, they knowwhat is themostcritical and relevant assistance needed at that moment. Most of the time,extraphysicalassistancefortheprojectorinvolvesthedonationofenergy.Naturally, helpers already do these types of exteriorizations without us. Yet

theirenergyisverysubtleandtherecipientsarealwaysfairlydense.Asaresult,

theeffectfortheindividualsreceivingtheassistanceisverylightandsubtle,sotheyhaveahardtimefeelingthis.Therefore,asprojectors,weareveryusefulinthesetypesofinteractionsbecausewehavedenseenergy.When exteriorizingwith helpers in an assistantial projection,we are usually

theonesclosertotheassistedperson.Helpersexteriorizeenergytotheassistedpersonthroughus.Sincetheyhavetheawarenessofwhattypeofassistanceisneeded,helpersareresponsiblefortheinformationintheenergy;thatis,forthe“THO” and “S” in thosene. We are responsible for the energy (“ENE” inthosene) that is reaching the assisted individual.Therefore,weact like a filterthatcondenses thesubtleenergyof thehelpers,so that thepatient receives thebestinformation(fromthehelpers)throughdenseenergy(fromus).One final aspect about assistantial projections is that inmanycases they are

usuallyhardertorecall.Helpersnormallyhelpustoprojectwithagreaterloadofenergyinthesecases.Duetothisheaviness,ourawarenesstendstobelowerandourrecollectionishinderedaswell.Inmanyinstances,weonlyrealizeweareinaprojectionthemomentwearefinalizingourdonationofenergy.Itisatthismomentthatwehavefinishedgivingoffourloadofenergyandweareabletoregainourawarenessmoreeasily.Insomeinstancesduringassistantialprojections,wecanhaveaveryhighlevel

ofawareness,dependingonthetaskweareperforming.Iftheassistanceismorementalsomatic, then more than likely the level of awareness will be higher.Assistantialprojectionsthataremoreenergetictendtobemorecommon(greaterneed)andthusmoreuseful.Assistantialprojectionscanvarygreatlywithinthescopeofthatmentalsomatic-energeticgradient.

ExtraphysicalRescueLuisMineroNovember4,2006,around4:00AM,LosAngeles,California

The day before (Saturday), I had seen “G.” during a meeting we had atnight. We had a discussion about scheduling activities. Even though thediscussion was insignificant, I felt a lot of energy going back and forthbetweenus.In the middle of the night, when I regained awareness, I was already

projected.Iwasinanextraphysicalcity,withstreets,stores,andcars.Thecityhadmorethepatternofahorizontalwidespreadcity(likeMiami)thanacompressedverticalcity(likeNewYork).Throughintuitions(fromhelpers),IknewIwaslookingforsomebody.I

had inmymind the picture ofG.’s face, yet I understood that itwas notspecifically“G.”thatIwaslookingfor.IknewIwassupposedtorescueanextraphysicalconsciousnessfromthisdimension,andthatthisextraphysicalconsciousnesswasrelatedto“G.”Usingtheabilitiesofthepsychosomaofvision,Ithoughtabouthimandzoomedintohiminthemiddleofthecrowd.Thesidewalkswerehalf-fullwithextraphysicalconsciousnesseswalking

randomly—theyseemedtobefollowingwhatweretheirdailyroutinesfromwhen theywere intraphysical. I understood from the intuitions of helpersand from other similar experiences I’ve had that I was not supposed toattractattentioninthisdimension.IftheotherextraphysicalconsciousnessesknewwhatIwasupto,theywouldtrytohideand/orprotectthetargetsoasformenottogettohim.Duetothis,IdidnotflytocatchuptoG.’s“acquaintance.”Idecidedto

walk faster through the crowd trying to findhim.Atonepoint, I realizedthat thecrowdwasa littledistractedwith theirroutines,soI increasedthesizeofmypsychosomatoaheightofaboutfifteenfeetsoastobeabletolocatehimfromabovethecrowd.Iwasabletoseehimaboutablockawayfrom me. Immediately, I diminished the size of my psychosoma to thenormalsizeandkeptongoingasifnothinghadhappened.IthoughtthatIshouldnotdothatagainandthatIshouldbemorecareful.

Otherwise,Icouldcompromisetheassistance,andtheobjectivewouldnotbemet.WhenIarrivedattheplacewhereG.’sfriendwassupposedtobe,hewas

no longer thereand I felt thathehadgone intooneof the stores.Helperswerebasically givingme intuitions onwhere to go. Iwent in to look forhim,andasIsearchedforhim,Ifelthehadleftthestoreandgoneintothebarnextdoor.Iwentoutofthestoreandintothebartolookforhim.Theenergiesofthisextraphysicalbarweremuchstrangerthantheusualstrangeenergiesinphysicalbars.Hesomehowhadleftthebarthroughtheback.

As Iwentout into the street, the instruction that came tomewas “Stayput!”IwaitedamomentandafterafewsecondsIsawhimcominginmydirection. It surprised me that he looked so much like “G.” He looked,however,veryconfusedanddisoriented; Iwouldsayhe lookedsomewhatdrunk.IapproachedhimandtoldhimIhadbeenlookingforhim.Sincehedidn’tanswer,Iaskedhimwherehewas.Againhedidn’tanswer.Becauseofhisdisorientation,itseemedasifhewasgoingtostepoffthe

sidewalk. It also seemed as if he was starting to feel that there wassomethinggoingonwithme.SoIdecidedtomovein.Igrabbedhimbythehandandtoldhim,“Watchout!You’regoingtogetrunoverbythecars.”Sincewe had not attracted any attention, I started to externalize asmuchenergyasIcouldnowthatIwasholdinghishandandcouldnotlosehim.Iimmediatelyfeltthehelpersexteriorizingenergieswithmetohim,andinafractionofasecondwealldisappeared.Icamebacktomybody,andhewastaken by the helpers to another dimension, where I’m sure they willcontinuetreatinghim.Incertainprojectionsofextraphysicalrescues,itisbestnottorevealwho

you are because the rest of the extraphysical consciousnesses may try tostopyou.Theydonotrealizeyouarelikeafiremanenteringtosaveachildfromaburninghouse.Theydonot realize thisbecause theyareunable toseetheflames;inthiscase,theydonotrealizetheholothosenetheyarein.So in theirminds, if you behave differently from them, they look at yoususpiciouslyandactdefensively.Noticeherehowthehelpersdirectedtheexperienceanddecidedwhowas

toberescued.Ithinkthisextraphysicalconsciousnessbecamedisconnectedfrom “G.” during our physical discussion the night before. He wasdisoriented inpartbecausehewasno longerconnected to“G.,”ashehadprobably been for a long time. His similar appearance to “G.” also wasevidence that he had been close to “G.” probably for many years, if notdecades.

SummaryofKeyChapterPoints•Extraphysical communication (communication outside the body) can occur

verbally(orally),telepathically(majororminor),orthroughconscientese—thisdependsonthelevelofawarenessoftheprojector.•Adesomaisthedeactivationofasoma,andasynonymfor(physical)death.•Thefirstdeactivationisthediscardingofthephysicalbody(soma).•Theseconddeactivationisthediscardingoftheenergosoma.•Passingthroughtheseconddeactivationdependsonone’slevelofevolution,

aswellasalackofconditioningsandunhealthyoverattachmenttophysicallife.•Thethirddeactivationisthediscardingofthepsychosoma,whereafterward

theconsciousnessdoesnotneedtohavephysicallivesagain.•Helpersareevolvedpositiveconsciousnesseswith increasedawarenessand

unbiased,refinedevolutionarycriteriawhowanttohelpusevolve.• Blind guides are extraphysical consciousnesses who may have good

intentionsbuthavea low levelof lucidity; theydisturband intrudemore thanhelp.•Intrudersareextraphysicalconsciousnesseswithalowlevelofevolutionwho

areeitherneedyand/orhaveillintentionstowardothers.•While intraphysical,our thosenesandintentionsconnectuswithandevoke

andcalldifferentextraphysicalconsciousnesses.WecanusetheVELOandtheVStouncouplefromthem.•Onceindividualspassaway,theywillspendthemajorityoftheirintermissive

period(in-between-livesperiod)oftimeinthedimensionwithwhichtheyhaveasimilarholothosene.• The development of our OBEs, for well-intentioned individuals, will be

assistedbyourhelpers,whowillguideusthroughexperiencesthatwillhelpustodevelopourcapacity.•Aswedevelopfurther,wecanarriveat theconditionofhavingassistantial

projections,wherebywecooperatewithahelperinamoreside-by-sidemannertohelpotherconsciousnesses.

ChapterNotes1.Vieira,2002,pp.648,652.2.Ibid.,pp.194–95.3.Ibid.,p.647.

4.Ibid.,pp.649–51.5.Vieira,2002,p.326.Inconscientiologyandthroughoutthisbook,youwillfindbothterms—desomaanddeath—usedinterchangeably,sincetheyaresynonyms.6.Alegretti,2004,p.68.7.Vieira,2002,pp.327–31.8.Alegretti,2004,p.69.9.Minero,2003,pp.130–33.10.Theintermissiveperiodistheintermissionbetweentwophysicallives,orthein-between-livesperiod.11.Vieira,2002,p.332.12.Vieira,1999,p.12.13.Vieira,2002,pp.687–91;Vieira,2003,pp.199–201.14.Vieira,HomoSapiensPacificus,2007,p.233.15.Monroe,1997,p.127.16.Dries,2006,p.112.17.Buhlman,1996,p.224.18.Vieira,2002,pp.688–91.19.Ibid.p.687.20.Monroe,1977,pp.127–28.21.Dries,2006,p.111.22.Thiago,1999,p.101.23.Arakaki,2005,p.171.24.Vieira,1999,p.90.25.Almeida,2005,p.165.26.Vicenzi,2005,p.102.27.Vieira,700,1994,pp.376,462–83.28.MuldoonandCarrington,1992,p.295.29.Tornieri,1998,pp.43–50.30.Thiago,1999,p.96.31.Vieira,2003,p.472.32.Guzzi,1998,pp.26–27;Kardec,1976,p.198;andVieira,2003,p.512.33.Bruce,1999,pp.514–15.34.Vieira,700,1994,p.341.35.Daou,2005,p.42.36.Minero,1997.37.Guzzi,1998,p.78.38.Vieira,2003,p.811.39.Vieira,2002,p.688.40.Bruce,1999,pp.514–15.41.Ibid.,pp.523–24,526–27.42.Razera,2001,p.169.43.Minero,1997.44.Bruce,1999,p.480.45.Formoreinformation,seeBonin,1983,p.667.46.Psychophonyiswhenanextraphysicalconsciousnessspeaksthroughthevocalcordsofanintraphysicalconsciousness(usuallyamedium).Formoreinformation,seeVieira,2002,p.190;andBonin,1983,p.666.

47.Vieira,2002,pp.687–88;andMonroe,1977,pp.127–28.48.Nascimento,2005,pp.31–43.49.Oderich,2001,p.357.50.Cubarenco,2002,pp.191–93.51.MachadoandParo,2002,p.169.52.Taylor,1998,pp.33–51.53.Vieira,2002,pp.488–90.54.Presse,2003,p.156.55.TakimotoandAlmeida,2002,p.31;alsostudyconscientiotherapyinthissamearticle.

[contents]

CHAPTER6

ConscientialMaturityHolomaturity

MaturityintheUseoftheHolosomaSoma

EnergosomaPsychosomaMentalsoma

MainTraitsofConscientialMaturityAltruism,Assistance

ConsolationandClarificationTaskCosmoethicsUniversalismParagenetics

EvolutionaryAccelerationNeophilia

Anti-dispersionResponsibility

EvolutionaryCriteriaFinalConsiderations

SummaryofKeyChapterPointsChapterNotes

Oneofthecommonusesforthewordmaturityistoreferencesomethingthatis fully developed. In a first attempt to define this concept one could say thatconscientialmaturitymeansbeingfullydevelopedasaconsciousness.However,likeanyindicatorofevolution,conscientialmaturity isarelativeterm,andthequestionthereforebecomes,whatdoes“development”or“evolution”mean?

Whenleavingthebodyandobservingtheconsciousnessfromanextraphysicalperspective,wecanunderstandevolutionandspiritualdevelopmentinabroaderand deeper context. While inside the body, the consciousness is bound byphysicsandmatterand thuswefindourselves restricted.Yetoutside thebody,we can observe ourselves free from this restriction and can study theconsciousness in its natural habitat—in the wild, so to speak.1 This is whatallowsustounderstandconceptssuchasevolutionmoreprofoundly.Exemplifyingtheadvantagesoftheextraphysicalpointofview,letusposethe

followingquestion:Howcanweaffirmwhatmore evolutionor less evolutionactually is? Through behavioral observations, we can see the attitudes andactionsofindividualsthat leadtowardgreaterorlesserevolutionaryresultsforourseleves and others. Yet in many instances it is difficult from a physicalperspective to fully understand people’s actions and their repercussions.Furthermore, many times we execute positive and/or evolution-promotingactions and they seem to not yield results (or do not seem to, from ourperspective).Sohowcanwebesurethat theinitial intentionofcertainactionswasinfactmoreevolutionaryorlessevolutionary?When lucid outside the body, we can clearly perceive thosenes and

holothosenes; inotherwords,wecanclearlyperceivewhatotherpeople think,andotherscanclearlyperceivewhatwethink.Inmanyinstancesthisprocessofperceptionisjustaseffective(ifnotmoreso)thanvisioninsidethebody—anditis just as clear (if notmore so). So, just likewe can seewith relative claritywhileinsidethebodythatonepersonhasadarkerhaircolorthananother,inthesamefashion,outsidethebodywecandistinguishwithrelativeclaritywhenthethosenesofaparticularconsciousness(e.g.,ahelper)aremoreassistantialthanthoseofanother.2

Observations (which are the basis for any hypothesis—in any field ofknowledge), inferences, or conclusions are clearer and deeper regardingconsciential evolution when lucid outside the body. A person’s holothosenealready showswhat thequalityof their intentions, sentiments,knowledge, andideasare.Comparisonscanbemade from this soas toarriveat relative termssuchas “moremature” and“lessmature,” evolutionarily speaking. In essence,we could askourselves:What is it thatmakes an evolvedhelpermoremature

than I am?We can observe the thosenes helpers manifest so as to study andunderstand them, touse themasexamples, and toeventually try to implementtheir strategies in order to reproduce their thosenes and grow from this as aconsequence.Theideaisnottofollowahelper’sbehaviorwithoutdiscernmentorjustbecausetheyseemtobemoreevolved,butbecausewerealizethatthereismorelogic,commonsense,andmentalsomaticsintheirstrategy.Inturn,thisleadstomoreefficientevolutionarydevelopment.

HolomaturityConscientialmaturityandholomaturityaresynonyms.

Holomaturity(holo=whole,integral,total+maturity):Conditionof integral maturity within the consciousness—biological,psychological, intellectual, holosomatic, intraconsciential, andmultidimensional.3

Holomaturity is not limited to only the characteristics developed in thephysicalworld,butalsoincludesmulti-existentialandmultidimensionalaspectsof the consciousness. Furthermore, since the development of several attributescan take many lives to achieve, physical age is less of a factor in thedevelopmentofholomaturity.Maturity is associatedwith a good level of development,with being “ready

to,” and with having reached a condition of stability. Normally, it is theaccumulation of experiences that leads to this,4 as well as the “digestion,”integration,andlucidincorporationoftheseexperiencesintoourlives.Wecanbeginbydiscussingthefourareasofholomaturitythatcorrespondto

howweusethefourbodies(vehiclesofmanifestationoftheconsciousness):thesoma, energosoma, psychosoma, and mentalsoma. Then we can move on todiscuss theotheraspectsof theconsciousness.From themyriadattributes thattheconsciousnessmustdevelopinordertoreachtheconditionofholomaturity,therearesomethataremoreprominentindeterminingthelevelofevolutionoftheconsciousness.Afterdiscussingholosomaticmaturity,wewillfocusonthosemorecriticalevolutionaryattributes.

MaturityintheUseoftheHolosomaWecanbeginbyanalyzinghoweachconsciousnessusesitsholosoma,orbodiesofmanifestation,sincethisusecanbemorerefinedandmatureormorerawandimmature.Havingeachoneofthebodieswelldevelopedimpliesdifferentthingsforeachofthem(figure6.1).

Figure6.1:HolosomaticMaturity

SomaMaturity of the physical body entails that this vehicle is physiologicallydevelopedtoitsfullest,orhasbecomeanadultbody.Ataroundtwenty-sixyearsof age,most people will have their physical body fully developed.5 Normallythereisnotmuchwehavetodotoachievethistypeofmaturityexceptlivelongenough to reach it.Therefore, physiologicalmaturitywould be considered theeasiesttypeofmaturitytoreach.Withsomerareexceptions,suchaspeoplewithgeneticanomalies,everyoneeventuallybecomessomaticallymature.This concept can be expanded if we consider the integration between the

consciousnessandthephysicalbody;inotherwords,howwelltheintraphysicalconsciousnessunderstandsandusesitsphysicalbodyinahealthyandproductivemanner.For example,we can learn how to “read” our soma to determinewhen it is

tiredorneedsfood,water,sleep(andhowmuch),andsoon.ThiscanhelpusinthedevelopmentofOBEsbecausewewillknowwhatitisthatourbodyneedsbeforestartingaprojective technique,oranyotheractivity, for thatmatter.By

thesametoken,wecanclassifytheabilitytodeeplyrelaxthephysicalbodyatwillasanindicationofamorematureconditionrelatedtothehandlingof thisvehicle.

EnergosomaTheenergosomaisthevehicleofenergies,ourbioenergeticbody.Maturityintheuse of this vehicle is the condition where the consciousness can perceive,understand,andcontrolenergyatwill,atanytimeandinanyplace.Toestablishabasisforcomparison,wecanthinkofthelowendofthescale(a

lessmaturecondition)beingrepresentedbypeoplewhoarecompletelyunawareoftheirbioenergies,withtheirenergosomablockedandunhealthy.Ontheotherhand,wecanfindconsciousnesseswhohavelearnedhowtoperceiveenergies,balance and unblock their energosoma, recharge it at will, avert externalinfluencesatwill if necessary, and soon. Ifweuse the exercisespresented inChapter2 as a reference, thenamoreenergeticallymaturepersonwouldhavetheabilitytoreachthevibrationalstateanywhere,anytime.A more energetically mature person would also have a refined sense of

energetic perception. Three levels can be established in order to measurematurity:

•Perceptionofbioenergy.•Abilitytoquantifythisenergy,ortomeasurehowmuchenergyaplaceora

personhas.•Capacityandexperiencetoqualifythisenergywhileextractinginformation

from it such as thoughts and sentiments (thosenes). At this level, the personwould have also learned to recognize specific individual energetic signals(psychic signals) that represent specific extraphysical events.6 This allows theindividual to have an easier time understanding and staying connected to theenergeticandextraphysicalreality.

Anotheraspectofenergeticmaturityisthemasteryoftheenergosoma,whichimplies preparedness to face different (and often difficult) situations. Forinstance, amore energeticallymature personwould become less drained afterdiscussionsorarguments.Helpershaveimmenseenergeticendurance.

The same can be said of and applied to cases of intrusion. Thoughwemaybecome intruded upon because of the energetic information manifested in aspecific situation, we can also have a greater or lesser energetic capacity tobecomede-intruded.Eventhoughthecauseoftheintrusionliesintheenergeticinformation (thosenes), the actual detachment from intrusion in any specificmoment isamatterofenergeticcapacity.Naturally, ifourenergosomaismorematureandbettertrained,severalkindsofintrusionswillnotabletocrackourshell.Apersonwith lessenergosomaticmaturitywillbemoreeasily influencedby

theenergeticenvironment.Aclassicexampleiswhenwegooutwithashoppinglist, get carried away or engulfed by the holothosene of the store or shoppingmall(consumerism),andthencomebackwiththreetimestheoriginalnumberofitems, none of which were on our list to begin with and many of which areunnecessary.EnergosomaticmaturitywillalsohelpustoachievelucidOBEs.Ifweknow

howtocontrolourenergosoma,thenwewillbeabletocreateanidealconditiontopredisposeandthenallowforaliftoffwiththepsychosoma.Similartothesituationwiththesoma,whenweassociatetheenergosomawith

the observations of the consciousness,we can expand thismaturity.Whenweunderstand that we are not physical beings, the more efficient and maturedevelopment of our bioenergetic control does not rely on physical elements(suchascrystals,pendulums,physicalmovements,breathing,andothers).Whenwe are outside of our body projected or in between physical lives, thedevelopment wemanifest extraphysically is due to our skills and thewill wehave nurtured—however, there are no physical objects to rely on. Thus,extraphysically we cannot use crystals, physical movements, pendulums, orotheritemstoprocessenergy.Extraphysicalobservationsshowthatthemoretheconsciousnessmatures,themoreitusesitsownwillinadirectmanner.7

Theseobjectsforworkingwithenergycanbeseenasmomentaryortransienttoolsduring certainphases—even though theyareunnecessary inmanycases.Such crutches are similar to a walker that a baby uses. This device can helpwhenthebabyislearningtowalk(thoughitisnotreallynecessary,sincemostpeople learn towalk without it), but it will take effectiveness away from the

childif theykeepusingitbeyondacertainage,orevenworse, if theywanttocontinuetouseitalways.

Areweabletoidentifyifwestilluseunnecessarycrutches?Howawareareweofhowmuchwehavebecomedependentonthem?Canwealreadystarttoovercomethemandleavethembehind?

There is no average age for the achievement of energosomatic maturity. Itcould take anywhere from a number of years to several lives to go from totalenergetic unawareness to a goodmaturity level. The exerciseswith bioenergypresentedinChapter2aregreattoolstoincreaseenergosomaticmaturity.

PsychosomaPsychosomaticmaturity is more complex, because the upper bodies aremorecomplex. The psychosoma is the vehicle of emotional actions and reactions.Therefore, maturity here means being prepared to recognize, understand, anddealwithemotions—aswellasbeingabletoexpressemotionsandsentimentsinamatureandbalancedfashion,withoutallowingourselvestobecomeoverrunbythem.Observations of helpers and more mature consciousnesses demonstrate that

they are able tomaintain their level of awareness at all timesbynot allowingtheiremotionstoruletheirmanifestations.Thisisveryclearwhenweleavethebody and we lose our awareness because of an emotional outburst. Whileprojected extraphysically, we manifest the same holothosenic quality wemanifestwhilephysical.Inotherwords,extraphysicalhelpersareexceptionallystable emotionally when they are in an intraphysical life; on the other hand,individualswhoareexceedinglyemotionalwhileinthephysicaldimensionhaveamuchhardertimekeepingtheirbalance(andthereforelucidityandcontinuity)extraphysically. Having OBEs and coming back to the body for emotionalreasonsbecomesaformoftrainingforthestabilizationofouremotions.8

An example at the low end of the maturity scale is the person who iscompletely dominated by emotions, making all decisions in an impulsivemanner,basedonemotionalreactions.Manytimesthispersonbecomesblindedby the emotional content of any situation; for example, feeling rejectedwhen

receiving criticism at work, even if it is presented in the most polite andconstructiveway.Alackofmaturitywouldpreventthispersonfromseeingthedifference between aggressive, destructive criticism and criticism that isconstructiveandpresentsopportunitiestogrow.It is importanttomentionherethatemotionalevolutionarymaturitydoesnot

implyrepressionofemotionsorbeingcoldandunfeeling.Onthecontrary,itisobservedthatevolvedconsciousnessesfeelmoredeeplyandmoreaccurately,yetthey remain in control and inbalance through this experience—without losingtheirlucidity.Theirperceptionsaremorerefinedandtheyareabletodealwiththembetter.Helpershaveaholothoseneofmaturity.Theimmatureholothoseneofapersonmakesitharderforhelperstoestablish

acloserrapportwiththeminordertoprovideassistance.Amorematurepersonwillnaturallydevelopacloserrelationshipwithhelpers,whosometimesneedtomakeusawareofcertainareaswherewemayhavetoimprove,orasapartoftheirefforttotrytohelpusgrow.Lessmatureindividualsthinktheywillalwayshearthingsthatarepleasanttothem,yetevidenceshowsthatthatisnotthecase.Similarly,inraisingchildren,inordertoeducatethemproperly,weneedtohelpthem develop skills that may not be particularly likeable to them at first,especially when added to the fact that they may not understand why we areteaching them certain things thatmay only be of use to them in a future theycannotyetsee.Paralyzing guilt, energy-draining regret, constant bitterness, and regular

dramatizationsofsituationsarealsoexamplesofthelowendofpsychosomaticmaturity. Repressed, hidden, or unperceived emotions can hinder thedevelopment of psychic abilities and OBEs, because they will pollute andcontaminatetheindividual’sholothosene.Psychosomaticmaturitywillalsobringmoreconfidencetotheindividual,who

in turnwillmaintain a serene attitudewhen experiencingpsychic abilities.Bydeveloping control of our psychosoma, we can overcome fear (immaturityand/or lack of experience), when it exists, when we experience extraphysicalperceptions.There aremanycaseswherepeople consciouslyor unconsciouslyblock theirpsychicabilitiesbecauseof fear. Inothercases, individualseagerlyseek psychic experiences, but upon having their first one, they block it out

becausetheyarescaredofwhatelsecouldbeseenortheconsequencesofit.

MentalsomaThe mentalsoma is the vehicle of discernment and the root of all thoughtprocesses.Whilethepsychosomaiscreditedforthegenerationofemotions,thementalsomaisthevehiclewheretheideasandthoughtsoftheconsciousnessarefirstprocessed.Therefore,maturityofthementalsomaisexpressedbytheabilityto understand and formulate ideas and thoughts and be able to put them intopractice,andtomakebetterdecisions.More mature consciousnesses (e.g., helpers) are more mentalsomatic. This

implies that they are lucid, organized, rational, ethical, knowledgeable,disciplined,andso forth (refer toChapter3 for several of the attributesof thementalsoma).Thementalsomaisthemostpermanentbodyoftheconsciousness.Thesoma,

the energosoma, and eventually the psychosoma will all be deactivated anddiscarded (will undergo desoma). However, all the evidence shows that thementalsoma will not be discarded. In more mature consciousnesses, thementalsomaisthebodythatisattheforefrontoftheindividual’smanifestations,managingtheirattitudes,reactions,andactivities.

Are we able to see the level of impulsiveness in our reactions?Howmanytimesdoweendupdoingsomethingbecauseitiswhatweliketodo,eventhoughweunderstandweshoulddosomethingelse,becauseweknowbetter?Howmanytimesadaydowefeel

anger,euphoria, lackofattention,anxiety,cowardice,andotheremotions?Whichvehiclepredominates incontrollingourmanifestations in our dailyactivities,thepsychosomaorthementalsoma?

The application, prioritization, and use of the mentalsoma will help us tomatureandevolvefaster.9

Thementalsoma is also the body that brings balance and equilibrium to theconsciousness.This is demonstrated by having projections of thementalsoma,where,becauseofthefactthatthepsychosoma(theemotionalbody)isinactiveduring them,wedonot lose our awareness due to an emotional outburst.Our

awarenessremainsstableandconstantduringtheseprojections.Popularclichéssuchas“letyourheartdecide”or“listentoyourinnerchild”

areexamplesreferencingthelackofprioritytowardthementalsomaandarelessmatureattitudes.We realize that inmany instances society tends toemphasizeless mature conditions over more mature conditions—for example, emotionsover ideas.10 By simply analyzing TV channels or movies, we realize theabundance of emotions being broadcast through comedies, dramas, horrormovies,andothertypesoffilmsandTVshows.Mentalsomaticshowsareveryfewinnumber,yetthisisadirectreflectionofwhatthemajorityofpeoplewantto see and of the level of the holothosene (and of the maturity) of the greatmajority.Ofcourse,emotionsplayaroleincertaindecisions—sometimesalargerrole

andsometimesasmallerone. Ifwewant topick thecolorofournextcar, thedecision can be 100 percent emotional. However, when deciding how to bestapplyoureffortstoaccomplishourlifetask(seeChapter7),thebeststrategyistoallowthementalsomatopredominate.Thus,oneoftheaspectsthatneedstobe developed in order to reach mentalsomatic maturity is to understand (amentalsomaticability)whichdecisionsshouldbemadebythementalsomaandwhichbythepsychosoma.

Evolutionary intelligence is the understanding that the physicallifeisafunctionofevolution,aswellastheabilitytoutilizeandapplyanyresourcewemayhavefortheconscientialevolutionofourselvesandothers.11

Theapplicationofthementalsomaineveryactivity—whetherintraphysicalorextraphysical—is more effective and already demonstrates a certain level ofevolutionaryintelligence.

Anexamplethatcangiveusanideaofourlevelofevolutionaryintelligenceistodeterminethemainreasonthatwewanttoleavethe body.Amongmany possibilities, some peoplewant to leavethebodymainlytoindulgeinextraphysicaltourism(notnegative,

butnottooevolutionary);otherswanttospyonothers(negative,unethical,and very immature); others want to find information about their ownevolutionorlifetask(evolutionarilyessential,positive);andotherswanttohelp others (positive, evolutionary, and similar to what more matureconsciousnessesdo).

Discipline and determination are attributes of a mature mentalsoma. Somepeople follow through and implement their ideas, while others start manyprojectsthat“die”beforetheirfruitionbecauseofalackofsustainedeffort.Thelowendofthescaleinthisaspectisrepresentedbymentallaziness.12

Thementalsoma, the body of lucidity and clarity, is the onewe use to shedlight on any situation. Mature consciousnesses try to make everything moreclear, not more mysterious or mystical. The word mystic (from the Latinmysticus,“ofmysteries,”ortheGreekmystikos,frommystes,“initiate”)impliesthatsomethingismysteriousandunknown,surroundedbymist.Theunknownisactually what we are trying to conquer by doing research and advancingknowledgeanddevelopment.It is less effective to repeat practices based on traditions whose results are

unknown,mystical,orunclear andwhichwereestablishedby individualswhoalsodidnotunderstandthemwell—thereasonforthename“mystic.”Mysticalelementsarebasedonmysteries,theunknown,andessentiallyignorance.13Evenusing the termmysticalreadypromotes theholothoseneofsomethingbeingor(especially) remaining in the condition of being mysterious. Therefore, oneintention in the application of the mentalsoma is to demystify aspects14—inoppositiontomerelythinkingofthemas“mysteriesoftheuniverse.”

MainTraitsofConscientialMaturityThefourtypesofmaturityjustpresented,regardingthebodiesofmanifestation,give us an idea of how the process ofmaturationworks.When observing theconsciousness,werealizewehavemanytraits,areas,andattributesthatcanbedeveloped.Inotherwords,theevolutionoftheconsciousnessisverycomplex.Each one of us has developed certain traits more than others. This occurs

because in the evolution of the consciousness throughout many lifetimes, we

have been exposed to certain situationsmore than others, allowing us to havemore experience in certain activities. Thus, we have strong traits and weaktraits.15Theweaker and lessmature traits arenotnecessarilynegative,but arejust simply in a state of less development. This is similar to a child inkindergarten,whoislessmaturebutnotnecessarilynegative.

One of the best evolutionary strategies is to identify our strongtraits in order to rely on them and use them to develop orovercomeourweaktraits.Asexamples,self-organizationcanhelptoovercomeslownessofthought,andtheabilitytohelpotherscan

be used to develop social skills and overcome shyness (where the energydoesnotflownaturally).

Werealizeheretoothatagebecomeslessofafactor,sincethedevelopmentofall our traits takes lifetimes. Naturally, with age, individuals have a greateroverall understanding of life, yet in specific cases younger individuals mayalreadyexpressthedevelopmentofcertaintraitsbetterthanolderindividualsdo.Wemayfind,forexample,divorcecaseswherethepersonwiththemostmatureattitudeistheteenagedaughterorson,whomayoffereffectiveadvicetooneorbothparentstosmoothouttheprocess.There isnoset sequence for thedevelopmentofmaturity.Onecanpresenta

relatively high intellectual maturity (referring more to the brain and/ormaterialism) and a relatively low emotional maturity. An illustration of thiswould be a Nobel Prize winner in physics who gets irritated to the point ofscreamingatadogbecauseofitscontinuousbarking.

Altruism,AssistanceOne of the important traits that define the evolutionary level of theconsciousnessisthelevelofassistanceitisabletoperform.Themoreevolvedandmaturetheconsciousness,themorealtruisticitisandthemoreindividualsithelps.16 There are individuals who struggle to understand the reasons behindprovidingassistanceandthusdonotprovideany.Therearehelpersofhundredsofindividualsandthereareevenhelpersofmillions.Firstofall,assistanceisameasureofevolutionbecausetheseconsciousnesses

(i.e.,helpers)havereachedaconditioninwhichtheyneedlessandareable toproduceenoughtocovertheirbasicnecessitiesandalsohaveasurplus(oftime,energies, resources, etc.) fromwhich theyareable tohelp.Certain individualsstruggletoevencovertheirownbasicneeds.Yet,asdevelopmentcontinues,theconsciousnessisabletoproduceasurplus;itisthissurplusthatcanbegiven—andrarelydoesevolutionaryassistanceimplymoney.17

Naturally,thereareindividualswhoalreadyproduceasurplusbutdonotuseittohelpothers.Sothefirstissueisactuallybeingabletohelp,andthesecondisthenhaving the intention tohelp—whichusually is less common.Manifestingaltruism is a measure of how much we have overcome the tendencies andrestrictionsofthephysicalbody—themoreanimalisticandimmatureinfluences.The opposite of altruism is egocentrism, which is when we think about, talkabout,andworkmainlyforourselves.It is interesting to evaluate howmuch altruism individualsmanifest in their

dailylives.Sometimestheopportunitytohelpsomeonecomesup,andafeelinggrows insideofus that leadsus tohelpanother (whetheroutsideor inside thebody).Thisassistance—whichisperformedwithoutanysecondaryintentionorgain, without the expectation of reciprocity, and not because anyone elsepromptedustodoit(whetheratthatmomentorbefore,insomecongregation)—israre.Herewearereferringtothistypeofassistance,withthisqualityofpurity,transparency,andauthenticity.Yetmorelikelythannot,wehavealreadyassistedinsituationsofthisnature.Helpers find themselves in suchanassistantial conditionmostof theday, so

their holothosene has a very obvious andhigh content of altruism.Rememberthat,when lucidandhavingagood levelof awarenessextraphysically, it is aseasy to feel holothosenes outside of the body as it is to see the differencebetweentwopeoplewithdarkerandlighterhaircolorinsidethebody.

It is interesting to consider,what is the average amount of timeduring a twenty-four-hour day in which individuals manifest ahighqualityofassistantialthosenes?18Woulditbeonehouraday?Or maybe thirty minutes as an average? Maybe ten minutes?

Maybelessthanoneminute?Wecanalsoconsiderherewhatourpersonal

average is. How much of our day is still lived considering only ourperspective alone? These questions can give us a idea of the assistantialthosenecontentinourholothosene.

Naturally the amount of assistantial content in the holothosene varies frompersontoperson.However,theanswerstosuchquestionsgiveusanideaofthedifference in maturity between a more developed assistantial condition andcommonindividuals.Itcanalsohelpustounderstandinwhatareaweneedtoapplyoureffortstoevolvefurther.

ConsolationandClarificationTaskIn addition to the amount of assistantial content in the holothosene ofindividuals,wecanalsoclassifythequalityoftheassistanceprovidedintotwotypes: the consolation task and the clarification task.19 Let us first explain theideas behind these two types of assistance and then see how they apply tospecificcases.To console means to give support, time, and energies to somebody else. It

implies“beingthere”fortheperson.Thewordconsolationcanrefertotheactof(physicallyoremotionally)caressingandgenerallycomfortingsomebodyelse.The consolation task implies giving something to someone. Generally, thepersonwhoprovidesconsolation iswell likedand receivedbyothers,and thisfacilitates things. The positive effects of consolation also tend to be moreobviousandfaster,andinsomecasesimmediate.Theconsolationtaskiseasiertodo,sinceitdoesnotrequireanyspecialskill.

Asamatteroffact,insomeinstancescertainanimalsdoamuchbetterjobattheconsolationtask(comforting)thancertainhumans.Forexample, insomecasesthedogmaybetheretogreetandgiveenergytotheownerwhenhecomeshomefrom work, making the owner feel better, while other relatives may actcompletelyaloof.Theconsolationtaskhasitsdisadvantagesinthatitcancreatedependencyand

complacency.Inotherwords, individualsreceivingconsolationcangetused totheresourcethatisbeingfreelygiven.Onceaconditionofdependencyhasbeenestablished,anotherdisadvantagethatcanarise is thatconsolerscanabusethis

soastomanipulate(eitherconsciouslyorunconsciously)theotherfortheirownpersonalgainorinterest.Naturally, when this occurs, the consolation stops being assistantial. This is

whatcertainreligionspractice,wherebytheyconsole,butalsowantandneedtheperson to be open to indoctrination as a tradeoff; in otherwords, needing theperson toneed themfor theirownsurvival. In somecases theunderlying ideabehind such behaviors is: “You do not need to understand the whys. Just beobedient(andinsomecasesfearful),andwewilltakecareofyou.”Theotherdrawbackofconsolationisthatitistemporary.Thoughtherecipient

maybecomforted,inthelongrunthisdoesnotnecessarilysolvetherootoftheproblem.Itissimilartogivingahomelesspersonfoodforonenight—itmaybepositiveinthatiteasestheirhungertemporarily(whichisabasicnecessity),butjust in and of itself, it does not provide any tools for the person’s own self-sustenance,tobeabletoprovideforthemselvesinthelongrun.Theclarificationtaskimplieseducating,elucidating,andgenerallyexplaining

orclarifyingsomethingsothatthepersonwillbecomemoreself-sufficientandgrow.Theclarificationtaskismorecomplex(1)becausethepersonwhodoesithas to know something (which requires mental effort and learning); and (2)becauseinorderfortheclarificationtasktobearfruit,thepersonwhoreceivesitalsohastoputsomeeffortintoapplyinganddevelopingtheability.Theclarifiercanprovidetheseed,butthentheclarifiedindividualmustactuallysowtheseedforittogrowintoatreeandbearfruit.Generallyspeaking, individualsnormallyprefer to receivesomethingalready

finished than to put effort into developing something. This is the reason thatmany individualsprefer to takemedication tobecomebetter insteadofputtingeffortintolivingahealthierlifetopreventillnessinthefirstplace.The fact that clarification requires somework from the recipient makes the

person doing the clarification less popular and less well received. However,when the clarification task is well understood and implemented, the lessonlearned can act as a permanent solution for the problem(s) of the recipient—insteadofaquickfix.Thus,usingthepreviousexample,itisonethingtogivefoodtoahomelessperson(temporaryandrequireslesseffortfrombothparties)andquiteanothertoteachthehomelesspersonaskilltogetajobthatwillcover

theirbasicnecessitiesinthelongterm(requiresmoreeffortfrombothparties).Itis also much easier for people to ask for some sort of help or aid, and lesscomfortable—and less common—for them to put the effort into developing askill.Thesamelogicappliestotheoneprovidingtheaid.Helpers mainly perform the clarification task. Their aim is to elucidate

situationssothatindividualswillbeabletomakeincreasinglybetterdecisions.Naturally,theclarificationtaskisamorematureconditionthantheconsolationtask—sinceitproducesmorepermanentresults.Thus,itisonethingto“clean”apersonenergetically(consolation)andquiteanothertoteachthepersonhowtodevelopenergeticallysotheycancleanthemselves(clarification).Thereisabigdifferencebetweenremovinganintruderfromsomeoneandhelpingthepersondevelopthecapacitytode-intrudethemselvesregularly.Asconsciousnessesmature,theystartgravitatingmoretowardtheclarification

task;theyofferitmoreandwanttoreceiveitmore.Theylookforstrategiesthatproducelonger-lastingresultsandarelesssuperficial.Theywanttounderstandmore,throughemphasizingthementalsomaintheirmanifestations.Insodoing,theypursueknowledgethatismorepermanent.Theclarificationtask,however,canalsobecomenon-assistantialwhenitlacks

lucidity or is abused. In order to properly apply the clarification task, therecipienthastohaveadecentminimummanifestationofmental,emotional,andenergeticstabilityinordertobeabletoreceivetheinformationandleanonandmaintainthisstabilityuntiltheyreachthenextstepofgrowth.Iftherecipientistoounbalancedorfragile—eitheronaverageoratthatmomentintime—thentheconsolationtaskmaybeneededfirst,soastohelpbalancethem.Afterward,theclarificationtaskcanbeappliedandhaveapositiveeffect.Iftheclarificationisused first in these situations, it can be counterproductive for the purposesintended.

Imagine you are at a funeral. Do you go with consolation orclarification? Most individuals unfortunately do not understandnordealwellwiththeprocessesofdeathanddying,andthusfindthemselvesfragileatsuchmoments.Ifwetakeintoconsideration

theirconditionandtheirunderstanding,itwouldnotbehelpfulifwegoand

saysomethinglike,“Iwasoutsidemybodyyesterdayandyourgrandfatherisnotdeadbut isalreadypreparingforhisnext life,wherehewillhaveanewfamilyandnewopportunitiestogrow.”Thiscouldbetrue,butinthiscontext it probably would not be helpful for people to hear. Thus, in asituation like a funeralwith peoplemourning, it ismore proper to gentlyapply the consolation task. Consolation works well in emergency andexceptionalsituations.Problemsarisewhenitbecomesahabit,usedforitsownsake.

Usingthisexample,werealizethatevenafterthefuneral,clarificationneedstobe performed gently, slowly, and appropriately. Even then, certain individualsmayneverbereadyinthislifeforfullclarification.Therefore,whendoing themoremature task of clarification assistance, it needs to be given inmeasuredquantities,lucidly,dependingonwhattherecipientcanhandleandisabletotakeadvantageof.Helpersuseconsolationwithuswhenrequired,yettheytrytouseclarification

wheneverpossiblesinceitwillbenefitusmoreinthelongterm.

Inthecaseofyourowninteractionwithahelper,itisinterestingto consider the following:What is it thatmy helpers should notclarifyformebecauseIwouldnotyetbeabletohandleit?Isthereanything aboutmyself that Iwould not want to know? You can

also ponder whether you still primarily tend to use consolation orclarification.20

CosmoethicsAdevelopedsenseofethicsisanotherhallmarkofthehighendofthematurityscale.

Cosmoethics (cosmo + ethics) is the set of personal principlesbased on the individual’s own level of awareness and level ofevolution. These principles hold true for the consciousness,regardless of where in the cosmos the consciousness is

manifesting.21

Cosmoethicsissomethinginternal;itisnotdictatedbymoralvaluesandwhatisgenerallyacceptedbythesocieties inwhichwe liveduring this life. It isaninternal constitution,writtenbyyou.Cosmoethics is not a theoretical concept,likegoalsthatwewouldliketoachieveandwriteonapieceofpaper.Instead,cosmoethics iswhatwe present every day through our actions, priorities, anddecisions.Our cosmoethical code is not static andmaychange to reflectwhatwas learned through experience. Understanding the long-term benefits ofcosmoethicalbehaviorisasignofmentalsomaticmaturity.More evolved consciousnesses are more cosmoethical. To understand this

better, let us explain the opposite of cosmoethics: self-corruption. Normalcorruptionoccurswhensomeoneknowswhatshouldbedone,ortheproperwayof doing things, yet the person perverts, distorts, ignores, and/or corrupts thisideaanddoessomethingelse.Self-corruptioniswhenweknowthecorrectthingtodoandneglect todo it; inmany instances it isequivalent to self-deceit.Aswith theexampleof smoking,even though thepersonwhodoes itknows it isharmful,thepersonstilldoesit(seeChapter5).Noticehowself-corruption is related toour levelofknowledgeandknowing

whatthecorrect thingtodois.Whenindividualssmokedin the1920s, thoughthey suffered all the negative health effects of smoking, they were not self-corruptbecausenobodyknew that smokingwasharmful.However,nowadays,thisiswellknown,andthusitisaself-corruption.Thereisusuallysomesortofinternal justificationforcarryingonwith theself-corruptactivity,somesortofexcuse,whichindividualscall“anexception,”“onelasttime,”“well,inthiscase…,”orjustifications(inthecaseofcigarettes)like“ithelpsmetorelax”andsoon.

Imagine that a doctor is on an international flight and anotherpassengerhasamedicalcomplication.Dependingontheseverityofthecase,thestewardmaypageanymedicalprofessionalintheplaneforhelp.Thedoctorcanchoosetocrosshisarmsandnotdo

anything,orhecangoandhelp.Ifhedecidesnottohelp,heisdecidingnot

tousetheinformationheknowsandisthusdenyinghistraining,thereforebehavinginaself-corruptway.Ifhegoesandhelps,sinceheistheonewiththemedical training, he is acting knowledgeably with the information hepossesses and is behaving cosmoethically. On the other hand, if otherpassengerswhoarenotdoctorsdecide to cross their arms and fall asleep,theyarenotcommittingaself-corruption,becausetheyarenotdenyinganyknowledgeoftheirs.22

We can see from this example how cosmoethics is extremely individualizedandworksinagreementwiththelevelofinformationandlevelofevolutionofthe person. Therefore, cosmoethics is not written in stone for everybody tofollow;rather,our levelof responsibilityand freedomwill dependonourowninternallevelofmaturityanddegreeofinformation.23

Itisobservedthatthefewerskillsandlessinformationandmaturitywehave,thelessfreedomthisaffordsusandthelessresponsibilitywehave.Bythesametoken, the more awareness, information, and evolution we have, the morefreedomwe enjoy and themore responsibilitywe have. For example, a childdoes not have much freedom or responsibility. A teenager (“intermediarycondition”)whocandrivehasmorefreedomandskillsthanachild,butisnowresponsible for driving correctly as well. Adults have even more freedom,information, and responsibility. The same analogy applies in an evolutionarysense.Forexample,afterreadingChapter2ofthisbook,weknowthatourthoughts

areinfactthosenesthatinfluenceotherpeopleandplacesthroughtheenergiesthatareemanated. Ifwespeakbadlyof somebodyelse, thisenergywillaffectthepersononsomelevel.Wearemakinganenergeticattackuponthisperson.If,afterknowingthis,werepeatthebehavior,thenthiswouldbeaself-corruption,because we would be distorting the knowledge we now have. Note thatindividualswhodothisbutarenotawareoftheeffectsstillproduceanegativeeffect.Yetitisnotaself-corruptiontothemsincetheydonotknowanybetter.Oneofthereasonshelpersassistusisbecausetheyarebeingcosmoethical—

as more mature consciousnesses are. Helpers implement what they know.Similartotheconditionofthedoctorinthepreviousexample,helpershavethe

abilitytoseeourneedsandthecapacitytohelp.Theyarecorrectandcoherentwiththeirknowledgeandmaturity,andsotheyhelp.24Theydonothelpbecausethey follow any dogma or any line of knowledge. Helpers are completelyindependentintheiractions,andtheirpersonaldecisiontoassistisasignoftheirconscientialmaturity.We all have a very good capacity for understanding concepts and ideas; the

(evolutionary) struggle is with putting these ideas into practice and beingcoherentwiththem.Ifwearesincerelytryingtoclosethegapbetweenwhatweknowandwhatwedo,thenwearebeingcosmoethical.Ifwedonottryand/orifthegapisbig,thenwearebeingincoherent,andwejustifythisincoherenceinmanyways.Inmanyinstances,wedonotevensayanything,butinourmindwedevelopanexcuse(self-corruption)fortheincoherentbehavior.Whenweperformcertaintasksandtheresultisnotpositive,eventhoughthe

action looksgood intraphysically,many times the initial intentionwas alreadynot clean, clear, or sincere. Sometimes a secondary (usually hidden) intentionexisted. Extraphysically, intruders and blind guides connect to the essentiallyself-corrupt energies. This does not occur because they are aware thatwe areself-corruptingbutbecause the intention isnotclean, clear,or sincere, so theyunconsciously resonate with it. In a certain sense, experiencing (or being a“victim”of)intrusionisanindicationofalackofcosmoethics.25

Inthepreviousexampleofthedoctor,noticethatthedoctormaybeoutsidethejurisdiction in which his license is valid. Though this may be the case,cosmoethics still holds true, since the principles go beyond physical laws orwhatmaybetechnicallyorlegallycorrect.Itwouldstillbeaself-corruptionforhimnottohelp—whetherornotheisinhisjurisdiction—eventhough,strictlyspeaking, itmaynotbeillegalforhimtochoosenottohelpontheairplaneinthatcase.

Imagine a person who goes hunting in Africa for sport(entertainment)andkillsawildboar.Even though the firearm isregistered, andhe is goingduringhunting seasonand shoots theanimalwithin the allowed perimeter (everything legal), it is still

anti-cosmoethical,becausethepersondoesnotneedtokillforsurvivalbut

is doing so only for entertainment purposes. Contrast this with a nativetribesmanfromthatsamecorneroftheworldwhokillsawildboartofeedhistribe.26

Noticethattheprobleminthiscaseisnotwithkillingtheanimal,butwiththereasonforkilling it, the intention,and the thosenebehind thekilling.Energiesworkonamuchsubtlerlevelthanphysicalactions,yettheyspeaklouder.Natureand thephysical dimensionhave anatural foodchain dynamic.Within such adynamic, the human body through its immunological system kills millions ofviruses and bacteria each day; it is either them or us. In this case, it is eitherseveralwildboarorseveraltribesmen.Itisthewaynatureworks.Sotheissueiswhy the person is killing the animal.We can also see from this example howcosmoethicsgoesbeyondphysicallaws.27

Noticethat thehuntermaybethinking,“I’mkillingthiswildboartogivetothenativessotheywillhavesomethingtoeat.”Yethemayalsobethinkingatthesametime,“AndI’lljuststufftheheadofthisanimalandhangitonmywallasatrophy.”Doestheintentionleanmoretowardthefirstthoughtorthesecond?Physically, only the person manifesting the thought knows the real intentionbehind the actions. In some instances the person is concealing the realintention.28

Self-corruptions exist even at the level of a person’s intentionality, as this iswhere the self-corruption begins in the first place. It has nothing to do withanybody else but us;we are the ones producing it.Beyond this, extraphysicalconsciousnesses (blind guides, intruders, helpers, and others) are permanentwitnessestoourthosenes.29Wearelikearadiostationtransmittingourthosenespermanentlytotheextraphysicaldimensions.

Let’ssaywehaveapoliticianwhoobtainspublicfundsforanewproject. Instead of organizing a group of workers for the newprojectandpassingontheprofits tothem,hedecidestogivethecontract tohis brother.Thebrotherwill administrate theproject,

andeventhoughtheworkerswillstillhavework,thebrother(oneperson)will keep the majority of the profits. What would be the greater of two

goodsinthiscase?

Naturally, being that evolved consciousnesses are cosmoethical, the way toconnect to them more is for us to tune in as much as possible with theirholothosene—forustobemorecoherentwithourownknowledge.Herearecertaingeneralguidelinesthatareobservedwithincosmoethics:30

•Maythebesthappenforall,evenifthebestingeneral(i.e.,whatassiststhemost)doesnotimplywhatisbestormostcomfortableforus.•Ifwecanalreadytheoreticallyunderstandaproblem,thenwehaveacertain

responsibility to work toward the solution. Most of us can understand manyproblems. This does notmeanwe are going to try to save theworld (lack ofdiscernment).Usingourmentalsomaandourabilitytoprioritize,wecanselectwhich problem we are going to concentrate on, keeping in line with ourassistantialcapacities(coherentwithourskills).Unfortunately,someindividualsdonotworkonimprovinganysituation,orareworkingbelowtheirassistantialmeans(i.e.,theyarebeingincoherentwithwhattheyknow).•Alwayschoosethelesseroftwoevils.Inaspecificsituationwheretherewill

bealosseitherway,trytopicktheconditionwherelessislostoverall,choosingthe“leastworse”optionavailableinthatcircumstance.•Alwaysselectthegreateroftwopositiveconditionsoroftwogoods.(Same

as above.) Notice that these last two guidelines are independent of who is inwhichgroup.Basedontheexampleofthepolitician, it is interestingtoconsiderwhat idea

(self-corruption)thepoliticianandthebrotherusetojustifysuchaction.Maybetheir behavior is legal.Wecan seehere againhowcosmoethicshasvery littlerelationtowhatislegalandwhatisnot.Usingthisconcept,wecanunderstandthemechanismsofcertaininteractions

outsidethebody.Itisharderforindividualswholeavethebodywithanegativeintention(e.g.,spying)toreachtheirtarget.Thisisbecauseasthepersonemitsthosenes with such an intention, less mature and energetically denserconsciousnesses—the ones who resonate with that activity—connect to them.Likewise, theenergyof thenegative intentionbeingmanifested isalsodenser.

With a denser energetic load, the personwill have a harder time carrying outtheirobjective.Theindividualwillevokeandbesurroundedbydifferentenergyiftheirintentionistoprovideassistance,forexample,andthustheresultwillbedifferent.Imaginethatapersongoestobedfeelingveryangrywithacolleagueduetoa

work-related problem. If, instead of thinking constructively and/ordiplomatically about the problem and the colleague, the person thinksaggressively,thiscreatesaroundthemaholothosenethatattractsintruderswhofeed on that and amplify their anger. Sometimes the internal speech they arerehearsingintheirmindfor thenextdaygoesfrombadtoworse.Certainly,astheycontinuethinkinginthatfashion,theycanbemakinganenergeticattackontheircolleague.However,on their side, since theyhaveallied themselveswith(connected themselves to) several intruders, the quality of the energy aroundthem will be lower, and their night’s rest will be compromised. Theirenergosomawillhardenduetothedenseenergiesaround,andthatnightitwillbemuchhardertohaveanOBE.Noticethatnobodyispunishingtheperson.Itissimplytheendresultoftheiractions.Conscientialdevelopmentoccursmoreslowlywhenthereisalackofcosmoethics.31

Inourevolution,itisobservedthatwearenaturallylearningandthatwewillstill fall down at times and “scrape our knees” in the process. However, todevelop further and more efficiently and productively, ideally it would bepreferableforustobesincere(coherent)withtheinformationwedoknow.32

UniversalismUniversalismisthephilosophyofmoreevolvedandmatureconsciousnesses.Wecan describe it as the opposite of prejudgments, segregationism, corporatism,parochialism,andmanyotherkindsofdogma.33

Universalism is the coherent (logical) behavior of theconsciousness according to the broadest understanding of theuniverse.34

The reason that universalism is applied by more lucid consciousnesses isbecauseitisthemostlogical(coherent)courseofaction.Letusdiscusscertain

casesofanti-universalismsoastounderstandthisinpractice.First, let us tackle the case of racism. We realize through observation that

prejudgingspecificpeoplebythecoloroftheirskinisverysuperficial,sinceinallgroups thereare individualswhoaremoreor lessdeveloped,withmoreorlessmatureintentionsandwithagreaterorlesserlevelofskills.Individualswhostillmanifestracismtypicallyhavethetendencyto thinkthat theirownrace issuperiortoothers.However, as consciousnesses start to have more experiences and start to

understand more about the universe, they will come across the reality of ushavingmorethanonebody(fourbodies,infact).Theonlyoneofthesebodiesthathasaraceisthephysicalbody,theonethatrepresentstheleastofwhatweare—since it is themost temporary. Thus, trying to judge the capacity of theconsciousnessand itsmentalsomaby thecolorof thephysicalbody’sskin isamost infantile criterion (like trying to judge a book by its cover). Notice thatthough this is an argument anybody can theoretically understand, as weexperiencethisbroaderrealitymoreoften,itbecomesanundeniablefact.Furthermore,asweexperiencemoreoftheuniverse,werealizethatwehave

already had many physical lives; thus, we have already had many physicalbodieswithdifferentskintones:yellow,white,black,bronzed,andothers.Thefactthatindividualsthinkthattheirskincolorissomehowbettershowsthehighlevel of conditioning to just this one physical life and the narrowness of theirperspective(immaturity).Incontrast,thefactthatmorematureconsciousnessesarenotinfluencedbythoseideasdemonstratestheexpansionandcoherenceoftheir understanding. Inmanycases, individuals areborn into raceA, and theydefenditandshowprejudiceagainstraceB.YettheydonotrealizethatduringtheirlastlifetheywerebornintoraceBandshowedprejudiceagainstraceA.Sothe problem is not about race, but about the consciousness’s perspectiveregardingthemselves,others,andrealityingeneral.

Normallymostofushavenoproblemunderstandingtheconceptof universalism. Yet maturity is about what we think and do inpractice,withourenergyandouractions.Soeventhoughwemayagree with the previous arguments about race, we could ask

ourselves:Inpractice,wouldwemarryapersonofanyrace?Theanswertothisquestionandourdeeperandsubtlereactionstoitcangiveusanideaofourlevelofdevelopeduniversalisminthisregard.

Withregardtobelievingonesextobebetterthantheother(whetherthemaleorfemaleone), thesameargumentsapply.Thephysicalbodyis theonlysomathat has a gender, and we have already beenmen and women inmany otherlives.Theconsciousnessisnotofthegenderofthisonelife;wearemuchmorethanthis.Bythesametoken,wecanseethatifinapastlifewebecameveryconditioned

to being a man, for example, and we helped to promote the holothosene ofmachismo, now, in this current life when we are a woman, we could beexperiencingtheconsequencesoftheholothosenewehelpedestablishinapastlife.Thiseffect,putsimply,iswhatiscalledkarma,whichwillbeaddressedinmoredetailinthenextchapter.Now,letusthinkaboutuniversalismversusnationalism.Fromthemomentwe

areborn,weareconditionedtoidentifyourselveswithourparticularnation.Aswegrowup,wehave to learn—and to love—ournationalanthem,poem,flag,andsoon.Thus,wegrowupdefendingourcountryandtendtoromanticize itandputitaboveothercountries.Weareevenconditionedtothinkthatdyingforapieceoflandiscorrectorsomehownoble.Likewise here,we realize at some point thatwewere already born inmany

different regions and corners of the world. We have already defended—unfortunatelysometimeswithourphysicallife—manydifferentlands.Wemayhave switched sides (countries) in different lives, yet the pattern that keepsrepeatingofbecomingconditionedtoacertaincountryofourcurrentlifeisstillthe same.Asmore experience is gained, the consciousness realizes how trulysenselessnationalismis—andevenmoresothepotentialactofwarthatcomesfromit.

We can ponder howmany people have died inwars because ofnationalism.Therearesomeconflictsonthisplanetthataresooldthatinthesameconflictthesameconsciousnesshasalreadydied

fightingforbothsides.Yetwecanalsoponderthefollowing:Ifinthislifewewouldhavebeenborninacountryontheothersideoftheworld,wouldwestillthinkthatourcurrentcountryisthebest?Whichvaluesandbeliefswould we be upholding (defending) at this moment? Would they bedifferent?

Borders change over decades; they are simply an intraphysical consensus,havingverylittletodowithbroaduniversalconscientialrealities.Also,asmoreof the universe is understood, we realize that we are actually citizens of theuniverse and not of a specific region, country, or even planet.35 Conscientialevolution (even just considering the series of physical lives followed bynonphysicalperiods)takesanunknownnumberoflives;thus,welogicallyhavealreadybeenborn inmanydifferentareas.Furthermore, it isobserved thatwehavebeenbornondifferentplanetsbeforethisone—sowe(consciousnesses)arenotevennativelyterrestrial.Planet Earth, for example, can be considered a “consciential elementary

school” at best.There aremany “elementary schools” (planetswith intelligentphysical life similar to our level) in the universe. Moreover, whenconsciousnesseswereat theprevious levelof“conscientialkindergarten,” theymayhavegonetoadifferent“school”—werebornonadifferentplanetformanylivesduringtheirconscientialkindergartenphase.Latertheywillalsoberebornon many other planets (with similar levels to “consciential middle school,”“consciential high school,” and so on) as their evolution progresses—andlogically,therearemanyofthesetypesofplanetsinexistenceintheuniverseaswell.Lackofuniversalismispredisposed,supported,andexacerbatedinmostcases

byignorance.Somesimpleyeteffectivetechniquesthatcanhelpustoimproveourlevelofuniversalismaretotravel,36learndifferentlanguages,37coexistwithand assist people from different cultures,38 project lucidly outside the body toextrapolate the physical frontiers, and so forth. Individuals are then able toanalyze their own culture better (more objectively) and become morecosmopolitanandinternational,39asteptowardbecomingmoreuniversalistic.Wecanalsodiscussuniversalismasitpertainstoreligions.Individualsinmost

cases do not choose their religion, but are simply born into one, most notrealizing that this is the case.40 Just as with nationalism, the religiousconditioningwearefacedwithfromanearlyagemakesusgrowupdefendingour religion. In many cases it is defended to the point of complete lack ofawarenessorevenfanaticism.These religious affiliations can lead to discrimination, prejudice, and even

hatredinsomecases.Inotherlikewisenegativecases,itleadsattheveryleasttofavoritism.Peopletendtovalueothersfromtheirowngroupmorethantheydoeveryone else. Thus, inmany cases individuals oppress certain groups duringonelifeandafterwardaresometimesbornintothesamegroupstheyoppressedduring the previous life. The problem is not the particular side or specificpolitics,buttheoppressionitself.Unfortunately, just aswith nationalism,we see thatmillions of people have

diedbecauseofreligiousdifferences—allinthenameofGod.Asstatedbefore,inmanyinstancesthesameconsciousnesshasalreadydiedforbothsidesseveraltimes.Morematureconsciousnesseswithabroaderviewunderstand this issuemoredeeply,andtheirthoughtsandbehaviorreflectthisunderstanding.Oneof theways inwhich religionsoften fail isprecisely in theirexclusivity

andlackofuniversalism.There iseven theradicalphrase“Ifyouarenotwithme, you are against me.” Mature and evolved consciousnesses try to helpanybody from any group, as long as the person wants to grow and evolve,independentlyofthegroupthepersonbelongstoatthismoment.Thus,becausethehelpers’criteriaarenotexclusiveandnarrow,wecanunderstandhowtheydonotfollowanyparticularreligion.41Theyareuniversalisticbeings.Onethingtoaddtothisdiscussionofreligionisthatbecauseofthereligious

conditioningreceivedsinceinfancy,individualstendtointerpreteverythingfromtheirparticularideology’spointofview.Thus,inmanycasestheywerehelpedby universalistic helpers throughout their lives and perhaps even receivedassistance that they would be inclined to interpret as “miraculous.” Indeed,sometimes an event may be something beyond the individual’s capability tocomprehend. Yet it certainly does not mean that whoever helped them wassomeonefromtheirreligion—orevensomeonewithreligiousideasatall.Insomecases itmayhavebeentheirnonsectarianhelperwhoassisted them.

Furthermore, in some instances some more universalistic projectors(intraphysical consciousnesses) who have already started to perform suchassistantialtasksarealsotheonesbehindsuchassistance.Sincehelpersfocusonthewell-beingofallindividualsindependentoftheirideology,helperswillassistanyonewillingtogrow.Theyknowthatwithmoredevelopmentandevolution,everyone will understand better their own ideology, the influence it has onthemselves, and the fact that such an ideology is not necessarily the better oronlyone.Itcanbethusseenwhyuniversalisticandlucidassistanceisataskperformed

bymoremature consciousnesseswhohave alreadyovercome their own initialconditionings and ideology. Again, they do not assist others because of anideologyorbecauseanykindof influence,congregation,orbooktoldthemto.Theydo itbecause it is thecorrect, cosmoethical thing todo,and theydeeplyunderstand this. They individually and personally embrace assistance, andchoosetoperformitinanaturalmanner.42

It is important to realize that universalism does not mean “anything goes,”“everything is accepted,” or that there is a lack of discerning criteria.43

Universalism goes against prejudging and discrimination of groups. However,more universalistic consciousnesses do in fact discern, dissect, and analyzeeverythingtothesmallestdetail.Usingtheirmentalsoma,theydothisevensoastobeable tochoosewhat isbest for them, for theirownevolutionand thatofothers.Withtheconceptofuniversalismathand,wecanbetterunderstandwhyblind

guidesandintrudersdefendtheirownpersonalinterestsduringtheirintermissiveperiods. Their perspective is still anti-universalistic and narrow-minded(immature),sotheymanifestthesequalitiesintheirthoughtsandbehavior.

IdealAssistanceWaldoVieira(2007)44

PriortoProjectionOn Tuesday, July 24, 1979, I went to bed at 8:05 PM. Shortly after, theextraphysicalconsciousnessJoséGrossobeganworkingwithenergywhilecoupledwithme.Istayedsemiconsciousuntil9:00PM.Iwasaloneinthe

bedroomwiththedoorclosed.Thehelper,JoséGrosso,radiatedenergythroughme,havingmesitonthe

bedseveraltimes.Thentheteamofextraphysicalconsciousnessesattendedto someone in front and to the right of my soma [penta practice45—seeChapter7].The psychosoma is a condenser of cosmic energies ( psionics in

parapsychology).Emissionofdenserenergyisusedtoassistpsychoticpost-mortems (earth-bound spirits) as well as to reduce the density of thepsychosomawhileprojected.Withtime,onebecomesaccustomedtolivingwithboththedensesomaandthesubtlepsychosoma.During the semiconsciousness of the projective trance, I clearly felt an

influxofenergyconcentratedontherightcerebralhemisphere.It involvedpressureovermyforehead,andafterawhileitremainedontherightsideofmyforeheadonly.Ifellasleepafter11:15PM.

ExtraphysicalPeriodI became lucid outside of the soma on an unfamiliar street in aneighborhood with regular and steep streets in the north zone of Rio deJaneiro.Somethingtoldmethatitwasshortlyaftermidnight.Ihadaclearsensationofhavingbeenpeacefullyleftonthestreet.Iwalkeddownoneofthe commercial avenues for quite a while, strolling among people andexamining the street scenes—particularly in places with lights and smallgatheringsofpeople,likebarsandnightclubentrances.Ididnotexperienceanyattemptatinteractionbytheextraphysicalpedestrians.Whilepassingabar,Iobservedaconversationgoingoninside.Someone

enteredandboughtsomemintcandy,whichthecashiertookoutofaglassjar. I counted three intraphysical consciousnesses and two extraphysicalconsciousnessesinsidethebar.At the end of the main street in a small square with a few trees and

benches, I came across an extraphysical consciousnesswho looked like adoctor [extraphysical helper]. His name came to mind: Calmene. Strong,athletic-looking,blondish,andappearingtobeaboutforty-fiveyearsold,hewas attending to some extra-physical consciousnesses needing assistance.Thatstretchofstreetseemedbetterlitthantheothers.

Uponexchangingmentalmessageswithhim,Calmenequicklyexplainedtomethathisroutineworkwashelpingtheneedy.Atnight,thespecializedtaskbecomesintenseasextraphysicalconsciousnesses,especiallysickones,enter into contactwith sleepingpersons.Eachassistant in thatwork takescareofadefinedareaofservice.Thetraffic,exceptonthemainstreet,waslight.Hardlyanycarspassedby

atall.Thereweremanycarsparkedinthesquare.The doctor revealed plans to expand the assistance with the use of

projected companions, creating a larger assistantial team. This specialbrigadewouldbeusedmainlyfornighttimeassistanceservicesinaspecificplaceinoneofthepoorlylitanddesertedcrossstreets,wheretheirserviceswouldbecentralized.The task did not appear to be simple. From 6:00 PM on—when the

greatest humananguishbegins—the assistantial team tries todiminish thedepression,despair,sadness, longings,doubts, resentments, loneliness,andproblemsstemmingfromtheunstructuredrelationshipstypicalofbigcities.Calmenetoldmethattheleastpleasantaspectisthatsomeintraphysicalaswellasextraphysicalconsciousnessesrefusetobeassisted.Sometimestheydon’t even want to be approached, rejecting the extraphysical assistants.Their assistance work—farmore complex than it seemed—functioned bylinkingitselftoanucleusofpolicestations,emergencycareunits,hospitals,severaltemples,theSalvationArmy,suicidepreventioncenters,AlcoholicsAnonymous,andotherphysicalcrisiscontrolgroups.I deduced that such services byhelpers existed not only throughout the

citybutinotherplacesaswell,especiallyinlargermetropolises.Before saying goodbye, Calmene appeared to concentrate and, as an

exercise inmental concentration, offeredme the following shortmessageregardingidealassistance:

Everyactofsocialassistance,nomatterhowsmall,signifiesfraternity,is productive, and deserves praise. Any kind of human assistance isbetter thannone.Nevertheless, theidealsocialassistancehasitsownunmistakableuniversalisticcharacteristics:

•Itisnotofficial,sinceitisspontaneous.•Itisnotatax-deductibledonation.•Itdoesnothaveaprofessionaltitle.•Ithasnosecondaryorpoliticalintentions.•Itdoesnotbackapersonalimageorcultivatemyths.•Itdoesnotencouragesegregationofanykind.•Itisnotrestrictedbyprejudice.•Itdoesnotexpectgratitudenorrequirepublicunderstanding.• It does not announce the act of assistance, regardless of

circumstances.• It is thedonationofone’sself—simple,pure,anddirect—without

mediation, demands, or conditions. And everyone can practice it insilence.

OnEarth,aplanetwithmanycountries,creatures,customs,religions,and interests, all inhabitants arenaturallybrothers and sisters.Happyare thosewho learn theuniversalistic principles:maximize fraternity,overcome taboos, and perform universalistic assistance while still inhuman life. In this way, they first receive the benefit of terrestrialliberationonthewaytohigherlevels.

Could it be more logical? The message was clear, categorical, andunambiguous.I expressed my thanks and said goodbye to the attentive doctor, who

departed toward one of the cross streets. I walked through the lights andshadows of themain street, passing idle transients and lazy extraphysicalconsciousnesses,andthenreturnedimmediatelytothesoma.

ParageneticsDuring thecourseofaphysical life,wecanobserve (multidimensionally) thatwe are basically the product of three forces: (1) environmental influences, (2)genetics—ourbiological inheritance,and(3)paragenetics—ourself-inheritancefrompreviousexistences.

Paragenetics (para = extraphysical + genetics): our self-inheritance—tendencies, abilities, skills, experience, and otherfactors from our previous existences carried from life to lifethroughtheupperbodies,thepsychosomaandthementalsoma.46

Ifthestrongestinfluencesonaconsciousnessaretheenvironmentalinfluences,this consciousness thenbecomesaproductof its current culture.47 Thismeansthatduringalife,thepersonwillhavevaluesaccordingtothatspecificculture.Therefore,iftheculturedictatesthatpeopleshouldbemoreofaspecificreligionormore detached from others, ormorematerialistic, or closer to their family,thenmostindividualswilllikelybeso.In these cases, the person becomes a “robot”—we name this condition

existentialrobotization—or a “puppet” of the current popular ideas.Though itmayseemasifthepersonischoosingideas,morethananythingthepersonwasbornintothemandhasbeenindoctrinatedintothem.Unfortunately,observationsalso show that consciential evolution is not currently a big part of mostintraphysicalculturalvaluesonEarth.Genetic influences are inherited through biological mechanisms. In other

words, they are biological determinants that influence the way individualsbehave. Sexual drives are a part of core biological impulses (maternity andpaternity included). In many instances, genetic predispositions might dictatewhether the personwill have a tendency to be a good athlete, have a chronicdisease,bemoreorlessbeautiful,andsoforth.Ifgeneticsare thestrongest forcedriving theconsciousness, then individuals

maybemore animalistic in their behaviors, actingmore impulsive, instinctive(nottobeconfusedwithintuitive,whichismorementalsomatic),andthereforemoreintra-physical. It may be harder for these individuals to realize that they are not afemale or amale, nor a physical body, but that they are a consciousness thathappenstotemporarilyhavethebodyofafemaleoramale.Paragenetics is the inheritance from the consciousness—us—onto itself. In

otherwords,itistheaccumulationofexperiencesfrompreviousexistencesthat

are brought into this life. Therefore, it is no coincidence that some peoplealreadyatayoungagestarthavingOBEs,orarebettersuitedtomusic,theater,orscience, especiallywhennooneelse in their family shares their abilities. Itcangenerallybesaidthatanywell-developedattributethatachildmanifestsataveryyoungageis theresultof ithavingbeendevelopedinpast lives.Usually,personalretrocognitiveexperiencescanconfirmthisfactforus.48

In some instances, individuals are said to have been born with a specificcapacity.Thismaybetrue,yetthatcapacityisnota“gift.”Itisatraitthepersonhasalreadydevelopedandearnedinpreviouslifeexperiences.Ifparageneticshappentobethestrongestinfluencedrivingthemanifestation

oftheconsciousness,thentheindividualcancarryoverthelessonsfromonelifetothenextandavoidunnecessaryrepetition(self-mimicry)withgreatersuccessthanotherswhomightbemoredrivenbyenvironmentalorgenetic influences.Theseindividualswillbemorepredisposedtobecomeawareofwhattheyreallyare:aconsciousnessinevolution.49

Whenthisoccurs,wecanrealizethatwearenotonlythesonordaughterofour parents. The body is born from these two other intraphysicalconsciousnesses,yettheindividualconsciousnessitselfisnotbornfromanytwoindividuals.Besidesthis,inpreviouslivesperhapsoneofourparentscouldhavebeenoursister,andinanotherlifeourlover,andyetinanotherlifeourfriend,andsoonandsoforth.Wehavealreadybeen inmanydifferent roles inmanydifferent lives. Therefore, the person with such a perspective is able tounderstandthattherelationshipwiththispersonismuchmorethanjustsimplyasingleparent-offspringrelationship.Individualswith stronger paragenetics are generally able to remain on track

more easily with regard to their life task (see Chapter 7). For theseconsciousnesses,theirintraphysicallifeismoreofaschoolwheretheycanlearnanddeveloptheirconscientialattributes.Otherphysicalendeavors,likeearningmoney, social status, and social acceptance (although deserving of relativeattentionandeffortaccordingtotheneedsofphysicallife),becomesecondary.Inotherwords,thereferences,values,andsourceoftheirdecisionsarenotjustfrom their current education (environment) or physical prowess (genetics)stemmingfromjustthisonesinglecurrentlife,butfromthelessonsandpositive

effects of the accumulation of innumerable lives. In this sense, when weunderstandourselvesevenlessasahumanbeingandmoreasaconsciousness,wedemonstrateahigherlevelofconscientialmaturity.

EvolutionaryAccelerationAsconsciousnessesmature, theyconcern themselvesmorewithevolvingmorerapidly, lucidly, and efficiently—assisting others in their endeavor to do so aswell.Theytrytomaketheirevolutionmoredynamic,asopposedtoallowingittostagnate.This issimilar toaperson incollegewho,uponunderstanding thevalueofeducation,doesnotwantgraduation to take severalyears longer thanneeded.

NeophiliaNeophilia is a fondness fornew thingsand ideas.Theoppositeofneophilia isneophobia (fear of new things and ideas). By definition, evolution entailschange.Thus,asconsciousnessesmature, they inevitablydesire tochangeandimprove themselves. In general, more evolved consciousnesses present moreneophiliaintheirholothosene.50

It is observed that the average consciousness tends to be conservative in itstastes,energies,habits,andattitudes.Asimpleexampleofthisisthefoodpeopleeat. Usually, most people like the traditional food of the region or culture inwhich they were raised. Yet this does not happen because that food actuallytastes better than other foods, but merely because the person has becomeaccustomedtoeatingitintheirupbringing.Differentindividualsfromdifferentculturestendtohavethesameconditioningwiththeirtraditionalfoods.We can get an idea of the neophilia or neophobia of a person by observing

whethertheywanttoeatdifferentfoodsandtrydifferentthings.Thoughfoodisjustasimplereference,thislevelofneophiliawillcarryoverintootherareas.Aninteresting realization is that, as consciousnesses evolve, they become moreflexible,adaptable,andpatient;yetwhenconsciousnessesstarttostagnate,theybecomemorerigid,strict,inflexible,andimpatient.

Whenthinkingaboutourideasandvalues,wecantrytoevaluatehow old or new they are. A measure of our conservatism

(stagnation) versus our progressiveness (evolution) can bedeterminedbyaskingourselves:FromwhichcenturydothevaluesIhaveorupholdcome?51Theolder the idea,generally themoreunrefined it is. In order to evolve (grow), our ideas and values

needtoberegularlyrenewed.

Anti-dispersionWhenfacedwithachoice,morematureconsciousnessesareabletoselectwhatisbestforthemandthenfollowthroughwithit.Theyareabletobetterfocusonthetaskathandtimeandtimeagain,regardlessofthedistractionsaroundthem.On the opposite endof the spectrumwe find individualswhomay startmanyprojects,orevenplanthemouttheoretically,butarenotabletoseethemthroughto their conclusion. In many instances this also happens because the persontacklesthetaskathandonlysuperficially.The condition of having too much dispersion in one’s holothosene

(immaturity) leads individuals to become “butterfly seekers.”When we see abutterfly in a field with many flowers, we notice that it flies from flower toflower,extractingsomenectarfromallofthemwithoutspendingtoomuchtimewithanyoneflower.Thisapparentlycasualand fleetingbehaviorwas the inspiration for the term

“butterfly seeker.” The butterfly seeker is anyone who looks for “alternative”information (many times pertaining to metaphysical ideas) from all kinds ofsources and groups but remains superficial both in learning and experiencing,thusneverimplementinganysignificantchangeintheirlife.52Tryingasalwaystobeconstructive,wealwayswanttotrytoreduceourlevelofdispersioninouractionsandenergies—ifthereisany.

Apertinentillustrationofdispersionisapersonwhohasattendedmany classes about different New Age topics. Knowledge andexperience is always positive; however, such individuals manytimesdemonstratethattheydidnotabsorbmuchfromanyofthose

classes. During an informal chat, theymay even talk about those classesmoreliketheywouldspeakaboutamediocremovietheywatchedlastyear.

Theycannolongerrememberevensimpledetailsofanyofthetopics.

Dispersionhappensduetothesuperficialapproachtakentowardtheseclasses—listening to the theory without really questioning, reasoning, discerning, orseeingifthereisanythingthatcouldobjectivelyhelpintheirevolution.Also,itisclearlyobservedthatmanyindividualsregardconscientialdevelopmentwiththesamelevelofseriousnessastheywouldahobby.AverypopularNewAgeormetaphysical magazine with articles and ads on such topics advertises thefollowing:“Oneofthebestwaystomakenewfriendsistosignupforaclassorgroupevent.Pollsshowthat‘meetingnewpeople’wasthesinglemostpopularreasongivenforattendingclasses.”53Thesuccessofthislinehasbeensuchthatithasbeenrunningintheirmagazineforseveralyearsnow(2010).Thisgivesaclue as to what some people want. In other words, some individuals attend“spiritualclasses”forsocialreasons.Ittakeseffortandfocustoevolvewithlucidity.Itiseasiertoremainwithinthe

lawoftheleasteffortandjustkeepmovingaroundincirclesintheflowofallthedifferentmomentaryfashionsandtrendsastheyappearandchange.Itismoreproductiveandefficienttoevaluateandselectwhatisbestforusand

thentrulydedicateourselvestoit,evolvingthroughtheuseofourmentalsomamore often and consistently. Otherwise, we become dispersed and lose ourevolutionaryopportunities.

Thereisatechniquethatcanhelpusunderstandourselvesbetter:the technique of three hours ofwaking physical immobility.Theeffectsofthistechniquecanbemany,includingbutnotlimitedtounderstandingmore indepthourholothoseneandhowwe think;

havingOBEs;discoveringwhichoneofourbodiesdrivesourmanifestationmore; having clairvoyant experiences; having recollections of past lives;developing focus, attention, and willpower; settling or calming ourselvesemotionally;anddevelopingmental,emotional,andenergeticstability.Here is the technique: Isolate yourself—completely alone—in a quiet

room.Makesureyouwillbetotallyundisturbed.Selectablankwallwithnoorveryminimalvisualdisturbances.Setanalarmclock(outofyoursight)

to alert you when three hours have gone by, and sit in a comfortablearmchair facing thiswall.Withminimal light in the room (semidarkness),stareattheblankwallwithyoureyesopenforthreehourswithoutmovingyour body—only the necessary relaxed breathing andminimum blinking.Trynottoswallowanddonotworkwithenergyinthiscase.Donotgiveintoanydesiretomoveuntilthealarmclocksounds.If you (through your mentalsoma) want your physical body to stay

completelystillforthreehours,willthebodyfollowyourcommand?Whocontrols your manifestations: your will (mentalsoma), your emotions(psychosoma),oryourphysicalbodyimpulses(soma)?54

ResponsibilityThemoreaconsciousnessmatures,themoretheconsciousnessstartsacceptingandwelcomingresponsibilities.55Aswegrow,werealizethattherearethingswecan do for others. However, thinking specifically about our own condition, amore mature perspective would help us realize that we are the only onesresponsibleforourownevolution.Naturally,helperswillassistandguideusinourevolution,yetwearetheones

whohavetotakethesteps(actions).Wecanhavethebestinformation,thebestinstructors, thebesthelpers,and thebestbooks,butnobodycanactuallygrowforus,nobodycanhaveanexperienceforus,andnobodycanunderstandforus.Theresponsibilityforourowngrowthandevolutionisoursalone.Manyindividualsstill thinkthatsomethingorsomeoneisgoingtocomeand

savethem.Theydonotrealizethatthereisnothingtobesavedfrom.Weareinanevolutionaryschool,anditisjustamatteroftryingtotakeadvantageoftheopportunities. Less mature consciousnesses usually try to escape from theresponsibilitiesthatopportunitiesbring.

EvolutionaryCriteriaAs consciousnesses mature and start to better understand the concept ofevolution, they start prioritizing it more. They start seeing life mainly as anactivitythatpresentsopportunitiesforustoevolve.Alongtheselines,theybeginusingevolutionarycriteriawhenmakingdecisions.

The use of evolutionary criteria inmaking decisions is not common for themajorityofindividuals.Yetwecanalwaysconsiderhowtomakeanysituationmoreevolutionary.Atthesametime,wecanhavemorepresentinourmindtheideatolookforwaystomakeanydecisionoractionleadustogreatermaturity.Allactionscanbeanalyzedthroughthisevolutionarylens.Howdowespend

ourfreetime?Wheredoesourmoneygo?Whatarewemostenthusiasticabout?Howmuchleisuretimeisenoughforustobeproductiveandhowmuchistoomuch? Which personal relationships deserve more time because they areevolutionary and which ones do not? To apply evolutionary criteria whenmaking a decision is a sign of consciential maturity and evolutionaryintelligence.Helpers andmatureconsciousnesses realize that evolving isnot a theoretical

endeavor, but a practical one. It is in the manifestation of a person’s energy,intentions, and actions where maturity is observed. Being too theoretical iscounterproductive. Incertaincases, individualshave somany theories inmindthat basically anything is theoretically possible. Yet once we start having ourownexperiences,bothintraphysicalandextraphysical,allthosetheoriescollapseintoonereality—andthisonerealityinmanyinstancesdoesnotfitwithanyofthepriortheories.This condition is similar to the case of certain adolescents who do not

understandwhytheworldhastobethewayitis,andwhyitcouldnotbemanyotherdifferentways.Theyareunabletorealize,mainlybecauseoftheirlackofexperience, that it is not so much an issue of why it cannot be different(theoreticalendeavor)butsimplythattheworldisalreadypresentlystructuredinthat way (reality). In order to improve the world, we need to understand thecurrentrealityofhowitis,andthenworkinpracticetochangethatrealityandmakeitbetter.

FinalConsiderationsAswehavemoreexperiences,werealizethatevolutionisarelativelycomplexprocess.Thisis justareflectionofthefact thatwearecomplexbeings.Aswematureandgrow,ourideasalsobecomemorerefinedandcomplex.Astheconsciousnessmatures,theevolutionaryprocessbecomesawelcomed

one.Wedevelopasenseofwantingtolearnmoreandputmoreintopractice.Wefeelasenseofaccomplishmentasweovercomechallengesandgrow.In the next chapter, we will see in practice howmany of these ideas work

themselves into our daily life and life task (existential program).Thus, to endthischapterandtrytoplacethingsintheproperperspective,wecanparaphraseaquotefromDr.WaldoVieira:“Ifyou think that trying toevolvewithall thisknowledgeisdifficult,trytoevolvewithoutit(withignorance).”56

SummaryofKeyChapterPoints• Consciential maturity implies evolution and development of the

consciousness,whichisobservedandstudiedwithmoreeaseextraphysically.• Holomaturity is a synonym for consciential maturity, and it means the

“whole”or“integral”maturityoftheconsciousness.•Maturity of the consciousnesswhen using the soma occurswhen physical

adulthoodhas been reached andwhen the consciousness understands its somabetterandusesitinahealthyandproductivemanner.•Maturityoftheconsciousnesswhenusingtheenergosomaistheconditionin

which the consciousness can perceive, understand, and control energy throughits own will and at will (without any crutches). It also means being able todefenditself(de-intrusion)andprocessenergieseffectively.•Maturityof the consciousnesswhenusing thepsychosoma is the ability to

recognize, understand, express, and deal well with emotionswithout allowingthemtotakecontrolofouractions;inotherwords,emotionalstability.•Maturity of the consciousnesswhen using thementalsoma is expressed by

the ability to understand and formulate ideas and thoughts and be able to putthem into practice, and to make better decisions. It is also the condition ofprioritizingtherefinedattributesofthementalsomaduetothefactthatthisbodyismorepermanentthantheothers.• Evolutionary intelligence is both the understanding that physical life is a

function of evolution and the ability to utilize—in practice—any resource wemayhaveforourownevolutionandthatofothers.•Thelevelofaltruism,orassistingothers,isatraitthatshowstheevolutionary

level of the consciousness, since more evolved consciousnesses assist othersmoreandconsciousnesseswhoassistmoretendtobemoreevolved.It implieshaving thecapacity tohelpand the intention toassist,andbeingable todosoeverytimeinamoresincere,selflessfashion.• The consolation task, though assistantial and with faster effects, is more

superficial and easier to perform than the clarification task and may lead todependency.•Theclarificationtaskrequirestheclarifiertopossesssomeknowledgeonthe

subjectandtherecipienttomakeaneffort.Theeffectstakelonger;however,thistypeof assistance ismorepermanent andmoreeffective in termsof evolutionthanconsolation—thusmorematureconsciousnessespreferclarification.•Cosmoethicsisthesetofpersonalprinciplesbasedontheindividual’slevel

of awareness and level of evolution.These principles hold true for the personwhereverinthecosmostheconsciousnessismanifestingitself.• The opposite of cosmoethics is self-corruption, which is when the

consciousness knows what is the best thing to do but does not do it(incoherence).• Universalism is the coherent (logical) behavior of the consciousness

accordingtothebroadestunderstandingoftheuniverse.It is thephilosophyofthe more evolved consciousnesses and stands against prejudgments,discrimination,nationalism,racism,religiosity,andotherkindsofdogma.• Intraphysically, we are the product of three forces: (1) environmental

influences, (2) genetics, and (3) paragenetics—our inheritance from previousexistences.Whenparageneticsarestronger,weusuallyremainmoreinlinewithourrealityofbeingaconsciousness.•Morematureconsciousnessesareneophilic,dispersethemselvesless,accept

responsibilityfortheirownevolution,anduseevolutionarycriteriaindailylifetoacceleratetheirevolutionandthatofothers.

ChapterNotes1.Minero,Evolutionary,2006.2.Minero,1997.3.Vieira,1999,p.56;Vieira,What,1994,p.16.4.Minero,2003,pp.127–43.

5.Vieira,700,1994,p.707.6.Vieira,1999,p.18.7.Vieira,2002,p.797;andAlmeida,2005,p.158.8.Vieira,2002,p.368.9.Vieira,200,1997,p.114.10.Daou,2005,pp.22,76.11.Minero,Evolutionary,2006;Razera,1999,p.38;andRazera,2001,p.149.12.Vieira,700,1994,pp.500,516,524,545,578,580,677,718;andVieira,Conscientiogram,1996,p.144.13.Daou,2005,pp.119–36.14.Vieira,Conscientiogram,1996,p.144;andVieira,HomoSapiensPacificus,2007,p.551.15.Vieira,Conscientiology,1997,p.174.16. Vieira,Conscientiogram, 1996, pp. 232–33; Vieira, 700, 1994, p. 629; and also see Takimoto andAlmeida,2002,andWorrall,1989,foragoodideaofassistantialholothosenes.17.Minero,Evolutionary,2006.18.Vieira,Conscientiogram,1996,p.93.19.Vieira,700,1994,pp.410–11.20.Vieira,Conscientiogram,1996,p.183;andVieira,700,1994,p.455.21.Vieira,2002,p.352;andVieira,HomoSapiensPacificus,p.179.22.Alegretti,2001.23.Vieira,700,1994,p.465;andMinero,Lucidocracy,2002,pp.60–62.24.Minero,1997.25.Alegretti,2001;andVieira,1999,p.49.26.Alegretti,2001.27.Rocha,1999,p.103.28.Vieira,2000,pp.270–71.29.Vieira,2002,p.355.30.Alegretti,2001.31.Rampa,1995,pp.134–35.32.Balona,2004,p.61.33.Alegretti,2004,p.143.34.Minero,1999.35.Arakaki,2005,p.230.36.Ibid.,pp.31–58.37.Arakaki,2005,pp.90–95;andMinero,Globalization,2006,p.302.38.Arakaki,2005,pp.105–18;andGuerra,2001,p.94.39.Arakaki,2005,pp.211–15.40.Vieira,700,1994,p.136.41.Ibid.42.Almeida,2005,p.122.43.Arakaki,2005,p.194.44.Vieira,Projections,2007,p.29.45.Seechapter7foranexplanationonthepentapractice.46.Vieira,1999,pp.32–33.47.Vicenzi,2005,pp.27–62.

48.Alegretti,2004,p.141.49.Ibid.,p.143.50.Vieira,HomoSapiensPacificus,2007,p.999.51.Minero,Evolutionary,2006.52.Vicenzi,2005,p.64.53.SeeOpenExchange,2007–2010.54.Bonassi,1999,p.255;andAzambuya,2003,pp.217–26.55.Minero,Evolutionary,2006.56.Vieira,1999,p.11.

[contents]

CHAPTER7

PlanningaLifeExistentialSeriationExistentialProgram

HolokarmaIntermissiveCourses

LivingExistentialProgramDetours

ExistentialProgramTechniquesEvolutionaryDuo

PentaExistentialRecyclingandInversion

EndResultIntraphysicalandExtraphysicalMelancholyIntraphysicalandExtraphysicalEuphoria

ExistentialMoratoriumCriticalLife

FinishingtheCycleConclusions

SummaryofKeyChapterPointsChapterNotes

With time, while having lucid projections, some of the most important andpracticalpiecesofinformationprojectorscomeacrossaretheonesthatpertaintothemeaningoftheirphysicallife.Intraphysicalconsciousnessesevolvethroughmanylives,andmanyhavespecificpreplannedlifetasksthatshouldbeexecutedduringtheirphysicallives.Theypreparefortheseendeavorsbeforebeingborn.In this chapterwewill discuss techniques that can be used to get information

aboutourindividuallifetask,aswellasotherrelevantideasindetail,thusgivingthereaderanoverallviewoftheevolutionaryprocessbymeansofunitscalledphysicallives.

ExistentialSeriationIntraphysical consciousnesses are going through a series of existences duringwhichtheylearn,evolve,andgainexperience.1Usingananalogyfrompreviouschapters, the consciousness is like a child learning through successive schooldays2—theequivalentofphysicallives.Thisconceptofexistentialseriationhasreceivedthepopularnameofreincarnation,orsuccessivelifetimes.Aswiththephenomenonoflucidprojection,theideaofreincarnationhasexistedformanycenturies,andcountlessculturesandgroupshavemadereferencetoit.Through extraphysical observation, the reality of existential seriation can be

directly observed. As a result of this, the issue becomes one of trying tounderstand the reason that consciousnesses find themselves in these series ofexistences. In otherwords, in certain cases the following questions are asked:Whydowetakeonaphysicalbodyatall?Whyisitthatconsciousnessescannotevolvesolelyintheextra-physical dimensions?What are the advantagesof thephysical dimensionoverthe extraphysical dimensions? Inorder to try to answer thesequestions, let usrefertotheresponseofWagnerAlegretti:3

Wecannotsaythatweunderstandallofthereasons[forexistentialseriation]completely,yetwecanalreadytracesomeinitialideas:Perhaps the main reason [for the seriation] is that the intraphysical

dimension allows consciousnesses of very different evolutionary levels,wheninsidethebody,tocoexistinthesameenvironmentandtointerrelate,as ameans of catalyzing theirmaturation. Otherwise, in the extraphysicalstate,theseconsciousnesseswouldbedispersedthroughoutseveraldifferentconscientialdimensions thatwouldallow,atmaximum,shortmutualvisits.If amore lucid extraphysical consciousness goes to a denser dimension, itneeds tobeattentivesoasnot to let itselfbeabsorbedby theholothosenicpressure of that extra-physical dimension. This means that the somaticrebirth acts in a democratic way, propitiating a larger interaction and

imposing the same basic “game rules” for everybody. Without thispossibility, the less mature and lucid extraphysical consciousnesses wouldnot have the possibility to coexist with healthier and more balancedconsciousnesses,andthiswoulddecreasethepossibilitiesandincentivesforgrowth.Anotherreasonfortheseriationisthefactthatitplacestheconsciousness

on“rails.”On theonehand, the somatic rebirth restricts theconsciousnessfromgoingandcomingand the freedomof itsmanifestation.On theotherhand, for the same reasons, it specifies and directs in a more rigid andefficientway certain experiences, tasks, conditions, and opportunities. Theoldcomparisonwithaschoolisinevitablehere.Whatgetslostinfreedomiswoninefficiencyandlearningeffectiveness.The inertia of physical matter and of this biological body allows the

consciousness to think before accomplishing something; to have adestructive impulse and to moderate it before acting; to have a strongemotionwithoutlosingthestructureofitsvehicleofmanifestation;oreven,to feel something towards somebody and hide these same feelings. In theextraphysicalstate,togenerateacertainthoseneistoact:everythingisfastandpublic.The loss of memory, natural for the absolute majority of intraphysical

consciousnesses, represents a new chance or opportunity for theimprovementofcertaingroupkarmicrelationships,becauseitallowsustore-meetconsciousnessesand to facesituationsagain,withoutstrongemotionsor traumas thathinder theperfectingofenergetic links.Due to thereducedconsciential maturity in humanity, the complete recollection of the pastwouldimpair,forexample,theovercomingofenmitiesandpassions.

It isobserved that intraphysical livesareunitsofdevelopment thatallowtheconsciousness to gain experience. As the experience accumulates, theconsciousness forms better points of reference and matures. The physicaldimensionprovidesthisrichnessofexperienceinonesinglecondition.Therearetwobasictypesofconsciousnessesinrelationtoexistentialseriation:

theoneswhoareawareofitandworkingtowardconscientialevolution,andtheones who have not started to prioritize it and are, in most cases, as of yet

unawareofit.Bybeingaware,thefirstgroupcanbeinvolvedinplanningtheirown physical lives and apply their efforts more in line with the evolutionarymechanism (seriation) inwhich they find themselves, so as tohave successfulandproductive evolutionary lives.Theyare alreadyable to see the connectionthatone lifehas to thenext, similar to links inachain.For the secondgroup,most of them are not aware of the seriation since they are unable to deriveconclusions fromthissequence; for them,aphysical life isaseriesof isolatedexperienceswithlessconnectedmeaning.

ExistentialProgramSuccess in any endeavor, big or small, is more likely when the endeavor isplanned.Aphysicallife,whichisacomplexprojectofseveraldecadesformostconsciousnessesandwhichwill affectmanyotherconsciousnesses, is likewiseorganizedandplannedforinadvance.Themostcommonsynonymsforthetermexistentialprogram are “lifemission”or “life task.”Thisplanning takesplaceduringtheintermissiveperiodoftheconsciousness,anditsmainobjectiveistohelptheconsciousnessevolve.

The existential program is the plan, the agenda, for organizingtimeduringtheintraphysicallifeoftheconsciousness;lifetask.4

When passing through the first deactivation and not the second one, theconsciousness is and remains in a confused statemost of the time. From thiscondition,theindividualisunabletobecomeawareoftheprocessofexistentialseriation. Therefore, such a consciousness is directed through the process ofexistential seriation, for its own benefit, by helpers and other more lucidconsciousnesses.5 This process is similar to children in kindergarten who aretakentoschoolbytheirparentswithoutthechildrenbeingabletoappreciatethemagnitudeandbenefitoftheeducationalsystem.Theprocessofdevelopinganexistentialprogramforthenextphysicallifeis

much more complex for consciousnesses that pass through the seconddeactivation.Oncetheextraphysicalconsciousnessdiscards theremnantsof itsenergosoma, it is able to distance itself from the recently terminated physicalexistence. This condition allows the extraphysical consciousness greater

awareness over its multidimensional existence. The consciousness is able toaccessitsholomemorymoredirectly,andisalsoabletoremember(todifferentdegrees)itspreviouslivesandpreviousintermissiveperiods—includingthelastone.6

Uponrememberingthelastintermissiveperiod,theconsciousnessisalsoableto recall its existential program for the just recently terminated physicalexistence.Naturally,theconsciousnesswillcomparetheactualphysicalactionsperformed and their results with the stated program. Moreover, from thiscomparison,theconsciousnesswilltrytoinferwhatthenextstepsshouldbeinitsevolution.Since the existential program of one consciousness will affect the lives and

existential programs of others, the actual planning of the next physical life isperformed in groups. This planning effort is orchestrated by helpers plus theimmediate group of consciousnesses who will undergo rebirth together.Individuals contribute more or less to the planning of their own existentialprogramdepending on their level of lucidity, awareness, and understanding ofevolution.7Theneed toplansuchefforts inagrouparisesdue to theprinciplethatwhatoneconsciousnessbecomesnaturallyaffects(limitsorexpands)whatotherconsciousnessescanbe.Asanexample,inafamilyofthreesiblings,whoeverdecidestobetheoldest

automatically decides that theother two cannot be theoldest brother or sister,thus limiting theiroptions.Thissingle initialelement, forexample,willplayabigroleintheirinterrelationshipsfortherestoftheirlives.Becauseofthis,thedecisionsaremadeasagroupinordertoarriveatthebestprovisionsthatwillofferthebestevolutionaryopportunitiesforall.At the same time, with this example, this decision will expand other

opportunitiesforallinvolvedaswell;forexample,oneofthemwillgettobethemiddle sibling and the other the youngest sibling, both roles providing forspecificopportunitiestheywouldnothaveastheoldestsibling.Whenonedoorcloses,anotheralwaysopens.Thus,itisimportanttodeterminewhichdoorsaretheidealfortheevolutionofeachindividual.Thegroup that“sitsdown” toplan theexistentialprogram isnotnecessarily

the blood-line family thatwill be born together. Inmost cases, the existential

program entails important projects thatwill be carried out by consciousnesseswho are not relatives. In these cases, it is these consciousnesses who will bethere toplan thedetailsbeforehand. It isusually theconsciousnesseswhowillwork or evolve together that will be at this “meeting”—in other words, theevolutionarygroup.8

The consciousness that oversees the entire process is the evolutiologist. Anevolutiologist is a highly evolved helper and a specialist in conscientialevolution.9 These consciousnesses are the helpers of the helpers and theadministrators of the existential programs of the entire evolutionary group.Helpers may assist dozens, hundreds, or thousands of consciousnesses, whileevolutiologistsarehelpersofhundredsofthousandsandmaybeevenmillionsofconsciousnesses.Theyaretheonesthatknowindetailtheevolutionaryhistoryofeverysingleconsciousnessofthegroup,andcanthereforerecommendcertaintasksandexperiencesthatwillacceleratetheevolutionoftheseconsciousnesses.Evolutiologists are the ones with the necessary lucidity to organize all the

interconnectivity and intertwining of existential programs between allconsciousnessesinthegroup.Likewise,itistheevolutiologistwhoknowswhatother evolutionary groups are trying to accomplish and how the existentialprojectsof thosegroupswill relate,help, fit, and interweavewith theplansofthisgroup.With the help of these participants—the helpers, the evolutiologist, the

respective evolutionary group, and us—the existential programs are designedand customized for each consciousness.10 In order to evolve, consciousnesseswillhaveopportunitiesduring theupcoming life, throughdifferentprojects, towork on their attributes and improve them.Because different consciousnesseshave different levels of maturity and evolution, the existential programs areplanned according to their own evolutionary level and for their specificcondition. Thus, existential programs are completely personalized for eachconsciousness.11

Nothing is programmed for individual consciousnesses that cannot beaccomplishedbythem.Aprogrammedtaskbeyondthecapacityofanindividualat thatmoment in their evolutionaryhistorywouldbecounterproductive (anti-cosmoethical), and therefore, it doesnot exist.Likewise, a life task that is too

easyforaconsciousnessandwouldnottakefulladvantageofphysicaltimeandopportunities, and would therefore be a waste of consciential resources (anti-cosmoethical),naturallydoesnotexisteither.Anexistentialmaxiprogram isthelifepurposethatislargerinscopeoftasks

andcorrespondstoaconsciousnessthatismoredevelopedandevolved.12Theseplansusuallyinvolveassistantialtasksthatreachalargernumberofindividualsand are also commonly more related to multidimensionality. An existentialminiprogramisasmallerprograminscope.Usuallytheseprogramsentailmoreself-evolutionandaremorephysical innature,13benefitingperhapsusandourownveryimmediateevolutionarygroup.All programs, whether mini or maxi, are equally challenging for

consciousnesses because they involve expanding the limits of the individual.Noticethatalthoughtheseprogramsarenotimpossibletocomplete,theypresentacertainlevelofdifficulty,sincetrulyexpandingourcapacitiesalwaysrequireseffort.Certainprogrammed tasks are so complex andbroad in scope that theycantakeanindividualseveralphysicallivestocomplete.14

Thepersonalattributesandoverallcapacitiesoftheindividualtobedevelopedare the evolutionary criteria that enter into the planning of the existentialprogram.Yetbeyond thisanddependingon themulti-existentialhistoryof theindividual,differentconditionsmightdeterminewhat thepriorityfor theirnextlife is. In some instances, consciousnesses are part of a larger group trying toaccomplishaspecifictaskthatmaytakeseverallivesforthegrouptocomplete.Inthiscase,thethegroup’sactivitytakespriorityovertheindividual’stask.Thisiscalledtheactivitycriterion.15

Inother cases, individuals are trying to conclude an existential program thatwasdesignedtobeexecutedoverfourlives,forexample,butstartedonlyoneortwo lives ago. Or they did not complete the existential program from theirpreviouslifeandneedtofinishlearningsomeskillsbeforemovingonto“new”tasks.Inbothcases,itisthecriteriaofcomplementaritythatmayweighmoreontheplanningoftheirexistentialprogram.Inadditiontothesecriteriaandmanyothers,anelement thatusually isabigpartof theexistentialprogramofmostconsciousnessesiskarma.

HolokarmaKarmaisthelawofactionandreaction,orcauseandeffect.Inotherwords,anyaction (thought, word, deed) we perform has a consequence; whether thisconsequence is evolutionarily positive or negative will depend on the initialintentionandaction.Theconsequence,dependingontheaction,maytakeyearsorsometimeslivestooccur,whileinothercasesitmaybealmostimmediate.Karmacanbedividedintothreegroupsinordertounderstanditbetter:16

1.Egokarmaisthelawofcauseandeffectrelatedtotheconsciousnessitself;itis the effect of a consciousness’s own decisions and actions upon itself. Forexample, a consciousness that spends a certain amount of time training itsvibrational statewill derive positive consequences from this. A consciousnessthatspendstoomuchtimeinsuperfluousactivitiesthroughoutitsentirelifeanddelays itsevolutionwillhave to learnsomeof the lessons thatweremeant forthis lifeduring thenext life.The first andmain repercussionsof these actionswillbefortheconsciousnessitself.

Popularly and historically, many people have associated karmawithpunishment.Incertaincircles,itissimilartothemeaningofa sin in certain religions.Yet it is important to clarify thatwhatsome may consider to be punishment is nothing more than the

negativeeffectofadecision.Thedifferencebetweenthetwo,thoughsubtle,isveryclear.Punishmentimpliesthat thereis“somebody”or“something”handingoutthepunishment.Yetthereisnodirectextraphysicalobservationof anymore highly evolved consciousness punishing anybody. If a persongetssick(effect)becausetheydecidedtogooutinacoldclimatewithoutasweater (cause), is it apunishment? Fromwhom? It is a reaction (in thiscase, negative) from the decision taken. Incidentally, karma andconsequencescanbeandareoftenpositiveaswell,whenindividualsmakebetter,moreinformedandluciddecisions.

2.Groupkarmareferstothelawofcauseandeffectbetweentheconsciousnessandtherestofitsevolutionarygroup;i.e.,relatives,colleagues,friends,helpers,blindguides,intruders,andothers.Thegroupkarmaofanindividualcanbequite

large. It involves all consciousnesses with whom the individual has everexchanged energy directly, with all the lives of the consciousness taken intoaccount.Thenumberofconsciousnesseswithin thegroupkarmacanreachintothehundredsofthousands.Theevolutiologististheoverseerofthegroupkarma.3.Polykarmareferstotheinteractionsbetweentheconsciousnessandtherest

ofhumanityandextraphysicalconsciousnesseswithwhom the individualdoesnothavedirectenergeticcontact.

These categories of karma can be thought of as bank accounts, where theactionsoftheconsciousnessaretransactionswithintheseaccounts.Iftheactionispositive(evolutionarilyproductive), it is theequivalentofadeposit into thisaccount. If the action is negative (evolutionarily unproductive), it is theequivalentofadebit.Forexample,individualswhoapplytheirtimeandenergyto their own evolutionary development will have a good balance in theiregokarmicaccount.Ifindividualsaregoodparents,theyareplacingadepositintheirgroupkarmicaccount. In theopposite scenarios, the individualswouldbemakingwithdrawalsordebitsinsteadofdeposits.Allconsciousnesseshavetheiregokarmicandgroupkarmicaccountsopenand

active.Basically, they are processing transactions in both accountswith everythosene manifested. However, most individuals have not opened theirpolykarmicaccount.Inorder toaffect thepolykarmicaccount—therestofhumanity—individuals

needtomakedecisionsortakeactionsthatwillhaverepercussionsbeyondtheirfamilyandimmediategroup.Whatactivitieshavesuchareach?Anexampleofthis is a doctorwhodevelops a vaccine for an illness, and its applicationwillaffectconsciousnessesincountriesandcontinentstowhichthedoctormaynevertravel.Otherexamplesincludeanauthorwhowritesabookthatistranslatedintoseveral languages and is distributed across the globe, or the president of aninfluentialcountrywhosedecisionshaveaneffectonpeopleinthefarcornersofthe globe. As with the other karmic accounts, the quality of the action willdictatewhetheritisacreditordebitinthepolykarmicaccount.Eachoneoftheaccountshasaspecificbalancedependingontheactionsofthe

individual.Someindividualsmayhaveapositivebalanceinoneaccountanda

negativeoneinanother.Forexample,certainindividualsmaybeverycapableontheir own and have developed many individual skills (egokarma), yet theirrelationships with others are poorly developed (groupkarma). Withinconscientiology, the “total balance” of all three accounts receives the nameofholokarma.17

Aswasalreadystated,karmaactsbyitself,withouttheneedforanyregulatingagent.Withkarma,thereisnopunishingorrewardingentityinvolved.Karmaisintrinsictotheconsciousnessinthesamewaythatgravityorelectromagnetismis intrinsic to material objects. It seems to be a condition from whichconsciousnesses cannot escape and is an unavoidable and present condition inthe reality in which we as consciousnesses exist. Therefore, in order tounderstand how this mechanism works in practice, let us explain—using apassage from a CDP course on existential programs and seriation that Ideveloped—firstthemoreextremeconditionofgroupkarmicinterprison(beingaprisonerwithintheelementsofthegroupkarma):

Aconsciousnessinoneofitslivesdecidestobecomeinvolvedwithamoreradical and negative group, such as a mafia, a group of terrorists, anassasinationgroup,aradicalandviolentreligiousgroup,oranyothergroupwith destructive, anti-cosmoethical tendencies. This consciousness, as itspendstimewithitsnewgroup,startstocreatecloseenergeticlinkswiththemembersofthisgroup.Theybondamongthemselvesandbecomeagroup.Aswithanygroup,thisphysicalgrouphasitsextraphysicalcompanionsthathave affinities with them as well. In this case, these are blind guides andintrudersthatsharethesameideasofthegroupoverallandhelpthemintheirunethical objectives. The group is composed of both extraphysical andintraphysicalconsciousnesses,whoexchangemuchenergy.This consciousness can staywith this group for several years or several

lives.Thegreater theamountof time spentwith thegroup, thegreater theaffinity that is created among them and the stronger the energetic links.Eventually, the timewillcomewhen theconsciousness isgoing towant toleave this group.This canoccur because the consciousness starts doubtingwhethertheobjectivesofthegroupareactuallyasabsoluteandcorrectasthegroup believes them to be, or it can be because the consciousness sees

anothergrouporsetof ideas thatmakesmoresense, and starts refining itsown perspectives (maturity), and so forth. However, the moment theconsciousnesstriestoleavethegroup,itwillfindoutthat it isnotsoeasy.Thegroupwillnotwanttolettheconsciousnessleave,orrather,theywilltrytopreventitfromleaving.Whatwilltherestofthisclosedgroup—whichisabsoluteandtryingtoconvert/convinceothersabouttheirideas—thinkaboutthis individual,who isoneof theirownyetnowdisagreesand is trying toleavethem?Theywillthinkthatthisconsciousnessisatraitor.Furthermore,they will not want to lose their companion. Being that they areconsciousnesseswith less lucidity (intruders, or blind guides at best), theywillfeelbetrayedandwillcreategreatpressuretostopthisfromhappening(intrusion). Since they have a strong energetic connection with theindividual,thedoortohimisopenforthem.Alltheconnectedintraphysicalandextraphysicalblindguidesandintruderswillgoaftertheindividual.Asaresult of having created strong energetic links (karmic) with them, theindividual will be unable to physically and extraphysically distancehim/herself from them, even in certain cases over several lifetimes. As aconsequence,thisindividualwhonolongerwantstobepartofthegroupwillgofrombeingoneoftheirowntonowbeingonemoreoftheirvictims.Thisconsciousness will find itself having less freedom, in a condition ofgroupkarmic interprison. Because of the nature of the group, the pressuretheyapplycanbemercilessinmakingtheindividualstayclosetothem,andthey will do what they can to deprive the consciousness of its free will,tryingtoreversethecondition.Theindividualwillspendsometimeundertheinfluenceofhisex-friends

andon the receiving end. In order for the consciousness to cut these linkswiththoseconsciousnesses,andtoregainitskarmicandoverallfreedom,theconsciousness will have to change the element that is binding them—anyresidual affinity in ideas, emotions, energy, or, in other words, theholothosene.Yet,consciousnessesdonotchangetheirholothosene,or theirwayofthinking,thatquickly.Therefore,asageneralrule,themoretimetheperson spentwith thegroup, themore time itwill take todisconnect fromthem.We can think, as a general rule, that if the consciousness spent ten

yearswiththem,itwilltakeabouttenyearstofullydisconnectfromthem;ifitwasfivelives,itwilltakeaboutfivelivestofullydisconnectfromthem,andsoforth.Depending on the level of lucidity of the consciousness and the actions

taken, the time frame may be much less or much more. It is during thisperiod in which the individual is on the receiving end that outsiders willjudge the condition as punishment for previous actions—even though it isnot.Anefficientandproductiveactivitythatcanhelpindividualsacceleratetheconditionofchangingtheirholothoseneisunbiasedandlucidassistance.Thisisbecausethistypeofassistanceiscontrarytotheholothosenesofmostradical,negative,absolutisticgroups.18

Karma acts as a function of an individual’s decisions and reactions. Theprevious example relates to the condition of any extremist group. A similarsituationoccurs,19thoughtoalesserdegree,withmostindividualswithregardtofriends,colleagues,and,inmanyinstances,family—especiallywhenthefamilywantstocontrolanddirectthelifeoftheindividual.In terms of groupkarma, we can analyze how different the relationships for

individuals will be if, in a past life, the person was a nurse versus a soldier.Generally,nurseshavemanyindividualswhoaregratefultowardthem,whilethesoldier may have created many enemies. If they both now happen to bebusinessmen, for example, as the formernurse findshis formerpatients, theseindividualsingeneralwillhavethetendencytowanttogotheextramiletodobusinesswith the former nurse. The energetic and karmic links are clean andbased on greater trust. The case for the former soldier, as he encounters hisformervictims,willbetheopposite—evenifhehasthebestproduct.

To understand the karmic concerns of the evolutiologist andhelpers for the rebirth candidate, the following questions can beasked:Whatismyhistorywiththerestofmygroup?HaveIdonesomething toanyof themforwhich they stillwant somesortof

payback?Whoaretheindividualswhoaretryingtotakemyfreewillawayfrommeandleavemewithlesskarmicfreedom?Ontheotherhand, fromwhichindividualsdoIstillwantsomesortofpayback?Whichindividuals

doIwanttoapologizetome?TowhomshouldIapologizestill?Whichofthese and many other scenarios still exist within each one of our karmicrealities?

Many of these types of karmic conditions still bind people from life to life.Because of these conditions, individuals preparing to undergo rebirth, beforebeing fully free to evolve and grow, need to resolve some of these issues.Otherwise,some lesserevolvedrelationsfromthepastwillbecomeanegativeinfluenceontheindividual.Someofthemainissuesthatmayanchorindividualsintheirnextlifewillbedeterminedbyhowmanyofthesetypesofsituationsarestillpendingandhavenotbeenreconciled.20

Thehealthyandmaturewaytodealwithpendingkarmicissuesistoidentifythem,facethem,andproactivelythinkofacosmoethicalsolutionforthem.Thiscosmoethical solution will imply different actions for different situations.21 Inmany instances, if individuals do not proactively look to settle these pendingkarmic issues, the situations will have a way of appearing in our lives atinopportunemoments.Thiscancreateunfortunatesituationsthattendtoleadtodelaysinourevolutionaryprogress.Forthisreason,theevolutiologist—whohasamorecompletevisionofoverall

evolutionary efficiency—may recommend to the individual in certain cases tospendonewholelifesettlingpendingkarmicissuessothatthepersonisabletoevolvewithgreaterfreedominthefollowinglife.Otherwise,thepersonmaybeevolutionarily “crippled” during their trajectory for several lifetimes, takinggreaterevolutionaryefficiencyawayfromtheperson.Asmentionedpreviously,the time that is required to solve karmic issues varies from case to case, anddepends on how “deeply” the personwas involved in different situations. Forsomepeople, an entire lifemaynotbeneeded to settle thekarmic issues.Forothers, a full ten yearsmay be needed,while in other cases ten livesmay berequired.Ontheotherhand,individualscanhavestrongkarmiclinkswiththeirhelpers

andmoreevolvedconsciousnesses.Sincethesemoredevelopedconsciousnessesdo not interfere with the free will of the consciousness, these relationshipspromotegreaterfreedom,growth,andevolution.Afteralltheholokarmicdetails

have been incorporated into the existential program, certain extraphysicalpreparatory activities will be recommended to the consciousness. Several oftheseactivitiestaketheformofintermissivecourses.

IntermissiveCoursesDuring the intermissive period, certain courses are recommended for anindividual consciousness—mainly by the evolutiologist—that will aid in thepreparation for theupcoming life’s existential program.Theobjectiveof thesecoursesistoincreasetheprobabilitythattheconsciousnesswillbesuccessfulinits physical endeavors and in accomplishing its existential program.They alsohelptopreventtheconsciousnessfrombeing“completelysedatedbygeneticsorswallowedbyenvironmentalinfluences.”22

Intermissive courses are educational courses that prepareconsciousnessestoaccomplishtheirexistentialprogram.23

Intermissivecoursesaresimilarinasensetouniversityclasses,withstudentsandinstructors,studyandresearchgroups.Theyareofferedbyveteranhelperswho are specialists in certain areas. The curriculum of available intermissivecourses is quite extensive. They range from more phenomenological courses,such as projectability, existential seriation (the process of having a series oflives),paranormalphenomena,resomatics(thestudyofrebirth)anddesomatics(the study of death), retrocognitions, and paraperceptions, to courses that dealmore with the understanding of the consciousness and its evolution(conscientiology),includingassistancetoothers,matureapplicationoffreewill,neophilia, holomaturity, cosmoethics, universalism, evolution, holokarma, anddeconditioning.The courses the consciousness attends are determined by the specific

existentialprogram.Forconsciousnesses thathave just recently started topassthroughtheseconddeactivation(abasicrequirementforattendingintermissivecourses24), one of the first courses they attend is on existential seriation. Thereasonforthisisthatonceconsciousnessesaremoreawareextraphysically,theyneedtounderstandtherebirth/deactivationprocessinwhichtheyareembeddedsothat theycandecidetoapplytheireffort inagreementwiththisprocessand

thereforeacceleratetheirevolution.Ina lucidprojection,aprojectorcanhaveanOBE toan intermissivecourse

andattendaclass.Wemaynotbeabletoattendtheentire“term”—becausewewillhavetoreturntothephysicalbody—butwecan“dropin”onsomeclassesasalistener—orauditor.During these courses, somegroups of extraphysical students take occasional

“fieldtrips.”Theseareeducationaltripsthatallowstudentstoobserveaprocess,phenomenon, or aspect of evolution as it occurs in the universe thatwill helpthemtobetterunderstandtheirstudies.25Therearefieldtripstootherplanets,todifferent dimensions, and even to the physical dimension to observeintraphysicalconsciousnessesintheirattemptsatleavingthebody,amongotherthings.Inmanyinstancesthesestudentsarepartoftheteamofconsciousnesseswhoworkwithhelpersintryingtoassistindividualsintheirprojections.The reason that extraphysical consciousness are interested in observing the

physical dimension is because they—though very lucid at this moment—willundergorebirthyetagainandwillalsoberestrictedbymatterandthephysicalbody, and this will cause them to forget some or most of the details of theirintermissive experiences. As a consequence of this realization, many of themwant to study and understand the strategies that current intraphysicalconsciousnesses are using to reconnect with their native extraphysical reality,mainly through lucid projections, classes, studies, and books on extraphysicalreality(similartowhatyouaredoingrightnow).ThereisanexampleofanOBEtoanintermissivecourselaterinthischapter.Duringthispreparatoryperiodbeforerebirth,therearerehearsalsofimportant

physicalevents—similartoatheaterrehearsal—thatwillbeplayedoutafterwardintheintraphysicaldimension.Thisstrategyisperformedforimportant,criticalphysical events that will have consequences for millions of intraphysicalconsciousnesses (i.e., meetings on disarmament between presidents,environmentalsummits,andothers).Theserehearsalsareperformedsothereisagreaterprobabilitythatduringthe“liveshow”nobodywill“forgettheir lines,”sincesomuchisatstakeandsomanyaretobeaffectedbyaparticulardecision.Finally,afterallthepreparation,theconsciousnesshastoundergorebirth.The

entire intermissive period can last fromhours to centuries, depending on each

specificcase. It isestimated thatmost individualspresentlyspend,onaverage,thesameamountoftimeineachintermissiveperiodastheydoineachphysicallife26—aroundsixtytoeightyphysicalchronologicalEarthyears.

LivingThe consciousness is born and starts living its life according to its existentialprogram.Even though individualsdonotmakemanydecisionswhile theyarechildren,theconditiontheyarein(family,country,culture)isnotrandom,butis,morethanlikely,partofwhattheyandtheirhelpersdecidedon.Life, as a general rule, can be divided into two parts with regard to the

existential program: the first part is called the preparatory phase, and secondpartistheexecutivephase.27Theconsciousnessisbornintoaconditionthatwillallowthedevelopmentofnecessaryskillstoaccomplishitsexistentialprogram.Manyintraphysicalpreparatoryactivitiesaredesignedmoretohelpindividualsrecallthenecessaryskillsfortheirlifetaskthantoactuallylearnnewabilities.Regardingkarma,individualsareplacedinapositioninwhichtheywillhave

the opportunity to resolve karmic issues. Even though that is the intention, inmany cases instead of resolving those issues, consciousnesses revert to oldpatternsofbehaviorandenduprepeatingthefightsandargumentsofpreviouslives.Self-mimicryisthenamegiventotheunnecessary,unproductiverepetitionof the same type of human experiences and patterns from previous physicallives.28Inmanyinstances,individualsmayhavearetrocognitionofseverallivesago, and realize that back then theyweremore or less in the same situation,arguingandfightingwiththesameconsciousnessestheyarefightingwithnow,andbeinginfluencedbythesamedogmas29—anexperiencethatgivessupporttothefactthatittakesdozensoflivestoevolveconsiderably.

ExistentialProgramDetoursManyconsciousnessesmakeadetourfromtheirintendedexistentialprogram.30

Self-mimicry is just one of the myriad ways in which this can occur.31 It isimportanttostudythesedetourssoastobecomeawareofthesesituationsandbebetter prepared to avoid them. An existential detour is a deviation from thepreplanned existential evolutionary objective. Individuals can end upparticipating in activities that are not necessarily harmful to others or to

themselves;however, theyarenotevolutionaryactivities.Inthissense,detoursare not necessarily negative, but they are a waste of energy and conscientialresources.As a result of making life decisions without evolutionary criteria in mind,

manyindividualsopttopursuenon-evolutionaryendeavors.Inmanyinstances,thepersondoesnothavethenecessarylifeexperiencetodiscernwhatisbestormostevolutionarilyproductive.Thisisthecase,forexample,withmanyteenagemothersand fathers.The ideal is tomake lifedecisionsbasedonevolutionarycriteria,yet inmanycases thesedecisionsare impulsiveand/orbasedonsomemomentarygoal.Theexistentialprogramisbasedonconscientialevolution,soif the person uses other criteriawhenmaking decisions, chances are thismayleadtoexistentialdetours.In many cases, individuals enter into groups that are more evolutionarily

restrictive; or have children, in many cases, not because they wanted to butbecause their spouse or family wanted them to—or perhaps by accident.Sometimestheypursueaspecificcareerbecausetheyaremoreconcernedaboutmakingmoneythandevelopingthemselves.32Likewise,tryingtogetawaywithapplying the least amount of effort is counterproductive. In order for aconsciousness to develop, the person needs to push their limits, and for this,significanteffortandenergyneedtobeapplied.Emotionalissuesaremoredifficultforindividualstoovercome,andarewhat

most often cause consciousnesses tomake a detour.Choosing a life partner iscommonlydonebasedonemotionalorpurely aestheticor sexual criteria (lessstable and less mature) rather than for evolutionary reasons. Passion is anemotionthatdecreasesthelucidityoftheconsciousness.Ideallytheconsciousnesswilllearnfromexperiencingexistentialdetours,yet

thesedetoursdonotnecessarilyhave tooccur.Theyarenota requirement forevolution,justassufferingisnotarequirementforgrowth.Mostindividualscanlookbackontheirlivesandseeactivities,relationships,orendeavorsthatwouldhavebeenbetteravoidedandthatwereunnecessary.Inmanycases,individualschange certain behaviors only after theyhavehit rockbottom.Yet there is noneedtoreachsuchextremes.Theconsciousness,whenmorelucid,candecidetochangedirectionbeforereachingsuchasaturationpoint.

Ingeneral,peopledonotknoworevenhaveanideaofwhattheirexistentialprogramis,andthisusuallyresultsinthemnotcompletingit.However,themostfundamentalreasonthatindividualsdonotaccomplishtheirexistentialprogramis not because of a lack of knowledge but because most people never fullyassume(responsibility)thattheyevenhaveanexistentialprogramtobeginwith.Many individuals have heard of the idea of a life task (or mission). Some

understand itwell theoretically, though their actionsarenot inagreementwiththeir theoretical understanding. In certain cases, individuals are already toosettledinarelativelycomfortablephysicalcondition—intermsofmoney,career,andrelationships—andhavenointerestinchanging.Manymayeventhinkthattheideaofanexistentialprogramisinteresting,yettheydonotactuallydomuchaboutit.Theproblemsrelatedtotheexistentialprogramcanbethoughtofintwoways.

First, our life is a temporary stay in the physical dimension whose mainobjective is the evolution of the consciousness. Individualswill not carry anystrictlyphysicalachievementintotheextraphysicaldimension,or into thenextlife,forthatmatter.Regardlessofwhatphysicalpositionstheyheld,howmanytitlestheyearned,howmuchmoneytheyhad,orhowmanyawardstheywon,ifan individualdidnotevolveconscientially, then that lifewillbeconsideredanevolutionaryfailureandthepersonwillhavetomakeupanyunfinishedworkinthenextlife(seethesectiononextra-physicalmelancholylaterinthischapter).Second, since the existential program isdesigned tohelp individuals evolve,

and it was planned by the individuals themselves while in a more lucidcondition,alongwithhelpersandanevolutiologist,woulditnotmakesensetotry to achieve it? Peoplewho truly fullyunderstand the overall conditionwillapplytheirwilltoaccomplishit;otherwise,theystilldonotactually“getit.”Someindividualsjustifynotaccomplishingtheirexistentialprogrambysaying

thattheydidnotknowwhatitwas.Yetconsciousnesseswhobeginbyassumingthey have one actively look for it, and eventually begin to arrive at andunderstand their preplanned tasks. Therefore, the way to find out what theexistentialprogramentailsistobeginlookingforit.Inmostcases,thesearchtofind the elements of the existential program is also part of the existential

programitself.

Doyouthinkthatyouhaveanexistentialprogram?Iftheanswerisyes,thenwhathaveyoudoneinpracticetotrytolookforitandaccomplishit?Thinkabouttherelativeimportanceyouhavegivento this. If this is themain goal of physical life, then howmuch

energyhave you applied in this endeavor?We can see here howphysicalcommitments (survival,bills, andothers) are sometimes likea steamrollerthat does not allow us to focus onmore evolutionary endeavors.Also, incertain instances, individuals spend more energy, enthusiasm, resources(money),andtimeonactivitiesthatarelessrelevant.Ifwechoosetorenewour objectives and place our efforts in line with our existential program,thenwe’llgainevolutionaryefficiency.

ExistentialProgramTechniquesNotice that if we do not assume we have an existential program, then thefollowingtechniqueswillnotbeusefulatall.Yetthepersonwho“getsit”willtrytousethem.Thesetechniquescanaidindividualsinrecallingtheirexistentialprogram in order to accomplish it. Here is a description of the four morecommontechniques.1. Strong and weak traits formula.33 Unavoidably, the existential programdealswiththeevolutionofourattributes.Furthermore,asastrategy,weshouldrelyonour strong traits tohelpusdevelopandovercomeourweak traits. Inordertodothis,weneedtoknowwithgreateraccuracywhatthebalanceofourpersonaltraitsis.Asanexercisetohelpyouaccomplishthis,pickanhourofadayinwhichyouaremorerelaxedandcalmandhaveaclearmind—maybeonaSunday.Lockyourselfinaroomwithadeskandworkwithenergyasifyouaregoingtodoaprojectivetechnique.Take a sheet of paper and divide it into two columns with the following

headers: “Strong Traits” and “Weak Traits.” Proceed to list and classify alltraits that apply to you. Search within yourmemory for instances in life inwhich your reactionsmayhave beenpositive or not.Aftermaking themostcomplete list possible, label it “Version 1” and store it in a safe place. This

exerciseshouldtakeatleastthirtyminutes.Duringthefollowingweek,youwillnaturallykeepthislistinmind.Asyou

comeacrosssituationsindailylife,youwillnoticeseveraltraitsaboutyourself—both positive and negative—that aremissing fromyour list.After aweekhas gone by, return to the list and do a revision, creating “Version 2” andsaving it again. Repeat this procedure every week to create “Version 3,”“Version4,”andsoon.After completing version 4, you will have a list that fairly accurately

representstheconditionofyourtraits,asthelistwillhavenaturallymatured.Interestingly enough, but quite logically, when you compare version 4 withversion1,youmayrealizethattheyareverydifferent.Thisimpliesthatwhoyou thoughtyouwere in the firstweek is justa small reflectionofwhoyouactuallyare;andafterweek4thelistwillrepresentyoumoreaccuratelyandobjectively.Furthermore, itwouldbeideal ifyoucouldgiveasimilarblanksheetwith

two columns labeled “Strong Traits” andWeak Traits” to other individualswhoknowyou,for themtoevaluateyouaswell. It isrecommendedtohandouttheseliststoindividualswithwhomyougetalongandtoindividualswithwhom you do not. Individuals with whom you get along are many timessomewhat biased—they do notwant to say anything bad about you—and insomecasestheirlistsmaybelessvaluable.Yetindividualswithwhomyoudonot get along that well will tend to be more straightforward in theirassessments.Afterward,youcancomparetheselistswithyourversion4(atleast)orlater.

Ifalltheotherlistshaveatrait(whetherweakorstrong)thatyoudonothaveonyourlist,thenyoushouldaddit—maybewithaquestionmarknexttoit,toobserveitinthefollowingdays.Sincerity is of the utmost importance with this technique—as with all

conscientialandpersonalendeavors.Havingthestrong-traitscolumnfullwithonlyafewitemsintheweak-traitscolumnmayreflectinsincerityandcouldbeasignofimmaturityandvanity.However,havingmanyweaktraitsandonlyafew strong ones may be a sign of escapism. The person may be trying toescape the responsibility that comes with having certain developed

characteristics.34 Neither of these two conditions is ideal, and they show acertainlevelofimmaturityandself-corruption.Certainly, more accurate knowledge of our traits will give us a lot of

informationaboutourexistentialprogram.2. Reciprocation formula.35 The idea in this technique is to evaluate thepreparatory phase of our life. The skills, conditions, and experiences weunderwent in our early years and during our adolescence were not bycoincidence. These experiences were part of what we planned in order todevelop the skills for the execution phase of the existential program. It isespeciallyimportanttopayattentiontoactivitiesorskillsdevelopedthatwererarefortheconditionorplaceinwhichwelived.Suchrareskillsoractivitiesmight include, for example, learning Japanese while being born in LatinAmerica, or going to a school that develops a particular trait or skill—whileourotherfriendsorsiblingswenttoadifferenttypeofschool.Pay attention to the games you liked to play as a child. Evaluate the

impressions your parents made on you as you were growing up, especiallythoseexamplesthatweremoreuniqueorspecifictothem.Likewise,whileyouwere a five-year-old, for example, try to rememberwhomyouwanted to bewhen you grew up. Try to remove from this everything that pertains toinfluences from existential robotization, like a professional athlete, or anactress, or other professions that were more appealing because of socialpopularity. Upon removing these, you will arrive at a less contaminatedmemoryofwhatyouwanted tobe.Notice thatat thisage,your intermissiveperiodandintermissivecourseswerestillfresh.Paycloseattentionalsotothehardshipsandrelativelynegativeexperiences

that you lived through as youwere growing up.They also have shaped youintowhatyouarerightnow.Payspecialattentiontothoseexperiencesthatleftyou with greater resiliency, a broader perspective, and more patience,organization,anddiscipline,amongotherpositivequalities.Afterthisanalysis,youcanaskyourself:Whateffecthavetheseskillshadon

mylife?Howhave theseskillscontributed tomylife?Whichskillshavenotcontributedtomylifeasofyet?Theideaisnottopaybackwhatwasreceivedbut to apply it evolutionarily; what has been the reciprocation level in this

contextoftheindividual’sskillsfortheexistentialprogram.3. Lucid projection. The lucid projection can help in two ways. First, whenlucidly projected, the person may be able to obtain information on theirexistentialprogramfrommoredevelopedconsciousnesses,namelyhelpersandevolutiologists(eventhoughitismorerareanddifficulttobeabletoprojecttoevolutiologists).Theybothcangivemanyhelpfulindications.However, the projector should not expect a helper or an evolutiologist to

directly disclose the existential program in detail. The reason for this isbecause theydonotwant to turn theprojector into apassive follower.Theyunderstand the importance of us beingmore self-sufficient and independentandwantustomakeourowndecisions.However,thesetypesofexperiencesaresomeofthemostuseful,becausethoseconsciousnesseswillbehelpfulandinformative andwill especially give us information on perspectives that arenewtoussoastoassistusinaccomplishingourexistentialprogram.Thesecondhelpfulpartofthistechniqueistohavealucidprojectiontoour

extraphysical origin, or hometown, where we were during our intermissiveperiod.Every consciousnesshas a specific extraphysical dimensionwhere itspentthepreviousintermissiveperiods—ourextraphysicalhome.Projectingtothese locationshasaneffect similar to listening toanold songon the radio,sincealotofmemoriesfromthatperiodareremembered.Whileweareatourextraphysicalorigin,wewillprobablystartremembering

the plans, preparations, and concerns we had—regarding the upcoming lifetasks—during the intermissive period. Thus, it will help us to effectivelyremember the major outlines of the existential program. This same type ofeffectmayoccuriftheconsciousnessprojectstoanintermissivecourse.

4.Techniqueofonemoreyearoflife.36Inlife,wetendtohavearoutinethatwe settle into after a while. Certain elements of this routinemay take up asignificant amount of our time. Problems may arise when some of theseelementsdonothavemuchsignificancefortheexistentialprogram.Thus,wecanquestionanyelementofourroutine.

This technique can help us to determine what is important(priority)andwhatisnot.Realisticallyimaginethefollowing:

We wake up in the morning and, after feeling internaldiscomfort, decide to go to the hospital. The doctor, aftercompleting many tests and consulting with several colleagues,tellsusattheendofthedaythatwehavearare,incurabledisease

thatisfatal.Thereisnoknowncureforthisdisease,andestimatesarethatacurewillnotbe found in this lifetime.Thedoctoralsomentions thatwithmedicationthediseasewillnotproduceanypain.Wewillmorethanlikelypass away,while sleeping, one year from now, and unfortunately there isnothinganyonecandoaboutit.We leave theclinic,andafter the initial shockwearsoff,werealize that

wehavecertaindecisionstomakenow.Howshouldthislastyearofourlifebe lived?Maybe there are activities thatwe have been involved in up tonow that we knew were not ideal but were temporary until we foundsomethingelse.Nowthereisnotimetowaitforsomethingelsetoshowup—itistimetolookforit,tomakeithappen.Wecanquestionanythingandeverythingaboutourlifetotrytoplanthislastyear.Everything,everybody,andanyaspectofour life isopentoscrutinyandanalysis.Werealize thatchanginganythinginlifeisuptous.Forexample:•Sometimesindividualsspendalotoftimeinevolutionarilyinsignificant

activities, likewatching toomuchTV(leisure)or followingold traditions.Therefore, will we choose to spend four hours a day (an average of twomonthsofthenextyear)watchingTVduringourlastyearoflife?• In certain cases individuals have been working at a job they disliked

fromdayone,yet theyarealreadysettled into it. If this is thecaseforus,willwe continue doing somethingwe do not like during this last year oflife?There is a price that comeswithmaking any change in life.Arewewillingtoputintherequiredefforttomakeachangeforthebetter?•Twopeoplemaybeinvolvedinarelationshipinwhichthefeelingsthat

existedbetweenthematthebeginningwentawayalongtimeago,ortheyhappentorealizethatmaybethisrelationshipisnotevolutionaryforeitherof them. Yet they both are still with one another because it is what isexpectedorsimplybecauseitiscomfortable.Ifthisisthecaseforus,willwestaywiththispersonforthislastyear?

•Certainotherrelationshipsmaybeindisarray.Thinkinginkarmicterms,and trying to solve issuesnowrather thanwait foranother (oranother,oranother …) life, how many individuals do we need to contact so as toapologizetothem?Ontheotherhand,howmanyindividualsdoweneedtoforgive, even if they have not apologized to us?37 People can stay in thecondition ofTom and Jerry (the cat andmouse cartoon), with one doingsomething to theother in this lifeand theotherreturning theaction in theotherlife,formanylifetimes.Atsomepoint,itisuptooneofthemtogrowupandputastoptoit.• Individualsmayspendmostof theirweekworking tomakemoney, to

pay for material things that in essence are not that important for theevolutionoftheconsciousness.Willyouspendthislastyearworkingsixtyhoursaweek?Some individuals consider themselves “more spiritual” and they go to

certainlecturesfromtimetotimeand/orbuycertainitemsthatseemtohelpindifferentaspects.Yetnowthatthereislesstime,willwekeepongoingatthismoreleisurelypace?Forcertainindividuals, it isalmostas if theyare“entertained” (butterfly seekers) by these endeavors; they do itmore as ahobby (immaturity) than out of a real desire to grow internally. Usually,“low-impact” evolution is very superficial and does not yield productiveresults.Inpractice,howmuchtime,effort,anddedicationhaveyouplacedontheseendeavors?Howmuchwillyouplaceontheminthislastyear?

Thebasicquestionsthatwewanttoaskourselvesarethefollowing:Whatisitthatwereallywant?Whatisreallyimportantinlife?Whatisreallyapriority?Themain things that consciousnesses take from one life to the next are theirexperiencesandthelessonsandknowledgegainedfromthem.

Anyandallofthesetechniqueswillprovidealotofinformationtoindividualsregardingtheirexistentialprogram.

EvolutionaryDuoOneof thebest strategies for remainingoncoursewithandaccomplishing theexistentialprogramistheformingofanevolutionaryduo:twoindividualswho

haveconscientialevolutionasanobjective.

An evolutionary duo is the union of two mature, lucid,intraphysicalconsciousnesseswhohaveaffinities foroneanotherand who positively interact, having as an objective the plannedpotentialization of their evolutionary performances through a

productive,integrated,constant,andmultifacetedlifetogether.38

Theevolutionaryduoisalucidrelationshipbetweentwoindividualswhowantto prioritize the achievement of their existential programs. The partners sharecommongoalsandintereststhatarecosmoethical(lucid,sincere)andhelpeachother develop and overcome their weak traits. They help each other withenergetic work, de-intrusions, projectability, and the achievement of theirmultidimensionalself-awareness. In this sense, one person can leave the bodyonenight andhelp the other to leave the body, then they can switch roles thefollowingnight.Also, as a result of the lucid condition between them, theymutually satisfy

their somatic sexual desires and their psychosomatic need for affection. Thisconditionisimportantbecauseindividualswhohavetheirsexualandemotionalneeds fulfilled have a more efficient existential, energetic, and projectiveperformance.39Many individuals planned to form an evolutionary duo in theirexistentialprogram.The condition of an evolutionary duo implies lucid love and a lack of

possessiveness.Loveisalsothesincererespectshowntowardtheevolutionarylevel of any other consciousness. Individuals in an evolutionary duo prioritizeconsciential gestations (i.e., clarification task, written works, evolutionaryprojects) over biological gestations. Their interest is in consciential evolutionthroughassistancetothemselvesandothers.

PentaUpon continuing our evolution during the course of our life, we can reach astagewherebyourunderstandingof assistance takes center stage.Thus, aswegrow older, another activity that can help in accelerating our evolution isbecoming a professional of multidimensional assistance by performing penta.

Penta stands forPersonalEnergeticTask and is performed mainly by stableindividuals in the second half of their life. Inmany instances, people preparethemselves for years so as to be ready to perform penta. This task ischaracterizedmainlybythedailydonationofenergiesataprescheduledtime.40

Insimpleterms,thepentapractitionerdedicatesapproximatelyonehouradaytosend out energies to consciousnesses in need, mainly extraphysicalconsciousnesses.Penta isperformed through teamworkbetween thepentapractitioner,who is

(intraphysicallyspeaking)aloneintheroom,andtheextraphysicalhelpers.41Thehelpers who participate in this process are usually the helpers of theconsciousnesseswhoarebeingassistedandthehelpersofthepentapractitioner.The penta practitioner and the main helper connecting to this practitionerdevelop a very close and intimate link. Even though the range of assistantialeffectsthatpentaprovidesisverybroad,itmainlyhelpswithde-intrusion.42

Suchactivityworkspreciselybecauseofagoodcombinationof lucidityandthe availability of denser physical bioenergies for assistance. In other words,extraphysicalhelpershavetheawarenessofandinformationonthespecifictypeofaidextraphysical consciousnessesneed.Thepentapractitioner,on theotherhand, has available the denser energies associatedwith the intraphysical bodyand the energosoma, which are necessary to provide assistance for disturbed(anddense)extraphysicalconsciousnesses.Thepentapractitioneristheonewhobasically“initiatestheshow.”Theextra-physicalhelpersaretheoneswhodirecttheflow,type,intensity,andcontentofthe energies (thosenes)being transmittedby thepentapractice.Likewise, theyaretheoneswhodecidetowhomtheassistanceisdirected.Penta is a serious and effectiveway to assist other consciousnesses in their

evolutionary process. As such, there are many requirements for someone tobecomeapentapractitioner,sincethepersonmusthaveareasonableknowledgeofhowbioenergyworks,whatmultidimensionalfactorsare involved,what theobligations of the penta practitioner are, and the evolutionary implications ofstarting such a practice.As basic requirements, in terms of energy, the personshouldalreadybeable to install the vibrational statewith relative proficiency,working with energy at will and not using any psychophysical crutches.

Individuals should already have aminimum amount of universalism,meaningthey have already overcome any type of religious,mystical, or traditionalisticphilosophies, groups, absolute truths, and preconceived ideas regarding race,amongothers.These individuals shouldalsohaveamore stableand settled life in termsof

health, finances, family, relationships, and so forth.43 Likewise, the pentapractitioners should already have a good level of evolutionary self-organization.44Theseconditionsarereachedbytheinterestedindividualsbeforestarting penta so as to minimize possible obstacles (both intraphysical andextraphysical) thatmaywork to undermine individuals once they have begundoingpenta.Likewise,pentaisstronglynotrecommendedtopeoplewhowanttostartbecausetheyarecuriousorhavesomeotherpersonalagendaorinterestathand.Theresponsibilityofbecomingapentapractitionercanbeappreciatedoncewe

understandallthefactorsinvolved.Thepersonwhoisinterestedinthistypeofmultidimensionalassistancemustbepreparedforitandbefullyawareofallitsimplications,sinceawholeextraphysicalmechanismisignitedonceonedecidesto become a penta practitioner. Many extraphysical consciousnesses becomeinvolved in contributing to this assistantial task. Since many consciousnessestakepartinthisprocess,thepentapractitionermusthaveasatisfactorylevelofholomaturity, including cosmoethics. Once someone makes the consciousdecisiontopracticepenta,theyunderstandthatitwillbeperformedeverysingledayfortherestofthephysicallife.45

Penta is the conscious and intentional desire to help others through theorganized and regulated donation of energy. It is usually the case that oncepeoplestarttheirpentasessions,thoughitisaresponsibility,theyactuallylookforward to their time performing penta. This occurs because of the level ofconnectivityandinvolvementwithhelpers,aswellasthemanifoldexpansionoftheexperiencesof thepractitioner.Thepractitioneralsounderstands thatpentawilltakepriorityoveranyothersocialcommitmentonanyday.Thefactthatthepractitionermakessuchacommitmentalreadyshowsthelevelofmaturityandunderstandingandofhowmuchthepersonprioritizesassistance.In the beginning, penta practitioners are bound by the schedule and

intraphysicalconditionsoftheirpentasessions.46Withtimeandexperience,theprocessdoesnotdependsomuchontheplaceandtimeofpenta,butratheronthepractitionersthemselves.Theconstantdonationofenergieshelpstheminthemasteryof their energosoma, increasing energypotential and efficacy. In turn,thismakes the penta practitionermore self-sufficient and stronger in terms ofenergeticself-defense.

Itisinterestingtoaddthatthepentapracticeisnotareplacementfor our nontransferable, interpersonal karmic obligations(groupkarma). In other words, in some instances people use theremote donation of energies (which is not penta) in order to

resolve interpersonal conflicts, sending positive energies with the best ofintentions to those they are in disagreement with. As beneficial as thedonation of positive energies may be, it is not enough to resolve severaltypesofkarmicissueswithothers.Incertaincases,thisisdoneinordertoescape fromhaving todealwith theother person face to face, since eventhoughthismaybeveryefficientandhealthy,sometimesitcanalsobelesscomfortable. In many cases, in order to resolve serious personaldisagreements, a healthy face-to-face conversation coupled withunderstanding and respect may be required. Notice that the pentapractitionerbecomes energetically stronger anddoesnot shyaway fromahealthy,constructivediscussion.

Pentamustalsonotbemistakenforbeingjustasimpledonationofenergies—evenifthisdonationisdonewiththebestofintentionsandwithanassistantialobjective.Whatdifferentiatesandpotentializespenta is thedisciplined,day-to-day “professionalism” and practice—without exception. Likewise, thecommitmentof thepractitionerswith theirhelpers iskey,being that it is theirmentalsomaticapproachandunderstanding thatwillcouple themmoredeeplywithhelpers.

Describingpentaindetailgoesbeyondthescopeofthisbook.Formore information, please refer to other sources like the Penta

Manual book.47 Likewise, for a better understanding of greaterlevels of evolution that can be reached by the cosmoethical execution ofpenta, please refer to the CDP program from IAC. Furthermore, it isstronglyrecommendedforindividualsnottostartpentaimpulsively,andtolook for more information and understand well the practice and all therequirements before starting. Visit LearnOBEs.com for information onclassesandmoreresources.

HelpingwithAwarenessLuisMineroAugust,18,2007,LosAngeles,California

Iwas relaxing at home at night,watchingTV beforemy penta session. Ilookedovertomypentaroomandsawthematerializationoftheenergyofanextraphysicalconsciousnessandknewthatitwasrelatedtotheupcomingpenta, and that therewas probablymore assistance than usual to be donetonight.Idecidednottowaitanylonger,andpreparedmyselfforpenta.Thepracticeitselfwasmoreintensethanusual.Afteritended,Ifellasleepandlostconsciousness.I regainedawarenessextraphysicallyandwas insideadarkplace,which

looked like a narrow cave. Therewere other consciousnesses there, but Icouldnottellhowmany.Icouldnotrecognizeanybodyfromtheenergy.Istartedtolookforaplacetogetoutofthecave,untilIsawanopening.Itseemedasifalltheconsciousnesseswerewaitingformetoleadthemout.Itoldthemtofollowme,thatIhadfoundanexit.Iexitedthecave,and

realized that Iwas in the ruins of a city. Something hadhappened, and itseemed as if this disaster had occurred just recently. The roofs of all thehousesweregone,andreallyonlyabouthalfofthewallsremained,andtheywerealsobroken.Therewasalotofsmokeinthedistance.Ilookedbackandrealizedthat

noneof the consciousnesseswhowere inside the cavewithmehad comeout.Oneofmyhelperswasthere,andhe toldmethatweneededtobringthose individuals out, andweneeded to energize them. I got the first one

and brought him to where the helper was, and he energized him. Theextraphysicalconsciousnesswasdisorientedandconfused.Ikeptonbringingthemout,buttherewassomethingnotquiterightwith

theenergy.Itseemedasiftheprocesswasgoingtotakemorethanwhatwasinitiallyexpected.IunderstoodthatInotonlyhadtobringthemoutbutalsoneededtoputmoreofmydensephysicalenergyintotheassistance.Sincethe energization had not been enough for the first two or threeconsciousnesses,weneededtoreenergizethemoncemore.Theseconsciousnesseswerecompletelydisorientedandunawareoftheir

condition.Igotthefirstoneagainandlaidhimontopofarock,nexttoabrokenwall.Westartedenergizingalloftheseconsciousnessesagain.Ikeptbringing more people and understood that there were more extraphysicalconsciousnessesinthecave.Asweenergizedoneofthem,Ifocusedonhisface,eyes,andenergy,and

noticed thathewascompletelyunawareofwherehewas.Thoughhewasnot passed out, he was still in shock because of whatever had happenedthere.AsIstartedtofocusmoreofmydenseenergyonthesetasks,InoticedI

was starting to losemy awareness. I let it happen, knowing thatmy partfrom now onwas going to be the donation of dense energy, and that thehelperswouldtakecareoftherest.WhenI laterwokeupphysically,Irememberedwhathadhappened,and

thought aboutwhat couldhavehappened in thatplace. I remembered thatthere had been amonster earthquake in Peru,magnitude 8.0, about threedaysearlier.ItishardtobecertainofwhereIhadactuallybeen.Yet as I thought about it, I realized the connections I have with that

scenario. I have experienced many earthquakes in my life. I know wellabout buildings collapsing and people getting trapped inside and passingaway.Also,thoughI’mnotspecificallyfromSouthAmerica,IhaveaverystrongassociationwiththeHispanicsofthatregion,beingmyselfHispanic.Bringingtheseconsciousnessestobeassistedonebyoneremindedmeof

anadvancedcourseofassistanceweorganizeattheInternationalAcademyofConsciousness(IAC).48Oneofthedescriptionswegiveofthiscourseis

thatitisatypeof“grouppenta.”Theseconsciousnesseshadprobablypassedawayduringtheearthquake—

which happens in an instant in cases of collapsing buildings—and that iswhy they were completely disoriented and in shock. I realized also thatsomeoftheintensesensationsfrompentabeforetheprojectionwerealreadydue tohelpersbringing someextraphysical consciousnesses related to thiseventforassistance.

ExistentialRecyclingandInversionAs we start to better understand our existential program, we realize in manyinstances that we need to change certain attitudes and behaviors in order todevelop more efficiently and to accomplish our program. As previouslymentioned, individualscan takeexistentialdetours formanyreasons.Oncewehave taken such adetour,weneed to rectify it so as to return toour intendedplan.Thisrectificationiscosmoethicalandiscalledexistentialrecycling.

Existential recycling is the positive renovation of values andperspectivesperformedbytheindividualasthelevelofawarenessexpands so as to develop and evolve more efficiently; it is therectificationofcertaincommitmentsacquiredinlifethatwerenot

partoftheindividual’sexistentialprogram.49

Thebeginningofexistentialrecyclingisinmanyinstancesthemomentoftruesincerity(cosmoethics)inwhichwe“faceourselvesinthemirror”andadmittoourselves that we have made certain mistakes and could have done better.Helpers can aid in this realization. The reasonwhy andmeans throughwhichpeoplereachthismomentaremany.In certain cases, the decision to recycle oneself can arise due to an internal

dissatisfactionapersonhaswiththeirownlife(seethesectiononintraphysicalmelancholy later in this chapter).At other times, it can come after the personreachesacriticalmomentorexperiencesamajorevent,suchasacaraccident,adeathinthefamily,thelossofajob,thebreakupofarelationship,the“nothingseemstobeworking”feeling,constantintrusion,asaturationpoint(hittingrock

bottom), and others. Many of these situations actually occur because asindividualsgooffontangentswithregardtotheirplannedexistentialtrajectory,they become involved with other activities, intraphysical and extraphysicalconsciousnesses(forexample,blindguides),andenergiesthatwerenotidealfortheirexistentialprogram.Helpers take advantage of these criticalmoments to try tomake individuals

more aware of other options and to help them to recycle themselves. It isobserved that while things are going well intraphysically—even though theseactivitiesmaynothavemuchtodowiththelifetask—individualstendtogettoocomfortableanddonotwanttochange.Inthislastcase,eventhougheverythingis “going well,” the person often also feels frustrated. To evolve, individualsneedtokeeprefiningthemselvesthroughconstantpositivechange,inaconstantstateofrecycling.Existential recyclingmainly implieshealthy internalchanges inevolutionary

values and perspectives. In certain cases these internal changes will naturallytriggergreaterorlesserexternalchanges.50

In order to undergo a cosmoethical existential recycling, individuals need tohaveenergy.Theywillneeditinordertofacethecounterflow thatanychangebrings about (seeChapter2). Theworld is already used to us being a certainway,thoughpeoplecommonlydonotseeusaswhowereallyare.Asaresult,whenwechangeourselvestobetterrepresentourownlevelofbeing,non-lucidextraphysical consciousnesses, relatives, colleagues, and others will oftencomplain—in some cases more, in other cases less. We need to standenergeticallyfirmandbeevolutionarilycourageous51soastonottoyieldtothemoregenerallyanti-evolutionaryholothosenicpressureoftheworld.Existentialinversionisanotherevolutionarystrategyandistheconditionthat

individualscanoptforwhentheyhavenottakenadetourfromtheirexistentialprogram—usuallywhentheyarestillyoung.

Existential inversion is the technical execution of physical lifeaccording to the existential program without any existentialdetours.Existentialinvertersoftenactaccordingtovaluesthataretheoppositeofthoseheldbymostofintraphysicalsociety.52

Theexistentialinverter,ararecondition,isapersonwhokeepstheirevolutionand existential program as the basis for their major decisions. These areindividualswhohavenotacquiredanycommitmentstoanyinstitution,activity,or person thatwere not contemplated in their existential program.This showsthat these individuals tend to better withstand social pressures (avoidingexistentialrobotization)andpossessgreaterholomaturity.Existential inverters generally present characteristics such as self-learning,

valuationofmentalsomaticactivities,altruism,efficientcommunicability,andagood degree of self-organization and psychism, as well as beyond-averagecosmoethics and universalism.53 Existential inverters revert, or “invert,” mostordinaryandcommonpopularvalues,astheyusuallyactinwaysthatgoagainstthe common flow of society. Most societies follow nationalistic ideas andreligions and value the lifestyle of working to make money, marrying, andhavingchildren.It isnotacommonpracticeinmostsocietiestoquestiontheirown values, and thusmany societies have difficulty seeing beyond their ownnarrow parameters. Naturally, inverters have to worry about many typicalactivities (working to survive and so forth), yet they are alsoworking towardachievingtheirexistentialprogram,andseeallofthoseactivitiesasafunctionofit.54Thus,theirholothoseneisdifferentandinmanycasestheopposite(inverse)oftheoverallintentionofmostsocieties.55

Normally,itisseenthatpeoplewhovalueandperformassistantialworktendto be older in age when they do it. The inverter reverses this condition anddecidesnottowaituntillaterinlifetoassistothers.Theinverterstartstryingtoassist others from an early age (inversion). They will constantly refinethemselvesduringtheirlife—undergoingcountlessandconstantrenewals.

Ifyoucannotoptfortheconditionofexistentialinversionbecauseyou have already needed to undergo a consciential recycling, orhavealreadyrectifiedsomeofyourvaluesinthislife(orstillneedto rectify some values), then a good technique to evolve more

efficientlyandbeabletooptforinversioninyournextlifeisthefollowing.Lookingbackonyour life,youwill seemanydecisions thatcouldhave

beenmademorelucidly.Somedecisionsmayhavebeenmadeimpulsively,

in some cases with little experience and few criteria; in other cases, thedecisionsmadewereblatantself-corruptions(whereyouknewbetterbutdidnot do better). Thus, make a list of all the activities, relationships, anddecisions that youwould not like to repeat in your next life.Write downwhatwouldhavebeenthebetterandmoreevolutionarilyproductivechoice.Trytodothiswithasmuchdetailaspossible.This exercise will help you plan your next life. You will be training

yourselftounderstandconscientialissuesandevolutionarydecisionswhilein thephysicalbodyand through thephysicalbrain.Thus, in thenext lifeyouwillbeawareoftheseissuesearlierbecauseofthistraining.Theideaisto remember these issues while in the body in the next life and not justduringtheintermissiveperiod.

VisittoaTrainingCenterforInvertersAwaitingRebirthLauraSánchez(2004)56

September19,2003,Barcelona,Spain

During the period in which this projection took place, I had beenquestioningmyselfregardingtheexecutivephaseofmyexistentialprogram;Ifoundmyselfthinkingabouthowgooditwouldfeeltoaccessinformationfrom my intermissive course. On that particular night, I went to bedphysically tired, falling asleep almost immediately. I cannot rememberhavingworkedwithmyenergybeforefallingasleep.I recovered lucidity in theextraphysicaldimensionanddiscoveredIwas

bymypartner’sside.Ifelt thatIwasinabigcity,albeitoneconsiderablydifferent from those we know in the intraphysical dimension. The cityappeared flat, with no buildings in view. It seemed we were quite somedistancefromplanetEarth.Adiaphanouswhiteluminosityfascinatedme.Amultitudeoffutureinverterswerestudyingatwide,whitetables.Mypartnerand Iwereon akindofwell-tended lawn, suspended in air above thoughfairlyclosetotheground,ourlegscrossed.Wechattedpeacefullyasthoughthe placewas familiar to us. The trip did not feel like a unique visit, butmorelikeareturntoawell-knownlocation.Theatmos-

pherewasofintenseandseriousstudybythesethousandsoffutureinvertersfortheirnextexistentialprograms.The candidates for existential inversion displayed young psychosomas,

appearing as teenagers.They sat at tableson an esplanade adjacent to thelawn where we sat cross-legged. Study was conducted in silence, in anintrospectiveenvironment,withoutchatteramongthemselves.Fromtimetotimethosestudyingwouldconsultwithextraphysicalconsciousnesseswhoappearedtobedirectingthework.Theseextraphysicalconsciousnessesdidnothing to interfere but rather seemed to be present simply in case theycould be of assistance to the inverters,which apparentlywas unnecessarymostofthetime.Thescenewas interruptedabruptlybyevents thatcapturedmycomplete

attention; a group of extraphysical consciousnesses, appearing as childrenranginginagefromsixtofifteen,ranoutofwhatseemedtobeadepressionorhollow,holdingtheirarmsintheairasifindespairandaskingforhelp.They were not in the same environment, and it seemed that I wasexperiencingsomesortofclairvoyance.Atthatmoment,mypartnerspoke:“Are you seeing these images?They are for you,” he said.These phrasesweretransmittedtelepathically,andIrealizedwebothhadagoodleveloflucidityduringthisexperience.Icouldnotunderstandwhatwashappening;thechildrenwereinsideasort

of hollow or depression while the surrounding environment was clearlypositive,mentalsomatic,andtranquil.Thenthechildrenbeganwalking,nolonger seeming desperate. I saw no helpers, butmy intuition toldme thechildren had been joined by some caretaker-helpers. I realized I was nolongermakingtheseobservationsthroughclairvoyance,butratherthatthesechildren had joined us in the same environment. The children walked information, tidy and neatly dressed, carrying food in their hands, whichappeared tobemorphothosenes,createdfor themby thecaretaker-helpers.Thechildrenobservedthetableswheretheinverterswereworking,buttheyseemed unable to see or perceive their presence or the place where theyactuallywere.Irealizedthechildrenwerebeingassistedbythesurroundingenvironmentand thepresenceof thegroupofhelpers. Itwas then that the

basisforthewholesituationsuddenlybecameapparent.The childrenwere youngsterswho had recently died due to a detour in

their existential program, a detour sufficiently serious that otherconsciousnessesmayhavebeenendangered.Followingtheirdeath,thechildrenweremovedtoanenvironmentwhere

theexampleofthestudentsofinversion,inseriouspreparationthemselves,gave thechildren theopportunity tobegin theirownpreparations for theirnew existential programs. It seemed that the majority could not evenperceiveorseethelocationwhereweweregatheredbecauseoftheirlackoflucidity.The helpers had encapsulated the children in the hollow, periodically

takingthemforwalksuntileventuallytheywould“awaken”andbeginthepreparationfor theirexistentialprograms. In thiscase,having themin thiskind of “enclosure” was the lesser of two evils; until such time as eachcouldawakentothedimensiontheyinhabited,theyrequiredpatientnursingand care. Over there, time was no longer time, but an opportunity forreactionandchange.Atthesamemoment,Iacquiredadeeperunderstandingoftheimportance

of our existential programs.Theworkof the extraphysical helperswas topresent us with renewed opportunities to study this theme, and to helpensure by all possiblemeans that our existential programswill be carriedoutsuccessfully.I could also understand how an inverter, despite his or her high-level

intermissive course and the guidance of an evolutionary orienter(evolutiologist), was nevertheless far from guaranteed existentialcompletism,orevenaluciddeathwithdirectaccesstoanewintermissivecourse.As I grasped all this information, recognizing that Iwas projectedwith

lucidity, I understood that the timehad come forme to depart. I heldmypartnerbythehandandweleft,flyingawayfromthatenvironment.Myflightwasslowerthanthatofmypartner;Ifoundmyselfalone.Agirl

appearedaheadofme,lyingonherbackandflyingatgreatspeed.Idecidedtoflyinthesameposition,whichspedupmyflight,althoughIwasafraidof

bumpingintosomeone,asmyeyesightwasrestricted.Therewasplentyoftraffic.Manyconsciousnesseswereflyingtowardaspecificplace,andthisdid not surpriseme, as it felt as if I had already flown theremany timesalongthis“extraphysicalhighway.”MyspeedincreasedandIdecidedtoreturntothephysicalbody,tryingmy

besttofeelre-coincidencewiththesomaandlookingatmypartnerlyingonthebed.At that instant I felt veryhappyabout the levelof lucidity Iwasexperiencing.Itraveleddownthroughverynarrow,darktunnelsathighspeed.Thisdid

notseemtobethesortoftunneleffectcommontoanear-deathexperience;I was coming down vertically, something I interpreted as a return to thephysicaldimension.To my surprise, I found myself not in the physical body but in an

environment that looked unfamiliar to me at first glance. A very lucidretrocognition helped me understand that, in spite of all the informationgained fromour intermissivecourse,weoften continue inmuch the samefashion,doingthesamethingswehavedoneinpastlives—anunnecessaryself-mimicry.Ireturnedtothebodywithlucidityand,uponawakening,rememberedthe

entiretyof theseevents.Mypartnerhadno recollection—but forme therewas no doubt. This projective experience afforded me the opportunity toreflect on many consciential issues, especially the importance of theexistentialprogram,theintermissivecourse,andallthework,patience,andcarethehelpersshowus.

EndResultAs the life of a consciousness advances, two results are possible: either theconsciousness is satisfiedwith the execution of its existential programor it isnot.Thisconditionissubjective,yetfortheindividualperson,itisusuallyveryclear.Andas the consciousnesspasses through the seconddeactivation, itwillbecomeevenclearerandmoreobviouswhattheendresultofthatlifewas.

IntraphysicalandExtraphysicalMelancholy

While still an intraphysical consciousness, wemay feel an inner sensation ofdissatisfaction thatmay indicate to us how the execution and direction of thisphysicallifeisgoing.Thissensationiscalledintraphysicalmelancholy,whichisthe conditionwhere theperson feels unsatisfiedwith themselves and their lifedue to poor execution of their existential program.57 Certain cases ofmid-lifecrisesarearesultofanintra-physicalmelancholy,alackofmeaningthattheindividualfeelsinlife.In somecases, individuals find themselves inagoodphysical situation: they

have a good family, a decent job, financial stability, and friends. Thougheverything on the surface seems to be fine, they still feel emptiness, a voidinside, and they cannot quite identify why. In many cases they feel thisemptinessbecausetheyhavedetouredfromthepathoftheirexistentialprogram.Commonly,theyhavedoneeverythingthatsocietyhasaskedofthem(existentialrobotization), yet they have not executed the commitments they have tothemselves—in the first place—and also to their evolutionary group and theirhelpers.Dependingontheperson’sage,theymaystillhavealotoftimetoaccomplish

mostoratleastpartofthosecommitments.Insociety,whenpeoplereachsixtyorseventyyearsofage,theyusuallyhavetoretire.Thepersonoftenisseenasan unproductive being by the established social system. Yet these individualsmayliveanotherten,twenty,ormoreyearsinthisphysicallife,whichisampletimetosolvekarmicissuesandaccomplishmanyother tasks.Thisdependsontheindividual.Ifpeopleareconditionedbythephysicalideathattheyaretoooldandshould

notorcannotdomuchmore, then theywillcertainlynotproducemuchmore.Thephysicalbodycertainlyages,buttheconsciousnessdoesnot—thereisneverretirement of the consciousness.58 Therefore, acting old is a state of mind.Intraphysical melancholy can work as an evolutionary catalyst, promotingexistentialrecycling.59

In certain senior citizens, the condition of intraphysical melancholy can beclearlyseen—especiallyinspecificcasesofpeopleintheirseventiesorolder.Itisseeninpeoplewhocomplainabouteverythingandareperpetuallydissatisfied.They remember episodes from their lifewith obvious disappointment and tell

(sometimesthesame)sadstoriesrepeatedly.Theenergyemanatingfromsuchapersonisclearlynegativeandmanifestsastrongsenseoffailure.When the individual passes through the first deactivation, the condition of

disappointment, dependingon its strength, canhinder theperson frompassingthrough the second deactivation. Unfortunately for the extraphysicalconsciousnessinthiscondition,whenitregainssomelucidity,itwillbeabletoseeclearlytheunproductivefailureofthejust-terminatedhumanlife.Thisisthecondition of extraphysical melancholy,60 which is worse than intraphysicalmelancholybecausenowtherereallyarenomoreopportunitiesfortheexecutionoftheexistentialprogramforthatlife.As previously mentioned, no one punishes anyone extraphysically. The

consciousnessinthissituationisnotfeelingthisbecauseitisafraidofsomesortofreprimandfromsomeone.Theconditionismorepersonalandinternal,whichmakesitworse.Theextraphysicalconsciousnessrealizesandunderstandsonitsownthatitsimplydidnotdowhatitwasmeanttodo.Itrealizesthatmanytimeswhen opportunitieswere there during the life,when doorswere open and therightpeopleappearedattherighttime,itsimplydidnottakeadvantageofthem.The consciousness may have accomplished only 20 percent of its existentialprogram.Inmanyinstances,individualsrealizethattheydidnotdoanythingharmfulto

othersduringtheirlife;however,thelifethatjustendedwassomethingtheyhadalready repeated the previous two lives, for example. Thus, there was littleevolutionarygain.Duringthephysicallife,individualscanjustifytheirbehaviorwithmanyrationalizationsand ideas, foolingeverybody in thephysicalworld;but extraphysically, where everybody knows everyone else’s thosenes, thiscondition ofmelancholy is inescapable. The extraphysical consciousness feelsandknowsthatitissolelyresponsibleforitsownevolution.When encountering its old evolutionary friends—helpers, evolutiologist, and

other extraphysical consciousnesses—the consciousness has obvious strongfeelings of embarrassment and failure. It knows that its failure has in somefashion already affected the existential programs of others in the evolutionarygroupwhowerecountingonitscontributionsinsomeway.Unfortunately,ahighpercentageofconsciousnessesfailataccomplishingtheirexistentialprogram.61

One of the chief intentions of understanding the consciousness better(conscientiology),ofstudyingextraphysicalrealityandraisingawareness, is tohelpconsciousnessesavoidthisnegativeconditionofmelancholy.

IntraphysicalandExtraphysicalEuphoriaOntheotherhand, there is theconditionof intraphysicalconsciousnesseswhoare accomplishing their existential program. These individuals manifest anobviousintraphysicaleuphoria.Thesepeoplesmilemore,aremorepatient,andarelessconcernedwithsmall,unimportantdetails.Thisconditioncanalsobemoreclearlyobservedinseniorcitizens(especially

thoseoverseventyyearsofage).Individualsinthisconditionincludethehappygrandfather or grandmother who is “all smiles,” with much patience andsatisfaction with themselves and life in general. This condition is furtherenhancedoncewereachtheconditionofexistentialcompletism,62whichoccurswhen we accomplish our existential program—whether a maxiprogram orminiprogram—througheffort,dedication,perseverance,andsoforth.In the case of an existential miniprogram, individuals may not be fully

conscious of the fact that they have completed it, though they will manifestsensations of inner satisfaction. Examples of individuals completingminiprograms aremany andmay include eminent surgeonswho have assistedmanyothers through theirskills;parentswhoraisedall theirchildrenwellandsettledmany groupkarmic issues;writerswho have published books that havehadpositiveeffectsonthelivesofothers;andindividualswhodocharityworkandhavealreadyachievedallthegoalstheysetouttoaccomplish.63

Afterreachingtheconditionofexistentialcompletismandpassingthroughthefirst and second deactivations, we will feel extraphysical euphoria.64 Thefollowing paragraph, taken from a CDP course, gives an example of thissensation.

Imagine that during physical life,we receive a task that is extremely hardandimportantanditsduedateisinonemonth.Werealizethatitwillnotbeeasytocomplete.Yetthereisnooneelsetopassitonto,anditisuptoustodo it. We resolve to dive in and try to do our best. We start applyingourselves the bestwe can; some nights go bywithoutmuch sleep.At the

halfwaypoint, it seemswewillnot finish the task.Werealize that theduedate is getting closer, and with concern we try to redouble our efforts.Finally, on the last day, and on time, we finish it; we present it andeverythingisfine.Howdowefeelafterthis?Relieved…happy…euphoric…confident…Thisisthesensationofaccomplishingataskofonemonth.Lifeisaroundeightyyearsoftwelvemonthseach.Therefore,togetanideaofextraphysicaleuphoria,multiplythesensationfeltafteraccomplishingthatdifficult task of one month by 960—literally almost a thousand timesgreater.65

The best condition is when we are aware of the entire mechanism of theexistentialprogram throughoutour life andunderstand it fully.We realize thatwe are doing a self-relay with our intraphysical lives, in which theaccomplishmentsofonelifearepassedontothenext—thesamewayrunnersinarelayracepassonabaton.66

ExistentialMoratoriumAmoratoriumisanextensionoftime.Anexistentialmoratoriumisanextensionof the lifetime of an individual.67 This occurs because it is advantageous incertain cases for some people to live longer—days, months, or years. Themoratorium can occur for two reasons. First, it can occur becausewe arenotaccomplishingourexistentialprogram(conditionofevolutionarydeficit),anditisimportantforustoaccomplishatleastaspecificaspectofitinthislife.Thiscondition is calledexistentialmini-moratorium.68Second, it canoccurbecausewe have already reached the condition of existential completism, and we cantake advantageof the current conditions to evolve even further thanwhatwasplanned (condition of surplus). This condition is called existential maxi-moratorium.69

Themini-moratoriumoccursonlyincertainsituationsforsomeindividuals;inotherwords,noteverybodywhoisoffcourseregardingtheirexistentialprogramreceives one. This can be due to karmic conditions. In certain instancesindividualsmaybesurroundedbyseveralotherswithwhomtheyhavekarmicissues. The other people in the group are accomplishing their existentialprograms, and in the next life more than likely this group will move on to

something else and will be geographically spread out. The same set ofindividuals will not undergo rebirth together. In this case, if the person inquestiondoesnot solvehisorherkarmic issuesnow, then the individualmayhavetospendseveralmoreliveswithmorethingspending,sortof“following”each member of the group (which has now dispersed) in order to solvesomethingthatcurrentlymaybesolvedinonlyafewyears’time.In other cases, a group of consciousnesses have been working to achieve

somethingandtheyareaccomplishingit.Yetoneoftheconsciousnessesinthegrouphasnotkeptupwiththepaceoftherestofthegroup.Forthisreason,inthenextlife, thegroupwillmoveontosomethingelse,buttheslower-movingindividualwill not be able to.This consciousnesswill have to join adifferentgroupthatisstartingtodealwiththetaskthefirstgroupisfinishing.Thiswouldunequivocally represent a definite setback for the individual, and at the sametimethepersonwillhavetospendsometime(lives)withtheothergroupuntiltheycanaccomplishthetask.Thisconditionofmini-moratoriumisverysimilartowhenachildhastorepeataschoolyearasaresultoffailinggrades.Inthiscase as well, it would be best if before the “final exam,” before life ends,individuals can have some extra time to “study” so as to continue with theirgroup.Theevolutiologististheconsciousnessthatdecideswhetherthecasemeritsan

existentialmoratoriumofeithertype.Certaincasesofnear-deathexperiencesareutilizedbyhelpersandevolutiologistsasameansofshakingindividualsoutoftheir existential malady. It has been observed that after most near-deathexperiences, people return with greater lucidity, intensity, and effort. Theevolutiologististheconsciousnessthatmoreclearlyunderstandshowcriticalitisforindividualstoaccomplishcertaintasksintheircurrentlife.Theintentionistotrytomakepeoplerethinktheiractionsandthecourseoftheirlife.The second type, the maxi-moratorium, occurs when the condition of the

individualby theendofhisorher life is such that saidpersonandotherscanprofitevenfurtherfromalongerstay.ThissecondtypeisusuallygivenbytheevolutiologistduringanOBE,asthehelpersandevolutiologistcongratulatetheprojector. In many cases, the option of accepting the moratorium is theindividual’s own choice to make: the person can choose to pass through the

deactivations (deaths) now or to spend some more time as an intraphysicalconsciousness.Thereareadvantagesanddisadvantagestobothpositions.Ononehand,when

consciousnesses choose to pass through the deactivations, theyguarantee theirexistential completism (since, for example, in some instances there may be asmall possibility of rehashing a karmic wound if they come back). Also,individuals in this situationwill have theopportunity to takenew intermissivecoursesandgenerallypreparethemselvesbetterforthetaskstocome(nextlife).Ontheotherhand,iftheydecidetostay,theycanexecuteadditionaltasksnowwithouthavingtopassthroughtheintraphysicalrestrictionofbirthagainbeforedoing so. Inmany instances, individuals are still at a relatively good level ofhealthandeconomicstabilityandmaystillhavetenormoreyearsahead,whichcanbeveryproductive.Existentialmoratoriumscanlastfromafewmonthstoafewdecades;insome

rarecasesindividualsmayreceiveasecond,third,orevenmoremoratoriums.Inaddition, in some instances of moratoriums, there is an energetic andphysiologicalregenerationperformedbyhelperssoastoallowthebody(andtheenergosoma) of the person to complete the task.70 In these cases the helpersinfuseenergyintothephysicalbodyofthepersontohelpthemlivelonger.

CriticalLifeJustasachildattendingschoolhassomedaysthataremorecritical—whenthereis a test, for example—consciousnesses also have physical lives that aremorecritical. If children do well or not on a test day, this will have (positive ornegative)repercussionsthatwillbefeltbeyondthatday,andthesameistrueofphysicallives.71Itcanbeobservedthatformostindividuals,thiscurrentlifeismore critical. There are two main things that account for this: the level andquantityofinformationavailableandthedemographicexplosion.Asaresultofthelevelofinformationavailableinthisdayandage,individuals

usually have easy access to information that can profoundly help them tocomplete their existential program.72 In past centuries, this was not the case.During a life in the eleventh century,when resourceswere scarce, learning toreadwas still extremely rare.Therefore, if a priest in thenext town,whowas

goingtoteachustoread,diedintheplague,thenwemighthavegoneanentirelifewithoutthisskill.Theproblemisthatinsomeinstancesthatpriestwastheonlyavailablepersoncapableofteachingushowtoread.Asaresultofsuchamisfortune,wewouldhave finishedour lifewith somegaps in our existentialprogram.However,inaninstancelikethis,itwouldnothavebeenourfaultandtherewouldnothavebeenanythingwecouldhavedoneaboutit.However, nowadays the information has accumulated to such a degree that

individuals usually know where to get the skills and/or information toaccomplish what they want. Consequently, this condition brings us greaterresponsibility, since fewerexcuses (self-corruptions)canbemade ifexistentialcompletionisnotachieved.Thedemographicexplosionissuchthatindividualstodaycaninteractwithas

manypeopleinoneweekastheydidinanentirelifetimeintheMiddleAges.73

Becauseofthis,thekarmicaccountshave“moretransactions.”Thepersoncanaffect many more consciousnesses either positively or negatively on a dailybasis,nottomentionafteranentirelifetime.Therefore, this life formost individuals is theequivalentofadozenormore

livesintheMiddleAgesandearlier.Thepersoncanaccomplishmuchmoreandaffectmanymoreconsciousnesses.Iftheintraphysicalconsciousnesshasagoodorbadperformance,thenthiseffectismultipliedandamplified.

FinishingtheCycleFinally, after undergoing the first and second deactivations and becoming anextra-physical consciousness again, more lucid individuals are back concerningthemselves with planning their next existence. The consciousness remains inthese cyclesof existential seriationuntil it has evolvedenough toundergo thethirddeactivationforthefirstandlasttime,andbecomesafreeconsciousness.This process certainly takes many, many lives. Yet it can be accelerated ordelayed by the consciousness itself, depending on how much its evolution isprioritized.Letusproposean idea thatdeservesmore research.Helpers, evolutiologists,

andmoreevolvedconsciousnessesusuallyprojectenergiesofcalmness,control,

and serenity; and there is a satisfaction, confidence, and unshakable innatehappinesstothem.Coulditbethatthisholothosenetheyemanateistheresultofthemhavingreachedtheconditionofexistentialcompletism(intraphysicalandextraphysicaleuphoria)timeandtimeagain?

ConclusionsBasedonalltheobservationsandevidenceaccumulatedthusfar,itisclearthatweasconsciousnessesarenotabletosimplystopevolving.Allevidencepointsto the fact that consciousnesses cannot be destroyed and do not stop theirevolution.Conscientialevolutiontakesplaceinherentlywiththeaccumulationofknowledgederivedfromexperiences insideandoutside thephysicalbody;andtheseexperiencescompelustomakebetterdecisions,tolearnandgrowallthetime.The consciousness continueswith the cycleof rebirths anddeactivationsuntil they have completed this cycle in its totality and fulfilled their fullevolutionarypotential—asinthecaseofthefreeconsciousnesses.Aswasmentionedpreviously,thebestevolutionarystrategyistobepractical

intermsofourexistentialprogram.Whenobservinghelpersandmoreevolvedconsciousnesses,weareabletorecognizethattheyfocusonthetaskathand.Inour case, this would be our existential program, this current life in amultidimensional perspective and reality. They give very little priority tospeculationsandphilosophicalendeavors.Now, at the end of this introductory volume, we realize that visiting

extraphysicalrealitiesandlearningfrommoreevolvedconsciousnessesiswithinthegraspofanyself-motivatedandinterestedindividual.Alongthesamelineofreasoning, evolution is an endeavor that depends strictly on us. As ourexperiences increase, we realize that all of those realities help us grow. Theyexist even ifwe do not fully understand them, and aswe personally discoverthem, they continually challenge us to dig deeper into the nature of theconsciousness itself, aswe continue to evolve and help others evolve aswell.Thebestofenergytoallofyouinyourevolutionaryendeavors.

SummaryofKeyChapterPoints• Existential seriation is the series of physical lives, or the process of

successivelives,withconscientialevolutionasitsgoal.

• The existential program is the life task, the organizational plan for timeduringtheintraphysicallifeoftheconsciousness;itislife’smainobjective.• Individualsplan their existentialprogramduring intermissiveperiodswhen

theyaremorelucid,togetherwithhelpersandtheevolutiologist.• Existential programs are unique and personalized and take into account

everything about the consciousness: their strong and weak traits, theirevolutionary group’s objective, their performance in previous lives, and theirholokarma.•Karma is the law of action and reaction, of cause and effect, and can be

divided into threegroups: (1) egokarma, pertaining individually to theperson;(2)groupkarma,pertaining to therelationswithotherconsciousnesses;and(3)polykarma,pertainingtotheinteractionswiththerestofhumanityandextra-physicalconsciousnesses.• Intermissive courses are preliminary educational courses that prepare the

consciousnessforaccomplishingitsexistentialprogram.Thesecourseshaveasaprerequisite the second deactivation, and as projectors, we can attend thesecoursesduringourphysicallives.•Many individuals takeadetour fromtheirexistentialprogrambecause they

makedecisionswithouttakingintoaccountevolutionarycriteria—whicharethebasisoftheirexistentialprogram.• To find out information about our existential program,we can use certain

techniques; for example, the strong and weak traits formula, the personalreciprocationformula,thelucidprojection,andthetechniqueofonemoreyearoflife.•Forminganevolutionaryduocanhelptocatalyzeourevolution.• Penta (Personal Energetic Task) is an assistantial practice that requires

disciplineandtheprioritizationofassistance.•Existential recycling is the renovationofvalues andpriorities according to

conscientialevolutionandtheexistentialprogramoftheindividual.•Existential inversion is the technicalexecutionofphysical lifeaccording to

the existential program without any existential detours, and usually goes ingeneralcounterflowwithsocietyasawhole.

• Existential melancholy is the internal dissatisfaction individuals manifestwhennotaccomplishingtheirexistentialprogram.Itcanbeintraphysicaland/orextra-physical(afterbiologicaldeath).• Existential euphoria is the joyous condition individuals manifest when

reachingtheconditionofexistentialcompletism.Itcanbeintraphysical(nearingtheendoflife)and/orextraphysical(afterbiologicaldeath).•Anexistentialmoratoriumisanextensionofalifetimegiventoaperson(1)

becauseofevolutionarydeficiencyreasons(mini-moratorium)or(2)becauseofanevolutionarysurplus(maxi-moratorium).• The current life is a critical life for most people because of the greater

amount of information accumulated inmodern times and because of the highnumberofkarmicandpersonalinteractions.

ChapterNotes1.Kardec,1976,p.117;Vieira,700,1994,p.596.2.Stack,1988,p.29.3.Alegretti,2004,pp.67–68.4.Vieira,700,1994,p.612.5.Alegretti,2004,pp.74–75.6.Ibid.,p.69.7.Ibid.,p.74.8.Vieira,1999,p.13.9.Vieira,700,1994,p.678.10.Alegretti,2004,p.74.11.Vieira,Existential,1997,pp.20–21.12.Ibid.,pp.14–16.13.Ibid.,pp.17–19.14.Vieira,Existential,1997,p.126;andVieira,2002,p.919.15.Vieira,700,1994,p.600.16.Ibid.,p.624.17.Vieira,2002,p.384.18.Minero,1996.19.Gross,2001,pp.102–7.20.Vieira,700,1994,p.129;Balona,2004,p.81.21.Loche,2001,p.17.22.Alegretti,2004,p.77.23.Vieira,700,1994,pp.603–4.24.Ibid.,p.609.25.Vieira,1999,pp.15,109.

26.Vieira,700,1994,p.600.27.Ibid.,pp.286,619.28.Ibid.,p.617.29.Ferraz,2003,pp.197–216.30.Vieira,700,1994,p.609.31.Guzzi,1998,pp.16–24.32.Ibid.,p.19.33.Vieira,Existential,1997,pp.29–30.34.Vicenzi,2005,pp.119–22.35.Vieira,Existential,1997,pp.31–32.36.Vieira,700,1994,p.607.37.Balona,2004,pp.209–26.38.Vieira,Evolutionary,1997,p.11.39.TrivellatoandAlegretti,2003,p.295.40.Vieira,Penta,1996,p.11.41.Ibid.,p.21.42.Ibid.,pp.18–19.43.Ibid.,p.54.44.Ibid.,p.24.45.Ibid.,pp.23,70.46.Ibid.,p.25.47.SeePentaManualbyDr.WaldoVieira,1996.48.Thenameofthecourseis“CDP-Advanced2:AssistantialEnergeticField.”49.Vieira,700,1994,p.682.50.Guzzi1998,pp.42–46.51.Vicenzi,2005,p.141.52.Vieira,700,1994,p.690.53.Couto,2002,pp.286–87.54.Almeida,2005,p.40.55.Arakaki,2005,pp.169–70.56.Sanchez,2004,p.181.57.Vieira,700,1994,p.614.58.Vieira,1999,p.88.59.Vieira,700,1994,p.685.60.Guzzi,1998,pp.42–46.61.Vieira,700,1994,p.609.62.Ibid.,p.610.63.Ibid.,p.703.64.Ibid.,p.614.65.Minero,1996.66.Alegretti,2004,p.87.67.Vieira,700,1994,p.611.68.Vieira,Existential,1998,p.129.69.Ibid.,pp.130–32.70.Vieira,700,1994,p.611.

71.Alegretti,2004,pp.88–89.72.Ibid.,p.182.73.Ibid.

[contents]

Glossary

The following is a list of themore technicalwords used in this book.For theofficiallistofallconscientiologyterms,pleasevisitLearnOBEs.com.

assistantiality.Helpingorassistingothers.auriccoupling.Fusionofenergosomas,greaterexchangeofenergybetweentwoparties;energeticcoupling.

blindguide. Extraphysical consciousnesswhomayhave good intentions buthasalowleveloflucidityanddisturbsmorethanhelps.

body.Avehicleofmanifestationoftheconsciousness.conscientialenergy(CE).Energythathasinformationoftheconsciousnessandthereforehasalreadybeenprocessedbyaconsciousness.

conscientialparadigm.Paradigmfoundedon theprincipleof theexistenceoftheconsciousness,aswellasmatterandenergy.

conscientiology. Science that studies the consciousness and all of itsmanifestationsinsideandoutsidethebody.

consciousness, the. Essence or intelligent principle behind all beings,beyondmatterandenergy;thesoulorspirit.

cosmoethics (cosmo + ethics). Set of personal principles according to theindividual’s own level of awareness and level of evolution. These principleshold true for the consciousness, regardless of where in the cosmos theconsciousnessismanifesting.

desoma(deactivation+soma).Thedeactivationofasoma,thepassingawayofabody,ortheprocesswecalldeath.

energosoma.Energeticorenergybodythatsurrounds thephysicalbodyandgivesthephysicalbodyitsvitality;holochakra.

evolutionary duo. The union of two mature, lucid, intraphysicalconsciousnesses who have affinities for one another and who positivelyinteract, having as an objective the planned potentialization of their

evolutionary performances through a productive, integrated, constant, andmultifacetedlifetogether.

evolutionaryintelligence.Theunderstandingthatphysicallifeisafunctionof evolution, aswell as theability to utilize and apply any resourcewemayhavefortheconscientialevolutionofourselvesandothers.

existential inversion. The technical execution of life according to theexistentialprogram;theintegralinvestmentinevolutionwithoutanyexistentialdetours.

existentialprogram.Theevolutionaryorganizingplanoragendaoftimeandactivitiesoftheconsciousnessduringtheintraphysicallife;lifetasks.

existential recycling. The positive renovation of values and perspectivesperformed by the individual as the level of awareness expands in order todevelopandevolvemoreefficiently; therectificationofcertaincommitmentsacquiredinlifethatwerenotpartoftheindividual’sexistentialprogram.

exteriorization.Thetransmission,externalization,oroutboundbroadcastingofenergy.

goldencord. The connection between the psychosoma and thementalsoma.The golden cord, much like the mentalsoma, is not seen, yet its connectingeffectsarefelt.

helper.Evolvedpositiveconsciousnesswithincreasedawarenessandunbiased,refinedevolutionarycriteriawhowantstohelpusevolve.

holokarma (holo = whole, integral, total + karma). Set of three karmicaccounts:egokarma,groupkarma,andpolykarma.

holomaturity (holo=whole, integral, total+maturity).Conditionof integralmaturity within the consciousness—biological, psychological, intellectual,holosomatic,intraconsciential,andmultidimensional.

holosoma (holo = whole, integral, total + soma). Set of the vehicles ofmanifestation of the consciousness: soma, energosoma, psychosoma, andmentalsoma.

holothosene (holo = whole, integral, total + thosene). The collection ofthosenes, or energetic information, associated with something specific (e.g.,

object,place,person,idea,word,etc.).immanentenergy (IE). Energy inherent in nature, unprocessed andwithoutperceivableinformation.

intermissive courses. Extraphysical educational courses that prepareconsciousnessestoaccomplishtheirexistentialprogram.

intruder.Extraphysicalconsciousnesswithalowlevelofevolution,wholacksawareness,isneedy,and/orhasillintentionstowardothers.

mentalsoma. Intellectual body with no shape or form; used by theconsciousnesstomanifestinthementaldimensions.

morphothosenes (morpho = form + thosenes). Extraphysical forms,elements,andrealitiescreatedthroughorwiththosenes;thosenesthatacquireashape.

near-deathexperience(NDE).Occurswhenanindividualisforcedoutsidehisorherbodybycriticalhumancircumstances.

out-of-body experience (OBE). The phenomenon whereby individualsproject (separate) themselves from their physical body, manifesting indimensionsbeyondthephysicaloneusingothersubtlerbodies,orvehiclesofmanifestation.

paragenetics (para = extraphysical + genetics). Inheritance from previousexistencesof tendencies, abilities, skills, experience,andothers, carried fromlifetolifethroughtheupperbodies,thepsychosomaandthementalsoma.

penta. Penta stands forPersonalEnergeticTask and is performedmainly bystable individuals in thesecondhalfof life.This task ischaracterizedmainlybythedailydonationofenergiesataprescheduledtime.Thepentapractitionerdedicatesapproximatelyonehouradaytosendoutenergiestoconsciousnessesinneed,mainlyextraphysicalconsciousnesses.

projectiology. The science that studies the projections of the consciousness(OBEs,astraltravel),bioenergy,andrelatedphenomena.

psychosoma.Extraphysicalbodyidenticalinshapetothesoma;usedbytheconsciousness for manifesting during out-of-body experiences in theextraphysicaldimensions;emotionalbodyorastralbody.

silvercord.Thesilvercordisresponsibleforkeepingusconnectedtothesomawhile projected. It transfers information and energy from the soma to thepsychosomaandviceversa.

soma (Greekforbody).Asoma,orbody, is avehicleofmanifestationof theconsciousness;physicalbody.

sympathetic assimilation. The condition reached when the amount ofenergetic informationbeingexchangedbetween twopeople is increased; it isanintensificationoftheauriccoupling.

thosene (thoughts + sentiments + energy). A unit of manifestation of theconsciousness;conscientialenergy.

universalism.Thecoherent(logical)behavioroftheconsciousnessaccordingtothebroadestunderstandingoftheuniverse;anti-dogmatism.

VELO (Voluntary Energetic Longitudinal Oscillation). Movement of theenergiesinsidethebodycontinuouslyfromheadtofeet,thenfromfeettohead.Uponaccelerationofthismovement,itleadstothevibrationalstate(VS).

[contents]

Bibliography

Alegretti, Wagner. Cosmoethics. Intensive course. Miami, FL, USA:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,2001.

———.ExtraphysicalEnvironmentandParatechnology.Shortintensivecourse.LosAngeles,CA,USA:InternationalAcademyofConsciousness,2008.

———.Retrocognitions:AnInvestigationintoMemoriesofPastLivesandthePeriods between Lives. 1st ed. Miami, FL, USA: International Academy ofConsciousness,2004.

———. Theorice of Bioenergies [Span.: Teáticas de las Bioenergías].Extracurricular course. Miami, FL, USA: International Institute ofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1996.

Almeida, Julio. Qualifications of the Consciousness [Port.: Qualificações daConsciência]. 1st ed. Foz de Iguaçu, PR, Brazil: Associaçao InternacionalEditares,2005.

Aparicio, Marisela. “Bioenergetic Self-Experimentation.” Journal ofConscientiology4,no.13(July2001):49.

Arakaki, Kátia. International Travels: The Conscientiology Nomadism [Port.:Viagens Internacionais: O Nomadismo da Conscienciologia]. 1st ed. Foz deIguaçu,PR;Brazil:AssociaçaoInternacionalEditares,2005.

Atwater, P. M. H. The Complete Idiot’s Guide to Near-Death Experiences.Indianapolis,IN,USA:AlphaBooks,2000.

———. “What the Near-Death Experience Reveals about Consciousness.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.15S(May2002):83.

Azambuya, Martin. “Physical Immobility Waking State LaboratoryExperiment.”JournalofConscientiology5,no.19(January2003):217.

Balona,Malu.Self-healingthroughReconciliation[Span.:Autocuraatravésdela Reconciliación]. 1st ed. Lisbon, Portugal: International Academy ofConsciousness,2004.

Bonassi, João. “Three Hours of Physical Immobility: A Self-Experiment.”JournalofConscientiology1,no.3(January1999):255.

Bonin,WernerF.DictionaryofParapsychology1(A–I)[Span.:DiccionariodePara-psicología,1(A–I)].Madrid,Spain:AlianzaEditorial,1983.

———. Dictionary of Parapsychology 2 (J–Z) [Span.: Diccionario deParapsicología,2(J–Z)].Madrid,Spain:AlianzaEditorial,1983.

Bruce,Robert.AstralDynamics:ANewApproachtoOut-of-BodyExperiences.Charlottesville,VA,USA:HamptonRoadsPublishing,1999.

Buhlman,William.Adventures Beyond the Body: How to Experience Out-of-BodyTravel.1sted.NewYork,NY,USA:HarperOne,1996.

———.TheSecretof theSoul:UsingOut-of-BodyExperiences toUnderstandOurTrueNature.1sted.NewYork,NY,USA:HarperOne,2001.

Castaneda,Carlos.TheArtofDreaming.NewYork,NY,USA:HarperCollins,1994.

Corte, Ivo, and Julio Royer. “Volcanology and Extraphysical Reurbanization.”JournalofConscientiology1,no.2(October1998):99.

Couto, Cirleine. “Conscious Projection and Lucid Dreams.” Journal ofConscientiology6,no.23(January2004):251.

———. “Eurípedes Barsanulfo: Possibly An Existential Inverter.” Journal ofConscientiology4,no.16(April2002):271.

Crookall,Robert.Case-BookofAstralProjection545–746.Secaucus,NJ,USA:CitadelPress,1980.

———.OutoftheBodyExperiences.Secaucus,NJ,USA:CitadelPress,1992.Cubarenco, Ivone. “AnExperiment in theCHSCLaboratoryofThosenology.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.15(January2002):191.

Daou, Dulce. “Capitalist Civilization and Consciential Evolution.” Journal ofConscientiology4,no.15S(May2002):97.

———.Self-consciousness andMultidimensionality [Port.: Autoconsciência eMultidimensionalidade].1sted.FozdoIguaçu,PR;Brazil:Editares,2005.

Denning,Melita,andOsbornePhillips.TheLlewellynPracticalGuidetoAstral

Projection.2nded.St.Paul,MN,USA:LlewellynPublications,1992.Dries,Silda.TheoryandPracticeoftheOut-of-BodyExperience[Port.:TeoriaePráctica da Experiencia fora doCorpo]. 1st ed. Foz do Iguaçu, PR, Brazil:Editares,2006.

Farina, Bernardo. “Continuous Conscious Projection Provoked by VibrationalState.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.14(October2001):127.

Felsky,Camila.“MyFirstLucidProjection.”JournalofConscientiology3,no.9(July2000):55.

Fernandes, Luísa Cristina. Thanatophobia [Span.: Tanatofobia]. Journal ofConscientiology1,no.2(October1998):129.

Ferraz,Marcelli.“ReligiousSelf-Mimicry:AStudy.”JournalofConscientiology5,no.19(January2003):197.

Fox,Oliver.Astral Projection: A Record of Out-of-Body Experiences. 4th ed.Secaucus,NJ,USA:CitadelPress,1962.

Freire,Augusto, Lourdes Pinheiro, andElianeWojslaw. “Criteria forCreatingandEvaluatingNeologisms.”JournalofConscientiology9,no.33(July2006):27.

Green,J.Timothy.“TheVarietiesofEcstaticExperience:APreliminaryReportfromaPersonalJourney.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.15S(May2002):131.

Gross,Júlio.“ConscientialImprisonment.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.14(October2001):99.

Guerra, Teresa Pimentel. “Ethics, Cosmoethics and Universalism” [Span.:“Ética, Cosmoética yUniversalismo”]. Journal of Conscientiology 4, no. 14(October2001):89.

Guidini,Angélica.“MyFirstOut-of-BodyExperienceasanAdult.”JournalofConscientiology3,no.10(October2000):151.

Gutierrez, Alfredo. “Understanding the Fear of Out-of-Body Projection.”JournalofConscientiology2,no.5(July1999):53.

Guzzi,Flavia.NoOptionbuttoChange[Port.:MudarouMudar].1sted.RiodeJaneiro, RJ, Brazil: International Institute of Projectiology and

Conscientiology,1998.Haymann, Maximiliano Torres. “Joint Flight” [Span.: “Volitación Conjunta”].JournalofConscientiology5,no.19(January2003):227.

Kardec,Allan.TheBookofSpirits [Span.:ElLibrode losEspíritus]. Caracas,Venezuela:MensajeFraternal,1976.

Kircher, Pamela M. “Near-Death Experiences: On the Journey towardUnderstanding.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.15S(May2002):9.

Krippner,Stanley.“ExtraordinaryDreams:ACross-CulturalStudy.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.15S(May2002):67.

LaBerge, Stephen, and Howard Rheingold. Exploring the World of LucidDreaming.NewYork,NY,USA:RandomHouse;1992.

Lima, Thaís. “The Dualism of Descartes and the Conscientiology Science”[Span.: “El Dualismo Cartesiano y la Ciencia Concienciología”]. Journal ofConscientiology1,no.3(January1999):229.

Loche, Laênio. “Healthy Conviviality and Karmic Dynamics.” Journal ofConscientiology4,no.13(July2001):13.

Lutfi, Luci. I Came Back to Tell [Port.: Voltei para Contar]. 1st ed. Foz deIguaçu,PR,Brazil:AssociaçaoInternacionalEditares,2006.

Machado, Daniel, and Denise Paro. “An Approach to the Theorice ofConsciousness’Self-Research.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.15(January2002):163.

Martin, Anthony. The Theory & Practice of Astral Projection. 3rd ed.Wellingborough,Northamptonshire,UK:TheAquarianPress,1980.

Medeiros, Rodrigo, and Patricia Sousa. “Image Target Research Project: AMethodologytoSupportResearchonRemotePerceptionPhenomena.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.15S(May2002):111.

Meira,Silvana.“AssistedLucidProjection.”JournalofConscientiology 8, no.31(January2006):249.

Minero, Luis. “Correspondence.” Journal of Conscientiology 5, no. 17 (July2002):63.

———. “Evolutionary Intelligence.” Intensive course. Madrid, Spain:

InternationalAcademyofConsciousness,2006.———.“ExistentialProgramandSeriationClass.”ConsciousnessDevelopmentProgram, Module 4, Class 1. Miami, FL, USA: International Institute ofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1996.

———.“GlobalizationandConscientiologicalExpansionthroughLanguages.”RevistaConscientia10,no.4(2006):302.

———. “Intuition: The Basic Sense of Perception.” Intensive course.Miami,FL,USA:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,2002.

———.“Lucidocracy.”JournalofConscientiology4,no.15S(May2002):47.———. “Qualitative Experience and Quantitative Experience.” Journal ofConscientiology6,no.22(October2003):127.

———. “Universalism: Evolution without Limits.” Intensive course, LosAngeles, CA, USA: International Institute of Projectiology andConscientiology,1999.

———.“YouandYourLevelofAssistantiality.” Intensivecourse.Miami,FL,USA:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1997.

Mitchell, Janet Lee.Out-of-Body Experiences: A Handbook. New York, NY,USA:BallantineBooks,1990.

Monroe,RobertAllan.FarJourneys.NewYork,NY,USA:Doubleday,1985.———.JourneysOutoftheBody.NewYork,NY,USA:Doubleday,1977.Montenegro, Rodrigo Santa Rosa. “Evolutionary Inertia.” Journal ofConscientiology3,no.10(October2000):91.

Muldoon,Sylvan,andHerewardCarrington.TheProjectionoftheAstralBody.YorkBeach,Maine,USA”SamuelWeiser,Inc.,1992.

Musskopf,Tony.“ConscientialParadigm:LeadingTheoryofConscientiology.”JournalofConscientiology1,no.1(July1998):53.

Nascimento, Marco Aurelio. “Mentalsomatic Parasurgery and ThosenicRestructuring.”JournalofConscientiology8,no.29(July2005):31.

———. “Thosenic Self-Analysis.” Journal of Conscientiology 6, no. 23(January2004):231.

Oderich, Cecília. “Projection with Assisted Takeoff” [Span.: “Proyección conDespegueAsistido”].JournalofConscientiology3,no.12(April2001):357.OpenExchange.Quarterlymagazine.Berkeley,CA,USA:2007–2010.Ouspensky, P.D. (PeterDemianovich).Psicologá de laPosibleEvolución delHombre [Span.: Psychology of the Possible Evolution of Man]. Mexico:QueipoHnos.Editores,1980.

Peterson, Robert.Out of Body Experiences: How to Have Them andWhat toExpect.Charlottesville,VA,USA:HamptonRoadsPublishing,1997.

Plato.PlatoinTwelveVolumes:TheRepublic.Cambridge,MA,USA:HarvardUniversityPress,1921–1925.

Presse,Paulo.“Assistencialidad.”JournalofConscientiology6,no.22(October2003):155.

Rampa, Lobsang. You Forever [Span.:Usted y la Eternidad]. Buenos Aires,Argentina:EditorialTroquel,1995.

Razera, Graça. “Attention Deficit and Hyperactivity Disorder—AD(H)D: ACriticalApproach.”JournalofConscientiology2,no.5(July1999):3.

———.EffectiveHyperactivity [Port.:Hiperatividade Eficaz]. 1st ed. Rio deJaneiro, RJ, Brazil: International Institute of Projectiology andConscientiology,2001.

Rocha, Adriana de Lacerda. “A Legal Outlook on Cosmoethics.” Journal ofConscientiology2,no.6(October1999):101.

Rogo,D.Scott.LeavingtheBody:ACompleteGuidetoAstralProjection.NewYork,NY,USA:PrenticeHall,1986.

Sanchez, Laura. “Visit to a Training Center for Inverters Awaiting Rebirth”[Span.: “Visita a un Centro de Preparación de Inversores para la Resoma”].JournalofConscientiology7,no.26(October2004):181.

Sarasvati, Sivananda. Exercises for Concentration and Meditation [Ger.:Übungen zu Konzentration und Meditation]. Berlin, Germany: GoldmannVerlag,1959.

Stack,Rick.Out-of-BodyAdventures.Chicago,IL,USA:ContemporaryBooks,1988.

Swedenborg,Emanuel.TheSpiritualDiary.NewYork,NY,USA:SwedenborgFoundation,1971.

Takimoto, Nário, and Roberto Almeida. “Conscientiotherapy: A ClinicalExperience of Integral Assistance for the Consciousness.” Journal ofConscientiology4,no.15S(May2002):21.

Taylor, Albert. Soul Traveler: A Guide to Out-of-Body Experiences and theWondersBeyond.NewYork,NY,USA:Dutton,1998.

Thiago, Gloria. Living in Multiple Dimensions [Span.: Viviendo en MúltiplesDimensiones]. 1st ed. Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil: International Institute ofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1999.

Tornieri, Sandra. “The Effect of Tobacco inMultidimensionality” [Span.: “ElEfectodelTabacoenlaMultidimensionalidad”].JournalofConscientiology1,no.1(July1998):43.

Trivellato,Nanci.“Chakras:SubtleOrgans.”Extracurricularcourse.Miami,FL,USA:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1997.

———.“MeasurableAttributesoftheVibrationalStateTechnique.”JournalofConscientiology11,no.42(October2008):165.

Trivellato,Nanci,andLuisaFernandes.“ChamberOptimizedtoSupportOut-of-BodyExperiences.”JournalofConscientiology5,no.17(July2002):3.

Trivellato,Nanci,andWagnerAlegretti.“Dynamicsof theEvolutionaryDuo.”JournalofConscientiology5,no.20(April2003):287.

———. “PublicOpinionResearch about Projection ofConsciousness throughthe Internet.” In Annals of the 1st International Forum on ConsciousnessResearchand2ndInternationalCongressonProjectiology.RiodeJaneiro,RJ,Brazil:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1999.

———. “Quantitative and Qualitative Analysis of Experimental ResearchProject intoOut-of-BodyExperience.”JournalofConscientiology 4,no.15S(May2002):153.

Vicenzi,Luciano.CouragetoEvolve[Port.:CoragemparaEvoluir].2nded.FozdeIguaçu,PR,Brazil:AsociaçaoInternacionalEditares,2005.

———.Multiexistential Ecology [Span.:MesologiaMultiexistencial]. Journal

ofConscientiology1,no.4(April1999):337.Vieira,Waldo.“Concealment(Cosmoethics).”JournalofConscientiology2,no.8(April2000):267.

———. Conscientiogram: Technique for the Integral Evaluation of theConsciousness [Port.: Conscienciograma: Técnica de Avaliação daConsciênciaIntegral].1sted.RiodeJaneiro,RJ,Brazil:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1996.

———.ConscientiologyThemes[Port.:TemasdaConscienciologia].1sted.Riode Janeiro, RJ, Brazil: International Institute of Projectiology andConscientiology,1997.

———.EvolutionaryDuoManual[Port.:ManualdaDuplaEvolutiva].1sted.Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil: International Institute of Projectiology andConscientiology,1997.

———. Existential Program Manual. 1st ed. Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1997.

———.HomoSapiensPacificus.FozdeIguaçu,PR;Brazil:CEAECEditora&Editares,2007.

———.Homo Sapiens Reurbanisatus. Foz de Iguaçu, PR, Brazil: AsociaçãoInternacional do Centro de Altos Estudios Da Conscienciologia (CEAEC),2003.

———.OurEvolution.1sted.RiodeJaneiro,RJ,Brazil:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1999.

———.Penta Manual: Personal Energetic Task. 1st ed. Rio de Janeiro, RJ,Brazil:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1996.

———. Projectiology: A Panorama of Experiences of the ConsciousnessOutside the Human Body. 1st ed. Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil: InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,2002.

———.ProjectionsoftheConsciousness:ADiaryofOut-of-BodyExperiences.3rded.NewYork,NY,USA:InternationalAcademyofConsciousness,2007.

———. 700 Conscientiology Experiments [Port.: 700 Experimentos daConscienciologia].1sted.RiodeJaneiro,RJ,Brazil:InternationalInstituteof

ProjectiologyandConscientiology,1994.———. 200 Theorice of Conscientiology [Port.: 200 Teáticas daConscienciologia].1sted.RiodeJaneiro,RJ,Brazil:InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology,1997.

———.WhatConscientiology Is [Port.:OQue é aConscienciologia]. 1st ed.Rio de Janeiro, RJ, Brazil: International Institute of Projectiology andConscientiology,1994.

Vugman,NeyVernon.“TheWeakWillSyndrome.”JournalofConscientiology2,no.6(October1999):93.

Worrall,AmbroseandOlga.TheGiftofHealing:APersonalStoryofSpiritualTherapy.MarbleHill,GA,USA:ArielPress,1989.

[contents]

InternationalAcademyofConsciousness(IAC)

TheInternationalAcademyofConsciousness(IAC)isanonprofit,multicultural,and universalistic organization dedicated to research and education inconscientiology and its subdisciplines.Theobjective of the IAC is to catalyzeevolution through clarifying themultidimensional nature of the consciousnessand all the implications arising from that fact. The IAC stimulates expandedawarenessthroughthedisseminationofpragmaticinformation,employinglogic,discernment,andthehighestprinciplesofcosmoethics.TheworkoftheIACisfounded on updated scientific precepts and aims to further human knowledgebasedontheconscientialparadigm.InformationofferedbytheIACistheresultofdecadesofinvestigationandrepresentsaconsensusfromnumerouspersonalexperiences,anditisgroundedinhistoricalandongoinginvestigations.TheIACwasfoundedinOctober2000withtheaimofestablishingEurope’s

first conscientiological research campus. In May 2002, the scope of theorganization expanded when all of the International Institute of ProjectiologyandConscientiology(IIPC)officesoutsideofBrazilweretransferredtotheIAC,including its research, educational programs, human resources, and scientificpublications.TheIACthusinheritedtheexperienceandaccomplishmentsoftheIIPCteam,whichhadworkedinternationallysince1994.Sinceitsformation,theIAChashostedanumberoflargeeventsatitsresearch

campus in Portugal, including the First Symposium on ConscientiologicalResearch inOctober 2005, theGlobal Symposium on Existential Inversion inNovember2006,andtheSecondSymposiumonConscientiologicalResearchinOctober2008,aswellastheVIConscientialHealthMeetinginOctober2010.Ithasalsoperformedseveral large researchexperiments, and its instructorshavedeveloped 92 original courses on themes within conscientiology (as of June2012). The IAC’s courses emphasize the practical experience ofmultidimensionality and parapsychism, with the following three being salientexamples:(1)TheProjectiveField;(2)ThePraxis:EctoplasmandClairvoyance,a three-day immersion course for inducing lucid out-of-body experiences,

clairvoyance,andmaterializationexperiences;and(3)Goal:Intrusionlessness,aone-year course that focuses on developing parapsychism and freedom fromintrusion.Staffedby118volunteers, including56 instructors, theIAChasapermanent

presencein13citiesin9countriesacross4continents(asofJune2012).Ithasorganizedandpresentedeventsin61citieswithin19countries:Australia,Brazil,Canada,Cyprus,Finland,France,Germany,Holland,Italy,Japan,Mexico,NewZealand, Portugal, Romania, Spain, Switzerland, the United Kingdom, theUnitedStates,andVenezuela.Beyondeducationalactivities,IAC’soriginalobjectiveoffoundingaresearch

andeducationcampusisbeingpursued,withongoingconstructionoccurringonapproximately 62 acres of wooded land in Évoramente, Portugal. Among theinstallations is the world’s first Projectarium—a specialized laboratory forinducing out-of-body experiences. Please refer to the IAC Research Campussection(whichfollows)formoreinformation.The IAC also publishes books and periodicals based on the consciential

paradigm.ItpublishestheJournalofConscientiology,theofficialvehicleforthepresentationandscientificdebateofconscientiology.TheJournalisdistributedtoindividualsandorganizationsin35countries.TheIAChasalsopublished13books,andhasanother37inproduction(includingtranslations)in7languages(asofJune2012).ThefollowingcontactinformationcanbefoundatLearnOBEs.com.

IACMainOfficesIACResearchCampusCampus@iacworld.orgPhone:+351268959148Phone:+351918797924Fax:+351268950053HerdadedaMarmeleiraEN18,km.236—Cx.Postal06Evoramonte,Estremoz7100-500Portugal

Portugal,LisbonLisbon@iacworld.org+351(21)3868008Fax:+351(21)3868033AvenidaRessanoGarciaNº39,5ºandarDireitoLisbon1070-234Portugal

Spain,BarcelonaBarcelona@iacworld.orgTel/Fax:+34(93)232-8008CalleAusiasMarc49,5ºdespacho30Barcelona08010Spain

Spain,MadridMadrid@iacworld.orgPhone/Fax:+34(91)591-2587CalleJacometrezonº15—5ºG(MetroSto.Domingo)Madrid28013Spain

UnitedKingdom,LondonLondon@iacworld.orgPhone/Fax:+44(0)207631508360TottenhamCourtRoadLondonW1T2EWUnitedKingdom

USA,LosAngelesCalifornia@iacworld.orgPhone:+1(310)482-0000

Fax:+1(310)482-0001TollFree:+1(877)IAC-4OBE(422-4623)3961SepulvedaBlvd,Suite207CulverCity,CA90230-4600USA

USA,MiamiFlorida@iacworld.orgPhone:+1(305)668-4668Fax:+1(305)668-46907800SW57thAve.,Suite207DMiami,FL33143USA

USA,NewYorkNewYork@iacworld.orgPhone:+1(212)867-0807Fax:+1(877)HAVE-OBE(428-3623)TollFree:+1(800)778-377855West21stStreet,Suite601NewYork,NY10010USA

IACAssociateOfficesAustralia,SydneySydney@iacworld.org+61(02)99664283UnitE6.04/599PacificHwySt.LeonardsSydney,NSW2065Australia

Brazil,IguaçuFallsBrazil@iacworld.org+55(45)8404-5923

Cyprus,NicosiaCyprus@iacworld.orgYoucanalsocontactourLondonoffice:+44(0)207631-5083

Finland,HelsinkiSuomi@iacworld.org+358(0)922433550+358(0)400761939YoucanalsocontacttheLondonoffice:+44(0)207631-5083

Germany,FrankfurtGermany@iacworld.org+497802706370

Italy,BergamoBergamo@iacworld.org

Italy,MilanMilano@iacworld.org

Mexico,MexicoCityMexico@iacworld.orgPhone:+52(55)5171-9369Phone:+52(55)8421-6016Fax:+52(55)5004-4445

Netherlands,ZutphenNetherlands@iacworld.org+31(0)641227929YoucanalsocontacttheLondonoffice:+44(0)207631-5083

NewZealand,AucklandNewZealand@iacworld.org

Portugal,PortoPorto@iacworld.orgTel.:+351226064025+351918797926Fax.:+351226064025RuaJúlioDinis,nº880,5ºFrentePorto4050-322Portugal

Romania,BucharestRomania@iacworld.orgYoucanalsocontacttheLondonoffice:+44(0)207631-5083

Spain,SevillaSevilla@iacworld.org+34(91)591-2587

Sweden,StockholmSweden@iacworld.orgYoucanalsocontacttheLondonoffice:+44(0)207631-5083

USA,Austin(TX)Austin@iacworld.org(305)668-4668

USA,Boston(MA)Boston@iacworld.org(800)778-3778(212)867-0867

USA,Gainesville(FL)Florida@iacworld.org(305)668-4668

USA,Houston(TX)Houston@iacworld.org(305)668-4668

USA,Phoenix(AZ)Arizona@iacworld.org(877)IAC-4OBE(422-4623)(310)482-0000

USA,Portland(OR)Oregon@iacworld.org(877)IAC-4OBE(422-4623)(310)482-0000

USA,SanFranciscoBayArea(CA)California@iacworld.org(877)IAC-4OBE(422-4623)(310)482-0000

[contents]

IACResearchCampus

Alentejo,PortugalThe IAC Research Campus is located on a greenfield site of approximatelysixty-two acres (250,000 m2) near the village of Évoramonte, in the bucolicAlentejoregionofPortugal.Thecenterisdedicatedtoconductingresearchandprovidingindividualswithopportunitiesforproducingparapsychicexperiencesand expanding their self-awareness. In essence, it comprises an environmentdedicated to scientific debate and investigation into the manifestation of theconsciousness,aswellastheoverarchingthemeofevolution.Thecomplexfeaturesanumberoflaboratories,eachdesignedandconstructed

toprovideanoptimizedenvironmentforpersonalexperimentationandresearchon a particular theme. Among the full set of laboratories planned are thefollowing: cosmoconsciousness, energetic self-control, energosomatology,holokarma, intermissive course, intraconsciential recycling, macrosoma,multidimensional self-awareness, neo-thosenes and original ideas,paratechnology,retrocognitions,universalism,vibrationalstate,wakingphysicalimmobility, and the Projectarium (see upcoming section on Projectarium formoredetails).Initsfinalformthecomplexwillincludethefollowing:

• Consciential laboratories: providing specialized and optimal environmentsforself-experimentationonspecificthemes•Multipurposeauditorium: forconferences,debates,grouppracticalcourses,

researchmeetings,andexhibitions• Library and holo-archive: comprising a multimedia library, special

collections, archives and objects related to consciousness research, onlinecomputerterminals,andresearchroom•Administrativecenter•Lodge:providingaccommodationsforvisitorsandresearchers•Restaurant:servingcampus-basedvisitorsandresearchers

• Support building: business center, café, and reading center; it will alsoprovide Internet-enabled laptop stationsplusa loungearea fornetworkingandmeetings•Campushouse:long-termaccommodationfortheheadresidentresearcheror

faculty

NatureThe campus is located in a protected, peaceful countryside filled with nativeplants, small wild animals, and many bird species, providing exceptionallyreinvigoratingimmanentenergies.Theproperty features some threehundredmature cork and scarlet oak trees,

whichwillremainintactasconstructiontakesplaceinthegladesbetweenthem.Asmostofthesetreesarewelloverahundredyearsold,theycloakthecampuswithnatural,exceptionallycalmingbioenergiesthatpromoterelaxation,serenity,andpersonalbalance.Thischaracteristicoftheimmanentenergiesofthecampushas proven to facilitate the manifestation of parapsychic phenomena and theexpansionofthementalsoma.Ongoingeffortswillbemadetocontributetothealreadyprolificverdantsite

and indigenousanimal life.Asanexample,an initiativecalledSponsoraTreehasbeenestablishedtohelpraisefundstoprotectthetreesfromfungiandotherdiseases. (More information is available on the IAC website athttp://iacworld.org.)Consistentwith the aim of creating an environment in natural harmony, the

IAChasalsoimplementedProjectOasis,whosemainobjectiveisenvironmentalsustainability.Thiswillbeachievedthroughthedevelopmentandcareofnaturalvegetation, thepreservationofbiodiversity, themanagementanduseofnaturalresources such as water, and sewerage treatment. The development andconstructionplansarebasedonthemostup-to-date techniquesandapproachesformaking thecampuscomplexanexampleofenvironmental sustainability intheregion.

ArchitecturalDesignThebuildingsat theIACResearchCampushavebeendevisedandconstructedfor holding advanced educational events related to conscientiology, and thus

include tailored architectural characteristics and a specialized energetic field.The sturdy construction techniques take into consideration the bioclimaticarchitecturestrategiesusedintheregion,andprovideforhealthyconditionsandthermallycomfortablespaces,withefficientuseofelectricenergy.The laboratories and main buildings feature organic, spherical, and semi-

spherical architectural designs that have proven ideal for activities involvingenergies and multidimensional phenomena. They also provide an inspiring,mentallyexpansiveenvironmentthatisinkeepingwiththenaturalenvironment.Acknowledgingthepre-existenceofthelocalfloraandrespectingtheexisting

lay of the land, an aesthetically pleasing spiral layout for the laboratorieswasconceivedanddeveloped,withtheProjectariumcentrallypositioned.

Self-ExperimentationandConscientialLaboratoriesThetermself-experimentationreferstoexperimentsorself-researchcarriedoutby individuals seeking a more complete understanding of themselves and anexpansion of their parapsychic experiences. This kind of self-experimentationengagestheindividualasboththesubjectofstudyandtheresearcher,observingandanalyzingtheexperience.Inprojectiologyandconscientiology,experience isconsideredmorevaluable

than theoretical ideas alone. Firsthand experience is self-convincing andeliminatesconditioningandbrainwashing.Thesescientificfieldsplaceemphasisontheorice,whichistheindivisibleassociationoftheoryandpractice.Thereasoningbehindthisapproachisdescribedbytheconscientialparadigm,

a leading-edgeperspectiveonexistence thatplacesconsciousnessat thecenterandsuggestsaneedforinvestigationbeyondthematerialworldandthepurelyobjectiveexplorationsoftraditionalmechanisticscience.To foster such individual experiences, a number of optimized consciential

laboratories are being constructed. Physically, the laboratories are designed toprovide optimized comfort and control of light, temperature, and sound. Inaddition, the laboratories provide a specialized extraphysical (nonphysical)environmentthroughtheinstallationofanenergetic-informationalfieldspecifictothethemeofeachlaboratory.This specialized arrangement of the physical, extraphysical, and energetic

elementscreatesamultidimensionalchamber,providingopportunities fordeepself-research,expansionofconsciousness,andincreasedmultidimensionalself-awareness.Conscientiallaboratoriesmayfacilitateparapsychicexperiencesevenfor individuals with no history of such experiences. The self-experimentationlaboratoriesareopentothosewhohavetakenIAC’scorecurricularcourseatitseducationalcenters,oranycourseattheIACResearchCampus.

ProjectariumAmong the existing laboratories at the IAC Research Campus is theProjectarium, a remarkable sphericalbuildingwith adiameterof29.55 feet (9meters)andahollowinternalspace.TheProjectariumisthefirstconstructionofitstypeintheworld,andincludesanumberofcharacteristicsknowntofacilitateout-of-bodyexperiences(OBEs,consciousprojections).The Projectarium aims to harmonize architectural, psychological, energetic,

and nonphysical elements to reduce environmental stimuli and enhanceopportunities for interactionbetween thephysicalandnonphysicaldimensions.The self-experimenter lies with their head in the center of the sphere, on asuspendedplatform(surroundedbyasafetynet),givingthemthesenseofbeinginavoid.Themainstructureof theProjectariumwillbeconnected toasemi-spherical support building, which will comprise a reception area, monitoringroom,andpreparationarea.

Projectarium

The OBE is an evolutionarily valuable and life-changing experience thatprovides a unique opportunity to develop multidimensional awareness andholomaturity. Few psychic phenomena raise more questions concerningconsciousness and the mindbody relationship. Given that the OBE can bewillfully induced, it is the ideal phenomenon for studying and understandingrealitiesbeyondthepurelyphysical.In addition to being an important vehicle for self-research, the Projectarium

also aims to be the focal point for a multiplicity of other investigations,conducted under the IAC’s high code of ethics. Such investigations will beconductedbyresearchersfromtheIACanddiverseaffiliatedorganizations,withthe objective of enhancing humanity’s understanding of this uniquephenomenon.

IACResearchCampusHerdadedaMarmeleiraEN18,km.236—Cx.Postal067100-500Evoramonte—Estremoz;PortugalE-mail:campus@iacworld.orgPhone:+351268959148Phone:+351918797924Fax:+351268950053Coordinates:Latitude:N3847’46”,Longitude:W0741’10”

[contents]

ConscienciocentricOrganizations(COs)

AddressesAIEC—Associação Internacional para Expansão daConscienciologia(InternationalAssociationforExpansionofConscientiology)www.worldaiec.org

APEX—AssociaçãoInternacionaldaProgramaçãoExistencial(InternationalAssociationofExistentialProgram)www.apexinternacional.org

ARACÊ—Associação Internacional para Evolução daConsciência(Aracê—InternationalAssociationforConsciousnessEvolution)www.arace.com.br

ASSINVÉXIS—Associação Internacional para a InversãoExistencial(InternationalAssociationforExistentialInversion)www.assinvexis.org

CEAEC—AssociaçãoInternacionaldoCentrodeAltosEstudosdaConscienciologia(International Association of the Center for Higher Studies ofConscientiology)www.ceaec.org

COMUNICONS—Associação Internacional de ComunicaçãoConscienciológica(Comunicons—InternationalAssociationofConscientiologicalCommunication)www.comunicons.org

CONSCIUS—Associação Internacional de ConscienciometriaInterassistencial(Conscius—International Association of InterassistantialConscientiometry)http://www.conscius.org.br

EDITARES—AssociaçãoInternacionalEditares(InternationalAssociationEditares)www.editares.org

EVOLUCIN—Associação Internacional de ConscienciologiaparaInfância(International Association of Conscientiology for Youth—Evolucin)

IAC—InternationalAcademyofConsciousnesswww.iacworld.org

IIPC—Instituto Internacional de Projeciologia eConscienciologia(InternationalInstituteofProjectiologyandConscientiology)www.iipc.org.br

INTERCAMPI—Associação do Campus Internacional dePesquisadaConscienciologia(Intercampi—AssociationoftheInternationalResearchCampusofConscientiology)intercampi.org

OIC—OrganizaçãoInternacionaldeConsciencioterapia(InternationalOrganizationofConscientiotherapy)www.oic.org.br

UNICIN—União das Instituições ConscienciocêntricasInternacionais(UnionoftheInternationalConscientiocentricInstitutions)

www.unicin.org

[contents]